Records of the Auckland Institute and Museum

oa

me ke Oy. Beokicat th

~~)
%
1 Dory wuge,
a (RES F} , :
1 ASS W Hj
j ° > . <a ? “ ‘
ss
2 eal

RECORDS

Or “CHE

AUCKLAND INSTITUTE
AND MUSEUM

Vor. 2:"ING. Tb.

Published by Order of the Council:
Gilbert Archey, Director.

ATH NOVEMBER, 1936.

The Unity Press Ltd., Printers.

CONTENTS.

Ain,

a
VOL. 2..4No. Vey
fi 2 ee
Arctic Birds as Migrants in New Zealand. © Y pees

By R. A. Falla, M.A., Assistant Director:

The Material Culture of Oruarangi, Matatoki,’ Thames.

Iil.—Stone Implements and Ornaments.

so"

By V. F. Fisher, Ethnologist.

The Paryphantidae of New Zealand. 2

~

IIil.—Further New Species of Paryphanta and Wainuia.

By A. W. B. Powell, Conchologist aud Palacontologist.

a

A Revision of the Chilopoda of New Zealand.

Part J,

By Gilbert Archey, Director.

anid

Page 43

Arctic Birds as Migrants in N.Z.
By R. A. FALLA, M.A., Assistant Director.

Of migrant birds whose seasonal movements take them
beyond the New Zealand region there are, excluding the pelagic
petrels and penguins, three groups. Species breeding in New
Zealand but spending the southern winter in the tropics south of
the equator are few; the cuckoos Chalcococcyx lucidus and Eurody-
namis taitensis seem to be the only representatives of this group.
The second group seems to be confined to one species, the banded
dotterel, Charadrius bicinctus, whose seasonal movements, not well
known, appear to extend to Australia. The third and largest
comprises the assortment of waders (Charadriiformes) which,
together with at least two northern jaegers (Stercoraciidae)
“winter” in New Zealand throughout the southern summer.

The present study is concerned with the third group and
aims at bringing records up to date and outlining what is known
of the general condition and habits of the birds during their stay
in New Zealand. The first important local study of these birds
as a group was that of Stead (1927) and more recently Oliver
(1930) has brought further up to date the record of species
occurring here.

The exact breeding range of the races wintering here is
usuaily expressed in general terms as Eastern Asia or Alaska.
The fact that lately Portenko (1936) has indicated narrow breed-
ing ranges for races of Limosa lapponica, and Rowan (1982) has
been able to distinguish three breeding races of the American
dowitchers suggests that it may be possible to narrow down the
area from which our austral birds originate. It will at least be
many years before a satisfactory scheme of bird marking can be
instituted between two regions, one almost uninhabited and the
other having few observers, and in the meantime more accurate
description of the plumage characters and dimensions of such
specimens as are available should help the ultimate object of
defining the New Zealand birds more exactly.

Migration study in the northern hemisphere, notably that of
Rowan (1931) has shown that the physiological changes associ-
ated with spring migration to northern breeding grounds may
be conditioned by increasing daylight. It has been pointed out
that arctic birds which have reached the southern hemisphere
during migration are, at the same time, undergoing the same
physiological changes in response to decreasing daylight. The
cycles of moult and of spring restlessness are all manifested In
the wader flocks reaching New Zealand. Regular exceptions in
the case of immature birds are noted below, and also unusual
aberration in the behaviour of Calidris canutus in the southern
winter of 1986.

4 | FALtia.

Order LARIFORMES.
Family STERCORARIIDAE.

Genus STERCORARIUS Brisson 1760.
Stercorarius pomarinus (Temminck).

Although less frequently recorded in New Zealand seas than
Stercorarius parasiticus, the Pomarine jaeger is probably a regular
migrant, at least in the north of the North Island, from which
region there are a number of reliable sight records and one
specimen available. The specimen, No. 1270.1 in the collection
cf the Auckland Museum, was shot by Mr. A. B. Deeming at the
Bay of Islands in December, 1933. It is an immature female of
the light phase and is in full moult, practically complete in the
case of the body plumage and less advanced in wings and tail.
The fresh plumage is that described by Bent (1921, p. 9) as
“second winter.” Superficially the upper parts are almost uni-
formly dark brown, but this is because the original rufous-edged
feathers have worn and the new white-edged feathers are not
fully exposed. The golden collar is quite perceptible. Chin,
throat, upper breast and sides are so heavily mottled as to be
more brown than white, but the lower breast and belly are mainly
white, slightly mottled centrally and barred on the flanks with
brown. Iris brown; bill greenish black; feet black. Dimensions
of wing (worn) 368, tail 170, tarsus 56, middle tee and claw 56,
culmen 42.5 mm.

The bird was one of two seen by Mr. Deeming in company
with several Stercorarius parasiticus In the neighbourhood of a
colony of the white-fronted tern (Sterna striata) nesting on a
small islet. The stomach of the specimen shot contained the
down feathers and flesh of a nestling tern.

Mr. Deeming has informed me that he has noticed larger
jaegers associated with the more common S. parasiticus in previ-
ous summers at the Bay of Islands. I have no other reliable sight
records from the New Zealand coast, but have the following in
my own notes of observation at sea near Sydney Heads, N.S.W.
“11th April, 1980: Five jaegers followed the ship all afternoon.
They were all in intermediate plumage similar to that often seen
in S. parasiticus, but were larger than that species and had the
projecting central rectrices broader and rounded rather than
pointed.” Without doubt these birds were S. pomarinus in the
same plumage as the specimen described above.

Stercorarius parasiticus (Linné).

-All the smaller jaegers taken in New Zealand seas appear to
be of this species. There are six specimens at present in the
collection of the Auckland Museum, all in some stage of moult,
and no two exactly alike. In some respects one or two of them
do not conform with the published accounts of plumage sequences
in S. parasiticus and it is thought desirable to give here a brief
description of each specimen.

Arctic Birds as Migrants in New Zealand. 5

No. 95.1, ¢, Bay of Islands, January, 1934, is in worn plum-
age on tail and wings, with moult commencing in the outer
secondaries, and a moult of body plumage almost complete. The
upper parts are mainly brown streaked on the crown and termin-
ally barred on the mantle with pale pinky buff. Chin, neck all
round, and underparts dull white, mottled and barred with brown
and tinged with buff on the breast. Under wing coverts barred
brown and buffy white, axillaries white barred with brown. The
colours of the soft parts have not been noted, but there appears
to be a pale patch at the base of the inner webs and adjoining part
of the toes. This is the only specimen in the series in intermedi-
a plumage, and I presume it to be a sub-adult stage of the light
form.

No. 95.5, ¢, Bay of Islands, 16th April, 1931, is an adult of
the light form just completing a moult, the central rectrices
being still partly in sheath. The bird differs from standard
descriptions only in that the frontal feathers are pale brown, not
white, and the chin and throat are shaded with cinnamon grey.
Iris brown; feet brownish black; dark brownish black on ridge
and tip, paler below. Dimensions: Wing 305, tail (moult com-
plete) 170, tarsus 45, toe 42, culmen 32.5 mm.

No. 95.6, ¢, Bay of Islands, 16th April, 1931, appears to be
immature and is also nearly through a complete moult. The
whole of the upper parts are uniformly sooty brown except for
flecks of faded buff on the old plumage of the crown, and a
streaky neck. Chin and throat buffy white heavily mottled with
brown; foreneck and breast more uniformly brown; lower breast
and belly mottled, the old plumage being barred and the new
more uniformly brown; under tail coverts sooty brown, faintly
tipped on some with whitish. The central rectrices are missing.
Iris brown, feet black, bill blackish brown. I take this to be a
young bird of the dark form undergoing its first moult. Tarsus
45, toe 40, culmen 34 mm.

Nos. 95.2 and 95.3 are two moulting birds of the dark form
collected at the Bay of Islands in the summer of 1897. The skins
are not sexed. Both are uniformly brown except for yellowish
feathers on the nape, and in 95.3 there are still closely barred
feathers producing a mottled pattern on the belly; also a few pale
tipped feathers in this region in 95.3.

No. 95.4 is unfortunately without any data. It is an adult
of the dark form, in fresh plumage, entirely sooty brown above
except for flecks of straw colour on the neck, and uniformly grey
brown below. There is an adventitious white feather in the
underwing coverts on each wing at the carpal flexure. Dimen-
sions: Wing (outermost primary still short of maximum) 325,
tail 202, tarsus 46, toe 44, culmen 35 mm.

The species is plentiful in New Zealand seas every summer,
the birds being found near almost every breeding colony of the
white-fronted tern, Sterna striata. Birds of the dark form seem
to outnumber those of the light form in all localities.

et ee

6 FALLA.

Order CHARADRIIFORMES.
Family CraraprtlDAer.
Genus AreEnartA Brisson 1760.
Arenaria interpres oahuensis (Bloxham).

As the subspecies distinction under the above name of the
turnstone wintering in the Pacific Islands, Australia and New
Zealand is not clearly defined, a description of a small southern
serles may be of value to future workers. Twelve specimens in
the Auckland Museum collection have been examined.

| Cul- Plumage
No. | Sex. | Locality. | Date. |Wing. Tail. Tarsus. Toe. men. | Notes.
| | ee inal |
Al o Mad cite Harb. | — 157 58 26 26°: ‘240° smtuptiat
71.4 dé |Auckland Harb. 17/4/03 158 60 26 26 21 #| nuptial
71.6 | 3 Manukau Harb. 25/3/81 156 61 26 26 205) 4. Spuptial
71.5 — |Solomon Islands — | T52 60 27 2/7 20.5 | winter
| | (moulting )
71.7 © [Mantilean Harb. | oe 159 61 26 27 22 | nuptial
71.8 6 |Manukau Harb. | 22/3/31 152 63 26 Li. | eS | nuptial
419 | & |Manukau Harb. | 22/3/31 156 63 26 26° 3205 nuptial
1.10 | 2 |Lake Ellesmere | 3/2/34 |! 150* 63 26 2/7 24 ‘| ~ winter
| | | | (moulting )
71.11 | 2 |Manukau Harb. 25/3/36 | 159 65 26 26 21 #!| ~~ winter
| | | | | (moulting )
| @ |Manukau Harb. | 25/3/36 160 65 26 20 Sze nuptial
6 juv. | Waikanae | a | 144 54 20 24 20 | moulting
i [Manukau Harb; |, 17/3/36) 4. 155 62 25 26 23 #'|. nuptial
| ? : ae | L50*- “60 26 fh ae a | nuptial

| Tikopia Island

Excepting the two birds from the Solomon Islands and Tiko-
pia, all the localities are in New Zealand. Allowing for moulting
specimens there is seen to be uniformity in size, females having
2 slightly greater bill measurement than males. Females in
fresh nuptial plumage differ from males in that the facial feathers
which are white in males are tinged with pinkish buff. The mantle
is more uniformly marked, the feathers being black edged with
chestnut; in males some of the central mantle feathers are pure
chestnut and some lateral ones pure black. The long tertials in
females are black, glossed with oil green and faintly edged with
reddish brown at the tip; the same feathers in males are broadly
tipped with chestnut and have an irregular sub-terminal bar of
the same colour.

Turnstones in New Zealand are generally seen in small flocks
of twenty or thirty, moving and feeding independently of the
larger waders, but sometimes associated with lesser golden
plover. They undergo a complete moult, including wings, during
their stay here, and from March until the middle of April practi-
cally all the birds seen are in fresh nuptial plumage, males and
females being in separate flocks. There are no records available
of birds seen later than 17th April or earlier than 12th
September.

*Outermost primary short of maximum.

N

Arctic Birds as Migrants in New Zealand.

Genus Piuviatis Brisson 1760.
Pluvialis dominica fulva (Gmelin).

| From a large series in the collection of the Auckland Museum
«he following have been selected as significant specimens :—-

|

| | | Cul- |
No. | Sex. | Locality. | Date. \Wing. Tail. Tarsus. Toe. men. | Plumage
29.261 -@ |'Tasman Sea | 26/10/35 | 175 70 44 Si OZ 8 prter
La | &@ | Auckland | 31/10/22 | 166 32055 41 30 22 +‘! juvenal
69.21! 4 |Te Kao b 9/14/32 | 196" SR 4 e728 etal
69.25 7 Lake Ellesmere | 3/ 2/34 | 176 66 45 28. ak ath ayiiiter
en aan Samoa 20/ 3/24 | 166 58 42 3924.5 nuptial
i Ce rs Kermadec Islands | 16/10/10 | 172 62 44 39. 3S | moulting
2 Pa Lake Ellesmere | 3/ 2/34 | 171 62 41 Zoe es winter
69.24 | 9 |Lake Ellesmere | 3/ 2/34 | 166 = 57 47 ST . 24 winter
— | @ |Manukau Harb. | 10/ 2/36 | 180 62 45 30. 22:5) | » avinter
—.. | @ |Manukau Harb. | 10/ 2/36 162 whe 44 30-23 & . Avthter
69.7 | @ |Kermadec Islands | 9/ 9/09 | 168* 60 42 38 25 | moulting
69.12 | g | 176 60 44 SU heeo | moulting

uae as Islands | 12/ 9/09

An analysis of the size of birds in this series gives sO 1X
males: Wing 166-176 (171.9), tail 55-70 (61.3), tarsus 41-45
(43.5), toe 27-39 (82.1), culmen 22-24.5 (23-25). Six females:
Wing 162-180 (173.9), tail 55-62 (59.3), tarsus 41-47 (43.9), toe
29-38 (31.3), culmen 22.5-25 (23.3).

These figures do not differentiate the sexes much in the mat-
ter of size. The range of variation is considerable and suggests
that more than one breeding race may be represented in the flocks
wintering here.

The full series from the Kermadec Islands in the Auckland
Museum collection comprises ten birds, all of which were collected
by R. Bell in the southern spring as they arrived from the north.
The earliest, taken on 9th and 12th September, 1909, are two
adult females in worn breeding plumage, with body moult into
winter plumage in progress. Of six birds taken between 10th
and 25th October, four are males in winter plumage and two
juvenal males. The two November birds are adult male and
female, the former in winter plumage and the latter still
moulting.

Birds of the year in juvenal plumage seem to be distinguish-
able by the pattern on the rectrices, which are plain sepia cen-
trally about the shaft, obscurely barred nearer the edges, and
iaterally edged with spots of yellowish white. The adult tail is
barred with light and dark sepia, the yellowish white lateral spots
being at the edges of the paler bars. Winter breast feathers
assumed by adults at the post-nuptial moult are uniform pale
sepia broadly edged with dull yellow at the tips. In this plumage
also the feathers of the mantle are dark brown margined with
vellow and not distinctly spotted as in the spring plumage.

*Outermost primary short of maximum.

8 FALLA.

These plover arrive in New Zealand throughout October, in
which month there are also several records of individuals alight-
ing on vessels in the Tasman Sea between New Zealand and Aus-
tralia. The latest so taken was about 500 miles south of Norfolk
Island on 25th October, 1935, the bird having been seen flying
against a southerly gale at that point and making little headway.

During the stay in New Zealand moult of body plumage from
nuptial to winter and back to nuptial is practically continuous;
there is also a quill-moult about January. Many March birds are
in almost full nuptial plumage. This plumage was assumed in
two successive years (1922-23), at the usual time, by a bird in
captivity in the Wellington Zoological Gardens.

I do not consider as reliable the supposed breeding record of
this species from Portland Island, New Zealand, by C. H. Robson.
In quoting the original record Oliver (1930, p. 283) states that
“aS specimens were forwarded to Buller, the identification may
be accepted.” Buller, however, does not state specifically that he
received as specimens the actual birds found nesting. He does
record (1888, p. 7) two specimens of Charadrius fulvus taken by
C. H. Robson on Portland Island in September and November
respectively. Robson’s breeding record (1883, p. 308) is of a
nest found on 9th January, and his account suggests that the
birds were not collected. The locality and date suggest Charadrius
obscurus, and Robson actually states that his “‘golden plover’
resembled Buller’s description of the appearance and habits of
that species.

Family SCOLOPACIDAE.

Genus Prsosia Billberg 1828.

Pisobia acuminata EN arers

a ae
| aye oo Cul-
No. | Sex. | Locality. Lv "Date: Wine. Tail. Larsus.. Toe. “men,
| |
| ate teases
A.C.O’C. 516 oo | Lake Ellesmere | 2/2/30 | 137 52 31 30 245
303 | Bye es | 138 a2 31 30s 26.5

| Lake Ellesmere |

The two New Zealand specimens of the sharp-tailed sand-
piper, of which measurements are here given, are in the collec-
tion of Mr. A. C. O’Connor, of Wellington, and represent
additional records of the species. Both are adults which have
just assumed breeding plumage. The long tarsus and long wing
exceed the average recorded for Asiatic specimens, and give sup-
port to the suggestion of Ridgway (1919, p. 277) that birds win-
tering in New Zealand may be representative of a race the breed-
ing range of which remains to be determined.

Arctic Birds as Migrants in New Zealand. 9

Pisobia maculata (Vieillot).

|
| | | | Cul-
No. | Sex. | Locality. | Date |Wing. Tail. Tarsus. Toe. men.
| | |
|
A.C.O’C. 617 | g ae Ellesmere, N.Z. | 3/3/33 | — — Br 27. aes
518 | @ |Nelson, N.Z. ? 26/3730. 1 116.42 26. 25).
300.3 | — | Alaska | a 129 54 26 PES Bh
300.4| 2 |Sumas, B.C. | 23/9/87 131 50 27 28 = 26.5
75:1 : — |Kermadec Islands | — 130 49 965. 275. 2S

In the two New Zealand examples of which measurements
are given the wings are not of full length owing to moult not
being complete, but they agree in other respects with the speci-
mens from Alaska and British Columbia. If these birds repre-
sent the normal condition the moult of the pectoral sandpiper
must be later than that of the other migratory shore-birds, of
which March specimens usually have new flights fully grown.

The Kermadec Island specimen shows intermediate charac-
ters having the indistinct breast markings of P. acuminata, but a
shorter wing and short tarsus falling within the dimensional
range of P. maculata.

Pisobia ruficollis (Pallas).

|

|
| Cul-
No. | Sex. Locality. Date. |Wing. Tail. Tarsus. Toe. men.
| | |
| | | |
545 © |Waikanae, N.Z. | = 30/3/30 =| 100 ate — peren a ¢:
482 © |Lake Ellesmere, N.Z. | Wo ae es oe a
D.M. 1189 | @ |Lake Ellesmere, N.Z. | 3/28 | 101 40) 20 26: 1?
1190 | @ |Lake Ellesmere, N.Z. | 3/29 102 46 20 oO Avo
— |Lake Ellesmere, N.Z. | 3/30 102 46 20 19 16.5

A.M. 1161.1 |

| ay

There seems little doubt that all the specimens of small
stints taken in New Zealand are referable to P. ruficollis. Although
all in the above series were taken in March, only one (No. 1161.1)
shows signs of breeding plumage.

Genus Erotta Vieillot 1816.

Erolia testacea (Pallas).

| | | Cul-

No. | Sex. | Locality. Date. ae Tail. Tarsus. Toe. men.
|

|

|

|

|
1/10 | 30 SP <30. (28 32%
| 130 45 30 23 36:5

Lake Ellesmere
Lake Ellesmere | 26/3/27

| |

|
A.C.O'C. 266 | 4
539 | —

SR GT I LT eR AN EI AR

10 FALLA.

Little can be added to the information given by Stead (1928,
495) relating to the occurrence of the curlew sandpiper in New
Zealand except that further specimens have been collected or
seen. No specimens in full breeding plumage have yet been
recorded here. No. 539, listed above, has completed a moult,
but has only a sprinkling of chestnut feathers on neck and breast.

Genus Crocetuia Billberg 1828.
Croecethia alba (Pallas).

| |

| i: | E Cul-
Ne | Sex Locality. | Date. |Wing. Tail. Tarsus. Toe. men.

: | fe | ; |

a)
— — it Invercargill, N.Z. — | 128 51 gs 20 26
313.2 éd | Okanagan, B.C. 25/7/08 | 420 49 25 i: a2
S14 Se Wha? | Canoe ee: 31/8/03 | {23 5 as I es

There are now three records of the sanderling in New Zea-
land. In addition to Mr. E. F. Stead’s original record (19238, 494)
of a bird in winter plumage taken on 7th January, 1917, he has
since obtained another in the same plumage at the mouth of the
Waimakariri River on 3rd February, 1934. The bird, of which
measurements are given above, is in the collection of the Inver-
cargill Museum, and is without date except that it was collected
near Invereargill. It is in full breeding plumage.

Genus Numentus Brisson 1760.
Numenius phalopus variegatus (Scopoll).

The eastern Asiatic whimbrel cannot on the available evi-
dence be considered a regular migrant to New Zealand. Several
were reported in September, 1933, as arriving in foggy weather at
Mokchinau and Cuvier Islands and remaining for some days near
the light-keepers’ houses, where they became tame. The remains
of one of them, killed by a cat, were subsequently sent to the
Auckland Museum and the identification confirmed.

Genus Catipris Merrem 1804.
Calidris canutus (Linne).

The knot is second only to the bar-tailed godwit in numbers
as a migrant in New Zealand. The specimens available indicate
that probably only one race occurs here, and no specimens of
Calidris tenuirostris have been recorded. In the series examined
the dimensions of five males are: Wing 153-168 (162), tail 54-61
(59), tarsus 29-32 (30.5), toe and claw 22-27 (24), culmen 31-34
(32). Five females: Wing 160-172 (167.5), tail 59-63 (60), tar-
sus 30-32 (31), toe and claw 25-27 (25.5), culmen 32-35 (33.4).

Arctic Birds as Migrants in New Zealand. 1]

An examination of the plumage shows that a few adults
arrive in October before completing the moult into winter plum-
age. The immature birds include none in full juvenal plumage,
but a number that have just completed a post-juvenal moult of
body plumage, retaining only juvenal wings. In January and
February birds a number of different moult sequences are appar-
ent. Some immature birds are undergoing their first moult of
quills, and a body moult in which plain grey back feathers are
being replaced by new ones of the same colour. In others the
new feathers in this region have black centres, and such birds
have also a few cinnamon-rufous: feathers on the under-parts.
Of birds in full nuptial plumage there are some of both sexes col-
lected at the end of March. The new plumage of the upper parts
varies: in some birds the feathers are dark sepia ornately tipped
with buffy white, and laterally spotted with cinnamon-rufous; in
others there occur glossy greenish black feathers white edged
at the tip, admixed with new plain grey feathers.

Although behaving similarly to godwit on the feeding
erounds and often flying with them, knot are rarely seen with
the flocks of godwit that remain in New Zealand throughout the
southern winter. Stead remarks (1923, p. 491) that he knows of
no instance of a knot having done so. Field observations and
collecting in 1936, however, show that in some circumstances
large flocks do remain here. While collecting at Lake Ellesmere
in company with Mr. FE. F. Stead in February, 1934, the writer
found knots to vary greatly in general condition and in the pro-
eress of the moult, which in most of the specimens was several
stages behind that of the other migratory waders. It is rare to
find a bird in poor condition in February and March, but some of
these specimens appeared half starved. A few of them on dis-
section were found to have pellets of lead shot in their stomachs,
picked up, no doubt, while feeding in shallow water which had
been much shot over in the shooting season for waterfowl. At
the time it was assumed that “lead-poisoning” might account for
the poor condition and delayed moult, but no opportunity occurred
of observing whether any knot remained here in the following
winter.

Observations of the Manukau Harbour have been more con-
tinuous in 1936, when it was noticed in March that flocks of 2,000
to 3,000 birds contained fewer than usual in nuptial plumage. At
the end of April, when all the other waders except the usual im-
mature godwits had left, the knots were still present in the
same numbers, and many of them were still assuming a belated
nuptial plumage. These flocks were still on the Manukau in May
and June, and in July and August a permit to collect further
specimens was granted by the Hon. Minister of Internal Affairs.
The birds collected were all adults undergoing a post-nuptial
moult into winter plumage. They had, therefore, passed through
the nuptial plumage phase without migrating and without break-
ing up the flocks, and had certainly made no attempt to nest. The
‘Jead-poisoning”’ theory will not account for aberrant behaviour
on this scale, and it may be presumed that the belated moult was

LZ FALLA.

due either to actual shortage of food or to shortage of the
required number of feeding hours caused by the birds being kept
on the wing during the shooting season for godwit, which extends
through January and February and, in some districts, March.

Genus Limosa Brisson 1760.
Limosa lapponica baueri Naumann.

Bar-tailed godwits found in New Zealand seem to be refer-
able to the sub-species baweri and to fall within the restrictions
of the sub-species recently proposed by Portenko (1936).

The size variation associated with sex is well defined in a
large series. Thirteen males have wing length 216-229 (average
221.9) mm., culmen 72-83 (78.1). Ten females have wing 230-250
(237.9), culmen 102-116 (110.3).

Plumage differences associated with sex do not seem to be
clearly defined in the literature, although remarked on as early
as 1853 by Middendorf. Males in full cinnamon-rufous nuptial
plumage (PI. 1, fig. 3) are plentiful in March and early in April
before their departure. There are no females in similar plumage
in any of the collections that I have been able to examine. Adult
females in breeding condition, as shown by the development of
the ovaries, are, however, represented by one or two birds shot on
28th March, 1935 (PI. 1, fig. 2). They are in fresh feather after
a moult, the feathers of mantle and scapulars being dark sepia
rather broadly edged with dull apricot-buff. The underparts are
mainly white irregularly tinged salmon-buff by the presence of
scattered feathers of that colour amongst the white. There is also
a strong tinge of salmon-buff on the throat and fore-neck, where
the feathers are streaked with sepia and chevron bars of sepia on
flanks and under tail-coverts; tail plain grey slightly edged white
at tip. The full dimensions of a female in this plumage are, wing
250, tail 84, tarsus 63, middle toe 40, culmen 116; and of a male
in nuptial plumage, wing 225, tail 65, tarsus 53, toe 32, culmen
74 mm.

October arrivals consist of adults in winter plumage, some
still moulting and a large proportion of birds of the year. The
latter commence a post-juvenal moult which is rarely completed
by April, when the adults, which have by that time completed a
pre-nuptial moult, leave again for the Arctic. I consider it likely
that none of these birds of the year leave with the April migrants,
for the considerable flocks that remain in New Zealand through
the southern winter seem to consist almost entirely of birds com-
pleting a post-juvenal moult. The few exceptions are maimed
adults. Such “winter” birds are found to be in good condition,
but not excessively fat like the adults leaving on the breeding
migration in April.

Arctic Birds as Migrants in New Zealand. 13

Family PHALAROPODIDAE.
Genus Puacaropus Brisson 1760.
Phalaropus fulicarius (Linne).

The occurrence of phalaropes in New Zealand is entirely
accidental. Their range during the northern winter is largely
pelagic in the southern hemisphere, but probably not in the New
Zealand region at all, for there are no local records in the south-
ern summer. The records are all in southern mid-winter of stray
birds in full nuptial plumage, and all females. To two such records
given by Oliver (1930, p. 317) can now be added a further speci-
men picked up near Hastings on 4th July, 1934, by Mrs. H.
Thompson and sent to the Auckland Museum. It is a female in
rich and perfect nuptial plumage; wing 137, tail 65, tarsus 22,
middle toe and claw 22, culmen 24 mm. The condition of the
plumage is shown in Pl. 1, fig. 1.

Genus Lopires Cuvier 1817.

Lobipes lobatus (Linne).

Additional to the single record of the northern phalarope in
New Zealand given by Oliver (1930, p. 318) is a further specimen
taken at Wanganui in April, 1935, and now in the Wanganui
Public Museum. It is a female in nuptial plumage.

The foregoing deals only with species of which there have
been further records since 1930, but the New Zealand list also
includes Charadrius veredus Gould, Limosa haemastica (Linne),
Glottis nebulariuns (Gunnerus), Heteroscelus incanus (Gmelin),
Numenius cyanopus Vieillot, and Numenius minutus Gould. Taking
into account the fact that all the records over a number of years
have been made by not more than two or three competent
observers, and that many of the regular haunts of migrant visi-
tors are not easily accessible, it is likely that further field work
will not only add to the list, but also throw fresh light on the
behaviour of the regular migrants.

14

FALLA.

LITERATURE CITED.

Bent, A. C., 1921. Life Histories of North American Gulls and Terns.
Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 113.

Buller, W. L., 1888. History Birds N.Z., Vol. IT.

Middendorff, 1853. Sibir. Reise, Vol. 2, pt, 2:

Oliver, W. R. B., 1930. N.Z. Birds (Wellington).

Portenko, L., 1936. The Races of the Bar-tailed Godwit. Auk, Vol.
LIII., No. 2, pp. 194-197.

Robson, C. H., 1883. Observations on the Breeding Habits of the Eastern
Golden Plover. T.N.Z. Inst., vol. XVI., p. 308.

Rowan, W., 1931. The Riddle of Migration (Williams and Wilkins,
Baltimore). |

Rowan, W., 1932. The Status of the Dowitchers. The Auk, vol. XLIX.,
No. 1.

Ridgway, R., 1919. The Birds of Middle and North America. Part VIII.
(Washington).

Stead, E. F., 1923. Notes on the Migratory Plovers of New Zealand.
T.N.Z. Inst., vol. LIV., pp. 490-495.

i
i

Fig. 1. Phalaropus fulicarius, female; Hastings,

N.Z., 4th July, 1934.

Figs. 2 and 3. Limosa lapponica baueri, adult male (right) and female;
Manukau Harbour, March, 1935.

“

r

“

i

na

os

, i
. -
“ ‘
ee
‘
Woe
iy git
’
Pe :
hae
.
Stet
ee
oe
*
y a
Na
’
a
»

-

*

a

”

4
pe

‘The Material Culture of Oruarangl,
Matatoki, Thames.

3. Stone Implements and Ornaments.
By V. F. FISHER, Ethnologist.

The interest attached to the stone implements and ornaments
from Oruarangi, renders it necessary to devote the whole of this
paper to their consideration. With the exception of the grey-
wacke adzes, the quantity of material under the various grouped
headings was small, but it certainly lacked nothing in value. In
the case of the greywacke adzes it was fortunate that a sufficient
number was available to make it possible to attempt the definition
of certain types.

Stone Adzes or Toki.

Stone adzes (toki) were well represented from the site both
in number and quality. A tally revealed seventy-five fairly per-
fect specimens, ninety-two damaged specimens and eighteen
fragments. From the available material two types, into which
most of the adzes could be grouped, were readily distinguished.
These two types, referred to as A and B, will be considered first
and those which do not fit into this classification will be studied
later.

Before the types are defined, an enumeration of the numbers
which are referable to the respective types should be of interest.
For the purposes of this classification all adzes whether perfect
or imperfect are included, except where they are too fragmentary
for accurate determination. The result registers 119 classed
under Type A and 41 under Type B, or a proportion of almost
three to one. From a preliminary study of perhaps 3,000 Maori
adzes in the Museum, from the Auckland Province, the predomin-
ance of Type A in the locality is not at all unexpected; in fact
the writer is surprised to find so many of Type B, a type usually
found North of Auckland. Type A, on the other hand, is the type
normally found in the Thames Valley and Waikato districts. The
terminology used to describe the adzes and chisels follows that
suggested in the composite article by Buck, Emory, Skinner and
Stokes (1930, p. 174).

Description of Type A.

The type is quadrangular, relatively long, narrow and thick.
A more detailed description is as follows:—The front 1s slightly
convex transversely and definitely convex longitudinally. The
back is flattened while the sides slope slightly from the back out-
ward to the front. The edge is rounded and is the widest part of

Eas

16 FIsHER.

the adze. The bevel is usually formed at an acute angle and
extends back a fair distance, frequently as much as 33 mm. The
chin is usually distinct, often slightly prominent, and where this
is so it forms the thickest part of the adze. In a few examples
the bevel merges into the blade without showing any trace of a
chin. The poll displays a rectangular surface usually left rough,
though in a few instances it is polished. Details of the dimensions
of adzes of this type are given in a table at the end of this section.

Description of Type B.

Adzes of this type are much scarcer than those of type A.
As mentioned above, they are really characteristic of the adzes
found in districts north of Auckland. The type then is quad-
rangular, relatively short, broad and thin.

The front is slightly convex transversely and longitudinally.
The back is flattened, with the sides sloping outwards from the
back to the front. Usually the margins separating front and
back from the sides are clearly defined. The edge is somewhat
rounded and forms the widest portion of the adze. The bevel is
short and steep, which is a characteristic feature of North Auck-
jand adzes. Skinner (1921, p. 76) referring to North Auckland
adzes remarked on “the frequent presence of a steep bevel to
form the cutting edge.” The chin is clearly defined and usually
straight, though in a few instances it is slightly rounded. The
poll presents a rectangular surface usually unpolished.

The important differences between the two types are:—

(a) Type A has a long, sloping bevel; Type B has a short,
steep bevel.

(bo) Type A is relatively much thicker than Type B.

(c) Type A is relatively more narrow than Type B.

(d) Type A tapers towards the poll; Type B tapers slightly
but in not such a pronounced manner.

In order to assist identification of the types, two of each are
illustrated (PI. 2, figs. 1-4) and the table at the end of the
section gives dimensions of a representative series from both
types. A-few remarks will be devoted to the adzes illustrated.
Fig. 1, although badly chipped on one side, and on a portion of
the edge, possesses all the characteristic features of Type A.
The various surfaces are highly polished except on the poll. The
chin is well defined, rounded and somewhat prominent. The
small specimen, fig. 2, has been carefully finished and polished
on all surfaces. The edge is still keen and without a flaw. No
definite chin is noticeable, as the bevel simply merges into the
rest of the blade. Despite the chips broken off the edge, fig. 3
is a nicely finished adze and the flaws are either the result of use
or of accident. It is a thoroughly good representative of Type
B, except for the chin, which is not so straight as in the majority
of adzes of this group. Its smaller companion, fig. 4, is in all
features an excellent example of its type. Unlike the former
specimen, it possesses a straight chin. Viewed from any angie

Stone Implements and Ornaments. Us

it is essentially a North Auckland adze. Careful research will be
necessary to map out the distribution of this type, but on the
present incomplete information it certainly seems that the range
will be extended south of Auckland.

In the absence of a detailed description of types of adzes
from Waikato and North Auckland, the writer considers it wiser
to term the Oruarangi types A and B. If later when types for
those areas are established, it be found that the Oruarangi types
conform to such description, then the types A and B can be
absorbed into their respective classifications. Nevertheless
types A and B may in the meantime be regarded as Waikato and
North Auckland types.

Of especial interest is an adze (Pl. 5, fig. 5) which does not
conform to either of the above-mentioned types. Apparently, as
+he result of an accident, the front is badly chipped to such an
extent that it is impossible to say whether it was originally
polished or not. This fractured portion extends beyond the
shoulder to the tang. The tang is very pronounced and possesses
a wide, shallow transverse groove which terminates in a ridge
from which the remainder of the tang falls away to the poll. The
sides are still rough and show practically no signs of polish. The
back is polished to a point almost opposite the tang, whence to
the poll the surface is rough, with only a suspicion of polish. No
portion of the edge remains for examination. Although a part
of the bevel has been broken, sufficient remains to indicate that it
has been cut at a steep angle. The chin is lacking, as the bevel
simply merges into the back. The poll presents a square surface,
rough all over and slightly fractured at one side. Tanged adzes
are rare in the Auckland provincial area, but adzes with a groove
in the tang are more rare. Best (1912, Plate VII, fig 97 ) illus-
trates a specimen with a grooved tang, but he does not (p. 27 8)
give any clue as to the locality of its origin. He mentions that
the groove, or as he terms it the ‘deep hollow,” is intended to
“secommodate and contain the lashing.”

The largest adze (Pl. 3, fig. 6) in the collection, although
unfinished, is of interest because it illustrates stages in the pro-
cess of manufacture. In any case the work is sufficiently far
advanced to give an idea of its ultimate shape. On all surfaces
it shows evidence of both chipping and bruising, but no attempt
at grinding or polishing. Chipping predominates on the back,
but the reverse is true of the front and sides. Noticeable fea-
tures are length and thickness in proportion to the width, and
most of all the gentle slope of the bevel, which stretches back
approximately 95 mm. This class of adze was most likely used
for heavy work, such as reducing a plank to the required thick-
ness. Best (1912, Plate III, fig. 6) illustrates an adze, the side
view of which in general outline corresponds very closely to the
specimen under discussion, but unfortunately it is unlocalised.
The dimensions are given in the table.

An adze of considerable length is fig. 7. It has some points
of resemblance to Type A, but not sufficiently strong to warrant

| | |
Museum | Fig. | Weight. Max. | Max. Edge. Material. Remarks.
No. | | OZS. Length. | Thickness. mm. | |
mm. | smam. |
| | | | |
Pee ee ee ek ee ee Bora orc:

19598.64 | 1 | 20.5 181 | 30 | Fractured | Greywacke | Type A
x9 Ske | 2 j 3 79 18 | bb | | x9 99
ee ab Be | 13.5 | 154 | 27 56 Z | Jn ey
Ue a. mies 12.75 140 29 | 51 " | ee ae
ees bs: sd 9.5 125 | | 45 nN if a
oP a AN 4.75 96 ZZ 42 © | ee hes
oe he aa 2.25 Pe | 18 | 31 | fenced | a

19634. 1 | A if 141 | pas 54 | Greywacke | bo ae

19598.45 3 13 141 | 22 | vit os | .! | Type B
m aie Ws ne Ge 45 ri as os eae
ABS | sikh y oS Pade | 22 49 | : ite ae 2
va) i 4.5 | 92 22 | 43 . | Sis,
ea a re i ae; |) oe on. en Pike

22694 5 18.5 : Je — — Ee Igrooved tang

19598.65 6 72 297 56 68 Greywacke | unfinished

19598.66 : #4 | 29.5 | 217 : 32 61 |

18 FISHER.

inclusion in the type. The front is convex longitudinally and
transversely and is carefully ground and roughly polished, except
for an area, the length of which extends from the poll some
40 mm. Two flaws near the edge are evidently the result of an
accident after the polishing process had been completed. Both
sides require further grinding and polishing before a smooth
surface would be apparent. The back is practically flat, but there
are numerous chipped depressions which require attention. The
rounded edge is ragged and shows indications of tearing, which
suggests that the adze was actually used, although not well
finished. The bevel is fashioned at an angle of, roughly, 45
degrees and merges into the back, no trace of a chin being visible.
The poll, one should judge, was never finished, as it displays a
very narrow surface for inspection.

The tables in this paper relating to implements are based
with some modification on those used by Emory (1928, Dp. 185);
who in turn follows H. D. Skinner. Thus the maximum length
and maximum thickness are given, while the width is measured
at the edge, which is of course the greatest width of the
implement.

relay

—_—_—_—_—sS 8k: A, scence |

Chisels (Whao).

Only two presentable chisels for examination, excluding
those of greenstone, are included in the collection. One, No.
19598.25, is remarkable for the steady tapering of the back,
which is 31 mm. in width at the edge and tapers off to 13 mm. at
the poll. This shrinkage takes place in a length of 98 mm. The
thickness (17 mm.) results in a stout chisel capable of being used
for heavy work. A considerable polish imparted to its various
surfaces does not hide several unpolished patches. Unfortun-
ately, the edge is badly chipped, but sufficient of the bevel is
intact to show that it is convex transversely and ends in a

Stone Implements and Ornaments. 19

rounded chin. The back is more narrow than the front, conse-
quently the sides slope outwards from back to front. It is of a
suitable length for use either as a hafted or an unhafted chisel.

| The possession of a groove on each of the sides adds to the
interest of the chisel illustrated in Pl. 5, fig. 8, for it is a feature
seldom observed. It is the only one of its kind recorded from
Oruarangi. The grooves vary in width from 3-5 mm. and cut
into the front and back to a depth of 4mm. It will be recognised
that for the size of the implement these grooves are relatively
deep and were probably to facilitate hafting. Although described
and referred to as a chisel, there is the possibility that it may
have been hafted and used as an adze.

The front is convex longitudinally and transversely except
at the poll end, where it displays a long facet. The sides are
likewise convex both transversely and longitudinally, a trait not
often noticed in ordinary stone chisels. The back is flattened
and polished in places, with rough parts at intervals along its
length. The edge, which is narrow, rounded and keen, forms the
narrowest part of the blade. The bevel is convex longitudinally,
long, highly polished with a “‘skewed” chin. The poll is squared
off and presents a surface which is roughly triangular.

It is regrettable that a greywacke chisel in the collection is
broken, as it exhibits sides which slope markedly inward, from
front to back. Thus at a point 38 mm. from the edge, the front
measures 25 mm. in width, while the back at the same point
measures 18 mm. Highly polished over all surfaces, except at
the fractured end, the portion preserved indicates what an excel-
tent example it might have been had it been whole.

Museum Seed Weight.

$$$ —

Max. | Max. | Edge.

|
| | Material. | Remarks.
No. | OZS. | Length. | Thickness. mm. | |
| = =mm. | mm. |
| | Ba) he oh, MONS Me 5 Ane ering eae
ira. | | |
19598.23 iA 2.75 98 | 17 31 | Greywacke Edge
| | | damaged
19614 8 225 : 104 | 18 | 8 | : |

Greenstone Implements and Ornaments.

Implements or ornaments manufactured from greenstone are
relatively scarce in the collection. They are confined to a few
adzes, chisels, pendants (including odd fragments of all three
types), fragments of /ei-tiki and a piece of a mere. Nevertheless,
the lack of quantity of material is offset by the interest pertain-
ing to many of the articles.

Green Stone Adzes (Toki Pounamu).

The finest and largest adze (Pl. 4, fig. 9) is very slender in
shape and compares very favourably both for appearance and
polish with the better class of greenstone adzes. The front is

20 FISHER.

slightly convex longitudinally, and well polished. It displays a
slight chamfer on both of the outer margins, which commences
not quite half way from the edge, broadens to as much as 9 mm.
in places and finally narrows down and fades away as it
approaches the poll. The sides are partially polished and exhibit
crevices which have not been ground out. One side still displays
vestiges of the cuts originally made to sever the piece from
another piece of greenstone. The back is flattened, polished, and
its appearance enhanced by the speckled nature of the stone. The
edge is rounded, somewhat blunt and forms the widest part of
the blade. The bevel slopes very gradually and terminates in a
roundéd chin which is not very clearly marked. The poll is pro-
bably unfinished, as the surface is very rough and uneven and
has only a faint suspicion of grinding. It was possibly hafted
without finishing the poll, as the edge shows definite signs of use.

An adze of a dark green colour termed kawakawa by the
Maori is seen in fig. 10. The front is convex longitudinally, highly
polished and well finished except near the poll. The sides bear
evidence of the original cuts and also of the fracture where the
stone has been severed from another piece. The back is flat and
the polish extends over the whole surface except for a small
portion near the poll. The edge is rounded, slightly skewed and
shows unmistakable signs of “tearing” as the result of use. The
bevel is rounded and extends back 20 mm., where it terminates
in a faintly marked chin. The poll is rough and unpolished.

The charm of a specimen which features a stage or stages
in the process of manufacture is experienced in examining PI. 5,
fig. 11. This specimen illustrates a broad adze in process of
division to form three chisels. The method of cutting green-
stone has been referred to by Chapman (1891, p. 498), who
says: “In cutting a slab in two the ancient workman lightened
his labours by working his cuts from both sides, and, when they
nearly met, knocking the piece off. The rough break is some-
times a third of an inch through or even more; and to effect this
considerable force, or a heavy blow, must have been necessary.”
He also states (p. 497) that “greenstone was cut by a very
blunt instrument.” In this example the incisions admirably
illustrate Chapman’s remarks. Both on the back and front of
the adze two cuts have been commenced which vary between 3-5
mm. at the mouth and become progressively more narrow with
increasing depth, and appear on observation as V-shaped grooves.
These suggest that the cutting implement used possessed sloping
sides terminating in a comparatively blunt cutting edge. In the
eroove seen on the left side of the back the depth is 2.5 mm., and
« similar depth is registered for the corresponding groove on the
iront of the adze. If one bears in mind that the maximum
thickness of the specimen is 11 mm., this indicates that the two
grooves penetrate almost half the adze. Considering the thick-
ness of the specimen, the writer judges that the cuts are not of
sufficient depth to allow the detachment of the piece without
additional work.

Stone Implements and Ornaments. 21

Adzes were not infrequently divided to form two or three
chisels. Chapman (1891, p. 500) mentions that a “broad axe”
(adze) belonging in 1891 to Mr. John White, “is cut longitudinally
down the centre to make two chisels of ordinary proportions.”
In the Auckland Museum there are at least five adzes which
show similar treatment.

The widths of the chisels partially formed in fig. 11 are
respectively 15 mm., 7 mm., and 10 mm.

Two small, broad adzes (figs. 12, 13) are included here,
chiefly for comparison with the ereywacke specimen of Type B.
It has yet to be shown that the greenstone adzes of any given
area conform to types in ordinary stone typical of that area. In
part some resemblance may be expected, but two items appear to
operate against complete agreement. Firstly, the comparative.
scarcity of greenstone tended to the production of relatively thin
implements in order to conserve the supply of material and,
secondly, the greenstone was capable of finer treatment than
ordinary stone used for other implements. It is of interest that
both adzes resemble those described under Type B, particularly
in the short, steep bevel and straight chin. :

GREENSTONE ADZES.

a an elf ae ig eee Tea

| | |
Museum | Fig.| Weight. | Max. | Max. | Edge. | Material. | Remarks.
No. | | OZS. | Length. | Thickness. | mm. |
| | | mm. | mim. | | |
| | | | | |
: | |
19552 9 | 26 263 22 65 Greenstone |
19553. 2. | 10 | 3.5 | 87 14 | de 1 ‘ |
19553. 4 11 i Pie’ 50 11 4] | i | In process
| | of division
19553. 5 — 2 56 13 37 iF |
eee, 12 Wis | 44 13 33 be
oben Mane 75 41 | 9 39 | |

| |
| | |

ee ee ee ee rs es

Greenstone Chisels (Whao Pounamu).

Greenstone chisels are scarce, but the few obtained indicate
a high degree of workmanship, and with one exception are
vemarkable for their diminutive size. Of outstanding interest is
4 small chisel (Pl. 5, fig. 14) which is in process of division, evi-
dently to form two slender chisels, both of which when finished
would have been narrower than any of the perfect chisels from
this area. When measured at the edge, the two partially formed
chisels are 5.5 mm. and 4 mm. respectively, whereas the smallest
Oruarangi chisel is 8 mm. in width. The greatest thickness is
only 4 mm. Had these two chisels been completed they would
have been excellent for fine work. This specimen illustrates very
clearly the method of cutting the stone by a sawing process—a
method referred to earlier in this paper.

The smallest specimen (fig. 15), which has been carefully
finished and polished on all surfaces, has a keen edge, a weil

Ze FISHER.

defined bevel bounded by a straight chin, and has been drilled at
the poll end for purposes of suspension from the ear or neck,
probably the former. Unfortunately, the poll at this point is
fractured, but half of the hole still remains. Although perfor-
ated chisels are not uncommon, there is only one specimen in this
collection.

By suspending such small implements from the ear, the
owner was enabled to guard against the loss of a valuable imple-
ment, and furthermore he provided himself with an ornament
which was doubtless greatly admired. The perforation in such
chisels is placed near the poll and would not have been of any
value as an aid to secure hafting. Banks (1896, p. 235) referring
to ornaments worn in the ear, says “they hang from them by
strings many very different things, often a chisel and bodkins
made of a kind of green tale (greenstone) which they value
much.” Best (1912, pp. 116, 117, 289) makes reference to these
matters at some length. Owing to the extreme smallness of this
specimen (length 20 mm., greatest width 9 mm.) it could have
been easily misplaced. This implement is the second smallest
greenstone chisel in the Auckland Museum. Best (1912, p. 285)
refers to a tiny chisel in the Dominion Museum which he says “Is
probably one of the smallest stone cutting tools yet recorded in
this country.” The same author (1912, p. 286) gives the dimen-
sions of the chisel, which are inserted here for comparison with
the Oruarangi specimen. It is 3 inch in length, 5/16 inch at the
widest part and “about 1/16 inch thick in the middle.” Converting
these dimensions into the metric system we have length 16 mm.,
greatest width 8 mm. and thickness 1.5 mm. The dimensions of
the Oruarangi specimen are length 20 mm., greatest width 9 mm.,
thickness 4.5 mm. It will be seen that the correspondence is
fairly close, but the honours go to the Dominion Museum speci-
men. Some slight allowance has to be made too for the break at
the poll end of the Oruarangi example, which would probably have
added 1.5 mm. to its length.

A small chisel (fig. 16) badly damaged on the poll and on
the front, back and sides in the vicinity thereof, is of interest
owing to the fashion in which the rounded edge is skewed. This
feature of greenstone chisels has been referred to by Firth
(1925, p. 286) who quotes a specimen in the British Museum
which has a skewed edge. He defines a “skew-chisel” as one which
has “the cutting edge oblique to the major axis of the blade’; a
definition which supplies an excellent description of this type of
chisel. He does not, however, state what he considered was the
special advantage of such an implement, but remarks that “it is
evident that the Maori carver, like the European, found that
certain delicate work required the adoption of some such con-
trivance.” The present writer, after discussing the matter with
skilled Kuropean tradesmen, has formed the opinion that possibly
it was used for working across the grain. The carver could then
have used the chisel straight with the work, thus reducing the
possibility of breaking or tearing the fibre, which would be likely
to result from a straight cut. The use of a “skew-chisel” would

Stone Implements and Ornaments. 23

certainly leave a better finish. This is the only example of a
greenstone “skew-chisel” from Oruarangi, but there are other
examples in the Auckland Museum, and it is sometimes found in
ordinary stone chisels, i.e., those other than greenstone.

In fig. 17 we have an excellent specimen of a well finished
chisel, thin in section, possessing a keen edge, a steep bevel and
a. clearly defined chin. Equipped with a tool of this type the
Maori carver could certainly achieve fine work. For finish, shape,
appearance and usefulness, it is perhaps the best greenstone
chisel from the area. A neat specimen, but lacking the finish of
the preceding chisel is fig. 18. The front, back and bevel are
smoothly polished except for a small portion of the surface on
the back near the poll. The sides, however, display a number
of facets which detract from an otherwise finished appearance.

All the chisels considered so far have been relatively thin
in section, a feature which supplies a more delicate appearance.
Fig. 19 is 3 mm. thicker than the thickest so far dealt with, and
this gives it a much stouter and more solid appearance. The
bevel, which is 11 mm. in length, or nearly one third of the total
length of the chisel, is exceptional, as no other Oruarangi speci-
men possesses a bevel which slopes so far back. All surfaces,
except the poll, are well finished and polished, and it is in every
respect a serviceable implement.

The long, narrow chisel illustrated in fig. 20 stands by itself
for shape as far as chisels from this area are concerned. It is
long, of small diameter and circular in section. Were it not for
the carefully fashioned bevel and keen edge, this article would be
classed as a pendant. There is no indication of a perforation
near the poll, which is still in a rough state. On either side of
the back a groove is in evidence, indicating the old cuts where
the piece was severed from another piece of stone. Perhaps this
chisel is not finished, hence these grooves were not ground out or
polished away. A long implement of this type would be equally
serviceable whether lashed to a wooden handle and used with a
small mallet or held in the hand and manual pressure applied.
Possibly this specimen might be better termed a chisel-pendant.
Skinner (1916, p. 317) notes two types of chisels; one rectangular
in cross-section and the other circular. He considers (p. 317)
that the straight greenstone pendant “has descended from the
greenstone chisel of the circular type.” One could well imagine
that the Oruarangi specimen might be intermediate between a
chisel and a pendant. The specimens figured and described com-
prise the whole of the perfect or nearly perfect chisels in this
collection, but there are in addition seven fragmentary chisels
devoid of any interesting features.

Owing to the paucity of greenstone implements from this
locality, it is deemed advisable to describe all the better
specimens.

24 FISHER.
eat be, er ar aT; 5 SA Oe | eerie

section.

|
Museum | Fig, Max. Max. | Edge. | Material. | Remarks.
No. Length. | Thickness. | | |
mm. mm. : | |
Ee ee a
19557.2 14 30 4 11 Greenstone | In process of
| division.
19554.4 Liga 20 4.5 9 r. | Poll damaged.
| | | | Perforated.
Bi a MeahG is 5 9 ‘ Skew-edge.
Oe Be Wee 7, ne ae 10 | oe
ae ame a5 i 5 10 i past
Reps gear WSS, l= 4G 1 : | fe
19555.1 | 20 | 88 | 12 7 | ib | Circular in

|
| |

Greenstone Pendants.

Pendants of greenstone were scarce; only seven perfect
specimens are in this collection, six being of the straight type
(kurukuru) and one of the curved variety ( fautau). This scarcity
is interesting in view of the large number and variety of personal
ornaments of bone recorded from the locality (Fisher, 1934, pp.
276-278).

An attractive pendant (Pl. 6, fig. 21) of pale green colour,
slender, symmetrical and polished, provides an ornament of con-
siderable beauty. It is convex transversely, on both front and
back, the sides parallel, except at the ends, where they taper
slightly to form rounded ends. The perforation, which is counter-
sunk, is 2.5 mm. at its smallest diameter, is placed in the middle
so as not to destroy the balance.

Quite different from the preceding specimen, fig. 22 is short,
broad, thick, of bluish colour (auhunga) and rectangular in sec-
tion. Before the hole was attempted a shallow transverse eroove
was formed in which the hole was bored. It has the suggestion
of a chisel at the distal end, but is definitely a pendant.

Fig. 23 corresponds fairly closely in length and colour, but
differs in shape from fig. 22. Although apparently four-sided,
on closer inspection this appearance is somewhat destroyed by
narrow chamfers or facets worked on the margins of the prin-
cipal surfaces. The distal end is narrowed, and tends to be chisel
shaped. The hole at the proximal end is drilled dangerously
close to the end, leaving 1.5 mm. to spare.

The solitary curved greenstone pendant (tautay ) (fig. 24) is
not a good specimen. It appears to be fashioned from a fragment
perhaps discarded while manufacturing some larger ornament.
It lacks finish at both ends. At the proximal end of two attempts
at perforation one has met with success.

Stone Implements and Ornaments. oO

—<——

ee

| | | |
Museum | Fig.| Max. | Max. Mase « |
No. | | Length. | Width. | Thickness. | Remarks.
| mm. mm. mm.
he a ee |
| |
19555.8 | 21 65 7 | 4 | Kurukuriu
Lee hee 45 11 7 | r
yer eae 43 a ne | :
4 24 | 56 15 | 5 | Tautau
| |
Hei Tiki.

The only hei tiki (fig. 25) in the collection is of exceptional
interest. The head is lacking, due apparently to an accident
rather than deliberately headless. Possibly the scarcity of
ereenstone or of hei tiki prevented the possessor from consigning
the ornament to the scrap-heap. For such the writer should
imagine would be the feelings of the Maori when such a valued
article was damaged. Instead, the fractured surface was care-
fully polished and holes were drilled at intervals along the upper
edge so that the ornament continued to serve its original purpose.
The four perforations, which are of no small interest, are clearly
seen in the back view shown in fig. 25b. The left outside hole has
been executed with a small drill point, as the diameter is not very
great. On the front this appears as a hole in the shoulder. The
left inside hole has broken away and probably preceded the outer
example. For the perforation of the right inside hole, which
passes through the top of the chest, a short, wide groove was
first formed, and then the drill completed the task. Less than
1 mm. remains to prevent this hole breaking away, though this
fact is not brought out in the illustration. The fourth hole is
placed well back from the edge and bears evidence of the
“wobbling”? movement of the drill point. This is the only example
of a beheaded hei tiki that the writer has seen. Skinner (1916)
although he figures a number, some of which have broken limbs,
does not display any minus the head. In other respects it is a
typical specimen. |

“Spool” Ornaments.

This type of ornament (if it be an ornament) is referred to
by various names such as: “reel” (Skinner, 1934, p. 106 and other
writers), “spool” artifact (Archey, 1927, p. 73). Up to the pre-
sent there is no certain evidence as to how it was worn, or, if it
is not an ornament, used.. The present writer prefers the name _
“spool” ornament, though “reel” certainly describes it equally
well.

It is interesting to note that similar articles are found in
the United States of America, particularly in the Ohio region.
They are thus described in a work edited by Hodge (1910, p. 625),
“Small prehistoric objects somewhat resembling spools, the
object of which is unknown. They are nearly cylindrical, with
incurved sides, perforated lengthwise at the center, and are

26 FISHER.

made in most cases of sandstone, a few specimens being of baked
clay. Their length varies from 1 to 2! in. and their diameter
rarely exceeds 2 in. The surface is always covered with incised
Jines arranged in what is apparently intended for a definite order
or design, but no two are alike.” Moorehead (1900, pp. 358, 359)
illustrates several specimens from Ohio. In size, shape and per-
foration they resemble very closely the “spools” found in New
Zealand, and like the New Zealand specimens, nothing definite is
known of their purpose.

The writer has no desire to enter into a controversy with
Goffe (1933, also republished with comments by the Editors in
the Polynesian Journal, 1934, p. 180) but he does want to assert
his belief that spools were not necessary for the Maori drill.
Further in the case of one specimen (fig. 26, 19561.2) of two
holes drilled from each end to meet about the middle, both are
skewed, hence the “spool” if used on a drill would be set at a
rather acute angle. It would then not be so effective as if it were
placed square on the spindle.

Although both these specimens are figured by Skinner (1934,
figs. 99, 100) they are figured here in order to have them associ-
ated with this record of Oruarangi. In any case, he did not give
a detailed description. The larger specimen (fig. 26) is 43 mm.
in length, and greatest diameter 48 mm. The sides show three
wide grooves, which vary between 9 and 11 mm. in width, and
four narrow ridges, which are decorated with a number of small
cuts or notches irregularly spaced. The hole perforating the
longitudinal axis is 6 mm. in diameter at the mouth, but narrows
progressively. A flattened surface prevents the junctions of the
grooves, and on this. flattened surface are two holes inlaid with
small discs of paua shell. Paua shell discs are also found at two
other points on the outer grooves. |

The smaller specimen (fig. 27, No. 19561.1) differs slightly
in appearance, and as pointed out by Skinner (1934, p. 106) is
more closely allied to certain bone ornaments. It is 39 mm. in
length and 26 mm. in diameter. A narrow ridge, which is the
thickest portion of the “spool,” separates the two wide grooves.
Apart from the ridge there is no attempt at decoration, no
notches or cuts of any sort being present. Effect is procured by
the careful shaping of the “spool” and the finish, consisting of a
high polish which produced a shiny surface. The hole is roughly
circular at the mouth, is 6 mm. in diameter, but is not central at
either end.

From a study of the stone ornaments of the area there was
no example peculiar to the site. Everything studied was of
general distribution and for that reason lacks something of the
interest pertaining to special types. Nevertheless, it was deemed
worthy of record in order to indicate the range of material found
at Oruarangi.

Further papers will be necessary for the completion of the
series, for it is felt that the wealth of material from such a smal]
area warrants fairly detailed treatment. |

Stone Implements and Ornaments. 27

The writer gratefully records his thanks for the assistance
rendered by Mr. D. A. Brown, B.Sc., in identifying the material
from which the adzes were fashioned, and to Mr. A. G. Stevenson
for continuing the excellent photographic record of the speci-
mens, a task which he began in the first paper of this series.

REFERENCES.

Archey, G., 1927. Notes on Maori Artifacts, Journ. Polynes. Soc., Vol. 36.

Banks, Sir J., 1896. Journal of Sir Joseph Banks (edited by Sir J. D.
Hooker ).

Best, E., 1912. The Stone Implements of the Maori. Dom. Mus. Bull.,
No, 4.

Buck, P. H., Emory, K. P., Skinner, H. D., and Stokes, J. F. G,, 1930.
Terminology for Ground Stone Cutting-Implements in Polynesia.
Journ. Polynes. Soc., Vol. 39.

Chapman, F. R., 1891. On the Working of Greenstone or Nephrite by the
Maoris. Trans. N.Z. Inst., Vol. 24.

Emory, Ik. P., 1928. Stone Implements of Pitcairn Island. Journ.
Polynes. Soc., Vol. 37.

Firth, R. W., 1925. The Maori Carver. Journ. Polynes. Soc., Vol. 34.

Fisher, V. F., 1934. The Material Culture of Oruarangi, Matatoki,
Thames.—l. Bone Ornaments and Implements. Rec. Auck Inst.
Mus., Vol. 1, No. 5.

Goffe, W. E., 1933. Gisborne Times, 15th June.

Hodge, F. W., 1910. Handbook of the American Indians North of
Mexico. Bur. Am. Ethnology, Bull. 30, Part 2.

Moorehead, W. K., 1900. | Prehistoric Implements.

Skinner, H. D., 1916. Evolution in Maori Art—lI. Pendants. Journ.
Roy. Anthrop. Soc., Vol. 46.

Skinner, H. D., 1921. Culture Areas in New Zealand. Journ. Polynes.
Soe. V.0le ou

Skinner, H. D., 1934. Maori Amulets in Stone, Bone and Shell. Journ.
Polynes. Soc., Vol. 43.

rt eae
L's ‘,
= ee sa

ae

PLATE 2.

For cultural reasons, these images have been removed.
malstzlolomere) alt= lem ANC lol .¢ =] arom iV iUrsrol0|aammce)mmanle)acmialielaaarciiielar

greywacke adzes.

Front, back and side views of
Type A, Oruarang!.

Figs. 1 a-c, 2 a-c.

Figs. 3 a-c, 4 a-c. Front, back and side views of greywacke adzes.

Type B, Oruarangl.

$

fe
at
i
4

Phe Bhogal

woe

Augayg

PLATE 3.

For cultural reasons, these images have been removed.
malstclolomere) a] t= lem ANC lel .¢t-] arom iV iUrsrol0|aammce)mmanle)acmialielaaarciiielar

Fig. 6 a-c. Front, back and side view of large greywacke adze, showing

evidence of chipping and bruising.
Fie. 7 a-c. Front, back and side view of ereywacke adze.

ee

a ‘
a :

Pi nqeins
cA pe
Lares iy

PLATE 4.

For cultural reasons, these images have been removed.
malstslolomere) alte lem ANU (el .dt-lalomiViUrsrol0 [nam ce)mmanle)acmialie)sgarciiielar

Fig. 9 a-c. Front, back and side view of a greenstone adze. Side view
shows evidence of the original cuts.

Fig. 10 a-c. Front, back and side view of adze of kawakawa greenstone.

Figs. 12, 13. Greenstone adzes. Compare bevels with those of 3b and 4b.

aie
at

Sang

oe aa are

a

She
ane Dae ok et ot a
Ye cas i

oa
es

.

a

Eager

tg Bh

Pinks Lae

chine Th, RS

Taste Feat hn in

+ wip

oh

ae ‘
Y
«te eG era Reece rs

a : ‘ 7

.
yh

oe
ret)
*

nae
tyes ah

te)

a
S goa
co
+
sh oe
ta

Se sn
Lf
¢ Rees > i
7 oe ? OE

‘i

4

I
ey

at

ektee tye
e
YS
at

Puan ee
~
.7

i PEL
Qs

tee. io
3
i
=i Sees

nr ae ae
ae baie

aa ae nt ae >

a

> abe

at
ae
ot ath
}

©

ee
ee er

ef

ee

i 4,7 4
Pei bee Bem gf

; {as a

M *
bakes

PLATE 5.

For cultural reasons, these images have been removed.
ma (atc lois exe) al r=em ANU (er .dt= [are lV (Ukcxol0 lan e)manelacmiale)aaat-lilelap

Fig. 5 a-b. Stone adze with a grooved tang, back and ce noe ae

Fig. 8 a-c. Front, back and side views of a stone chisel, possessing
grooves on the sides near the poll. .

Fig. 11 a-b Front and back views of a greenstone adze in process of

cond ° . r - a
division to form three chisels.

Figs. 14-19. Small greenstone chisels. Fig. 14 in process of division;
i fig. 15 perforated for suspension ; fig. 16 “skew” chisel.
‘Greenstone chisel, circular in section.

PLATE 6.

For cultural reasons, these images have been removed.
malstslolomere) a] t= lem ANU (el .dt-]alomiViUtsrol0|aamce)mmanle)acmialielsearciiielar

Figs. 21-23. Greenstone pendants (kurukuri).

Fig. 24. Curved greenstone pendant (tautai).

Fig. 25 a-b. Front and back view of a “headless” fez tiki.

Fig. 26. Notched “spool” ornament.
Fig. 27. “Spool” ornament.

The Paryphantidae of New Zealand.

Ill. Further New Species of Paryphanta and Wainuia.
By A. W. B. POWELL, Conchologist and Palaeontologist.

Since the publication of my previous papers on the Paryphan-
lidae (1930 and 1982), further material has steadily accumulated,
including several new species, and these are now made the subject
of my third contribution on the family.

The receipt of numerous lots of specimens from a wide range
of localities has indicated more clearly the actual topographic
boundaries of many of the species, particularly those of the gilliesi
series from West Nelson.

A synopsis of the New Zealand members of the Paryphantidae,
with the locality range for each species, is given at the end of
this paper.

It may be objected that my naming of some of the forms of
Paryphanta, based solely upon colour pattern, amounts to species
splitting and that such forms have no real taxonomic value. This
may be so, yet on the other hand these colour forms are constant
within their respective distributional areas, which are segregated
by definite topographic boundaries; therefore some method of
nomination is necessary. Simpson has attempted to forestall the
same criticism in his excellent paper on “The Florida Tree Snails
of the Genus Liguus” (1929, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 73, Art.
20, p. 2). He admits that many of the forms he has named are,
doubtless, fertile hybrids, but nevertheless they are important
in elucidating the story of past development, migration and
distribution.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.

The writer is indebted to Dr. A. Clark, Mr. E. B. Langford,
Mr. R. E. Clouston, Mr. L. J. Dumbleton, Mrs. M. Mouat, Mr. K.
Rudall, Mr. Wm. C. Davies, Mr. E. S. Gourlay, Mr. C. Weetman,
Mr. H. Wellman, and Mr. H. Osmers, for the collections of speci-
mens upon which this paper is based.

THE HOCHSTETTERI SERIES.
Genus ParypHanta Albers 1850.
Type: NANINA BUSBYI Gray.
Paryphanta hochstetteri consobrina n. subsp. Pl. 7, fig. 3.

Shell of similar size and shape to hochstettert obscura and
hochstetteri bicolor, being an intermediate form, differing in the
colour pattern of the base. This basal colour pattern, however,

30 POWELL.

is constant in the large number of specimens seen, all of which
were from mountainous country between the respective areas
vopulated by obscura and bicolor. The distributionel area for
consobrina 1s isolated by the Pelorus and Wairau Rivers, Marl-
borough, and includes Mt. Duppa and The Fishtail.

Ground colour of dorsal surface of shell ranging from cinna-
mon-brown to buckthorn brown (Pl. 15), with the exception of
the protoconch, which runs through light cadmium and analine
yellow to sulphine yellow (Pl. 4). On the ventral surface the
ground colour is ochraceous-tawny diffused with russet towards
an umbilical dark zone of mars brown (Pl. 15). The dorsal sur-
face is variably spirally banded with mars brown, there being
usually a few fairly wide bands at the periphery. In the holotype
there is a wide band at the periphery and two lesser bands above
it, as well as some finer and indistinct spiral lines. On the base
the dark umbilical zone occupies two thirds the major diameter
of the shell. Apart from this there are several (five in the holo-
type) narrow bands of a paler tawny shade (PI. 15, Ridgway’s
Color Standards and Nomenclature).

This subspecies may be likened to a P. hochstetteri bicolor with
a much larger umbilical dark patch and a warm brown rather
than a yellowish-olive ground colour. On the other hand
P. hochstetteri obscura differs in having almost the whole of the
base dark and of different tone, being dark olive to almost black.

Major diameter, 59 mm.; minimum diameter, 49.5 mm.;
height, 28 mm. (holotype).

Holotype: Presented to the Auckland Museum by Mr. Wm. C.
Davies, Nelson.

Habitat: Mt. Duppa, 2,500-3,000 feet, on spur running
towards the Whangamoa Saddle, Marlborough (Mr. Wastney)
(type locality) : Also Mt. Duppa, 1,800-3,000 feet (Mr. E. S. Gour-
lay, Nelson): Mt. Fishtail, 3,000 feet (Mr. C. Weetman).

THE LIGNARIA SERIES.
Paryphanta annectens, n. sp. Pl. 7, figs. 4, 5 and 7.

Shell large, almost the size of hochstetteri and proportioned
as that species (see Powell, 1930, fig. 5, A, p. 34). Surface smooth
except for numerous axial growth ridges and weak spiral striae,
the latter confined to the early spire whorls. Parietal callus and
the inside of the outer-lip covered with fine granulations. Whorls
slowly increasing, 54, including a small almost flat protoconch of
13 whorls, polished but showing faint traces of irregular spiral
striae. Spire dome-shaped, showing in profile about 5 mm. above
the body-whorl. The suture is deeply impressed and bends down
slightly towards the aperture. Umbilicus about one fifth the
major diameter of the base. Peristome discontinuous, thin, ad-
vancing above, and curved slightly downwards. General sround
colour sandford’s-brown (PI. 2), becoming slightly paler above
towards tawny-olive (Pl. 39); very closely radially striped
indiscriminately with narrow bands of claret-brown (PI. i

The Paryphantidae of New Zealand. Jt

warm sepia (Pl. 29), and black; protoconch analine-yellow (PI.
4); parietal callus sorghum-brown (Pl. 2) with granulations
lighter; interior of aperture deep slaty brown (PI. 50, Ridgway’s
Color Standards and Nomenclature, 1912).

Major diameter, 63.5 mm.; minimum diameter, 53.5 mm.;
height, 34 mm. (holotype).

Major diameter, 73.0 mm.; minimum diameter, 62.0 mm.;
height, 40.5 mm. (Mrs. Mouat’s spec.).

Major diameter, 69.0 mm.; minimum diameter, 58.0 mm.;
height, 38.0 mm. (Mrs. Mouat’s spec.).

Holotype: Presented to the Auckland Museum by Mr. R. E.
Clouston.

Habitat: Gunner Downs, between the Karamea and Heaphy
Rivers at between 2,000 and 2,500 feet, West Nelson. (Mr. R. E.
Clouston.) “From south of Government Hut, 40 miles from
Bainham, collected by Mr. W. Bennett during geological survey
of the district under Dr. J. Mackintosh Bell (1906-1907). Speci-
mens in the collection of Mrs. M. Mouat. North of Karamea
(probably from the Gunner Downs), Mr. Wm. C. Davies, Nelson.

This species is of great interest, for it links up the West
Coast lignaria series with the West Nelson gillicsi series. In shape
and axial banding annectens is close to typical lignaria (PI. 7, fig. 8)
but differs in the presence of parietal granulations, which have
been observed hitherto only in gilliesi and its relatives.

Paryphanta mouatae n. sp. Pl. 8, figs. 7 and 8.

Shell between annectens and superba, but more the size of the
former. Whorls 54, slowly increasing, and including the usual
protoconch of 15 whorls, polished but showing faint traces of
irregular spiral striae. Ground colour buckthorn-brown to
ecinnamon-brown, rather densely striped with narrow, somewhat
irregular axial streaks of russet, mars-brown and an occasional
greenish streak. Protoconch ochraceous-tawny (Pl. 15, Ridg-
way’s Colour Standards and Nomenclature, 1912), followed by
1$ whorls of dark-sepia. Parietal callus mars-brown. The
parietal callus shows faint traces of fine granulations. The sur-
face of the shell is glossy, with only a few spiral striations on
the early whorls, as well as weakly impressed axial growth lines.
In details of shape mouatae resembles annectens and superba.

Major diameter, 50 mm.; minimum diameter, 42.5 mm.;
height, 27 mm. (holotype).

Major diameter, 55 mm.; minimum diameter, 45 mm.;
height, 28 mm. (paratype).

Holotype: Presented to the Auckland Museum by Mrs. M.
Mouat.

Habitat. Gouland Downs, between 15 Mile Creek and Saxon
Creek, West Nelson. (Mrs. M. Mouat). Headwaters of Tony

32 POWELL.

Creek at about 2,000 feet, and Weka Creek at 2,000 feet, Gouland
Downs. (Mr. L. J. Dumbleton).

This is an extremely interesting link between the uniformly
coloured superba and the axially banded annectens, described
herein. From superba, mouatae differs in being smaller and of a
much darker ground colour, with a constant pattern of numerous
reddish-brown narrow axial streaks, as well as subobsolete
granules on the parietal callus. In annectens the axial banding is
much more definite than in mouatae, the growth lines are stronger,
and the parietal callus is decidedly granulate. Although superba
is unicoloured it seems to be nearer allied to mouatae than to
hochstetteri, and should be classed with the lignaria series rather
than with the spirally banded hochstetteri series.

Hybridization among annectens, mouatae and superba 18 pos-
sible, as their respective distributional areas converge at the
Gouland Downs. So far, however, each is clearly defined in its
respective area.

Paryphanta rossiana Powell 1930.

1930. Paryphanta rossiana Powell. Rec. Auck. Inst. & Mus., Vol.
1. No: 1, p. 44, Ph4, figs; 475 and 6,

The range of this species, described from a single specimen
obtained at 2,900 feet on Mt. Greenland, Ross, has been extended
by the finding of specimens by Mr. H. Wellmann, from the sum-
mit of Mt. Rangitoto, six miles south of Ross.

2. THE GILLIESI SERIES.

Further material from the Whakamarama Range and West
Haven coastal strip, West Nelson, has revealed the presence of
another good subspecies of the gillicesi series, and also has demon-
strated the necessity for raising the status of my gillicsi (variety
A) (Powell 1930, p. 46) to that of a regional subspecies, which is
accordingly named and described below.

The four recognisably distinct subspecific forms of gilliesi
occupy restricted sections of the Whakamarama-West Haven
area and are bounded by definite topographic boundaries, which
are as follows :—

1. P. gilliesi gilliesi Smith 1880. On the high country of the
northern extremity of the Whakamarama Range south
to the Kaituna-Paturau transverse river systems which
break the high country continuity of the Range.

2. P. gilliesi subfusca Powell 1930. On the low coastal country
on the northern side of the entrance to West Haven
Inlet, separated from the Whakamarama Range by the
tidal waters of West Haven.

P. gilliesi kahurangica n. subsp. Coastal from Kahurangi
Point to Paturau River and thence across the low saddle
in the Whakamarama Range to the headwaters of the
Kaituna Valley.

2

Lhe Paryphantidae of New Zealand. 38

4. P. gilliesi montana n. subsp. On the high country of the
ona e Range to the south of the Kaituna-Paturau River
reak. ei

The distinguishing shell features of the four subspecific
forms of gilliesi are as follows. |

A. Parietal callus coarsely granulated.

(a) Under side bright red-brown. Large umbilical dark
area with clearly defined edge. gilliesi gilliest.

(b) Under side olive-brown, gradually deepening to dark
brown towards umbilicus. No clear cut zone or bands.
gilliest subfusca.

B. Parietal callus finely granulated.

(a) Under side bright red-brown as species, but without the
dark umbilical area. gilliesi kahurangica.

(b) Under side dark red-brown. Large umbilical darker
area with clearly defined edge. Shell more tightly
coiled, whorls more inflated and spire lower than above
three subspecies. gilliesi montana.

Paryphanta gilliesi kahurangica n. subsp. Pl. 8, figs. 1 and 2.

1930. Paryphanta gilliesi (Variety A) Powell. Rec. Auck. Inst.
Mus., Vol. 1, No. 1, p. 46.

Shell of similar size, shape and ground colour to the typical
species, but with a different pattern on the base, and much finer
parietal granulation. The base is reddish brown (near to Hay’s
russet, Pl. 14, Ridgway) as in the typical series, but lacks the
characteristic central dark area. There are four or five and
cecasionally more strong dark-brown almost black peripheral
bands, the lowest of which is situated about one third of the
radius of the base in from the periphery.

Major diameter, 48 mm.; minimum diameter, 40 mm.;
height, 25 mm. (holotype).

Major diameter, 54 mm.; minimum diameter, 45 mm.;
height, 27.5 mm. (largest specimen).

Habitat: Paturau River, West Coast, Nelson (type) (Mr.
Donald McKenzie, 1928) ; Kahurangi Point (Captain J. Bollons) ;
at headwatei's of Kaituna River, Whakamarama Range (Mrs. M.
Mouat, 1935).

Quite apart from the colour pattern, the fineness of the
parietal granules of this species make it readily distinguishable
from gilliesi typical, and gilliesi subfusca.

Paryphanta gilliesi montana n. subsp. Pl. 8, figs. 9 and 10.

Shell of similar size and colour to the typical species, but
more inflated and more tightly coiled, and with a more depressed

34 POWELL.

spire. The inflated, deeper whorls* result in a more rounded
aperture, and the tight coiling, in a slightly narrower steeper-
sided umbilicus. A good idea of the relative shell proportions in
guliesi, gilliesi kahurangica and gilliesi montana is shown by the fol-
lowing chi —

i a 4,
Total height
diameter. | diameter. body-whorl* Or tahett

|
| |
Major ae | Depth of |
| |
: :
mm. |
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mm. montana (holotype)
|

46 mm | 385 mm. | 17.5 mm. 23.5 mm. gilliesi
mim. | 39.0 mm. | 18.0 24.0
48.0 mm. 40.0 mm. | 16.5 mm. 25.0 mm. gilliest
45.5 mm. | 37.5 mm. | 16.5 mm. 23.5 mm. kahuranyica
455 mm. | 36.5 mm. | 15.5 mm. 23.0 mm. gilliest
48.0 mm. | 39.0 mm. 16.5 mm. 24.5 mm. gilliesi

*Depth of whorl is taken from the maximum vertical measurement of the body-
whorl at. a point opposite to the aperture. It is indicated by the measurement
“17 mm.” on my diagram B, Fig. 5 (1930, Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus., Vol. 1, No. 1,
p. 34). :

Colour of protoconch yellow ochre to buckthorn brown (PI.
15) tawny-olive (Pl. 29), hazel (Pl. 14), base dark reddish-brown
(between Hay’s russet and liver brown, Pl. 14, Ridgway), with a
dark-brown almost black clean edged umbilical zone which covers
most of the base. There is also a wide peripheral dark band and
between it and the umbilical zone a subsidiary band, followed by
a thin line (in the holotype). Paratypes have the wide peripheral
band constant, but the subsidiary bands are variable. The dorsal
surface is marked with numerous fine dark-brown spiral lines and
a few heavier and irregularly placed ones.

As in kahurangica, montana has a similar finely granulated
parietal callus, quite distinct from ue of both gilliesi and gilliesi
subfusca, from the northern end of the Whakamarama Range.

Habitat: Mt. Stevens, Whakamarama Range, at about 3,800
feet, around roots of “tussock. ” Collected by Mr. E. B. Lang-
ford, 28/3/1932.

The eight members of the gillicsi series may be conveniently
grouped as follows, according to the nature of the parietal callus.

(A) Parietal callus coarsely granulated.
1. gilliesi gilliesi Smith 1880.
2. gilliesi subfusca Powell 1930.

(B) Parietal callus finely granulated.
od. gilliesi kahurangica n. sp.
A. gilliesi montana Nn. sp.

(C) Parietal callus sparsely granulated.
5. compta Powell 1930.

The Paryphantidae of New Zealand. 35

(D) Parietal callus smooth.

6. jamesoni N. Sp.
7. fallax Powell 1930.
8. traversi Powell 1930.

Species one to seven are restricted to small areas in the
north-west of Nelson Province, and eight, the North Island
traversi, has evidently arisen from gilliesi series stock isolated in
the North Island by the comparatively recent formation of Cook
Strait. (See Powell 1930, Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus., Vol. 1, No. 1,
Dp. 50).

Paryphanta jamesoni n. sp. PI. 8, figs. 3 and 4.

Shell of moderate size, belonging to the “gilliesi series’”’ and
proportioned as shown in diagram B, Fig. 5 (see Powell, 1930,
p. 84). Dorsal surface sculptured with minute wavy spiral striae
abruptly terminated at the periphery. Ventral surface smooth
and glossy. Whorls five, slowly increasing, including a small
almost flat protoconch of 14 whorls, polished but minutely
wrinkled and striated. Parietal callus quite smooth. General
ground colour russet (Pl. 15), spirally banded and radially striped
with darker brown. The spiral bands are narrow and chestnut-
brown (Pl. 14), there being seven on the dorsal surface, two
broader almost black bands at the periphery, below which spiral
bands continue, four remaining distinct although gradually
becoming paler, until they disappear over the rest of the base.
The axial stripes show stronger on the ventral surface and are
indiscriminately chestnut-brown or black. Aperture and parietal
callus dark vinaceous gray (Pl. 50) to vinaceous-slate (Pl. 50).
Protoconch olive-ochre (Pl. 30, Ridgway’s color standards and
color nomenclature, 1912).

Major diameter, 45.5 mm.; minimum diameter, 38 mm.;
height, 24 mm. (Holotype).

Holotype presented to Auckland Museum by Mrs. M. Mouat.

Habitat: Blue Duck Creek, near hut at about 2069 feet, Gou-
land Downs, West Nelson (holotype). Other specimens from
five miles further along track towards Heaphy River. Collected
for Mrs. M. Mouat by Mr. Jameson, of Collingwood.

This species is distinguished by the well marked radial
stripes in addition to the spiral banding, and in the smooth
parietal callus. It seems nearest to P. compta Powell 1930, for
that species shows a faint tendency towards axial stripes; the
parietal callus, however, is not smooth but has sparse granula-
tions; the ground colour and spiral lines are different also.

36 POWELL.
Genus WaINvuIA Powell 1930.
Rec. Auck. Inst. & Mus. I., No. 1, p. 51.

Type (original designation): Hetix urnuta Pfeiffer.

Wainuia clarkin. sp. Pl. 9, figs. 4 and 5.

Shell intermediate in size between urnula and edwardi, the
only other members of the genus so far known. Whorls four,
including a typical flattened protoconch of 15 whorls sculptured
with fine radial arcuate striae, interrupted slightly by four indis-
tinct spiral striations. Spire almost one fourth height of aper-
ture. Adult whorls obliquely furrowed and malleated. Suture
rather deep, crenulated by short arcuate folds. Umbilicus
narrow, one eighth the major diameter of the shell. General
ground colour dark warm sepia; protoconch pale yellow; inner
lip callus bluish white.

From both urnula and edwardi, clarki differs in being more
tightly coiled, resulting in the apex being a little nearer centre,
and the aperture being squarish rather than oblong.

Major diameter 26 mm.; min. diam. 20.5 mm.; height 18.5
mm. (holotype).

Holotype presented to the Auckland Museum by Dr. A. G.
Clark, of Napier.

Habitat: Motutaiko Island, Lake Taupo.

The presence of a Wainuia in the Taupo area is difficult to
explain, particularly in view of some details of the geology of
Motutaiko, kindly given me by Mr. Norman H. Taylor, of the
New Zealand Geological Survey. He explains that Motutaiko
probably has always been an island, and that it is a rhyolitic
intrusion of the Hapurangi series roughly equal in age to the
Patetere rhyolites of Mamaku. Mr. Taylor also considers that
no life on Motutaiko could have survived the Taupo Pumice
Shower which may have occurred less than 5000 years ago. The
other two species of Wainuia are distributed along mountain
systems of Trias-Jura age, and the nearest occurrence of the
genus to the Taupo species, so far as is known, is on the Rua-
hine Range. It is more than probable, however, that further
occurrences of the genus will be located in the intervening
country, and until this area is investigated one cannot speculate
further on the origin of the Taupo species. Should wrnula or a
related species be found on the high country adjacent to Taupo
we have the interesting inference of the origin of a new species
in approximately 5000 years.

PLATE 7.

Fig. 1. Paryphanta hochstetteri obscura Beutler 1901 (topotype ).
Fie. 2. Paryphanta hochstetteri bicolor Powell 1930 (holotype).
Fig. 3. Paryphanta hochstettert consobrina n. subsp. (holotype).
Migs. 4and 5. Paryphanta annectens n. sp. (holotype).

Fig. 6. Paryphanta unicolorata Powell 1930 (holotype).

Fig. 7. Paryphanta annectens n. sp. (paratype).

Fig. 8. Paryphanta lignaria Hutton 1888. St. Helens, Mokihinui.

-

te eee -
ie es ‘arts f- om
— Ae oe =
as = oot tenets :
dete eal bs Ts
ey. aay - = os a - F “ “ .
| | . | ; ; : 7 . te ie
a = 7 a oe ol a

:
: <i
‘

eet

mer

Cary
‘a Lar
’
7 - mre
i roa co
ne

oe

=
ee i

Tr as
one a eee
= pe ih

mn en

Ey Pees
i :

hee

F

a

PLATE 8.

}
{
{

Figs. 1 and 2. Paryphanta gilliesi kahurangica n. subsp. (holotype).
Fig. 3. Paryphanta jamesoni n. sp. (holotype).

Fig. 4. Paryphanta jamesoni n. sp. (paratype).

Figs. 5 and 6. Paryphanta superba Powell 1930 (topotype).

Migs, J-atic ©, Paryphanta mouatae n. sp. (holotype).

-

Figs. 9 and 10. Paryphanta gillicst montana n. subsp. (holotype).

ee el ee ee
| = a ao

ie ia = aa ee Cane anoy ae i.
ae ; 7 oe ee
: ae aoa Oa
| on i. < or a otay
ares
A > :
; ; 7 7 7 2
: : = _ a eo
7 a in : - — . in
Ea Be rt | : ae ni =
7 ae a eae > ia i : - ae =
St Se a) Fe + 7 ne ’ ; -
ot at ee ee tae oe — = _ Sn a
= “= — Te cs — + mn = the i 7 a te 7 7 i.
a ee aa —- wt 2 gee.) 5 : 7 s i, 3 a nul
Vian, a se a a iy LY ines ae ait oils
ms 1S 5) 7 pel” sty =. in 7 7 al =
eo i 7 21 . 7 = 7
te a Le ae —s = a os 7 1. 7 a
by 2 = = ne 2 - =
-— Se Sass Se E - =
} inal = iy i = 1 =
- Pe ee ee
Soe i ee ee Aaj
i ae = =
= am 7 . = ns i”
7 = 7”
La Pos ee
© Morte
A : ie fel
P of ot
: ic ae. 7
ia ee ee eo
fad ae Ss |
: £ So he
- a>
; na oe. d=
=r Bea 5 ee ee *
i : es es =* 7 ;
aa st =
ae - =
m a - © fa. = vs
a Zz
.
i 7 LL i
- “- : wo ce
~ Toa cS 2 -
; ; = i .! rs = eee
7 Ls
% 7 heres os 7
= 7 2
" a sa = mt I t
ie a
: h A a 7 ‘ j 7
oh i roe a Zz “J
- 7 | * a ti? a
7 on i = = 7 a 7 7" #
= 7 a 7 a -
7 7 : ie a - :
i. a = ae
a io
“i oe ne hy -
« i =. z= 7 { * a
an 7
=; a3 i 7 _ “a
; a a / ae
- me = 7
Lal = ma 7 - _s i | =
— | ¥
, is so =
ae a
: 7 ae
: : =,
: Co
; nH o ‘7 -_
ca De oad
* i as

ect,

cae
=
i

7 a |
i, ol = _
7 =a : z =
ii + a a 7 _
of :
= 7 a
. a be ut OU
7 ia i iz =
" * =
? " =
' : ;
s H ' =
a i Se el 2 :
Fc path Py Preah a is =i
os What ae Cat es 7 - - - a
i oe - : eee 7 _
foeat i 7 - al
Leet i - i
Ses La a 1 -
oa : a ae
AY eo =. -
: | a
von i a
a t kink
fe eter i

PLATE 9.

Fig. 1. Wainmua edwardi (Suter 1899) (paratype).
Figs. 2 and 3. Wainuia urnula (Pfeiffer 1855). Wainuiomata, Wellington.
‘igs. 4 and 5. Wainuia clarki n. sp. (holotype).
Fig. 6. Wainuia aff. urnula (Pfeiffer 1855). Umutoi, Ruahine Ranges.
Fig. 7. Wainuia edwardi (Suter 1899). Kaikoura Ranges.

Wim. C. Davies, photo.

le ee
a Aes =

The Paryphantidae of New Zealand. 37

Wainuia aff urnula (Pfeiffer 1855). PI. 9, fig. 6.

Mr. K. Rudall collected a dead specimen and some fragments
of a Wainuia from Umutoi, 4500 feet, Ruahine Range, which are
of interest as they are from a locality intermediate between the
Rimutaka-Tararua system, where urnula occurs, and Taupo, the
locality for the new species described above. The Ruahine shell
is probably new, but I hesitate to found a new species on a single
dead shell, particularly as the differentiating characters in the
Ruahine specimen may not prove to be constant when a larger
series is available. From wrnula the Ruahine shell differs in
being glossy, having the malleations almost obsolete and the
radial striae more pronounced, particularly towards the suture.

As the result of further collecting I now doubt the record
in my 1930 paper (P. 52) of urnula from the South Island. These
specimens, which were poorly preserved, were from Monkeyface,
a mountain of over 2000 feet, 15 miles due west of Kaikoura
Peninsula; most likely they are edward.

DISTRIBUTIONAL PROBLEMS.

It would seem that an interesting divergence of specific
groups has taken place in the Gouland Downs area in West
Nelson. The West Coast lignaria series culminates in ainectens,
mouatae and superba, but the gillicsi series which is distributed
around both sides of the Aorere Valley, merging at the head in
the Gouland Downs, shows relationship to the lignaria series in
having parietal granulations such as are found in annectens and
are obsolescent in mouatac; also the typical axial banding of the
lignaria series is well shown in jameson from the Gouland Downs
which in other respects, particularly in the small depressed shell
is a true member of the gillicsi series. The gillicsi series cul-
minates in traversi, a North Island species. On the other hand
the unicoloured superba closely approaches the hochstetteri series
which extends eastward into Marlborough and has a North Island
relative in marchanti from the Ruahine Range. In this one small
area, the Gouland Downs, which is a plateau of over 2000 feet
elevation, there is a divergence, or possibly a convergence, of
three of the four specific groups of Paryphanta. The sole New
Zealand member of the fourth series, P. busbyi, shows no close
resemblance to the other three, and it is restricted to the North
Auckland Peninsula and adjacent islands, where it is isolated
from the nearest member of the other groups by some hundreds
of miles.

Undoubtedly many more species remain to be discovered
before the complete series of forms is made known. Thanks to
an enthusiastic band of local collectors the West Nelson species
and subspecies are fairly completely known, but large gaps in the
apparent sequence is indicated in Westland and Otago, between
the isolated occurrences of rossiana and spedeni. Also there should

a yy
P | | | :
is ti in
cid | ANY) we AS RS
Vm“ ewe = “Wy a May \ Ss s
G ~~ SF st will] y M\* wll, S : a
Zz le = es cL Ruy Hrs
Z(t \\ ~ 2 N\' = Xs
S RS ws ns 2s ;
NINE 2 oN a S

aw ing

u]
(Wy x. 7
| Ms

AN
sw NYT Tae x
app PUIinye AN}
as =
. =
3 >
Aly Se S\
Ir @
SNe
WS Nit, S
iN

4

4,

My

tell
a
fle
LZ
= “UN
O Gi. \
a MY
an 4.4 \ Ne
SSS yf S
SN
Ss
SHS : :
KS aig
AIGA INS Bf NOILD3S SIHL 40
IX LZS dVW aaliviaa 33S
WAaLLaLSHOM
oS
ro
fx
_
<
z ]
o@) a

Z
oy

The Paryphantidae of New Zealand.

be further species of the hochstetteri series running north-east
from the Ruahine Range, where marchanti occurs, along the East
Coast mountain systems (see Plate 10).

I have had descriptions of large snails from three localities,
indicating connecting links in the probable distribution outlined
above, but so far have not been able to secure specimens. These
are: (1) a species from the coastal range between Greymouth
and Westport, (2) a species from a ridge behind Martin’s Bay
to the north of Milford Sound, and (3) near the East Cape Light-
house. Unfortunately the vegetation has since been cleared from
the location of the third species, and it is possible that there are

now no specimens of it in existence.

KEY TO PARYPHANTA DISTRIBUTIONAL AREAS IN

NEW ZEALAND.

(a) BUSBYI series (typical ).
1.P. busbyi.

-(b) HOCHSTETTERI series.
2. P. hochstettert.
3. P. hochstettert obscura.

4. P. hochstettert consobrina.

5. P. hochstetteri bicolor.
6. P. marchanti.
(c) GILLIESI series.
7. P. gilliest.
8. P. gilliesi subfusca.
9. P. gilliesi montana.
10. P. gilliesi kahurangica.

11.
12.
13:
14.

£,
fee
9
i

compta.
fallax.
jamesoni.
travers.

(d) LIGNARIA series.

15.
16.
ite
18.
19.
20.
21.

vU

. lignaria.
P. unicolorata.
P. annectens.

P. mouatae.

F,
P
F

superba.

. rossiana.
. spedem.

AO POWELL.

FAMILY PARYPHANTIDAE.
(Synopsis of the New Zealand members of the family.)

Genus 1—Ruytipa Albers 1860. (Type: Hetix GreeNwoopt Gray.)

I. R. greenwoodi (Gray 1850). Whangaroa to Nelson.

2. FR. stephenensis Powell 1930. Stephen Island, Cook Strait.

3. R. dunniae (Gray 1840). Kaitaia to Thames.

4. R. tarangaensis Powell 1930. Taranga, Hen and Chickens Islands.
5. R. pycrofti Powell 1932. Poor Knights Islands.

6. FR. duplicata Suter 1904. Cape Maria van Diemen to North Cape.
7. R. meesoni Suter 1891. Nelson and Marlborough.

8. FR. patula Hutton 1883. Greymouth to West Nelson.

9. FR. citrina Hutton 1883. Greymouth to Buller River.

10. R. otagoensis Powell 1930. Southland.

11. FR. australis Hutton 1883. Stewart Island.

12. R. spelaea Powell 1933. Near Cape Kidnappers (sub-fossil ).

Genus 2—PARYPHANTA Albers 1850. (Type: NANINA BUsBYI Gray.)

(a) BUSBYI series (typical).
1. Paryphanta busbyi (Gray 1840). North Auckland Peninsula.

(b) HOCHSTETTERI series.
2. P. hochstetteri (Pfeiffer 1862). Pikikiruna-Tasman and Haupiri Ranges.
Nelson.
3. P. hochstetteri obscura Beutler 1901. Western Marlborough Sounds.
4. P. hochstetteri bicolor Powell 1930. Eastern Marlborough Sounds.
5. P. hochstetteri consobrina Powell n. subsp. Mt. Duppa, Marlborough and
vicinity. |
6. P. marchanti Powell 1932. Ruahine Range.

(c) LIGNARIA series.

. lignaria Hutton 1888. Karamea to Mokihinui River, West Nelson.
. annectens Powell n. sp. Gunner Downs, West Nelson.
. mouatae Powell n. sp. Gouland Downs, West Nelson.

10. P. superba Powell 1930. Eastern side of Aorere Valley, southern part of
Whakamarama Range and across the Gouland Downs to Rocks Point, West Nelson.

ll. FP. unicolorata Powell 1930. Mokihinui River to Westport, West Nelson.
1Z. P. vassiana Powell 1930. Ross, Westland.
13. P. spedent Powell 1932. East Dome, Southland.

Oo OM
Seach as

(d) GILLIESI series.

14. P. gilliesi Smith 1880. Northern end of Whakamarama Range, West Nelson.

15. P. gilliesi kahurangica Powell n. subsp. Westhaven to Kahurangi pow,
West Nelson (coastal).

16. P. gilhesi montana Powell n. subsp. Whakamarama Range, south of Kai-
tuna-Patarau break.

17. P. gilltest subfisca Powell 1930. North side of Westhaven Inlet (coastal ).

1s. P. compta Powell 1930. Eastern side of Aorere Valley, West Nelson.

19. P. jameson’ Powell n. sp. Gouland Downs, West Nelson.

20. P. fallax Powell 1930. Ngarino and Onekaka Ridges, West Nelson.

21. P. traverst Powell 1930. Levin, North Island.

The Paryphantidae of New Zealand. ae

Genus 3—WatnuiA Powell 1930. (Type: HeLttx urNuta Pfeiffer.)

1.
p
5
4.
Island:

(Senus

1,
es

W. urnula (Pfeiffer 1855). Rimutaka-Tararua Ranges, North Island.

W. aff. uwrnula. Ruahine Range, North Island.

W. clarki Powell n. sp. Motutaiko Island, Lake Taupo, North Island.

W. edwardi (Suter 1899), Kaikoura Ranges and Hossack Downs, South

4—ScuizocLtossa Hedley 1902. (Type: DAUDEBARDIA NOVOSEELANDICA
Pfeiffer ).

S. novoseelandica (Pfeiffer 1862): North Island.
S. gigantea Powell 1930. Gisborne District (sub-fossil), North Island.

Genus 5—Detos Hutton 1904. (Type: ZonirEs corESIA Gray.)

Le
Pe

D. coresia (Gray 1850). North Island.
D. jeffreysiana (Pfeiffer 1853). North Island.

LITERATURE CITED.

Powell, A. W. B., 1930. The Paryphantidae of New Zealand: Their Hypo-

thetical Ancestry, with descriptions of New Species and a New Genus.
Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus., Vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 17-56.

Powell, A. W. B., 1932. The Paryphantidae of New Zealand. Descriptions

of Further New Species. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus., Vol. 1, No. 3, pp. 155-162.

Powell, A. W. B., 1933. Two New Land Snails from New Zealand. Proc.

Mal. Soc. (Lond.), Vol. 20, Pt. 4, pp. 191-194.

Revision of the Chilopoda of
New Zealand.

~ By GILBERT ARCHEY, Director.

Part-ae, “E936

Introduction.

Order Geophilmorpha.
Order Scolopendromorpha.
Order Craterostigmomorpha.

Part.2.., 4193)

Order Lithobiomorpha.
Order Scutigeromorpha.
Conclusion.

This paper comprises for the most part a systematic study
of the Chilopoda of New Zealand. Since the first studies of New-
port in 1844 no less than 64 species of New Zealand chilopods
have been named; but the present study, instead of adding a
number of species to the list (only one new species is described)
has reduced the number to thirty-seven.

This reduction has resulted from the examination of very
many specimens of several of the species (of over 300 specimens
in one case) which, with a careful scrutiny of the characters
hitherto generally relied upon to distinguish species, has shown
that such differences as have been noted fall well within the
normal variation of widely distributed species. These variations
are now found to be definitely related to increased size (and pre-
sumed greater age) of specimens, to their sex, and also to the
degree of humidity of their environment. Observations on such
variability are noted throughout the systematic section of the
paper, at the end of which they will be discussed briefly, and the
paper will be concluded with a review of the geographical
relationships of the New Zealand Chilopod fauna.

This study was made possible by means of a research grant
for collecting expenses and the purchase of equipment from the
Royal Society of New Zealand. The types of all New Zealand
species described by the writer in this and in previous papers are
in the Canterbury Museum.

Order GEOPHILOMORPHA.

Only two of the ten families of Geophilomorpha occur in New
Zealand, the Schendylidae and the Geophilidae, the latter being
represented by twelve species and the former by only one. The
key which follows will serve to distinguish these families and
their sub-families, and to indicate the systematic position of the
New Zealand species.

44 ARCHEY.

Key to families and sub-families occurring in New
Zealand, and list of species.

I. Mandible with one dentate and only one
pechinate lamellae yo. wie bee Fam. Schendylidae
Sub-fam. Ballophilinae
Ballophilus hounselli n. sp.

II. Mandible with no dentate and only one pec-
IPO VENA cpg Ss eee NY eres Fam. Geophilidae

1. No clypeal area present. Pleuro-coxal

suture runs obliquely to lateral margin

OL RTO AUY. Stet Pee ee nn Sub-fam. Geophilinae
Geophilus spencert (Pocock)
Geophilus zygethus (Chamberlin)
Geophilus xylophagus Attems
Zelanophilus provocator (Pocock)
Zelanophilus ferrugineus (Hutton)

2. A more lightly chitinised clypeal area
present. Pleuro-coxal suture runs
parallel with the head.

(a) Coxae of second maxillae without

long thickened edge; the gland

opening surrounded by a thickened

ring (PI. 14, fig. 1) .... Sub-fam. Pachymerinae
Zelanion dux Chamberlin
Zelanion antipedus (Pocock)
Zelanion morbosus (Hutton)
Maoriella aucklandica Attems
Maoriella macrostigma Attems
Maoriella zelanicus (Chamberlin)

(b) Coxae of second maxillae with a
long thickened edge beside the
gland opening (Pl. 15, fig. 8).
Sub-fam. Chilenophilinae
Schizoribautia brittini Archey

FAMILY SCHENDYLIDAE.
SUB-FAMILY BALLOPHILINAE.
Genus Battorpuitus Cook 1895.

1895 Ballophilus Cook. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., V. 18, No. 1039,
p. 70 (without any diagnosis, only the name quoted.
Type, by original designation, 2. clavicornis Cook, nomen
nudum !)

1899 Ballophilus Cook. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, V. 4, p. 306.

Body segments 45 to 75. Mandible with a 4-toothed dentate,
and one pectinate lamella. Prosternum of prehensors without
chitinous lines; the pleurae, but not the telopod, partly visible
from above. Ventral pore areas present in all but the first and

Chilopoda of New Zealand. 45

some of the hinder sternites. Coxopleure with one or two pore
pits In a weakly chitinised depressed area alongside the sternal
margin. Anal leg more or less strongly thickened, clawless.

Ballophilus hounselli, n. sp. Pl. 11, figs. 1-3.

Segments 53-71, increasing generally in accordance with the
length of specimens from 16 to 40 mm. Length up to 40 mm.
Internal coloration deep purple.

Body widest at two thirds the length from the head, tapering
anteriorly to less than half the greatest width at the second seg-
ment, widening again slightly towards and including the head;
posteriorly tapering less strongly.

Head (Pl. 11, fig. 2) almost semi-circular, slightly wider than
long, caudal margin slightly convex. Prebasal plate visible, more
so at sides. Basal plate broad, strongly convex, narrowing caudad.
Antennae club-shaped, the segments enlarging beyond the eighth
to the eleventh, the last segment longer than the two preceding
together, ninth segment with sense rods.

Tergites, first to 14th smooth, with a median, triangular,
weakly chitinised area on anterior margin, behind 15th with
small irregular elevations and depressions, with long setae rising
from the elevations. Anal tergite slightly wider than long,
anterior margin straight, sides and hinder edge merging into one
semi-circular postero-lateral margin. Spiracles circular.

Labrum weakly chitinised, serrate. Dental lamellae of man-
dible with eight teeth. First maxillae (fig. 3) with coxae fused,
no suture; rami discrete, the outer, which is very indefinitely
bipartite, being the larger; no lappets. Coxae of second maxillae
with a median suture; palp tripartite; claw scoop-like with a
minute pubescent fringe. Prehensors (fig. 8) unarmed, much
wider than long, anterior margin deeply excavate; claw not reach-
ing the front margin of the head.

Sternites: That of the first leg-bearing segment (fig. 3
iYiangular, remainder sub-quadrate, longer than wide. Anal
sternite (fig. 1) wider than long, almost semi-circular, anterior
margin straight. Ventral pores present in a raised dumb-bell
shaped transverse area across hinder half of segments from the
second to the fifth from posterior end, the areas becoming pro-
gressively smaller from the fortieth sternite caudad.

Coxopleurae (fig. 1) expanded, with numerous setae, also
with a medio-posterior slightly raised pad with slightly more
numerous hairs; each coxopleure with two dark pore pits on a
less strongly chitinised depressed area alongside sternal margin.
Anal pores not detected.

Legs slender with long setae, the first equal in size to the
others. Anal legs much expanded, with six joints beyond coxo-
pleure, of which the first is much shorter than wide, the remain-
der about as wide as long.

46 ARCHEY.

This species stands near to ZB. ausiraliae Chamberlin, from
which it differs in possessing fewer legs, in its darker colour and
in the absence of ventral pores from the hinder sternites. It
occurs in both islands of New Zealand ; but is not common.

____ Localities: North Island: Kerikeri, Kaukapakapa, Waitakere
Hills, St. Heliers, Brookby, Port Waikato, Kawhia. South Island:
Waipara, Cashmere Hills, Akaroa, Otekaike.

Key to South Pacific and Australian Species of
Ballophilus.

1. Prebasal plate not present .... B. paucipes Chamb. (Fiji)

2. Prebasal plate distinctly exposed.
a. Labrum definitely serrate—

i. Ventral pores extending from 2nd to
penult segment. Anal pores present.
5. australiae Chamb. (Australia)

ii. Ventral pores extending from 2nd
segment to fifth from end. Anal
pores absent .... B. hounselli, n. sp. (New Zealand)

b. Labrum with a few weak serrations, in
large part appearing smooth.
B. fijvensis Chamb. (Fiji)

Ballophilus hounselli shares with B. rouxi and B. allaudi the
absence of ventral pores from the last four sternites ; but differs
from those species in being violet in internal coloration. CCE.
Attems 1928, p. 140, Key to the Species of Ballophilus. )

FAMILY GEOPHILIDAE.
SUB-FAMILY GEOPHILINAE.
Key to N.Z. genera.

Prosternum of prehensors with chitinous lines
Geophilus Leach
Prosternum of prehensors without chitinous lines
Zelanophilus Chamberlin

Genus Grornitus Leach, 1814.

1814 Leach, Brewster’s Edin. Encycl. VII, (2), p. 409 (teste
Sherborn, Index Animalium).
1815 Leach, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., vol. IL., p. 884.
1920 Pachymerellus Chamberlin, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 64,
p. 51 (type, P. sygethus Chamb.)..
Type: (by subsequent designation, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., ser. 7, vol. 8, p. 380, 1901) G. subterraneus Leach.

Body usually narrowed anteriorly, head short and broad.

Clypeal area absent. Labrum tripartite, lateral] pieces
fringed, median piece small, dentate. Mandible with a single
pectinate lamella, without dentate lamellae.

Chilopoda of New Zealand. 47

First: maxillae with coxae united, coxae and outer ramus
with or without lappets; coxae of second maxillae also completely
or almost completely fused, without, or with incomplete, median
suture. Prehensors with chitinous lines.

Sternal pores present. Coxopleurae with normal separate
chitinised pores, distributed over surface or opening close
together into a depression. |

Key to New Zealand Species.

A. Coxopleural pores each opening separately on coxopleural
surface, first maxillae with lappets.

1. Segments, 39; coxopleural pores few, large, with a few
on upper as well as on lower surface
1. G. spenceri (Pocock)

2. Segements 47-65; coxopleural pores more numerous both
above and below. 2. G. sygethus (Chamberlin)

B. Coxopleural pores several, opening into a depression in coxo-
pleure at edge of anal sternite; first maxillae without lap-
pets; segments 61. 3. G. xylophagus Attems

Geophilus spenceri (Pocock), 1901. Pl. 11, figs. 4-7, Pl. 12, fig. 1.

Necrophloeophagus spenceri; Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7,
vol. 8, pp. 462-3, 1901. Geophilus (?) spenceri, Chamber-
lin, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, vol. 64, p. 54, 1920.

Segments, 39. Length, 23 mm.

Head (Pl. 11, fig. 4) anterior margin rounded, merging into
the very convex sides, postero-lateral angles rounded, caudal
margin slightly emarginate; frontal sulcus not seen. Antennae
filiform, slightly tapering distad, last article as long as two pre-
ceding taken together. Prebasal plate not visible. Basal plate
very wide, wider than the head, and nearly as wide as first ter-
gite, sides widely diverging caudad; slightly overlapped in front
and behind.

Clypeal area absent. Labrum (fig. 7) tripartite, lateral pieces
fringed, median with several distinct teeth. First maxillae (fig.
6) with coxae entire, rami discrete; coxae and first joint of outer
ramus with distinct lappets. Second maxillae with coxae mesally
fused, palp with long curved claw. |

Prehensors (fig. 5): Prosternum short, broad, sides convex,
merging with rounded caudal margin; seen from above it extends
considerably beyond head laterally; chitinous lines present;
anterior margin chitinised and medianly notched, but without
teeth. Femuroid and claw armed with a low blunt tubercle, claw
long, curved and stout, reaching to front margin of head.

48 ARCHEY.

Sternites. A deep oval median depression on the anterior
fifteen segments which also have a triangular median process pro-
jecting from the caudal margin; this, when the body is con-
tracted, fits under anterior margin of succeeding sternite; the
anterior margin slightly raised medianly and with sub-lateral
notch on each side of the raised portion. Ventral pores loosely
scattered in a transverse band in hinder portion of all segments,
becoming progressively fewer and smaller after the 29th. Anal
sternite (Pl. 12, fig. 1) of moderate width, the convex sides
slightly converging towards broadly rounded caudal margin; with
numerous fine hairs in ¢. Anal pores present.

Coxopleure (PI. 12, fig. 1) large, with numerous long fine
hairs caudad; pores large, evenly spaced, 12 to 14 large pores
below and 4 above. Anal legs in ¢ very broad and thick, the joints
wider than long; a few long hairs above, a dense pubescence of
fine hairs below; six joints besides coxopleure, claw small.

Distribution: Pocock’s type was from The Bluff (Baldwin
Spencer) and I have collected specimens there also. The species
has not been found elsewhere.

2. Geophilus zygethus (Chamberlin), 1920. Pl. 12, figs. 2-6.

Pachymerellus sygethus Chamberlin, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol.
64, p. 52, 1920.

Segments, 47-65. Length, 33 mm.

Head (PI. 12, fig. 2) less wide than general body width,
slightly longer than wide, sides convex, converging slightly
anteriorly, postero-lateral angles rounded, hinder margin slightly
emarginate. Antennae short, setae long on basal segments, be-
coming shorter and more numerous distad. Prebasal plate some-
times visible, sometimes covered. Basal plate usually completely
uncovered, broad, sides diverging caudad to nearly full width of
first tergite.

Anterior tergites with a pair of submedian shallow depres-
sions. Anal tergite longer than wide, sides straight, converging
slightly caudad, caudal margin straight, angles slightly rounded.

Clypeal area absent. Labrum (fig. 4) tripartite, median
piece large and strongly chitinised, with from 10 to 12 long nar-
row teeth; lateral pieces strongly pectinate.

First maxillae (fig. 5) coxosternum, with a membranous lap-
pet at each antero-ectal corner; rami discrete, the outer biarti-
culate its basal joint without or with only a rudimentary lappet.
Second maxillae (fig. 5) with an incomplete median suture; claw
of palp simple (in paratype from Tasmania and in New Zealand
specimens).

Prehensors (fig. 3): prosternum slightly (1.25 times) wider
than long, sides converging and strongly convex, merging into
well rounded caudal margin; chitinous lines present: anterior
margin unarmed, medianly notched. Femuroid with slight

Chilopoda of New Zealand. 49

tubercle; second and third joints unarmed; claw with blunt basal
tubercle. Femuroid and claw short and stout, the former just
visible from dorsal aspect, the claw falling short of anterior mar-
gin of head.

Sternites quadrate, the anterior ones wider than long, with a
deep elliptical depression in front of middle and a scattered band
of ventral pores across hinder end. Caudal margin with a median
cone-shaped process, anterior margin with a corresponding raised
median portion; intercalary sternites separated medianly. Anal
sternite slightly wider than long, sides straight, converging,
angles bluntened, caudal margin straight. Anal pores present ;
gonovods of 2 (fig. 6) projecting considerably more than in other
species, while 6 gonopods are long narrow styles.

Coxopleurae (fig. 6) large, three times as long as anal ster-
nite, below with 20 to 30 pores, of which the anterior ones are
amaller and closer together; above with about 12 pores, mostly
clustered near the edge of the anal tergite. Anal legs in $ slender
with long setae, with six joints and moderately large claw beyond
coxopleure; in é the joints are short and broad, with numerous
fine setae; but much less wide than in G. spencert.

Distribution: This species is known in New Zealand only
from the South Island—Nelson, Akaroa, Otarama, Mt. Algidus,
Dunedin and Mt. Dick (Lake Wakatipu). The type locality is
“Tasmania.”

This species was described by Chamberlin as the type of a
new genus Pachymerellus. The characters in which the genus
differs from Geophilus were not definitely stated, but the following
details were recorded: “Second maxillae ....coxae not completely
fused at middle, a suture evident,” and “Ventral pores lacking.”’

The Director of the Museum of Comparative Zoology has
kindly lent me the two paratypes of Pachymerellus eygethus for
examination, and I have been able to identify my New Zealand
specimens with them. I find that, in the smaller of the paratypes,
a much contracted specimen, the ventral pores are not visible;
but in the larger paratype, which is rather more extended
(though not so much extended as to show the posterior conical
processes as clearly as in some of the more extended New Zea-
land specimens) they are clearly present, scattered across the
hinder margin of the anterior (1st to 2Ath) sternites as in the
New Zealand specimens.

With regard to the coxae of the second maxillae, it is not
clear from Chamberlin’s description whether the suture is com-
plete, and completely separates the paired coxal elements. !
have not dissected the paratypes lent to me, but preparations
from two New Zealand specimens show clearly (fig. 5) that this
ecxal suture is incomplete and only partially separates the coxae.

There is no sign of a suture in either Geophilus xylophagus
Att. or G. spenceri Poc., and as Pachymerellus zygethus 18 80 obvi-
ously closely related to these species, I am constrained to regard

50 ARCHEY.

the incomplete coxal suture of the second maxillae as insufficient
basis for the establishment of a new genus. Pachymerellus zygethus
1s therefore included here under the genus Geophilus.

3. Geophilus xylophagus Attems, 1903. PI. rhe aie ab omni y
Geophilus «ylophagus Attems, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., 18, p. 2387, 1903.
Segments, 61-67. Length, 37 mm.

Head small, anteriorly narrowed and rounded, posteriorly
straight or slightly emarginate, i.e., sub-cordate; a frontal de-
pression in front of which head is lighter in colour. Antennae
increasing slightly in thickness distad, proximal segments longer
and with scattered moderately long, slender hairs giving place
distally to shorter, slightly thicker segments with increasing
short pubescence. Prebasal plate just visible. Basal plate very
broad, as broad as Ist tergite, the prehensors therefore only
slightly visible from above.

Tergites with slight submedian lightly chitinised depressions,
in which the polygonal facetting of the chitin is more spaced.
Anal tergite broad anteriorly, sides strongly converging caudad
and very slightly convex, hinder margin straight, angles scarcely
rounded.

Prehensors: Prosternum short and broad, anteriorly trun-
cate; unarmed; chitinous lines present. Telopod joints short and
broad, unarmed; claw darker, strongly curved, sometimes with
a small basal tooth, not reaching front of head when closed.

Sternites sub-quadrate, the anterior ones even slightly longer
than wide. From the hinder end a broad cone-shaped projection
springs, displacing the wedge-shaped intercalary sternites to the
sides, and in some cases being inserted under the anterior margin
of the next following sternite; from about the 20th seoment this
process disappears and the intercalary sternites meet medianly.
In the posterior sternites the anterior margin projects somewhat
forward in a broadly obtuse angle, and the intercalary sternites
again become wedge-shaped; oval median depressions present,
deep on anterior segments, shallower on middle ones. Ventral
pores present in a large oval area in posterior half of sternites,
this becoming divided into two submedian areas after about the
24th sternite. Anal sternite (Pl. 12, fig. 7) broad, anteriorly
only slightly less wide than the preceding sternite, sides straight,
strongly converging caudad, hinder margin straight.

Coxopleural pores (Pl. 12, fig. 7) 6-12, opening separately
inte a deep pit under edge of anal sternite. Anal legs in ¢ with
short thick segments covered with numerous short setae, ter-
minal claw small; in ? the anal legs are slender, with few setae.

Distribution: The type locality is “New Zealand, in decaying
wood, Reischek.” My own collecting shows it to be a coastal
species, found on the sandhills in both Islands, i.e., Ahipara,
Whangarei, Muriwai, Whatipu, Coromandel; New Brighton, Sum-
ner and Stewart Island.

Chilopoda of New Zealand. 5]

Genus ZELANoPHILUS Chamberlin, 1920.
1920 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. 64, No. 1, p. 50.

Type (by original designation): Zelanophilus wheeleri
Chamberlin (synonym of Z. provocator, Pocock).

Clypeal area absent. Labrum (PI. 13, figs. 4, 6) tripartite,
median piece small, armed with three to twelve strong teeth,
lateral pieces fringed with long setae. First maxillae (fig. 5)
with coxae completely chitinised, no suture, no lappets; rami dis-
crete, also without lappets, outer division biarticulate, the second
article much the longer; both rami with numerous long setae.
Second maxillae (fig. 5) coxae short, completely chitinised, no
dividing suture, pore not enclosed mesally; palp with long setae
increasingly numerous on second and third joints and especially
crowded over and obscuring short claw.

Prehensors stout, prosternum without chitinous lines and
unarmed, medianly notched; femuroid with a blunt tubercle dis-
tad, other joints and claw unarmed, not extending beyond head
when closed.

Sternites with ventral pores in transverse band, anal ster-
nite narrow, coxopleural pores numerous; anal leg with claw.

New Zealand only.

Key to species.

1. Segments 67-77, laterals of labrum with
single fringe of setae, and under-surface of
head with only moderate number of setae.
1. Z. provocator (Pocock).

2. segments 109, laterals of labrum with 3 or
4 rows of setae; under-surface of head with
numerous setae .............. Z. ferrugineus (Hutton).

1. Zelanophiius provocator (Pocock), 1891. Pl. 18, figs. 1-5.

Geophilus provocator Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 8,
p. 225, pl. 12, figs. 10, 10a, 10b, 1891. Zelanophilus
wheeleri Chamberlin, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard,
vol. 64, No. 1, p. 50, 1920. Z. kapiti Archey, Rec. Cant.
Mus. vol; 2,.p:. 73, ph. 13- fies. 1-1b, 1922.

Segments 67-77, 69 in type. Length, females up to 75 mm.,
males up to 53 mm.

Head (PI. 18, fig. 1) slightly longer than wide, anterior mar-
gin and sides slightly convex, caudal margin straight or slightly
emarginate, angles rounded; frontal sulcus distinct. Antennae
long, attenuated, proximally with moderate-sized setae, increas-
ing in number and fineness distally, last segment barely longer
than penultimate. Prebasal plate invisible. Basal plate trapezi-
form, a little narrower than first tergite, more than twice as wide

52 ARCHEY.

as long. Labrum (fig. 4) with median piece armed with from
three to nine teeth, the smaller number in small specimens; the
lateral pieces with a single fringe of long setae.

Tergites, except the anterior and posterior ones, bisulcate
and with a slight median impression. Anal tergite very narrow,
nearly twice as long as broad, its sides slightly convex and very
slightly converging, not nearly covering the coxopleure.

Prehensors (fig. 3) wider than long, without chitinous lines,
anterior margin chitinised and medianly notched; femuroid with
a round tubercle distally, other joints unarmed; claw long, dark
and strongly curved, reaching when closed to front of head. First
pair of legs much smaller than second.

Sternites with a median oval depression: ventral pores in a
transverse elliptical band behind middle. Anal sternite (fig. 2)
long and narrow.

Coxopleurae (fig. 2) large, from above seen to extend to
hinder margin of penultimate tergite with numerous pores above
and below which are smaller and more numerous towards margin
of anal sternite. Last legs with six joints and claw beyond the
coxopleure, the joints of moderate width, covered with numerous
fine setae. Anal pores small.

Distribution: South Island generally, where it is a common
species, but not yet known from Westland; in the North Island
it is known only from Wellington, Kapiti Island and Taranaki.

I am indebted to Dr. Susan Finegan for a detailed deserip-
tion and drawings of the type of this species in the British
Museum, and to Dr. T. Barbour, Director of the Museum of Com-
parative Zoology, for lending me the paratypes of Z. wheelcri for
examination. Females of this species are more numerous than
males and attain a larger size. There is less diversity between
the sexes in the thickness and pubescence of the anal leg in this
species than in the species of other New Zealand genera.

Zelanophilus kapiti Archey, formerly separated on account of
the smaller number (3) of median labral teeth and the absence
of the median tergal depression, is united to Z. provocator, as the
characters concerned have now been found to vary in accordance
with the size of specimens, smaller specimens having fewer labral
teeth and sulci less strongly impressed or even absent.

2. Zelanophilus ferrugineus (Hutton), 1877. PI. 13, figs. 6-8.

Himantarium ferrugineum Hutton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol.
20, p. 115, 1877. Himantarium ferrugineus Hutton, Trans.
N.Z. Inst., vol. 10, p. 289, fig. 1, 1878. Geophilus huttoni
Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol 8, p. 223, 1891.
Megethmus huttoni, Attems, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., vol. 18, p.
214, 1908. Megethmus ferrugineus Chamberlin, Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zool., vol. 64, p. 63, 1920.

Chilopoda of New Zealand. 53

Segments, 109. Length, 120 mm.

Head as in Z. provocator, frontal sulcus distinct, moderately
with setae, under-surface with numerous long setae. Basal plate
also wide as in Z. provocator. Labrum (Pl. 13, fig. 6) with three
or four rows of setae on laterals.

Tergites, except those at end, bisuleate. Anal tergite (fig.
8) much narrower than preceding, longer than wide, sides sub-
parallel, slightly convex.

Sternites with a slight median depression. Ventral pores
numerous in a transverse elliptical area across hinder portion of
sternite, incompletely divided in hinder segments into two sub-
median areas. Anal sternite (fig. 7 ) much smaller than the
others, long and narrow, sides slightly converging caudad.

Coxopleure (figs. 7 and 8) much enlarged, four times the
size of anal sternite; seen from above it extends forward to half-
way along the sides of the tergite of preceding segment; pores
numerous, small, covering the whole of dorsal and ventral sur-
faces, Anal pores very small.

This species differs from Z. provocator in its greater number
of segments, the more abundant setae on labrum and under sur-
face of head, and in the much expanded coxopleure, with its
more numerous and smaller pores. Hutton’s specimens were
from Wellington and Inchclutha (Otago), and Pocock’s specimen
was from Wellington. I have had for examination only one much
damaged specimen, without locality, which had been labelled
(reophilus huttoni in Captain Hutton’s handwriting.

Sub-Family 2. PACHYMERINAR.
Key to N.Z. Genera.

Coxal glands of last leg each opening separately,
the openings being separate chitinised
pores scattered over coxopleure. Sterna]
pores very rarely present ...3.... Zelanion Chamberlin

Coxal glands with two or three large group-openings
lying near edge of anal sternite; sternal
PATE OP OSE Gis ial tty nei ca Suid | On. Maoriella Attems

Genus ZELANION Chamberlin, 1920.

1920 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 64, p. 39. Type, by original desig-
nation, Z. dux Chamberlin.

1920 Pachymeroides Chamb., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 64, p. 45.
Type, P. mimeticus Chamb.

Clypeal area present, marked by polygonal facets much
smaller than those of the surrounding area. Labrum (PI. 14, fig’.
8) tripartite, the median piece small with few teeth (three in
genotype), the lateral pieces slender, fringed.

54 ARCHEY.

First maxillae (Pl. 14, fig. 1) coxae entire, without lappets,
rami discrete, the outer biarticulate its first joint with a very
long lappet.

Second maxillae: coxae with a faint median suture through
the narrow membranous isthmus which joins them; claw of palp
iong, straight, smooth.

Prehensors: prosternum armed anteriorly, without chitinous
lines; femuroid and claw armed, prehensors extending much
beyond the cephalic plate.

Sternal pores usually absent, when present a few scattered
pores on at most the first to eighth segments.

Coxopleural pores numerous or few, small and large below,
and in some species a few above also; anal legs with claw.

Zelanion stands near to Eurytion Attems, from which it may
be distinguished by its possession of a clypeal area with fine, but
distinct, polygonal facetting. In Eurytion the clypeal area is
described as granular.

Another related genus or subgenus is Steneurytion Attems
(1909. Jena Denksch. Med. Ges. 14, p. 28). The reference is not
available in New Zealand, and the Zoological Record does not
state what is the type species; it is, however, presumably a South
African species, because the genus was designated in a paper on
South African chilopods.

The subgenous appears, however, to have been subsequently
suppressed by Attems, who in “The Myriapoda of South Africa”’
(Annals of the South African Museum, vol. 26) does not include it
in his account of the species of Eurytion. From the fact that in
Attems’ Key to the Species of Eyrytion (pp. 161-2) the primary
division is the regular possession of a sternal pore-area, as against
the presence, in older specimens only, of a few scattered pores on
the anterior segments, and the further fact that F. incisungins,
previously referred by Attems to Steneurytion, is now included in
his key in the latter group, I infer that the distinguishing charac-
ters of Stencurytlion was the absence of sternal pores.

This point will be referred to below in discussing the relation-
ship of Zelanion dux.

Key to Species of ZELANION.

A. Anal sternite long and narrow, coxopleural
pores numerous.

L.. SePments 49-51 wanes ee. cece t DB dee Chamberki:.
Bis PORMCHUS BIEL. Vy s Ok Be ew 2. Z. antipodus (Poeock).

B. Anal sternite broad, coxopleural pores few,
lying under edge of sternite. .. 38. Z. morbosus (Hutton).

Chilopoda of New Zealand. 55

1. Zelanion dux Chamberlin, 1920. Pl. 14, figs. 1-4.

Zelanion dux Chamberlin, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 64, p. 39, 1920.
Pachymerium schauinslandi Attems, (part) Zool. Jahrb.
Syst., vol. 18, p. 251, 1903.

Segments, 49-53. Length, up to 44mm. Head (PI. 14, fig. 3)
1.5 as long as broad, anterior margin medianly slightly emargin-
ate, sides slightly convex, postero-lateral angles moderately
rounded, hinder margin straight. Prebasal plate not visible:
basal plate trapeziform, posterior margin 1.7 as long as anterior.

Clypeal area present (fig. 2) consisting of numerous very
small polygonal facets. Labrum with long, slender, fringed
lateral pieces and small median piece with three teeth.

Prehensors (fig. 2): prosternum 1.1 times as wide as long,
without chitinous lines, also with a narrow median depression;
anteriorly with two conical teeth; femuroid with a round blunt
tooth of moderate size sub-distad, trochantal suleus present,
second and third joints unarmed, claw basally with a larger tooth
than that of femuroid; claws long, curved, and reachine when
closed to the end of the first antennal joint.

Sternites without ventral pores, anterior and posterior ster-
nites with a median sulcus; anal sternite narrower, considerably
longer than wide, with sides converging caudad and hinder mar-
gin slightly convex.

Coxopleure (fig. 4) nearly twice as long as anal sternite,
with numerous small and moderate sized pores below (some under
edge of sternite) and a few above anteriorly; a few scattered
hairs between the pores with, in the males, a moderatly dense
pubescence on medio-caudal margin; anal legs in female lone and
slender, with scattered long hairs, in male the segments are much
shorter and thicker, with a moderately dense pubescence, claws
small.

Distribution: North Island generally, and Nelson and West-
tand only in the South Island.

The inclusion of Pachymerium schauinslandi Attems (part) in
the svnonomy of this species is due to the fact that Attems’ des-
eription of P. schauinslandi includes details from two specimens,
one first mentioned, from Chatham Islands, with 39 segments,
and another, from Stephen Island, with 53 segments. The Chat-
ham Island specimens I have previously (Rec. Cant. Mus., vol. 3,
p. 40, 1926) identified with Z. librius Chamb. (== 7. antipodus
Pocock), while the Stephen Island specimen is referable to
Zelanion dux. |

The only character which separates this species from
frurytion (Steneurytion) tacisunguis Attems is the presence in it of
fine polygonal facetting on the clypeal area, which in /.. INCISUNGUIS
is described as granular or finely punctured. Attems also des-
cribes this condition in his F. sitocola from New Zealand [=
Zelanion antipodus (Pocock) ]; but the hundreds of specimens of

56 ARCHEY.

Z. antipodus | have examined all have fine polygonal facetting.
Attems has identified an Australian specimen as E. sitocola
(Attems, 1911, p. 161), and I have identified Australian specimens
with Zelanion antipodus; and I should be quite prepared to find
that, just as the 39-segmented Z. antipodus is found in Australia
and New Zealand, so also may be the 51-segmented Z. dua, which
would then require to be referred to under the name Z. incisunguis
(Attems).

Attems (1911, p. 160) described EZ. incisunguis as lacking ven-
tral pores, but, in his Key (1928, p. 171) included it among those
which sometimes develop ventral pores. I have never found ven-
tral pores in Z. du, even in large specimens; but they are some-
times present in older individuals of Z. antipodus, the next species
to be described.

2. Zelanion antipodus (Pocock), 1891. Pl. 14, figs. 5-8.

Geophilus antipodum Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 8,
p. 222, pl. 12, fig. 8, 1891. Necrophloeophagus antipodum
Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 8, p. 461, 1901.
Geophilus (Pachymerium) schauinslandi Attems (part)
Zool. Jahrb. Syst., 18, p. 251, 1903. Geophilus (Pachy-
merium) sitocola Attems, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., 18, p. 256,
19038. Eurytion sitocola Attems, Fauna Sudw. Austr. 3.
p. 161, 1911. Zelanion librius Chamberlin, Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zool. 64, p. 40, 1920. Zelanion curtus Chamberlin,
ibid. p. 41, 1920. Pachymeroides mimeticus Chamberlin,
ibid. p. 45, 1920. Zelanion librius, Archey, Rec. Cant.
Mus., vol. 3, pt. 1, p. 40, pl. 7, figs. 1-83, 1926. See also
p. 41, note on Pachymerium schauinslandt.

Segments 37-41, commonly 39. Head (PI. 14, fig. 5) longer
and narrower than in Z. dux (1.7 times as long as wide) and more
strongly narrowed caudad; prehensors extending well beyond its
lateral margins; anterior border straight with median emargina-
tion, frontal sulcus faintly marked in large specimens. Basal plate
trapeziform, a little narrower than in Z. dua; Prehensors (fig. 7)
as in Z. dux, claw curved and reaching when closed to end of first
antennal segment. First legs slightly shorter and more slender
than the second. |

Sternites: The previous descriptions of this species and of
its synonyms have all recorded the absence of sternal pores; they
are, however, present but are few and scattered, on the hinder
portion of segments 1-9 in large specimens, and of segments 1-5
in small (16 mm.) specimens. They could not be seen on a speci-
men 8 mm. long. In segments 1-3 there are also groups on inter-
ealary sternites. Anal sternite (fig. 6) long and narrow, sides
straight converging caudad, caudal margin slightly convex.

Coxopleure 1.5 as long as anal sternite and with several
moderate sized pores on ventral but not on dorsal surface. Anal
legs in male and female as in Z. dux, anal pores present.

Chilopoda of New Zealand. 37

Distribution: Common in both islands generally, Stewart
island and Chatham Islands; also southern portions of Australia,
1e., Victoria, Tasmania and south-western corner of Western
Australia.

I have been able to identify this species, and unite with it
those mentioned in the synonymy, through the kindness of Dr.
susan Finegan, of the British Museum (Natural History) in pro-
viding me with a detailed description and figures of the type of
Geophilus antipodum Pocock. I have also examined several hun-
dred specimens from all parts of New Zealand, including the
Chatham islands, as well as several from Australia, and have
found that the differences which have been relied upon to dis-
tinguish the species herein regarded as synonyms fall within the
range of variation of the species and are usually associated with
growth stages. This is by far the commonest New Zealand geo-
philid and occurs in the bush and under logs in partly cleared
country in all parts of the Dominion.

I have also had for comparison the paratype of Pachymeroides
mumeticus Chamb. and some other specimens from Tasmania (Mt.
Wellington) and I am unable to detect any constant differences
between them and the many New Zealand specimens of Z. antipo-
dus which I have examined. Moreover, a comparison of the generic
descriptions of Zelanion and Pachymeroides and of the specific des-
criptions of Z. librius and P. mimeticus does not reveal any signifi-
cant difference between them, and I am, therefore, compelled to
unite them. .

Pachymeroides alter Chamb. is included as a synonym of the
next species.

3. Zelanion morbosus (Hutton), 1877. Pl. 14, fig. 9.

Himantarium morbosum Hutton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol.
20, p. 115, 1877. Geophilus morbosus Pocock, Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 8, p. 221, pl. 12, 1891. Zelanion
(Zelanoides) similis Chamberlin, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.
64, p. 41, 1920. Zelanion (Zelanoides) paucipes Chamber-
lin, ibid, p. 42. Pachymeroides alter Chamberlin, ibid,
p. 46.

Segments 39-41. Head 1.5 times longer than wide; frontal
suleus faintly but definitely marked, a few scattered hairs, still
fewer on frontal region.

Basal plate: the degree of overlapping of this plate by the
head varies according to the amount of contraction of individual
specimens. I have specimens with the whole plate exposed and
others with only a very narrow band.

Prehensors when closed reaching to the first antennal seg-
ment; prosternum anteriorly armed with two teeth which vary

58 ARCHEY.

somewhat in their angle of divergence from one another. Tro-
chantal sulcus present; trochantal tooth a slight rounded black
eminence ; tooth of femuroid stouter than that of claw. First legs
slightly shorter and more slender than the second.

Sternites with ventral pores as in Z. antipodum,; last sternite
(PI. 14, fig. 9) broad, the sides straight, converging caudad and
with caudal angles strongly rounded, caudal margin a little
convex.

Coxopleural pores (fig. 9) small, few in number, lying along
and beneath the border of the last ventral plate. Claw of last
legs stout and well-developed.

This species is very similar to the preceding, differing in the
much broader anal sternite and the reduced number of coxo-
pleural pores. |

Distribution: Parikanapa (Gisborne), Ohakune, New Ply-
mouth, Kapiti Island; Stephen Island, North Canterbury, Mt.
Algidus, Cass, Otarama, Banks Peninsula, and Otekaike (North
Otago). Australia: Tasmania (Chamberlin) and Wilson’s Pro-
montory (G.A.).

The distribution of the three species of Zelanion is interest-
ing. Z. antipodus is found abundantly over the whole of New Zea-
land from Spirits Bay to Stewart Island, and in the Chatham
Islands, and is by far the commonest geophilid in the Region.

Z. dux 18 recorded from Norfolk Island, the North Island, and
only from Nelson and Westland in the South Island, while Z.
morbosus is recorded from the Wellington biological district,
Stephen Island and the Canterbury-Otago District, and is rare in
the district (Wellington) which it shares with Z. dux.

It would appear that the reduced size and smaller number
of coxopleural pores of Z. morbosus are related to the drier climate
of the Canterbury-Otago District, while the larger size and more
numerous coxopleural pores of Z. dux are associated with the
more humid climate of Westland and the western North Island.
I have previously (Records Canterbury Museum, vol. 2, p. 207 )
drawn attention to a similar increase in the number of coxo-
pleural pores under moist climate conditions in species of
Cryptops in New Zealand.

Genus MAORIELLA Attems, 1903.

1903 Zool. Jahrb. Syst. 18, p. 284. Type (herein designated)
M. macrostigma Attems.

1920 Mesoleptodon Chamberlin, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 64, p. 47.
Type M. laetus Ch.

1920 Philogeonus Chamberlin, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 64, p. 48.
Type P. zelanicus Ch.

Clypeal area present as a clear space surrounded by poly-
gonal facets. Labrum tripartite, the lateral pieces long, slender
and fringed, the median very small.

Chilopoda of New Zealand. ay

__ Mandible with one pectinate lamella. Coxae of first maxillae
(Pl. 15, fig. 4) completely fused, rami discrete, the outer with a
fairly long lappet on first joint. Second maxillae (fig. 4) with
coxae chitinised across isthmus, but with indistinct median
suture, terminal claw long, narrow and straight.

| Prehensors with anterior margin notched, the thicker
chitinisation on each side of notch only just forming a low tooth;
femuroid and claw armed.

Sternal pores present; coxopleure with two, rarely three,
lobed gland groups each opening by a depression near edge of
sternite.

Key to Species of MAoRIELLA.
1. Leg-bearing segments 91........ 1. MM. aucklandica Attems.
Z. Leg-bearing segments 55-61.

i. Head, basal plate, prehensors and anal
sternite broader; head 1.3 times as long as
FOU aa) GONE ain ey 1 a Ag 2. M. macrostigma Attems.

il. Head, basal plate, prehensors and anal
sternite narrower; head 1.5 times as long as
eu ia 0 5 bat Aa ik ee Sot Pea 3. M. australis n. sp. (Australia).

3. Leg-bearing segments 41-49 .. 4. M. zelanicus (Chamberlin).

1. Maorielia aucklandica Attems, 1903. Zool. Jahrb. Syst. 18,
p: 285," 1908.

Segments 91. Length 90 mm. Colour brownish yellow.

Antennae narrowed distad, first 5 joints with sparse long
hairs from 6th onward with shorter and thicker hairs with
separate long hairs among them. Head longish, front straight,
posteriorly emarginate, sides rounded, surface with fine sparse
puncturing ; frontal area separated by fine sulcus. Prebasal plate
not visible. Basal plate rather broad, posteriorly nearly as broad
as 2nd tergite, anteriorly narrowed. ‘Tergites bisulcate, other-
wise smooth.

First maxilla: basal joint of outer ramus with distinct lap-
pet. Second maxilla claw as in M. macrostigma, straight and thin.
Prehensors: prosternum without chitinous lines, anteriorly
notched unarmed. Femuroid with small tubercle. Claw smooth
within, strong, reaching beyond the front of the head. The whole
visible for the most part from above.

Sternites with deep longitudinal sulcus, otherwise smooth.
This sulcus remains poreless, and divides the large transverse
pore-field (which is nearly as broad as the whole sternite) into
two halves. Anal sternite very large, as broad as the whole pre-
ceding segment, straight behind, the corners rounded.

Coxopleure large, the glands in essentials as in WM.
macrostigma, the lobes into which the glands are divided are here

60 ARCHEY.

more numerous and smaller. The opening of the anterior gland
group lies hidden wholly under the lateral edge of the sternite,
the hinder one is for the greater part exposed. Anal pores
divided, as in macrostigima, into many small lobules, as in the coxo-
pleural pores. Last leg 7 jointed with claw.

Spiracles small. Athemschild small, prescutellum much
larger than athemschild and postscutellum together.

Locality: Bay of Islands.

I have not seen specimens of this species, the above being
a translation of Attems’ description.

2. Macriella macrostigma Attems, 1903. Pl. 15, figs. 1-4.

Maoriella macrostigma Attems, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. 18, p. 284, pl. 14,
fig. 26-28, 1908. Mesoleptodon laetus, Chamberlin, Bull.
Mus. Comp. Zool. 64, p. 47, 1920.

Segments 55-61, commonly 61.

Head (PI. 15, fig. 1) 1.2 to 1.6 times longer than broad, sides
convex, anteriorly rounded, posteriorly slightly emarginate.
Antennae: first four joints with scattered long hairs, 5th and
subsequent joints with increasing number of short hairs and
fewer long. .

Prebasal plate not visible. Basal plate trapeziform, length
one third of posterior width, anteriorly strongly narrowed; its
greatest length is slightly less than the width of the second leg-
bearing segment. Tergites bisulcate and with very few bristles.
Anal tergite trapeziform, with slightly convex sides strongly
converging caudad.

Clypeal area present, a clear space slightly granulated with-
out chitinised polygonal facets. Labrum tripartite, lateral pieces
long, slender and fringed, median piece very small. Mandible
with one pectinate lamella. First maxillae (Pl. 15, fig. 4): Coxae
fused, no suture, rami discrete, inwardly with long setae, outer
bipartite with long slender lappet. Second maxillae (fig. 4):
Coxae chitinised across isthmus, but with indistinct median
suture, terminal claw long, narrow and straight.

Prehensors (fig. 2) varying in width apparently in accord-
ance with the degree of muscular contraction of the animal, from
1.0 to 1.4 times as wide as long. Anterior margin notched
medianly, the lateral portions of this margin being somewhat
thickly chitinised inwardly, sometimes thereby forming two
iow blunt teeth. Prosternum with median depression, the sides
converging caudad, latero-posterior margins broadly rounded; the
posterior portion of the lateral edges with a narrow line of dark
chitinisation. Femuroid with a tooth inwardly, base of claw
with larger, sharp tooth; claw long, curved, reaching to front of
head when closed.

Chilopoda of New Zealand. 61

Sternites wider than long, from the 1st to 25th with front
margin straight, the hinder margin projecting slightly back to
an obtuse-angled projection. From the 25th caudad the hinder
margin is straight, the space between the inter-calary sternites
being now filled by a low obtuse-angled projection of the front
margin. A broad median sulcus present, better defined on the
anterior sternites. The first sternite sub-elliptical, bounded
antero-laterad by the triangular pro-coxa. Sternal pores present
in elliptical area on the hinder portion of the sternite in the first
twenty-five segments, thereafter divided into two sub-median
areas. Anal sternite (fig. 3) almost semi-circular, width of
anterior margin 1.4 of the length.

Coxopleural pores (fig. 3) in two pore-groups, rarely with a
third at the anterior end of coxopleure, each opening by a wide
depression with irregularly shaped chitinised margin at the edge
of anal sternite. Anal legs with claw and 7 joints, including
coxopleure ; in female the joints long and slender, with scattered
long nairs, in male the segments short and broad, aSusely clothed
with short hairs.

Anal pores with wide sub-circular pore, into which lobed
glands open.

Distribution: Both Islands. In the South Island it has only
been collected at Stephen Island (Cook Strait) and Quail Island
(Lyttelton Harbour). Although this species is found in hilly
country inland, it is commoner near the coast, and sometimes
occurs on the beaches below high water. It is the common gar-
den centipede in Auckland.

8. Maoriella zelanicus (Chamberlin), 1920. Pl. 15, fig. 5.

Philogeonus zelandicus Chamberlin, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 54,
p. 48, 1920.

Segments 41-49.

Head (Pl. 15, fig. 5) 1.2-1.87 as long as broad, generally
broader in males. Antennae asin M. macrostigma. Prebasal plate,
according to Chamberlin, “exposed at the middle”; but this occurs
only in weakly chitinised specimens which are somewhat
extended. Basal plate not as wide as in M. macrostigima.

Prehensors: the prosterum is usually rather wider than in
M. macrostigma, i.e., from 1.23-1.64 times as wide as long; it is
also slightly wider in males. Sternites as in M. macrostigia, the
individual ventral pores, however, being smaller. Coxopleural
pores and anal legs as in /. macrostigma:

This species differs from M. macrostigma only in the smaller
number of segments, in the slightly wider prosternum of the pre-
hensors, and the smaller sternal: pores.

Dr. Nathan Banks has been kind enough to compare two of
my specimens with the type of Philogeonus zelanicus Chamberlin
in the Museum of Comparative Zoology.

62 | ARCHEY.

The points of difference between Maoriclla and Philogeonus
are the absence from the latter of sternal pores and first maxil-
lary lappets. Unfortunately, the head is at present missing from
the type of Philogeonus zelanicus and the presence of lappets can-
not be checked. Dr. Banks also finds the sternal pores very
obscure, as I myself have also found them in young or weakly
chitinized specimens. A difference in the thickness and hairiness
of the legs noted by Dr. Banks is a sex-and-age character.

[ have several examples of this species all with well-
developed sternal pores, and am satisfied it should be included
under Maoriella.

Distribution: Known only from the North Island: Lake
Takapuna (type), Waipoua Forest, Hokianga, Maungaturoto,
Port Waikato, Pirongia, New Plymouth, Taumarunui, Parikanapa
(Poverty Bay).

Systematic Position of MAORIELLA.

The placing of Maoriclia in the Pachymerinae instead of the
Geopnilinae may seem to be somewhat arbitrary. It is indeed
difficult to decide to which group it has the closer affinities,
because it occupies an intermediate position in respect to one of
the characters by which these sub-families are distinguished, i.e.,
in the form of the head, which in Geophilus is short and broad
with broadly rounded postero-lateral angles and with a curved
oblique pleuro-coxal suture of the prehensors, but which in
Pachymerium (and Zelanion in New Zealand) is long and narrow,
with less rounded postero-lateral angles and a straight pleuro-
coxal suture parallel to the side of the head. In conformity with
the proportions of the head, Geophilus and Zelanion have the
second maxillae short or long respectively ; while in Maoriella it is
of medium length.

The definite presence of a clypeal area in Maoriella is a
character of the Pachymerinae. Attems, who includes Maoriella
in the Geophilinae, does not mention its presence in his descrip-
tions of the genus or its species; but I have now examined so
many specimens and always found it present that I can only infer
that it was obscured or overlooked when the original examination
was made.

The labrum in Maoriclla has a very small median piece, as in
Pachymerium and Furytion, but the size of the parts of the labrum
is too variable to be used as a diagnostic character.

In all the Geophilinae except /nsigniporus and Pachymerellus
the coxae of the 2nd maxillae are united to form a syncoxa, while
in all the Pachymerinae except Pachyinerium and Tasmanophilus
the coxae are divided by a suture (see Attems 1926, pp. 360-361)
and the latter condition holds in Maoriella. But caution must be
used in relying on this character, whose variability, as also that
of the presence or absence of lappets, has already been referred
to by Verhoeff (1925, p. 43).

Chilopoda of New Zealand. 63

Attems, indeed (1926, p. 361), had, unwittingly, experienced
the difficulty of classifying Maoriella because, relying, of course,
on the characters given in Chamberlin’s diagnosis, he placed both
Mesoleptodon Chamb. and Philogeonus Chamb. in the Pachymeri-
nae; and, as I have shown, the types of both genera are species of
a one ; indeed, Mesoleptodon laetus Ch. is Maoriella macrostigma

In the unusual form of the coxopleural pores Maoriella is, of
course, exceptional; but on the whole I am convinced that its
affinities are more with the Pachymerinae than the Geophilinae.

I include here the description of a new species of Maoriella
from Chillingollah, Victoria.

Maoriella australis, n. sp.
Leg-bearing segments 55.

Head 1.5 times longer than wide, sides straight in the middle
region, gently curved inwards at either end. No frontal sulcus.

Basal plate: length one half that of the hinder margin, sides
narrowing strongly anteriorly, considerably narrower and more
tapering than in M. macrostigma.

Anal tergite with anterior margin relatively as broad as in
M. macrostigma, but much narrower at caudal margin.

Prosternum of prehensors narrower and more parallel-sided
than in M. macrostigma; anterior sternites with a central pore-
area which on the 18th begins to be divided by a median depres-
sion, there being two pore-areas from 22nd to 50th sternites.

Anal sternite broad and rounded posteriorly; anal less (of
male) with broad densely pubescent joints, neither sternite nor
leg-segments, however, as broad as in male of VM. macrostigma.

The two coxopleural pore-openings are smaller than in
M. macrostigma and lie close together anteriorly on the coxopleure
and under the edge of the anal sternite.

M. australis therefore differs from M. macrostigma in having
a narrower head and prehensors, a narrower and more tapering
basal plate and narrower anal sternite and anal leg segments
(in the male).

Locality: Chillingollah, Victoria, C. French, Jnr., 27/9/1913.
Type in the National Museum, Melbourne.

I have to thank the Director of the National Museum for

giving me the opportunity of examining this and several other
species of Australian chilopods.

Sub-family CHILENOPHILINAE.
Genus ScuizorIBAUTIA Broelemann, 1912.

1912 Schizoribautia, Broelemann, Rec. Australian Mus., vol. 9, p.
70. Type, by original designation, S. rainbow: Broele-
mann.

64 ARCHEY.

Clypeal area present. Median piece of labrum (Pl. 15, fig. 9)
moderately small, unarmed or with a fringe either of delicate
ramose lashes or of small teeth; lateral pieces fringed only on
inner portions. First maxillae (fig. 8) with coxae undivided,
rami discrete, the outer biarticulate; no lappets. Second maxillae
(fig. 8) with coxosternum joined by a narrow isthmus, without
a dividing suture; coxal, sternal and pleural plates distinct;
antero-interior angle tipped with a conical process, small pro-
cesses at anterior outer angles of one or more joints of palp;
claw smooth.

Prehensors (fig. 7) with prosternum, femuroid and claw
armed, chitinous lines present. Ventral pores present in small
circular area behind middle of sternites. Coxopleural pores few,
opening beside edge of anal sternite. Anal legs, coxae included,
with seven joints and a small claw.

Key to the Species of SCHIZORIBAUTIA.

Median piece of labrum unarmed.
S. rainbow Broelemann (N.S. Wales).

Median piece of labrum with a fringe of delicate
ramose lashes.
S. aggregatum Broelemann (N.S. Wales).

Median piece of labrum armed with from 5 to 9
STmatteeth: Aes S. brittint Archey (New Zealand).

There is another species, S. unguiculata Broel. (1926) from
West Africa; but I have not been able to refer to the description.

Schizoribautia brittini Archey, 1922. Pl. 15, figs. 6-10.
Rec. Cant. Mus., vol. 2,:pp. 73-76, figs. 1, 2 and 2a, 1922.

Segments 51-57, the number increasing according to length
of the individual. Length from 17 to 31 mm.

Head (PI. 15, fig. 6) longer than wide, front margin medianly
notched; frontal area narrow but not marked off by a sulcus;
sides sub-parallel, slightly convex; caudal margin straight, pos-
terior hinder angles rounded, the surface coarsely punctuated.
Seen from above the prehensors extend well beyond the head
laterally and anteriorly. Antennae three times as long as head,
joints twice as long as broad; last joint not quite as lone as the
two preceding ones together. First eight joints with a few long
hairs, 9th with short and long hairs, the remainder pubescent.
Basal plate trapeziform much covered by head.

Tergites bisuleate. Anal tergite trapeziform with sides
slightly convex; caudal margin straight.

Clypeal area present, armed with 1-4 spines. Labrum (fig.
9) with median piece slightly more than one-third as long as
laterals, armed with about 9-10 small teeth; laterals with a few

Chilopoda of New Zealand. 65

fringing hairs medianly. First maxillae (fig. 8) with biarticulate
outer ramus, no lappets. Second maxillae with a process pro-
jecting from anterior mesal angle of coxae; first and second joints
of palp with a small process at the outer distal angle; claw simple,
iong, straight.

Prehensors (fig. 7) : prosternum with distinct chitinous lines
fringed with short setae. Prosternum large subquadrate,
coarsely punctured with two teeth anteriorly separated by a
notch which leads to a broad furrow with thickened edges extend-
ing one-half to two-thirds the length of the coxae: Femuroid
with three rounded tubercles (one trochantal); claw dark,
strongly curved with a large dark tooth basally; claw, when
closed, reaching to end of first antennal segment.

Sternites quadrate, caudal margin of the anterior ones pro-
jyecting slightly and displacing the inter-calary sternites. Sternal
pores present in small sub-circular area behind the middle of
segments 2-17, on the eighteenth the area is divided by a median
band of polygonal plates into two areas which fade out by the
28th. Anal sternite (fig. 10) not quite as broad as long, narrow
posteriorly, angles scarcely rounded, the posterior third with a
dense pubescence of short hairs. Males with last pair of legs
slightly thicker and more densely pubescent, but the difference
not so marked as in species of Zelanion. Anal pores small.

Coxopleure (fig. 10) also with pubescent area meso-caudally,
coxopleural pores four below, opening under the sternite.

Besides possessing a dentate median labral piece, this species
has stronger armature on the femuroid of the prehensors than
have the two Australian species. It is a small, slender species,
yellow in colour, with chestnut head.

Distribution: Both Islands. North Island: Parua Bay, Kai-
para, Waiwera, Auckland, Manukau Harbour, Clevedon, Hamil-
ton, Koutu (Gisborne). South Island: Mt. Grey, Waipara, Banks
Peninsula, Otekaike.

Order SCOLOPENDROMORPHA.
Key to Families represented in New Zealand.

Eyes present; tarsi of legs always two-jointed.
Fam. Scolopendridae.

Eyes absent; tarsi of 1st to 19th legs single-jointed.
Fam. Cryptopidae.

The Scolopendromorpha will be treated only in brief key-
form in this revision, as the papers containing descriptions of
the three species of Scolopendridae (Archey, Trans. N.Z. Inst.,
Vol. 53) and a detailed treatment of the genus Cryptops (Archey,
Rec. Cant. Mus., vol. 2) are readily available in New Zealand.

66 ARCHEY.

FAMILY SCOLOPENDRIDAE.
Key to New Zealand Species.

1. Spiracle openings narrow slits running nearly
parallel to length of body.

1. Ventral spines of femur of anal leg three in
number in a single row.
1. Cormocephalus rubriceps (Newport).

li. Ventral spines of femur of anal leg four in
number in two oblique rows.
2. Cormocephalus violascens (Gervais).

2. Spiracle openings round or wide oval in shape. |
od. Otostigmus chiltoni Archey.

1. Cormocephalus rubriceps (Newport), 1844.

Scolopendra rubriceps Newport, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 13, p. 99,
1844. Cormocephalus rubriceps Newport, Trans. Linn.
Soc., vol. 19, p. 419, 1845; Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 6, vol. 11, p. 128, 1898; Archey, Trans. N.Z. Inst.,
vol. 53, p. 193, figs. 16-18, 1921.

Distribution: North Island of New Zealand, commonest in
central and northern areas; Tasmania, New South Wales and
Queensland. This species, which occasionally exceeds 15 cm. in
length, occurs throughout the North Island; it is quite common
in Auckland gardens.

2. Cormocephalus violascens (Gervais), 1847.

Scolopendra violascens Gervais, Insect. Apt., vol. 4, p. 275, 1847.
Cormocephalus violascens Newport, Trans. Linn. Soc., vol.
19, p. 424, 1845; Hutton, Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 10, p.
289, 1878. C. purpureus Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 6, vol. 8, p. 127, 1893. C. huttoni Pocock, ibid, p. 128,
C. violascens Pocock, Willey’s Zool. Results, pt. 1, p. 60,
1898. C. huttoni Krapelin, Mitt. Mus. Hamburg, Vol. 22,
p. 202, 1903. C. wiolascens Archey, Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol.
53, p. 194, fig. 19, 1921.

Distribution: Wellington Province (Kapiti Island, Lower
Hutt, Wellington City) and north-eastern portion of South Island
(Kaikoura, Hanmer).

3. Otostigmus chilteni Archey, 1921.

Otostigmus chiltoni Archey, Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 53, p. 191, figs.
15-15; -1921,

Locality: Three Kings Island.

Ethmostigmus platycephalus Newport, and EF. rubripes (Brandt)
have also been recorded in New Zealand (Archey, T.N.Z.I., vol.
53, p. 192) but only as chance introductions in fruit or other
Island commodities.

Chilopoda of New Zealand. 67

FAMILY CRYPTOPIDAE.
Genus Cryptrors Leach.
Cryptops Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc., vol. 11, p. 384, 1814.

Key to New Zealand Species of CryPtors.

A. Tergites with only faintest indications of longi-
ARETE ee a, Bs ak Mee Mage C.arapum Archey.

Bb. Tergites with distinct longitudinal sulci.

I. First tergite with a transverse collar-sulcus
anteriorly, and usually with its anterior
margin overlapped by the head.

1. Head with submedian sulci ..... C. spintpes Pocock.

2. Head without submedian sulci or with
only anterior and posterior rudiments
RETIN We Shorea sorted ghee se die ya C. megalopora Haase.

II. First tergite without sharply defined collar-
sulcus, always with its anterior margin
overlapping the hinder margin of the head.

1. Larger; coxal pores more numerous (to
over 100), prosternal margins broad
and nearly straight, tergal sulci com-
plete 8-18: formula (3-7), 8-18 (19).

a. Prosternal margins broader and

SEAL UCIE fied tt ts SN eh aes C. polyodontus Attems.
b. Prosternal margins less broad and
slightly convex ...... C. lamprethus Chamberlin.

2. Smaller, coxal pores usually less than
80, prosternal margins only moderately
broad, and each convex, tergal sulci
complete, 6-19: formula (8-5) 6-19
(20).

a. Coxal pores 30-80, reaching near to
caudal margin. Setae of anal legs
moderately numerous and fairly
large SE ae Gy Ver) Re PETS C. dilagus Archey

b. Coxal pores reduced to 30 on res-
tricted oval area, even in large
forms. Anal legs with very numer-
ous small spinescent setae.
C. australis Newport.

Cryptops arapuni Archey, 1922.

Records Cant. Mus., vol. 2, part 2, p. 75, hart Archey ibid, vol. 2,
p. 210, 1924,

68 ARCHEY.

Cryptops spinipes Pocock, 1891.

Cryplops spinipes Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 8, p.
156, 1891. C. setosus, Pocock, ibid. p. 157. C. spinipes,
Kraepelin, Mit. Mus. Hamburg, vol. 20; p, 49, 1903;
Arkiv. Zool., vol. 10, No. 2, p. 2, 1916; Chamberlin, Bull.
Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 64, p. 4, 1920: Archey, Trans. N.Z.
Inst., vol. 58, p. 184, 1921; C. sclandicus, Chamberlin,
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 64, p. 9, 1920. C. spinipes,
Archey, Rec. Cant. Mus., vol. 2, p. 211, 1924.

Cryptops megalopora Haase, 1887.

Cryptops megalopora Haase, Abb. Mus. Dresden, vol. 5, p. 80, 1887:
Kraepelin, Mit. Mus. Hamburg, vol. 20, p. 51, 1903:
Chamberlin, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 64, p. 4, 1920;
Archey, Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 58, p. 185, 1921; Archey,
Rec. Cant. Mus., vol. 2, p. 213, 1924.

Cryptops polyodontus Attems, 1903.

Cryptops polyodontus Attems, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., vol. 18, p. 106,
1903; Kraepelin, Mit. Mus. Hamburg, vol. 20, p. 53,
1903; Chamberlin, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 64, p. 8,
1920; Archey, Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 53, p. 185, 1921:
Archey, Rec. Cant. Mus., vol. 2, p. 214, 1924.

Cryptops lamprethus Chamberlin, 1920.

Cryptops lamprethus Chamberlin, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 64,
p. 4, 1920; C. pelorus, Archey, Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 53,
p. 190, 1921; C. tokatea, Archey, Rec. Cant. Mus., vol. 2,
pt. 2, p. 13, fig. 3, 1922; C. lamprethus, Archey, Rec. Cant.
Mius., vol. 2)-p. 215, 1924.

Cryptops dilagus Archey, 1921.

Crvptops dilagus, Archey, Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 58, p. 187, fig. 6,
1921; C. akaroa, Archey, ibid, p. 188, figs. 7 to 9: C.
iguivia, Archey, ibid, p. 188, fig. 10; C. algidus, Archey,
ibid, p. 189, figs. 11 and 12; C. dilagus, Archey, Rec. Cant.
Mus., vol. 2, p. 216, 1924.

Cryptops australis Newport, 1845.

Cryptops australis, Newport, Trans. Linn. Soc., vol. 19, p. 408, 1845:
Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 11, p. 129,
1893; Kraepelin, Mit. Mus. Hamburg, vol. 20, p. 58,
1903; Fauna Sudw. Austr., vol. 2, p. 106, 1908: Arkiv.
Zool, vol. 10, No. 2, p. 2, 1916; Chamberlin, Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zool., vol. 64, p. 8, 1920; Archey, Trans. N.Z.
Inst., vol. 53, p. 186, 1921; C. galidus, Archey, ibid., p.
186, figs. 4 and 5, 1921; C. australis, Archey, Rec. Cant.
Mus., vol. 2, p. 218, 1924.

Chilopoda of New Zealand. 69
Distribution of the Species of Cryprors in New Zealand.

Cryplops arapuni is known only from the type locality, Ara-
puni, Auckland. C. spinipes occurs only in Wellington and the
South Island, while the closely related C. megalopora is from the
Auckland Islands. C. polyodontus from the Chatham Islands is
closely related to C. lampreithus, which is common in the North
island and the Marlborough Sounds, while C. dilagus and C. aus-
tralis are South Island species, the latter being restricted to the
drier region of Canterbury. C. spinipes and C. australis also occur
in Australia.

Order CRATEROSTIGMOMORPHA.
FAMILY CRATEROSTIGMIDAE.
Genus Craterosticmus Pocock 1902.
Type, by monotypy, C. tasmanianus Pocock, Tasmania.
Pocock, Quart. Journ. Micros. Sci., vol. 45, n. s., p. 418, 1902.

Pocock’s complete and detailed description, as well as his
full discussion of the systematic position and evolutionary
position of this remarkable annectent form, make it unnecessary
in this paper to do more than mention the diagnostic characters
of genus and species and to quote the reference to the record of
its occurrence in New Zealand.

Genus CRATEROSTIGMUS.

Eyes a single pair of ocelli. Mandibles armed with three
rows, each of three, horny teeth and with a membranous lobe
with short hairs above these and a dense fringe of longer hairs
below. First maxillae with divided coxae and both rami discrete.
Second maxillae with coxae (which are separated from one
another medianly) divided into endocoxa and enlarged ectocoxa,
and with a 4-jointed ramus with terminal claw hidden among
long setae.

Prehensors with prosternum and inner margin of femur
produced and dentate, trochanter distinct and with penultimate
and antepenultimate segments complete as in Lithobiomorpha.

Tergites 21 as in Scolopendra and sternites 15 as in Lithobio-
morpha. Tergites 8, 6, 9, 11, 14 and 17 lack sternites, and spiracles
lie under tergites corresponding to 3rd, 5th, 8th, 10th, 12th and
14th sternites.

Legs of six segments, the tarsi being undivided except in the
L5th, where it is 2-jointed.

Genito-anal opening enclosed within a bivalved sclerite pro-
jecting backwards between the last pair of legs.

70 ARCHEY.

Craterostigmus tasmanianus Pocock.

Craterostigmus tasmanianus Pocock, Quart. Journ., Micros. Science,
vol. 45, n.s., p. 423, pl. 23, 1902; Archey, Trans, NZ.
Inst., vol. AQ, pp. 319- pa, LOU,

Colour, alive, greenish-brown; in spirit yellowish-brown
anteriorly and posteriorly rather darker.

Antennae with 18 joints.

Head with parallel sides and rounded anterior and posterior
margins, frontal sulcus distinct, eyes lying just behind it on
lateral margin. Tergite of prehensorial segment distinct and
pleurite and other prehensor segments all extending well beyond
cephalic margin. - First tergite large, overlapped slightly by basal
plate, but overlapping second tergite. Margins of tergites not
emphasized by raised borders or emarginations, but, instead, are
almost straight, though antero- and postero-lateral angles are
somewhat rounded. Tergites and sternites not grooved and only
slightly punctured.

Legs short; tibia and tarsus below with a single spine. Claw
with two basal spines; trochanter of 18th and 14th, and coxa of
15th leg with an acute spine. Genito-anal opening lies in a de-
pression surrounded by 8 glandular masses lying within the
bivalved genito-anal sclerite.

Distribution: Tasmania (Mount Rumney); New Zealand, ©
South Island only. Picton, Cass, Mt. Grey, Mt. Algides, Route-
burn, Mt. Dick, Lake Wanaka, The Remarkables. I have col-
lected this species myself only at Mt. Grey, North Canterbury,
where it was found not in slightly damp situations, under stones
and logs, as with most other centipedes, but under stones near
the edge of a stream in very wet situations.

Examination of a cleared specimen showed non-anastomosing
tracheae as in Anamorpha. The pleural tegumentary folds were
clearly revealed in this preparation, and Pocock’s conclusion that
the tergites whose sternites and legs have been excalcated are the
3rd, 6th, 9th, 11th, 14th and 17th is confirmed.

Figs. 1-3. Ballophilus hounselli, n. sp.
Figs. 4-7. Geophilus spenceri (Pocock).

Renee
an ce
a es

x

on Jeane ae

7

7
iio

i.
=

a

he mee
Age oa
eh

oe ee

bn uth eas 2

Pe

a 1

7a al

PEAT? bes

t bovet’ OX

Hast TAMAR OTA
/

/ veil
|

rp VV AMS

LYTPE AV IWS VW

Fig. 1. Geophilus spencert (Pocock).
Figs. 2-6. Geophilus sygethus (Chamberlin).
Fig. 7. Geophilus xylophagus Attems.

Hodes Bias

a
ag
a,
on

Se tae ee
VSL, —oht
eke, aaa

a
ee Ef

PLATE 13.

Zelanophilus provocator (Pocock).

xs. 1-5.

Fig

clanophilus ferrugineus (Hutton).

6-8. Z

1,
DS.

oO
&

By

=i

—
al
x Th Seip
ah
—

oo 7 7
ih ge
. ad

: 7

- ee a
a ty
—
le =
on
_ _
a

oe ee ie
- tal a ol i Leo
es a eae a

na amt a
oe

it 4 Be eee cae
Je a = a = _
a Fs eae aa “, re = z
aos ie 7 7 “s ; nes E 5, bs
7 i=

pas eee 7.
vee ‘ ae

- a 7 z ae : ~~

PLATE 14.

Figs. 1-4. Zelanion dua Chamberlin.
Figs. 5-8. Zelanion antipodeus (Pocock).
Fig. 9. Zelanion morbosus (Hutton).

He adele e ;
=p me ha *
re”. ee a ' Bare Se a a

aT

ont

a i
Sst ere eee: oe
ay ee bide

ne 7

2,
<a
“

4
fae"

&
ieee ald eye
mas bles EE

ser [qian ea

0
=

,

a

Ne Te

is

ad
n®

PiLate 15.

Figs. 1-4. AMaortella macrostigma Attems.
Fig. 5. Maoriella selanicus (Chamberlin).
Figs. 6-10. Schisoribautia brittini Archey.

Pay ae
ae a ‘7

i
Pua:

"

ml cee:
L a nF

x

Lay
a:

i= ee

| a

aes

L
At ei
~s"

LJ

3 Fon
L Me a
+o ss ae

i,
C

Lee tb ©

rar . oo ie
Sat ts oe 7:
Racal anes

Rate eanat
oe > 7

a ; he
i aca Wt ae .

a,

i Ss, t =! tee
Ma Oe Soe
Pee ey See
aby
+ ale
me. |

i
easy

RECORDS

OF THE

AUCKLAND INSTITUTE
AND MUSEUM

Vou i2- No. 2.

Published by Order of the Council :
A. W. B. Powell, Acting Director.

15TH DECEMBER, 1937.

The Unity Press Ltd., Printers.

CONTENTS.

VOC ee Gs aes

Revision of the Chilopoda of New Zealand.

By Gilbert Archey, Director.

Page- 71]
New Plant Records from the Poor Knights Islands.
With special reference to Todea barbara.
By L. M. Cranwell, M.A., Botanist.
Page 101
The Material Culture of Oruarangi, Matatoki, Thames.
IV.—Musical Instruments.
By V. F. Fisher, Ethnologist.
Page 111

New Species of Nudibranchiate Mollusca from Auckland Waters.

By A. W. B. Powell, Assistant Director. .
Page 119

Revision of the Chilopoda of
New Zealand.

By GILBERT ARCHEY, Director.
Part 2;

Order LITHOBIOMORPHA.
Key to the Families occurring in New Zealand.

Eyes present in the form of a group of ocelli. Tibiae
of the legs without ectal terminal spines; a
number of large socketed spines present on the
legs. Pleurae of prehensor segment not extend-
ing ventrally to meet in middle line, hence coxo-
sternum of prehensor segment and sternite of
first leg-bearing segment touch one another.
Fam. Lithobiidae

Eyes present as a single ocellus or absent. Tibae of
from 1-lith to 1-14th legs with ectal spinous
process; setae on legs not large or socketed.
Pleurae of prehensor segment extending ven-
trally to meet in middle line, hence separating
coxosternum from sternite of first leg bearing
ORGUILC TY osteo ra el iad ss oe oa a he lan ge Fam. Henicopidae

Eyes present; antennae with 19 or more
joints; coxal pores on 12-15th or
PrarOun, WOR .7, 245, Sen Sub-fam. Henicopinae
Kives absent; antennae with 13-17 joints; |
coxal pores on 14-15th legs. .Sub-fam. Anopsobiinae

FAMILY LITHOBIIDAE.
Key to New Zealand Genera.

Prosternal teeth of prehensors 4+4 or 5-45.
Fourth joint of anal legs in the male not
possessing a special nodular process at its
CRU RNENS, ae tho a. dee elt ee ee rela eee etl PL! Lithobius

Prosternal teeth of prehensors 2 + 2. Fourth joint
of anal legs in the male with a special nodular
Prdcessat Ses testa etd «<oc).oy okey She Walesobius

Genus Litnosius Leach, 1814.

1814 Lithobius Leach, Brewster’s Edin. Ency. VII. (2), p. 408.
1815 = Lithobius Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XI. (2), p. 381.

=
72 ARCHEY.

Lithobius argus Newport, 1844.

Lithobius argus, Newport, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 19, p. 369,
1844. Lithobius argus, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th
ser., vol. 8, p. 153, footnote, 1891. Lithobius argus,
Archey, Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 49, p. 3804, 1916.

‘“Ferrugineus, capite parvo subconvexo, antennis pilosis,
ocellis parvis brunneis utrinque 28-30, labio angustato emargin-
° “ z s e L e / > 3
ato polito: denticulis 10 nigris. Long. unc. 9,/10.

“Hab. in Nova Zelandia, prope Wellington (v. in Mus. D.
Hope.)”—Newport.

The type is still the only specimen known of this species.
Newport’s description, although not very extensive, is explicit
enough with regard to the number of ocelli and prosternal teeth
of the prehensors. Pocock (1891, p. 153) draws attention to the
fact that the specimen was preserved in the Hope Museum at
Oxford under the name eclandicus.

Genus Watrsosius Chamberlin 1920.

Type, by original designation, Lithobins sydneyensis Pocock, 1891.
1920 Walesobius Chamberlin, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 64,
ING: be ope tt

Antennal joints 26 to 28; prosternal teeth only’ 22 2>\ rhe
fourth joint of anal legs in the male with a special nodular pro-
cess at its distal end. Posterior angles of 9th, 11th and 13th
tergites produced. Coxal pores in a single series on the last four
pairs of legs. Posterior coxae not armed laterally. Ventral
spines of anal legs 0, 1, 3 or 4, 2 or 3,1. Claw of female gonopods
bifid, basal spurs 2 -+ 2.

Walesobius sydneyensis (Pocock) 1891. PI. 16, figs. 1 to 6.

Lithobius sydneyensis, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 8,
p. 158, 1891. Walesobius sydnevensis Chamberlin, Bull.
Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. 64, No. 1, B47 1926.

Antennae generally with 26 joints, the first two large, thence
distad becoming steadily smaller and also relatively longer than
wide, the terminal joint more than three times longer than wide.
Antennae moderately supplied with long slender setae, these
becoming more abundant distad: the number of segments varies
from 25 to 31, but a greater number of segments is not related
to a greater size of the individual. Head sub-cordate, anterior
margin with a slight swelling arising from the middle of a median
depression; hinder margin straight, with a broad raised edyve
which extends one third of the way along the sides; frontal suleus
distinct; ocelli (fig. 2) ten, arranged in three rows 4,4 and 2, the
posterior ocelli being somewhat the larger, Tergite of prehensor
segment distinctly visible. Tergites (fig. 1) 1, 3, 5, 8, 10 and 12
with raised lateral and caudal margins; tergites 2, 4, 6,9, 11, 18,
14 and 15 with raised lateral borders only; the 7th with lateral

Chilopoda of New Zealand. oO

borders and with a wide raised border on the lateral portions only
of the hinder margin; hinder margins of 14th and 15th sinuate;
9th, 11th and 13th with prominent triangular latero-caudal
projections.

Prehensors (fig. 3) : prosternum divided bv a distinct median
suture; anterior margin mesally excavated, with 2 -+ 2 teeth.

Sternites sparsely hairy, not medially impressed. Coxal pores
3342 G78? 6 : : : ; ai ted
3332 tO casz increasing in number in larger individuals, and also
with a larger number in females than in males of the same size.

First pair of legs: ventral spines varying from 00011 to
00231; ventral spines on 15th pair varying from 01310 to 01421,
in both cases the greater number being present on the larger
specimens. |

Gonopods of ? (fig. 6) with long sharp basal spurs and bifid
terminal claw.

Length: 8 to 17 mm., average leneth of those examined
14.5 mm.

Distribution: New South Wales and Auckland, N.Z.

The only other species of this genus, [l’alesobius excrescens
Attems (1928, p. 78), differs from II’. sydneyensis apparently only
in the arrangement of the eyes, of which there is a large ocellus
in the front of the group in the former and at the back of the
group in the latter. In all other respects the specimens I have
examined agree with the published descriptions of both species.

This species exhibits the same variation in the number of
coxal pores in relation to the sex and the length of the individuals
as we have found to hold in the other families and orders of New
Zealand chilopoda. The increased number of spines on the legs
in larger individuals is also an expected variation.

Family HENICOPIDAE,

Sub-family HENICOPINAE.
Key to the N.Z. Genera.

1. First to 13th legs with tarsi tri-articulate, 14th
and 15th legs with tarsi 6-jointed ........ [Tenicops Newport
First to 12th legs with tarsi uni-articulate, 13th
to 15th legs with tarsi bi-articulate
(a) Prosternum of prehensors with dental
edges rounded and narrow, teeth 1.2 + 2.1
RS IME BAS Spe» 5 pacar Ea oe Oe La Lamyctes Meinert
(b) Prosternum of prehensors with dental edges
straight and broad, teeth 4+ 4 to 6-+6
Gels ce MEO lie made hie yy Mute ately bs Wailamyctes Archey
All the legs with tarsi bi-articulate ..... Paralamyctes Pocock
4. Coxal pores reduced to one on each of last four
coxae; 15th pair of legs much shorter than 14th
and without protarsal segment ..,..,...... Haasiella Pocock

bo

ew)
*

/ 4 ARCHEY.

Genus Henicops Newport, 1845. Pl. 17, figs. 1-7.

Type: Henicops maculatus Newp.

1845 Henicops Newport, Trans. Linn. Soc., vol. 19, p. 372.
1877 =Henicops Hutton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., vol. 20,
| una Oe |
1878 Henicops Hutton, Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 10, p. 288.
1891 Henicops Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th ser., vol. 8,
154

eR

1901 Henicops Pocock; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th ser., vol. 8,
i 455%

1917 = Henicops Archey, Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 49, p. 304.

1928 Henicops Attems, Ann. 8S. African Mus., vol. 26, p. 62.

Head with one ocellus on each side; antennae with 30 or
more joints.

Tergites (Pl. 17, fig. 1) with caudal margins distinctly emar-
ginate and posterior angles produced, rounded or toothed.
Spiracles on segments 1, 3, 5, 8, 10, 12 and i4. Mandibles (figs.
3, 3a) with complex cutting teeth, a fringe of laciniate processes
on one side and a tuft of short simple hairs on the other.

First pair of maxillae (fig. 2) with rami incompletely separ-
ated from coxae, inner ramus with simple and plumose hairs:
outer ramus with plumose hairs along inner edge and simple setae
elsewhere. Palp of second maxillae tripartite, distal joint with
plumose hairs distally on inner margin, elsewhere with simple
setae; terminal claw bifid.

Prosternum of prehensors (fig. 5) narrowed anteriorly
armed with 2-+ 2 or 3+ 8 teeth. Tarsi of Ist to 13th legs
3-jointed, 14th and 15th with four to six joints. Claws with two
spinules.

Coxal pores on last four pairs of legs. Gonopods of female
with 2 + 2 basal spurs.

Two species of Henicops have been recorded in New Zealand,
FHT, maculatus Newport and H. impressus Hutton, but the only
difference between them is that the prehensor teeth are 3 + 8 in
the former and “eight” (presumably 4 -++ 4) in the latter. I have
examined many specimens of Henicops and all have 3 + 8 teeth.
The type of H. impressus is unfortunately lost, and the status of
the species cannot be definitely decided. I have, however,
examined so many specimens of H. maculatus, including several
from both Dunedin and Queenstown, the type localities of
HT. impressus, that I have been forced to the conclusion that the
slight difference recorded is insufficient to maintain //. impressus
as a distinct species, and I therefore now follow Pocock (1891,
p. 154), who records Australian specimens with 4 + 5 prosterna!]
teeth, in uniting it with H. maculatats.

The species of Henicops.

1. Henicops maculatus Newport, 1844. HH. impressus Hutton, 1877.
New Zealand, Tasmania and Eastern Australia.

2. Flenicops dentalus Pocock, 1901. W. Australia.

3. Henicops oligotarsus Attems, 1911. W. Australia,

Chilopoda of New Zealand. 75

It is not yet posisble to draw up a key to the three species of
Henicops, because one of them is founded on a mutilated specimen.
FH. dentatus Pocock, from W. Australia, is described as having
much more spiny tarsi than H. maculatus, and with more deeply
(and subquadrately) emarginate tergites: the posterior legs,
however, were missing. //. oligotarsus Attems (also from W. Aus-
tralia) also has richly setose legs and was separated by Attems
trom “Allen ubrigen Arten” on account of the reduction of tarsal
joints to 4 in the 14th and 5 in the 15th leg. But we do not know
how many tarsal points there are in the 14th and 15th legs of
HT, dentatus, and there is a possibility that it may be the same as
/1T, oligotarsus. For the present, however, we may note that the
two Western Australian species have more spiny legs and deeper
tergal emarginations than the New Zealand and Eastern Aus-
tralian species, /7. maculatus. |

Henicops maculatus Newport, Lady GP]. 17, foes. heyy.

Henicops maculatus Newport, Trans. Linn. Soc., vol. 19, p. 372, pl.
33, fig. 37, pl. 40, fig. 3, 1844. Haase, Indo-Austral.
Chilopoden; Abhand. Dresden Mus., No. 5, p. 36, 1877.
Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 8, p. 154, 1891.
Pocock, ibid, ser. 6, vol. 11, p. 125, 1898. Pocock, ibid,
ser, 7, vol,.8, p. 458, 1901. Archey, Trans: N.Z. Inst..,
vol. 49, p. 306, 1917. Chamberlin, Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., vol. 64, No. 1, p. 73, 1920. Attems, Ann. S. African
Mus., vol. 26, p. 62, 1928.

Colour deep reddish brown, each tergite with an irregular
broad dark brown edging and a median broad dark brown band:
the general appearance being 2 reddish brown groundwork with
three longitudinal dark bands; the head is also dark around the
margin.

Head subcordate, sparsely with slender setae; the lateral
margins behind the eyes and the caudal margin with an elevated
border; frontal sulcus distinct. Antennae with 30 to 37 joints,
the number varying evenly around 34.

Tergites (Pl. 17, fig. 1): The first two with straight caudal
margins, the remainder emarginate, the posterior minor tergites
most deeply so; the anterior tergites with lateral and caudal mar-
gins with raised edges, the posterior tergites with less distinctly
raised edges.

Prosternum of prehensors (fig. 5) produced anteriorly, the
dental margins slightly rounded and with 3 + 8 sharp teeth.

Legs long and setose; 1-13 with tarsi tri-articulate; 14th and
15th normally with a protarsus of 2 segments and a tarsus of 4.
There is, however, some variation here, the 14th lee sometimes
having 3 +- 3 or 2 + 3 tarsal segments, and the 13th being some-
times divided into 2 + 2 or even 3 + 3 segments. Caution must
therefore be used in applying tarsal subdivisions as a specific char-
acter. The tarsi of all legs with spinules beneath, set at the distal

_—

76 ARCHEY.

ends of the subsegments. The 15th legs more than half the body
length. Tibial spur present on Ist to 14th legs.

Coxal pores small, varying in number with sex and size,
males having definitely fewer and smaller pores than females of
3444

the same size. Commonly in 14 mm. specimens aq, In males and
4555 «

jx 1n females.

Gonopods of 2 (fig. 6) with 2+ 2 basal spurs all of even
length, but the mesal ones slightly slenderer and sharper; claw
curved and hollow within. Gonopods of é (fig. '7) slender 3-jointed
processes terminating in a long, rapidly narrowing seta-like
process.

Length up to 16 mm.

Distribution: Throughout New Zealand, in bush and under
stones in open tussock country. It occurs also in Eastern Aus-
tralia and Tasmania. Hutton’s remark (about H. impressus):
“It is astonishing with what rapidity this creature runs,” is des-
criptive of all specimens of H. maculatus.

Genus Lamycres Meinert 1868.
Type, by original designation: L. filvicornis Mein.

Lamvyctes Meinert, Nat. Tidsskr., vol. 5, p. 226, 1868: Flenicops
Latzel Myr. Ost. Ung. Mon. 1, p. 132, 1880: Lamyctes
Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th Ser., vol. 8, p. 449,
1901; Lamyctes Chamberlin, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol.
of, p. 5, 1912; Lamyctes Archey, Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol.
49, p. 307, 1917; Lamyctes Attems, Ann. S. African Mus.,
vol. 26, p. 54, 1928.

Antennae with 24-46 joints. A pair of eyes present.

Labrum unidentate. Mandible (PI. 18, fig. 4) with four com-
posite cutting teeth, a group of long curved laciniate processes
and a tuft of short curved hairs; sometimes the cutting teeth are
partially fused together, making apparently only 3 teeth. First
maxilla (Pl. 18, fig. 1) outer branch with plumose hairs on inner
margin and simple hairs elsewhere, inner branch with simple
hairs only; the sternite triangular, divided mesally, sometimes
completely (L. neozclanicus, fig. 1) and sometimes partly (L. oticus,
fig. 3) separated from coxa; coxa incompletely separated from
inner and outer ramus. Second maxillae with narrow, band-like
fused coxosternum ; palp 3-jointed, the terminal joint with a com-
posite claw and with one or two plumose setae on inner margin
near the end as well as the normal simple setae,

Prosternum of prehensors narrowed anteriorly and with
2+-2 teeth; 1.2 + 2.1 or 3 + 8 teeth.

Tergites (Pl. 19, fig. 1) usually with caudal margins straight
or with but slight emargination and angles lacking acute back.
ward productions. Spiracles on segments 1, 3, 5, 8, 10, 12, 14.

Tarsi of Ist to 12th legs entire, of 18th to 15th 2-jointed.
Tibal spur always on Ist to 11th, sometimes on 12th and rarely
on 15th and 14th legs. Coxal pores on last four legs, Gonopods
of ¥ 3-jointed with 2 4- 2 (exceptionally 3 +- 3) basal spurs,

Chilopoda of New Zealand. 77

Key to New Zealand Species.
Prosternal teeth 2+ 2; first tarsal joint of 15th

legs 7 to 8 times as long as wide .. L. emarginatus Ne RoaOn
Prosternal teeth 3-+ 3; first tarsal joint of 15th
lem 4 times as long as wide .............. L. oticus Archey.

These two species are well distinguished, but the identity
of the first has for a long time been obscure. Newport’s original
description, which mentions, rather vaguely, only one character
(the prosternal dentition) now considered critical, is quite inade-
quate, and in the much shrivelled and somewhat mutilated type
the prosternal margin is partly hidden ne the maxillary rami.
It is, however, possible to discern the 2 +- 2 prosternal teeth, a
condition described by Newport as “three Glieht emarginations,”
and in all other respects also the common New Zealand species of
Lamvyctes is identical with it. L. neozelanicus Ar. was previously
separated on the basis of colour and the number of coxal ‘pores,
but colour is variable and the number of coxal pores increases
with size and varies between the sexes, and the species is there-
fore suppressed, together with L. chathamensis Ay., previously
(1926, p. 39) merged with it.

In the present review I have also included with L. emarginatus,
Lamvyetes selandicus Ch., which is clearly not distinguishable from
the common New Zealand species, and L. tasmanianus Ch., which
differs from selandicus only in size. Lamvyctes navaianus Ch. and
L. munianus Ch. from Fiji seem to be no more than small speci-
mens of L. emarginatus.

Lamyctes emarginatus (Newp.) 1844. Pl. 18, figs. 1, 2, 4, 6, and
pol. .19, Nes, 2, 4, 3.

Lithebius emarginatus Newport, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 18, p. 96,
1844; Henicops emarginatus Newport, Trans. Linn. Soc.,
vol. 19, p. 372, 1845; Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser.
6, vol. 8, p. 154, 1891; Lamyctes emarginatus Pocock, Ann.
Mag’. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, vol. 8, p. 450, 1901; Lamyctes
emarginatus, Archey, Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 49, p. 308,
1917; L. neoselanicus, Archey, ibid, p. 309; L. chathamensis
Archey, ibid, p. 309; L. kermadecensis, Archey, ibid, p.
310; L. emarginatus Chamberlin, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.
Harvard, vol. 64, p. 71, 1920; L. tasmanianus Chamberlin,
ibid, p. 69; L. sclandicus Chamberlin, ibid, PR eee
neoselanicus ‘Archey, Rec. Cant. Mus., vol. 3, p. 39, 1926.

Antennae 25 joints, all rather short.

Head subeordate with frontal sulcus distinct, the sides
behind the middle and the caudal margin with raised border. Kyes
comparatively large.

Tergites (Pl. 19, fig. 1) with anterior and posterior angles
all rounded; the caudal margin of the 8th with a slight emargin-
ation, this increasing slightly in depth in posterior segments.
Colour rich dark ferrugineous, fading considerably within a few
months in spirit,

baa
oe

ARCHEY.

Prosternum of prehensors (Pl. 18, fig. 6) with anterior mar-
gins narrow armed with 2-+ 2 teeth, with occasionally a rudi-
ee outer tooth which might be expressed by the formula
Oy 4.

Legs: Tibial spur on legs 1-11. Tarsi long and narrow, the
first tarsal joint of 15th legs (PI. 19, fig. 2) 8 times longer than

wide. Coxal pores varying from |"! to “”: commonly in 8.0 mm.

1111 3432?
specimens 555; in males and 333 in females. The slight sex differ-
ence noted previously for the Cryptopidae and in Henicops is
apparent here also: in specimens of equal size there are usually
shghtly fewer coxal pores in males than in females.

Goneopods of 2 (Pl. 19, fig. 5): each side of coxosternum with
distinctly round caudal margin and with the basal joint of the
telopod with similarly rounded meso-caudal margin; two cone-
shaped basa! spurs, of which the mesial ones are slightly the
smaller; claw curved and hollowed within.

Distribution: The whole of New Zealand, Kermadec Islands
and Chatham Islands.

Lamyctes oticus Archey, 1921 (Pl. 19, figs. 3, 5; pl. 18, fig. 3).

Lamyctes oticus, Archey, Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 53, p. 181, figs. 1-3,
1921.

Antennae 25 joints, all rather short.

Head subcordate, with frontal sulcus distinct, the sides
behind the middle and the caudal margin with raised border.
Eyes comparatively small. Tergites as in L. emarainatus. Colour
a deep brown, lacking the ferrugineous element in the colour of
L. emarginatus, but not really darker.

Prosternum of prehensors (PI. 19, fig. 5) with anterior mar-
gins broader than in L. emarginatus, and with 3 -- 3 distinct teeth,
the outer tooth of each side being somewhat smaller.

Legs: Tarsi of Ist to 12th 1-jointed, 13th to 15th 2-jointed;
tarsi of all legs stouter than in L. emarginatus, especially in hinder
legs: Ist tarsal joint of 15th leg (Pl. 18, fig. 3) four times longer
than wide. Tibial spur on legs 1-12 (sometimes 1-11). Coxal

pores °3°>. Gonopods of 2 as in L. emarginatus.

IIIA

Localities: Otekaike (N. Otago) and Queenstown.

Genus ParaLamyctes Pocock, 1901.

Paralamycites Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th ser., vol. 8, p. 450,
1901.
Type, by original designation: P. spenceri Poe.
Antennal segments 17 to 43; eyes present.
Labrum: (PI. 21, fig. 1) median piece unidentate, a fringe

of long plumose hairs on the lateral pieces. Mandible (Pl. 21,
fig. 8) armed with four complex cutting teeth, laciniate processes

Chilopoda of New Zealand. 7¥

anda fringe of curved setae. First maxillae (PI. 21, fig. 2) with
a marginal fringe of plumose hairs and a submarginal fringe of
simple hairs on the outer ramus, and simple hairs only on the
inner. Last joint of palp of second maxillae with plumose hairs
on inner margin, simple hairs elsewhere; claw trifid, with the
smallest prong lying between a larger prong and a medium sized
one. Prosternal teeth of prehensors 2+ 2 to 11 -|- 11. Postero-
lateral angles of anterior segments usually rounded; some of pos-
terior segments with angles produced acutely. All the legs bi-
articulate tibial spurs on 1-18, 1-14, or 1-15 legs. Coxal pores
on last four pairs of legs. Gonopods 3-jointed, those of the
female with the customary two basal spurs and a curved claw.

Key to New Zealand Species.
Prosternum with up to 11-+11 teeth and a few
hairs (Pl. 20, fig. 4); antennal joints 25-28;
fifteenth legs with tibial spur .......... P. validus Archey

Prosternum with 2 -+ 2 teeth and numerous short
hairs distad (Pl. 20, fig. 5); antennal joints 17
(rarely 20 on one antenna) ; fifteenth leg with-
Ueber Wed C10 k lk Ome ae cena Gomes ey Agen Aa ag Vim P. harrisi Archey

1. Paralamyctes validus Archey, 1917 (PI. 20, figs. 1, 3, 4, and
Pl a tae

Paralamyetes validus Archey, Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 49, p. 314, figs.
28-32a, 1917. P. dubius Archey, ibid, p. 314, fig. 36.
Paraimyctes validus Chamberlin, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
vol. 64, p. 73, 1920. Paralmyctes validus Archey, Trans.
Nez. tnst., vol, 53; p:. 182) 1924.

Colour deep chestnut brown, with darger irregular markings,
especially at edges of tergites; legs and end of antennae lighter.

Antennal joints (Pl. 20, fig. 3) 25 to 28, usually 26; in an-
tennae with 26 or more joints the last nine are slightly longer,
in antennae with 25 or less joints the last eight are longer. The
antennae are somewhat longer in females (half body length)
than in males (one-third body length).

Head (PI. 20, fig. 3) subcordate, with fine frontal sulcus and
a median depression in anterior half; sides and caudal margin
with raised border. Eyes prominent.

Tergites smooth, sparsely hairy. Anterior tergites only
slightly emarginate and with raised border; 7th with hinder mar-
ein deeply emarginate but without raised edge, though the sides
have the edges raised; eighth only. slightly and the other pos-
terior tergites more deeply emarginate, the minor (9th, 11th and
13th) tergites with strongly produced posterior angles.

Prosternum of prehensors (Pl. 20, fig. 4) with broad dental
edges armed with 8+ 8 main teeth, with two or three smaller
teeth interposed making 10 -+ 10 or LE 1h. in alls aew tne
hairs on the anterior part of prosterna; claw lone and evenly
curved.

C>
SO ARCHEY.

Tibial spur present on all legs (though ocassionally reduced
toa rounded eminence on the 15th), the tarsi long and slender;
terminal claws each with a small subsidiary claw on each side.
Last pair of legs with first tarsal joint seven times longer than
wide; femur nearly twice as wide as tibia.

Gonopods of 3 (Pl. 21, fig. 4) 3-jointed styles terminating in
a short, slender, straight claw or spine with an accessory longer,
finer seta. Gonopods of ° (PI. 21, fig. 5) with strong blunt basal
spurs (of which the mesial ones are shg¢htly the smaller), and
curved fairly sharp terminal claws hollowed within.

Coxal pores set in a deep groove on each coxa; varying in

444, 6666 . ; .
number from 777, to °°’, the number increasing with the length

of the specimen. In individuals of the same size and from the
same locality the males always have slightly fewer coxal pores,
OQ 6666 4556 4445 4444

nes, Lamm, + (27. OV yee7y 18mm. oa. Ere

This is-a handsome, fast-moving centipede, as fast as
ITenicops maculatus and less difficult to catch only on account of its
larger size. It is generally distributed in forest all over New
Zealand, but does not occur in open tussock country, as does
H. maculatus. It is much commoner than the next species
(P. harrisi), Which differs from it in three slight but well-defined
characters.

2. Paralamyctes harrisi Archey, 1922 (Pl. 20, figs. 2, 5.).

Paralamyctes harrisi Archey, Records Canterbury Museum, vol. o
p. 75, pl. 18, fig. 4, 1922. Paralamyctes harrisi, Attems,
Ann. 8. African Museum, vol. 26, p. 67, 1928.

This species differs from P. wvalidus in the larger size (15 to
22.5 mm. instead of 14 to 20 mm.), in the reduced number of an-
tennal segments (usually 17-17; but occasionally 17-20) and in
the greater length and slenderness of these antennal segments,
as well as in the reduction of the prosternal teeth to 2 + 2; each
prosternum also has antero-laterally a well defined area provided
with numerous setae, P. validus having only a few scattered setae
in this position. Tibial spur present on Ist to 14th legs, absent
from 15th.

The possibility that this might be a size- or age-variation of
P. validus has been considered; but the differences comprise a
material reduction in the number, as well as an increase in the
size, of the antennal joints, together with a marked difference in
the prosternum; and my own detailed observations on all the New
Zealand species of Lithobiomorpha indicate a definite increase
and not a decrease in the number of antennal joints and proster-
nal teeth in the larger (and presumably the older) individuals.
Failing the establishment of such a reduction in older individuals
as a normal phenomenon in the group it seems advisable to regard
as specific characters the differences recorded above. The lesser
number of coxal pores in males recorded for P. validus is also

found in this species,

Chilopoda of New Zealand. 31

Distribution: Coromandel; Taumarunui; Ohakune; Lake
Rotoiti; Waitakere Hills, Auckland; Hokianga; Auckland City.

Attems in his ‘Key to the species of Paralamyctes” (1926,
p. 67) includes P. harrisi, but omits P. validus, and I therefore pre-
sent below the same Key modified to include the latter species.

Key to Species of PARALAMYCTES.

Pai Rate Lye) OU LOU., wi fel, Ms oS on ot eth A eS eae 2
2a. Coxa of prehensors with 2 + 2 teeth (N.Z.) harrisi Arch.
2b. Coxa of prehensors with 3+ 3 to 7-+7 teeth ...... a

3a. Posterior margin of 7th tergite with

3b.

Aa.

Ab,

deep angular notch, the angles
toothed. Antennae 20-jointed (Chile)
chilensis Gerv.
Posterior margin of 7th tergite
straight or with rounded sinus, the
angles not toothed. Antennae 20-
SAA 6 SL on NTT ry Rea One ON Pes Lae 4

Each coxa of prehensors with 8 or 4
teeth. Tibia of 14th legs toothed.
Only the 13th tergite with distinct
teeth in the _ posterior § angles.
(Eleventh tergite with distinct
teeth.) Coxal pores oval. Genital
spurs of ° long, cylindrical. Tergites
nearly smooth (S. Africa) ........... weberi Silv.
Each coxa of prehensors with 5 or 6
teeth. Tibia of 14th legs not toothed.
Tergites 9, 11, 18 distinctly toothed.
Coxal pores round. Genital spurs of
¢ short, conical. Tergites rough and
COVES OL iy, GE TECI oP tlie to rst th Sanee spencert Poe.

iii ARLEN NEO 25- GO 40+ OMe. ese oa Gea TE ey eS 5
Pais mrtennde. Soe £0:43-Tornbed. «micas s 4 CE ee i eee 4)

6a.

6b.

Posterior angles of tergites 7, 9, 11, 13
tooth-like (New Caledonia) .......... humilis Rib.
Posterior border of tergites 4, 6, 9,
1i, 13, 15 only weakly sinuated
CAPSe Aes, Oe tetloe . acto UP andinus Silv.

Bie Untenngae: 25-.to So-jOINLed 4 4 6 dacs as weiula 14-5) bane 7

7a.

Sa.

Sb.

9a.

a

Prosternal teeth of prehensors 6 -+- 6
23 oe ag EP ean, AEM RAE Rp Oh. MPR I Pal tert ed RL, 8
Tibia of 14th leg not toothed (South
cM 5 ary Meee ae RTL EN Ok ee a AR tabulinus Att.
Tibia of 14th legs toothed at the end .......... 9
Tergites creased; antennae 27- to 30-
jointed: (South Airiea) oo. 6.5 60. a ss asperulus Silv.
Tergites nearly smooth. Antennae
23-jointed (South Africa) ........ laevigatus Att.

7b. Prosternal teeth of prehensors 10 -+ 10

Bit a CIN Gk or eral oe eM aL, validus Arch,

an
82 ARCHEY.

Paralamyctes validus and P. harrisi are obviously very closely
related, and it is not possible to fit them into the Key to the
species given by Attems (Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 26, p. 67) and at the
same time to indicate this relationship. Moreover, they present
such a blend of characters that it is not easy to indicate their
relationship to extra-Zelandic species. For instance, P. humilis,
with only 2 + 2 prosternal teeth, has 35-43 antennal joints; but
P. chilensis, which has only 19-20 antennal joints, has 5 -_ 5 pros-
ternal teeth, while P. validus might be considered to be related to
©. spenceri but for its smooth tergites and a tibial sour on the 15th
leg. Moreover, the characters commonly used to distinguish the
main species-groups of Paralamycies are just those in which
a and 2. harrisi (undoubtedly closely related species)

iffer.

In the South African species we do find a reduction in
antennal segments associated with a reduction in the number of
prosternal teeth; (P. spenceri and P. weberi: ant. 19-20, prost.
3+ 3 to 5+ 5, vs. P. tabulinus and P. asperulius: ant. 23-43, prost.
6-+ 6 to 7 + 7), but in S. America the opposite condition is noted
(P. chilensis: ant. 19-20, prost. 5 + 5, vs. P. andinus: ant. 23-24,
prosc. 2c 2);

It is clear that much more information must be available
about all the species of Paralaiycies before their genetic relation-
ships can be determined.

Genus WaiLamyctes Archey, 19164.

Type, by original designation: Wailamyctes trailli Archey.
Watlamyctes, Archey, Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 49, p. 311, 1916.
Walamnyctes, Attems, Ann. 8. African Mus., vol. 26, p. 54
(in Key to genera), 1928.

Eyes absent, or a single ocellus on each side. Frontal sulcus
distinct, median notch continued as a depression through sulcus
nearly to middle of head. Antennae with 19 to 21 joints. Labrum
(PJ. 21, fig. 6) unidentate, the lateral pieces with a fringe of
hairs. Mandible (PI. 21, figs. 7, 7a) with four complex cutting
teeth, a set of plumose processes above them and a fringe of
smaller simple hairs below. First pair of maxillae (Pl. 22, fig. 5)
with the inner ramus not separated, and the outer incompletely
separated from the coxa; inner ramus small, with a few simple
hairs; outer ramus on inner edge with a row of longer plumose
hairs and with numerous shorter simple hairs elsewhere. Palp
of second maxillae 3-jointed, terminal segment with plumose
hairs distally on the inner side and simple setae elsewhere; ter-
minal claw complex. Prosternum of prehensors (Pl. 22, fig. 2)
produced anteriorly, narrowing slightly, with straight or slightly
curved dental edges separated by a median sulcus which con-
tinues to hinder margin, and armed with 4 + 4 to 6+ 6 conical
teeth, of which the mesal one on each side is slightly smaller than
the others.

Tergites (Pl. 22, fig. 1) with the posterior angles distinctly
rounded and posterior margins straight, except in the posterior

Chilopoda of New Zealand. 83

segments, where there is a slight emargination, and, in the minor
tergites, a slight angular production. Spiracles on segments
1, 3, 5, 8, 10, 12 and 14. First to 12th pairs of legs with tarsi
entire, 13th to 15th with tarsi biarticulate. Tibial spur on Ist to
Hee or Ist to 14th legs. Coxal pores on the last four pairs of
eos.
Key to Species.

Fy CPA SEINE uy oi tus ys Pel cee oth ae nee ey oo lee le W. trailli Archey
Eyes present:

Larger, and with more slender legs: tarsus of

Ist leg 8.7 times, of 8th leg 10 times, of 10th

leg 10 to 11.5 times, and ist tarsal joint of 14th

leg 8 to 10 times longer than wide ...... MW’. munroi Archey

Smaller, and with stouter legs: tarsus of 1st

leg 6.5 times, of 8th leg 7.5 times, of 10th leg

9.3 times, and Ist tarsal joint of 14th lee 5.5

ACS LONOE Tat WIC ns x get wn ten yall W. halli Archey

The species of lWailamyctes occur only in the South Island
(Canterbury and Otago), Stewart Island and the Auckland
Islands.

Wailamyctes trailli Archey (Pl. 21, figs. 6, 7; Pl. 22, figs. 1,2).

Waitlamyctes tralli Archey, Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 49, p. 312, figs.
18-24; 1917.
Colour yellowish brown, in spirit straw colour.

Antennae with 21 joints, the first two large, followed by
three smaller, the remainder still smaller. Head (Pl. 22, fig. 1)
subcordate, the posterior margin slightly emarginate, angles
broadly rounded, lateral and posterior margins with raised edge:
eyes absent: frontal sulcus distinct, also a median longitudinal
depression extending from anterior margin nearly to middle of
head.

Tergites (fig. 1): anterior major tergites with broadly
rounded posterior angles, a slightly emarginate hinder border:
margins with a narrow raised edge; minor tergites with less
broadly rounded angles and caudal margins lacking the raised
edge The posterior major tergites with angles increasingly less
rounded caudad, with caudal margins almost straight, and lack-
ing raised border; the minor tergites more deeply emarginate and
the angles somewhat produced. ;

Prosternum of prehensors (PI. 22, fig. 2) produced narrowly
anteriorly, the anterior margins almost straight and sloping
inward, armed with 4+ 4 or 5+ 5 (occasionally 6 + 6) conical
teeth, the inner mesal one on each side being slightly smaller.

Tarsi of Ist to 12th legs entire, of 13th to 15th biarticulate:
tibial spurs long and sharp, on Ist to 13th legs. Tarsus of Ist
lege 8.5 times longer than wide, of 8th leg 12.5 times, and first
tarsal joint of 15th leg 10 to 12 times longer than wide. Coxal
pores 233; in smaller specimens 5\55 or 55333 53,in a 7 mm. speci-

men. Gonopods of ¥ with long, slender, slightly curved sharp
basal spurs and long, curved, sharp terminal claw.

¢

“7 |
84 ARCHEY.

Distribution: Canterbury, Westland, Otago and Stewart
Island.

Wailamyctes halli Archey. Pl. 22, fig. 3.

Wailamvyctes halli Archey, Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 49, p. 313, figs.
Z2o-21. 1917.

Colour deep brown, paler in spirit. Antennae with 19 joints,
the first two larger followed by three smaller, the remainder still
smaller, the basal ones sparsely with long hairs, the distal ones
with a light short pubescence.

Eyes present, head subcordate, notched medianly on anterior
margin, caudal margin slightly emarginate; a raised border on
caudal margin and on lateral margins behind the eyes. Frontal
sulcus and median depression as in 7’. trailli.

Tergites with rounded corners, straight or slightly emargin-
ate caudal margins, the margins with more strongly developed
raised borders than in WW’. trailli, and the posterior minor tergites

with angles not produced caudad.

Prosternum of prehensors narrowed anteriorly with dental
margins slightly rounded, armed with 4 + 4 or 5 + 5 teeth. Coxal
pores 555, or 35, in the latter case the inner or proximal pore on
each coxa is smaller than its fellows. Gonopods of ¢ (PI. 22, fig.
3) with long, slender, slightly curved basal spurs and long curved
terminal claw. Legs 1-13 with tibial spur: first tarsal joint of
14th lege 5.5 times as long as wide; 15th pair of legs unknown.

Localities: Mt. Algidus (Rakaia Gorge, Canterbury) ; Minaret
Peaks (Lake Wanaka, Otago).

Wailamyctes munroi Archey (PI. 22, figs. 4 and 5).

Wailamyctes munroi Archey, Records Cant. Mus., vol. 2, pt. 3,
Dios) “geo

Colour: above deep brown; head, first tergite and thirteenth
to fifteenth tergites deeper reddish brown; ventral surface
slightly lighter in corresponding regions.

Head rounded, posterior border margined and slightly emar-
vinate. Antennae 19 joints, as in //’. halli. A pair of large eyes
present, frontal sulcus and median depression distinct as 10
W. halli.

Tergites with posterior angles rounded, and with posterior
margins of anterior major tergites and of posterior major and
minor tergites slightly emarginate, as in II’. halli.

Prosternum of prehensors produced forward, narrowing an-
teriorly, the anterior margins inclined slightly inwards, slightly
rounded and with 5+5 conical teeth, the inner being the
smaller.

Chilopoda of New Zealand. 85

; Legs: Tarsi of Ist to 12th uniarticulate, but 11 and 12 show-
Ing a ventral weakening of the chitin; tarsi of 183th to 15th dis-
tinctly biarticulate. Tibial spur on legs 1-14; tarsi slenderer than
in’. halli:; tarsus of 1st leg 8.7 times longer than wide, of 8th leg
10 times, of 10th leg 10 to 11.5 times, 1st tarsal joint of 14th leg
3 10 times, and 1st tarsal joint of 15th leg 11 times longer than
wide. |

ee 3433 *
Coxal pores 533; on type and on two paratypes, aon third
paratype, the inner pore smaller than the others.

Gonopods of female (Pl. 22, fig. 4) of usual form, basal spurs
Short, straight and blunt, not long curved and sharp as in W’.. halli;
terminal claw short and slightly curved, a distinct suture separ-
ating it from the joint. Gonopods of male unknown.

Locality: Summit of Hooker Hills (950 feet), Port Ross,
Auckland Islands.

Genus HaasireLLa Pocock 1901.

Type, by monotypy: Henicops insularis Haase.
Ffaasiella Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 8, pp. 148, 449.

Ocelli a single pair. Prosternal teeth of prehensors 5 + 5.
Posterior angles of tergites not toothed. Coxal pores reduced
to one on each of last four pairs of legs. Fifteenth pair of legs
much shorter than 14th and without protarsal segment.

Haasiella insularis (Haase) 1887.

Henicops insularis Haase, Abh. Zool. etc. Mus. Dresden, No. 5, p. 36,

7 pl. i1., fig. 41, 1887. Haasiella insularis, Pocock, Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 8, p. 449, 1901; Archey, Trans.
N.Z. Inst., vol. 49, p. 316, 1917; Chamberlin, Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zool., vol. 64, No. 1, p. 74, 1920; Archey, Trans.
N.Z. Inst., vol. 58, p. 182, 1921; Attems, Ann. S. African
Mus., vol. 26, p. 63, 1928.

Dull brown, head more reddish brown. Head as wide as the
body, wider than long, with raised margins, hinder border slightly
emarginate. Tergites with raised margins, the hinder ones less
so; the minor tergites, also the 7th and 8th, straight behind, the
9th slightly emarginate. Prosternum of prehensors anteriorly
narrowed with 5-+ 5 teeth, claw strongly curved. Legs short, a
single large coxal pore on the last four pairs of coxae. Tarsi
indistinctly 2-jointed; 14th pair the longest, tarsus 3-jointed. The
last leg consisting of only coxa, trochanter, femur, tibia and a
long club-like tarsus and a thickened claw (metatarsal and claw
combined). Male genitalia distinctly jointed and with a long
terminal tapering process.

“Unfortunately the single specimen in the Dresden Museum

(No. 15) brought by Herr Krone from the Auckland Islands is
mutilated, lacking the antennae and the last leg of one side.

86 ARCHEY.

Thus it is not certain whether the peculiar form of the last leg is
hormal or the result of regeneration.”’—Haase.

This species differs from Wailamyctes munroi Archey only
In the reduced number of coxal pores, the faint division of
the Ist to 18th tarsi, and the remarkable form of the last pair of
legs, and the possibility that it is an abnormal specimen of
HW’. munroi, or rather that MW’. munro? is a normal specimen of
ffaasiella insularis should not be overlooked. If this should be
established Iailamyctes would become a synonym of Haasieila,
Whose three species would be H. insularis (Haase), H. trailli
(Archey) and H. hall; (Archey).

/

Sub-family ANOPSOBIINAE.

Key to the Genera of ANOPSOBIINAK.
(Attems 1828, pp. 13-74.)

la. Tarsi of all legs l-jointed. Prefemur of last
pair of legs not spined. Stigmata present on
POOMOMi oa MY. fadeg wey ue bh ee. Catanopsobius Silvy.
(Chile)
lb. Tarsi of legs 13-15, 2-jointed. Prefemur of
last pair of legs with one strong spine. Three

OUOre DAIS Ol SUG A LA. <....ccnin temp ak os cael ce ee 2,
2a. Stigmata present on segments, 8, 5, 8, 10, 12,
Herr ulcer Sie, arse JOUntGU) 4. ak Seon ie, eee Anopsobius Silv.

(S. America, S. Africa, New Zealand)
2b. Stigmata present on segments 3, 10, 12. Tarsus

Bee eC tas a at eiint yn ee, een ie ne 3

Poa seatsucnds, rs iinwed 3, Cha ae ee ae Dichelobius Att.

(Australia, New Caledonia)

ome eet 1 aT OINECU. i tere mtu kein cake Lasmanobius Chamb.
| (Tasmania)

Genus Anopsosius Silvestri (Pl. 23).
Type, by original designation: Anopsobins productus Silvestri.

1899 = Anopsobius Silvestri, Rev. Chilena Hist. nat., vol. pie a ihe
pis,

1905 Anopsobius Silvestri, Zool. Jahrb., Vig Dra

1907 Anopsobius Verhoeff, Brown’s Class. U. Ord 9: 235.

1909 Anopsobius Silvestri, Boll. Mus. Lab. Zool. Portici, LV,
p. 40.

1917 =Anopsobius Archey, Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 49, p. 316.

1928 Anopsobins Attems, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. 26,2). 44,

spiracles on segments 3, 5, 8, 10, 12, and 14. Antennae
moniliform. Labrum (PI. 23, fig. 2) free with unidentate median
piece. Mandible (fig. 4) with four or five cutting teeth, also with
long laciniate setae on anterior angle and with a tuft of short
simple hairs on posterior angle. First pair of maxillae (fig. 3)
with simple hairs only on the inner rami, and with simple and
plumose on the outer. Second pair of maxillae (fig. 83) with
83-jolnted palp, the terminal claw divided.

Chilopoda of New Zealand. 37

Prosternum of prehensors (fig. 5) with straight dentate
edges armed with from 3 + 3 to 7 + 7 triangular teeth; claw and
tarsus of telopodite fused, forming a tarsungulum.

Legs 1 to 12 with tibial spur and with uniarticulate tarsi;
legs 13 to 15 without tibial spur and with tarsi biarticulate.
Coxae of the 15th legs (fig. 8) and, to a less extent, of the 14th
produced infero-posteriorly into an acute tooth; coxal pores on
the last two pairs of legs. Last lez with an acute ventral spine
on 3rd, and sometimes on 2nd joint of 15th leg.

Anopsobius neozelanicus Silvestri. Pl. 23, figs. 1-8.

Anopsobius neozelanicus Silvestri, Rend. R. Acc. Lincei, 18, p. 322,
1909; Silvestri, Boll. Lab. Zool. Portici, vol. 4, p. 45, figs.
1-5, 1909; Archey, Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 49, p. 316, figs.
d¢-40, 1917; Chamberlin, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 64,
No. 1, p. 75, 1920; Archey, Rec. Cant. Mus., vol. 3, pt. 1,
P. 40, 1926; Attems, Ann. 8S. Afr. Mus., vol. 26, p. 77,
928.

Colour pale yellowish brown, head and last two segments
slightly darker.

Antennal joints almost constantly 15, variations such as 15
on one antenna and 14 on the other, or 14-17, occurring very
occasionally on larger specimens. Tergites (fig. 1) with posterior
angles rounded; and with hinder margins with a raised border,
which in posterior segments is somewhat removed from the
actual edge.

Prosternum of prehensors (fig. 5) with the dentate edges
inclined inwards and armed with from 3+ 3 (in immature
forms) to 7+ 7 teeth, most commonly in mature forms with
5+ 5 or 6+ 6; claw of telopod incompletely separated from
tarsus. First maxillae (fig. 3) with the coxae incompletely separ-
ated; inner ramus not separated from coxosternum by a suture,
armed with four simple hairs; outer ramus separated from coxo-
sternum, of two joints, its inner edge with a marginal fringe of
lone plumose setae and a submarginal fringe of fewer simple
setae. Second maxillae (fig. 3) with 3-segmented palp; the
inferodistal angle of the second joint produced into a short acute
spine; the third joint with simple hairs only, lacking the plumose
hairs of A. patagonicus calcaratus Attems (1928, p. 74); the ter-
minal armament a group of three slender, curved, sharp spines.

ce ae : ae gee ae ge
Coxal pores from ;—; in small individuals to ;—j in larger
specimens; on the average there are more coxal pores in females
than in males of the same size; but this condition 1s not so marked

as in other genera.

| Gonopods of é (fig. 8) slender 3-jointed styles; of © (fig. 7)
of the usual form with 2 + 2 basal spurs; but in small individuals
the gonopods are undeveloped to the extent of having the basal
joints relatively smaller and armed only with 1 + 1 basal spurs

(fig. 6).

+s j : Sie
OS ARCHEY.

In an earlier paper (1926, p. 40) I noted that the 15th legs
of males were relatively longer and slenderer than those of
females; but now, after examination and measurement of a much
greater number of specimens, I am able to say that this does
not hold, and that on the contrary the proportion length—breadth
of the joints of the legs is extremely variable. This may be, to
a considerable extent, an actual variation in the normal propor-
tions of the joints; but it is also undoubtedly partly an expression
of the degree of contraction of the individual specimen. These
variations in the length—-breadth ratio of one joint range evenly
from 4.6 to 10.0. It may seem trivial to record these slight differ-
ences; but, as species have, in other genera, been founded on
such differences it is necessary that their inconstancy and general
unreliability should be emphasized.

Distribution: Both islands; commoner and more widely dis-
tributed in the South Island, especially in relation to the Southern
Beech Forest (Nothofagus ).

Order SCUTIGEROMORPHA.

There is only one species of this order to record from New
Zealand, and the detail in which it is described hereunder may
appear to be excessive. The characters on which the differentia-
tion of species and genera have, however, not been finally settled,
notwithstanding Verhoeff’s extended and important studies, and
it seemed desirable therefore to record full details of the New
Zealand species as a contribution towards the estimation of the
relative value of the characters hitherto relied upon. I desire,
moreover, to submit a suggestion as to the classification of the
order.

The various attempts to set out the degrees of relationship
between the genera of the Scutigeromorpha have resulted in
different grouping under headings of varying relative import-
ance. The two most recent arrangements are those of Verhoeff
(1905, p. 75) and Attems (1926, p. 394), both of which agree in
the sub-divisions adopted, though differing in the denomination of
them.

Attems’ system, which accepts Verhoeff’s final subdivision
of the genera of the largest family (Sculigeridac) into two groups
by means of the presence or absence of distal protarsal spinous
processes, does not name these groups, and as they are so well
founded, and it would be advantageous to have them designated,
I suggest the following subdivision of the order. The use of the
term “Super-family” for the main subdivision avoids the sugges-
tion that the characters separating them are in any way com-
parable in importance with those separating the “under-orders”
and sub-orders of the Lithobiomorpha.

Chilopoda of New Zealand. 89

Order SCUTIGEROMORPHA.

Super-family 1. Scutigeroidae.
Family 1. Scutigeridae.
Sub-fam. 1. Scutigerinae.
Scutigera, Ballonema,
Lassophora, Diplacrophor
Sub-fam. 2. Thereuoneminae.
Thereuonema, Tachythereua
Allothereua, Parascutigera,
Prionopodella
Thereuopoda, Therenopodina,
Prothereua, Podothereua
Family 2. Pselliophoridae.
Pselliophora, Sphendononemea
Super-family 2. Scutigerinoidae.
Family Scutigerinidae.
Scutigerina
The adoption of these group designations will allow us to fol-

low Attems’ ‘“‘Key to the Scutigeromorpha” (1926, p. 394), and
at the same time to give a suitable name to each of his divisions.

Order SCUTIGEROMORPHA.

I. Gonopods of £ slender styles. Longitudinal

ridges on prefemur femur and tibia of ail
MER r peek I ah eine wk, am asape ected ai Super-fam. 1. Scutigeroidae

1. Antennal segments much broader than

long; both pairs of ¢ gonopods cone- or

WON CUS TEA IOU. cs sleet ce nedcaitry eae Familv 1. Scutigeridae
i. 6th-14th legs with 2 distal tarsal

spinous processes ...... Sub-fam. 1. Scutigerinac
ii. Legs without distal tarsal spinous pro-

BOSRCS! oe Une ies es Sub-fam. 2. Thercuoneminae

2 Antennal segments as long as or longer
than broad. Gonopods of ¢_ plate-like,
widened and medianly fused..F amily 2. Pselliophoridac

II. Gonopods of ° flat, blunt, hairy cones. Legs
without longitudinal ridges .. Super-fam. 2. Scutigerinoidae

Only one family: Scutigerinidae.

The nomenclatural difficulty inherent in the similarity of
names (Sculigera and Scutigerina) of the type genera of the two
main sections, remains in this classification; but shortening or
modifying the family or sub-family names, as suggested by
Attems, does not obviate it any more successfully than a strict
application of the accepted rules for the endings of these group
names. If, for instance, further subdivisions of the super family
Scutigerinoidae are required, the family and sub-family designa-
tions Scutigerinidae and Scutigerininae will be readily differentiated
from Scutigeridae and Scutigerinae.

90 ARCHEY.

Family SCUTIGERIDAE,
Sub-family SCUTIGERINAE.
Key showing position of the genus SCUTIGERA,
1. Protarsus of 6th to 14th legs with two terminal spines.
Tergites without spines: legs 1-14 with

Tee OSs Ses Aly tye, Pata week ied coe | Ballonema Verh.
Tergites with spines: legs 1 to 6-9, some-
times even 1 to 6 with tarsal pegs ..... Scutigera Lam.
2. Protarsus of legs without terminal spines .. Allotheurea Verh.
(Australia)

Genus Scuticera Lamarck 1801.
Scutigera Lamarck, Syst. Anim., p. 182, 1801.

Tergites with scattered minute spines on upper surface and
on margins. Tarsal pegs present, of equal size; on some tarsi,
segments with pegs alternate with segments without them, but
on some of the anterior legs peg-bearing segments may be
consecutive.

The 6 gonopods of both segments (pregenital and genital)
are slender styles. Joints of the antennae much broader than
long.

Scutigera smithii (Newport). Pl. 24, figs. 1-8.

Cermatia smithii Newport; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 13, p. 96, 1844.
Allothereua (?) smithii, Chamberlin, Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool. 64, No. 1, p. 80, 1920.

Head (PI. 24, fig. 1) sub-rectangular in outline with broadly
rounded angles, the hinder border and the lateral borders behing
the eye with a narrow raised margin. The basal antennal joint
with 58 to 64 joints (in two specimens; but a larger specimen,
27 mm. long, had 100 joints through suppression of the Node—
see Verhoeff 1925, p.5). Mandibles and maxillae of the custom-
ary Scutigera form. Telopodite of second maxillae (fig. 7): pre-
femur sparsely with short fine setae and two long socketed pro-
cesses which have a sparse covering of minute setae; femur with
large and small setae, the former in rows, and with four long
processes; tibia with two processes, smaller than on the femur
and with fewer large and small setae; tarsus indistinctly tripar-
tite, with large and small setae.

Prehensors (fig. 2) with four very long curved prosternal
setae, these much longer than in other species, e.g. S. coleoptrata.

Tergites sparsely with short fine setae, more numerous on
the caudal and sub-caudal margins than on the upper surface. To
these are added, from the third segment on, stouter spines, each
of which usually arises close to one of the simple setae (ef.
Aliothereua maculata (Newp.), in Brolemann, Rec. Aust. Mus. 9,
p. 40, 1912), and which increase in number, both on the upper
surface and the hinder margin in the posterior segments until
the 7th; on the 8th there are very few. Terminal tergite with
numerous long slender setae and a pubescence of shorter finer

setae,

Chilopoda of New Zealand. 9]

Sternites sparsely with slightly longer setae, these increas-
ing in length and number in the hinder segments.

Anal sternite.

Male and female (fig. 8) genital appendages of usual
Scutigera form.

In describing the legs one has to distinguish three types of
armature: (a) large, socketed, movable spinous processes (fig. 3,
Sp.p), (b) short, stout, unsocketed spines (1, 3,457.) ane ce)
simple setae with unsocketed base (fig. 3, sf.). |

The spinous processes occur on most of the lees as follows:
on the prefemur (fig. 3) a large ventral process and two dorso-
terminal, i.e., one on posterior and one on anterior side. The
femur (fig. 4) has one dorsal and two latero-terminal (one on
each side), while the tibia has four spines terminally (a dorso-
terminal and a ventro-terminal on each side).

With regard to the spines and setae we find that on the
anterior legs (1st to 4th) there are for the most part only setae,
although a few spines may appear on the rows of setae on the
posterior side. These spines steadily increase in number on suc-
ceeding legs, and begin to appear on the anterior side of joints
from the 4th or 5th legs until by the 9th and 10th there are as
many spines as setae.

Tarsal pegs (fig. 6, ¢p.) are present in the specimen on which
this description is based on the Ist to the 6th legs (in other speci-
mens on Ist to 7th) as follows: Ist leg: right 9 pegs left 8 pegs:
2nd, 10 and 9; 3rd, 7 and 8; 4th, 2 and 6; 5th, 4 and 1; 6th, 3 and
1. As the tarsal pegs become fewer a distal protarsal spine (really |
a spinous process) appears, on the anterior side only, on 5th and
6th legs, and on both sides from the 7th leg to the 14th. Simi-
larly, smaller spines appear on the posterior side of the protarsal
segments from the 6th leg, becoming more numerous and appear-
ing on more segments on the more posterior legs, while from the
11th leg they are present on the anterior side also.

The number of tarsal joints varies, usually differing in right
and left legs of a pair. The number ranges from 45-in the 1st
and 14th legs to 32 and 33 in those of the middle region of the
body; there are also relatively more protarsal joints in the
anterior legs, i.e., the 1st has 15+30—45, while the 14th has
91 36—45.

The above description is based on the examination of one
specimen, but the leg-armature differs from it considerably in
other specimens examined. I have prepared several tables set-
ting out the distribution of spines and tarsal pegs in different
specimens, but the variations they reveal, or, rather, the lack of
definite arrangement they disclose, make it not worth-while to
reproduce more than one, which suffices to show the irregularity
of the distribution of the pegs and the abrupt displacement of
tarsal pegs by protarsal spines at the 6th leg. |

Table showing distribution of spines and tarsal pegs in three
specimens of Scutigera smithii (Newport): (a) Auckland, Dec.
1926 (L. T. Griffin); (b) Auckland, Mar., 1927 (G.A.); (ce)
Thames, Oct., 1934 (G. Woods).

Tarsal pegs thuse ee Protarsal spines 3, 1, 7, etc. (next page).

ARCHEY.

wi

=

%
ORC B IER Se eee ee eee eee oe Shee ere kaha ess OEMS Caee eam |
PRR R AER SR CeCe CUSE Se Sa ee CNC eS See See ee See ee ek Maw Sees
BER UCR SS WESRO NBR RRS ee Se See Cee Ae ea wEhT Aese SEeas Sees

5 me |

~

=—

jel

Se ee fe

ol fo { beste] fe | bol Te TTT eT efoto el TTT Tole |
EET e RECO CORE Ieee | et | izle
ot te fofel t el Te TE eT ele el TT eT
Jee RRCERCE ISS Cee eee oo Se es
ode aes Dd ee i eS
FRCRRS2e TOS IR eee. eae ee |
a2 SEN SAGES EMER REP Se ORS eee aS ee See EGU SE ORE SRSA a RREe CAE eae ee
BARES SRR EE RAARD ERE R ERS ene See RENEE ahs Se EMS SSIS SS: eae
pe Ee SP bade eT ieee ome ar gee at enema aed torpor ere any force ia
Se ae ee Pek epee lalla) Pl ced eset ceded bbe iol ea ckerer kel Tbad ons io
port TT TT TT PT ee =P eal FT fe =P eel Pla el ed bel te
eet TP PEP tl el ta peed edd ed PE bet l=] el DD
op lol Tel ete] Tet ber[e[ es} Foley ef feclal fed [eo] ea flo] mol [4a] ga 1

2
x
5 = ae! A i 4 0 P NO 0 2 pr cl re —_W
3 | Bs) ee ag) Rate > A ‘ whe Re me
++ ++ + +H + +H e] f+ +] +. ++] 4 ++ ++ |
3 aig a <. O oe Qq haetae toe] e ce ee +008 CD tad ag w W We arr aelen o®
Je} ict} i ig j jet 4 dT j se} 5 jac je) (Geli je) de] i ic 4 ie
wlal ln n Q} |O/y}) re 2 ma} [O18] [a LIS} SO [Ol bs 8} Pol jo!
. uy : 0 oO < ha
te bd | ies a :

14] 12)13]14/ish6]17 teftoleo)ps)22125/24425]26 27/28

TARSAL JOINTS

PRO

Ce)

if + {
3
iO + 29
Hats as
ye ee tse
- 2]
4 23
Ge Day
+ 30
9 ss

ie
©

5
ae
11.@ +.

N°- OF TARSAL AND
PRO- TARSAL JOINTS

Chilopoda of New Zealand. 93

Several species of Scutigcra, European, Asiatic and African,
have been described by Verhoeff (1906, pp. 76 cf seg) Who has
relied for their establishment chiefly on variations in the arma-
ture of spines and tarsal pegs on the legs. Attems (1928, p. 40)
has expressed doubt as to the value of these characters for the
determination of species and subspecies, and the amount of vari-
ation I have found in five specimens all taken from the one spot
in Auckland city, emphasizes his doubts. |

The genera Scutigera and Lassophora are separated by Attems
(1928, p. 38, Key to genera) on the basis of the former’s
possession of joints with pegs of equal size alternating with
joints without pegs, and the latter’s possession of alternating
large and small pegs. Sc. smithii has pegs of equal size through-
out, but they are very irregular as to their distribution. It seems,
however, undesirable to erect a new genus on account of the
slight reduction in the number of legs bearing pegs and the
iregular arrangement of the pegs themselves.

Scutigera snuthi belongs to the group in Verhoeff’s classifica-
tion (1905, p. 76) of species, e.g., S. muscivora, having a restricted
number (65-78) of joints in the first flagellum and having the
tarsal pegs restricted to the first 8 or 9 legs. The number of pro-
tarsal and tarsal joints is approximately the same in the two
species, but is very variable in S. smithii, being considerably differ-
ent even between legs of the same pair. S. smithii also has con-
siderably fewer small spines on the protarsal joints, particularly
on the first joint, 1.e.,

MLUSCIVOrA. smuthat.
7th leg .. 11-+--1--2 51-41
Sth leo .. 16-+2+-2 -84+24+2+1-+1
9th leo .. 18-+-1+-14+2-4+1 11-+-2-+-2+1+1

It is rather surprising to find a species of Scutigera in New
Zealand, for it is far out of the normal range not only of the
genus, but also of the sub-family Scutigerinae. One would have
expected instead to have found a species of the sub-family
Thereuoneminae, which is the only sub-family found in Australia,
and is strongly represented there (Verhoeff, 1925).

This anomalous occurrence, together with the fact that the
species seems to be restricted to the environs of Auckland City,
our chief overseas port, leads one to suspect that it may be an
introduced species, but against this supposition is the fact that
it cannot be referred to any other known species.

This centipede appears to be fairly common about Auckland
City, specimens not infrequently being sent to the Museum for
identification—unfortunately invariably in a badly damaged con-
dition, and I have had to rely for study on five specimens taken
by myself in the old Auckland Museum building. They run with
amazing speed and are very difficult to capture.

94 ARCHEY.

GENERAL.

(a) Variable Characters.
(b) Distribution.
(c) Zoo-geographical Relations.

(a) Variable Characters.

In making this revision it was found necessary to determine
to what extent certain characters could be relied upon to differen-
tiate species, and, as mentioned in the introduction (p. 43), a
tabulated record of characters from the large number of speci-
mens I have been able to examine, has shown some of them to be
sex and age characters, and others to be related to climatic con-
ditions. Several species therefore, previously described both by
the writer and others on the basis of these variable characters,
have now been merged with earlier named species, and the total
number of New Zealand species has been reduced from 64 to 37.

The stoutness or slenderness of the leg-joints (i.e., the pro-
portion length:breadth) is a character that should be used with
caution, and only wide differences should be relied upon. Con-
siderable variation in leg-proportion can certainly be observed,
but it is continuous variation, and is for the most part only the
effect of muscular contraction or relaxing on elastic chitin. The
proportions of the cephalic plate and prosternum of prehensors
may vary through the same causes.

Variation also occurs in the number of tarsal subdivisions.
In Henicops maculatus, which normally has, in the 14th leg, a pro-
tarsus of 2 segments and a tarsus of 4, there may be 2-++ 3 or
8 + 8, and the 13th, which is normally triarticulate, may have
25 2 ‘or even 3-5 3. ‘Similarly the. tibial: ‘spur, which in
Lamuyctes emarginatus is usually present on legs 1 to 11, is some-
times present on 1 to 12, rarely on 1 to 18 or even on 1 to 14, while
in Paralamyctes the spur of the 15th leg may be reduced to a low,
scarcely discernible eminence. Similar variations occur in
Anopsobius, but I have had too few specimens of WW’ailamyctes to
enable me to record its range of variability.

The broad, densely pubescent anal legs of male geophilids
have previously been noted by students; comparable sex differ-
ences in Cryptops (Archey, 1924, pp. 205-208) are long, moder-
ately ecto-ventral setae on the anal legs of females, and a short,
dense pubescence extending to the ante-penultimate legs in males.
Mature males also have a strongly developed keel on the first
tarsal joint of the anal legs, and possess a large number of small
tibial teeth in two or four rows instead of the single row of fewer
and larger teeth found in females

Coxopleural pores definitely increase in number according to
the increased size and, presumably, the greater age of individuals
in a species, and this condition has proved equally constant in the
three groups (Lithobiomorpha, Cryptopidae, and Geophilo-
morpha) in which sufficient specimens were available for study.
It was also found, in all three groups, that the pores are larger
and more numerous in females than in males of equal size.

Chilopoda of New Zealand. oD

From the descriptions of the Geophilomorpha in Part 1 it
may be observed that, in a genus, the species with the largest
number of segments has a larger coxopleure and a greater num-
ber of pores, and also that these connected characters are related

to the humidity of the area of distribution of the species
concerned.

In Zelanion, for instance, Z. antipodus, With 39-41 segments
and with numerous coxal pores on the ventral surface only,
ranges the whole country; Z. morbosus, also with 39-41 segments,
but with the pores reduced to a few lying under the edge of the
sternite, is restricted to South Wellington (where it is rare) and
the drier eastern side of the South Island; Z. dux, however, with
49-53 segments and numerous coxal pores on both dorsal and
ventral surfaces, is common in the North Island and is found in
the South Island only on the more humid western side.

In Geophilus two species are South Island only; of these G.
spenceri, With 59 segments, has a moderate number of pores both
above and below, while G. sygethus, with 47-65 segments, has
numerous pores both above and below. Only G. xvlophagus occurs
in both islands, and is coastal in distribution; its few pores are
contained within a depression or pocket near the edge of the
sternite, and it is interesting to note here that the only other
New Zealand geophilids which are coastal in distribution and
are sometimes found in intertidal zones (species of Maoriella)
have the pores or pore-groups in a similar depression.

In the Cryptopidae, in which the number of segments is
fixed, we again find that the species inhabiting the more humid
areas (C. lamprethus and C. polydontus) are larger and have numer-
ous coxopleural pores, while those inhabiting a drier region (C.
dilagus and C. australis) are smaller and have fewer pores (Archey,
1924, pp. 206-7).

It will thus be seen that, while the coxopleural pores, like
leg-joint proportions and tarsal sub-divisions are variable and
in some respects are sex and age characters, their definite rela-
tion to a climatic condition increases their value as diagnostic
characters in that a character-fixing factor is added to geographi-
cal distribution or areal isolation.

(b) Distribution.

As might be expected, the fast-moving Lithobiomorpha, to
whose mobility is added tolerance of a considerable variety of
situation (from damp forest to open grassland), are of widest
general distribution, and there are more Lithobiids commonly
distributed over both islands than Geophilids or Cryptopids.
Using the term “general species” for such widely distributed
forms, we may record [Henicops maculatus and Anopsobius neogzelant-
cus as such. Lamyctes has a general species (L. emarginatus) and
one restricted to the South Island (L. oticus), while Paralamyctes,
also with a general species (P. walidus) has a restricted North
Island form (P. harrisi). Wailamyctes is South Island only,

96 ARCHEY.

The species of Geophilomorpha are less widely distributed.
There is only one general species (Zclanion antipodus); the re-
mainder are either confined to one island or to a climatic or zo0o-
geographic zone such as the Wellington-Western South Island
Yegion, or are coastal in their distribution (both Geophilus xylo-
Phagus and Maoriella macrostigma are coastal and intertidal).

In the distribution of species both of Zelanion and Cryptops
the well-established separate connections between Wellington and
western South Island on the one hand and Wellington-eastern
South Island on the other hand appear. Zelanion dix and Cryptops
spinipes are North Island-Westland species, while Zelanion imor-
bosus and Cryptops dilagus connect with eastern South Island. The
greater age and zoo-geographical importance of the mountain
axis barrier than that provided by Cook Strait has been previ-
ously indicated in other zoclogical groups (Chilton 1889, Archey
1915, Powell 1930). The Chatham Islands (Archey 1926) have
only general species or those which are otherwise restricted to
the North Island. They share no species exclusively with the
hep Island, and their chilopod relationships are clearly North

sland.

The definite relationship between the number of segments
and coxal pores on the one hand and climatic conditions in differ-
ent districts on the other has already been noted and, finally,
mention may be made of the rarity of extremely long forms—
Maoriella aucklandica and Zelanophilus ferrugineus, the former
known from only one specimen and the latter from two. I myself
have collected in every part of New Zealand and have failed to
secure either, and have wondered whether they might be
examples of some rare aberrant or mutant phase of metamerism.

(c) Zoo-Geographical Relationships.

The New Zealand chilopod fauna is closely related to that of
southern Australia, of which it is a pale shadow. Southern Aus-
tralia is emphasized because Australia has several centipedes of
northern affinities which are absent from the New Zealand fauna.

Of the ten families into which the Geophilomorpha are
usually divided, only two are represented in New Zealand, and
the absence of certain families is as interesting and significant
as the distribution of the species of the two families which do
occur here.

Five of the geophilomorph families are confined to the
northern hemisphere or are of very restricted distribution, and
their absence from New Zealand is of no special significance.
More important, however, is the absence of the family Oryidae,
which occurs in the Mediterranean, Africa, the Neotropical region
and extends into Australia and the South Pacific (Solomon
Islands, Fiji, and the Cook Islands). Similarly the Mecistoce-
phalidae, which are widely distributed in the northern hemis-
phere, India, East Indies, Philippine Islands, Australia (chiefly
northern), Melanesia, New Caledonia, Fiji and Tahiti, are absent

Chilopoda of New Zealand. 97

from New Zealand. Of the Schendylidae we find that the sub-
family Schendylinae, which occurs in the northern hemisphere,
South America, New Caledonia and Fiji, does not appear in Aus-
tralia or New Zealand: while the sub-family Ballophilinae, which
has much the same distribution, has only one New Zealand
representative, Ballophilus hounselli, which stands near to B. aus-
fraliae from Australia.

So far, therefore, we see that families which are mainly
northern in their distribution with Indonesian and south-tropical
Pacific outliers, are represented but little in Australia, and in
New Zealand by a single species, one with Australian affinities.
On the other hand we find that, in the great family Geophilidae
of world wide distribution, most of the New Zealand species occur
within the closely related sub-families Geophilinae and Pachy-
merinae These two sub-families are also well represented in all
parts of Australia, but not at all in the islands of the south-
tropical Pacific.

Of the five New Zealand genera of the Geophilidae, only one
(Zelanophilus) is endemic, the others having species in Western
Australia, Victoria and Tasmania (Zelanion), in Tasmania (Maori-
ella) and in Australia generally (Geophilus and Schizoribautia),
while four species (Geophilus zygethus, Zelanion, antipodus, Z. mor-
bosus and Maoriella macrostiga) oceur in both Australia and New
Zealand.

In passing it may be noted that two of the New Zealand
species of Geophilvs occur only in the South Island, and the other
is coastal, that Zelanophilus is found only in the South Island and
Wellington, and that while both genera of Pachymerinae occur
throughout New Zealand neither of them has relationships north
of New Zealand.

In brief, the affinities of New Zealand Geophilomorpha are
distinctly Australian, and more especially southern Australian.
They are definitely not sub-equatorial Pacific, only one species,
Ballophilus hounselli, being possibly referable to an Australo-West
Pacific element in the fauna. :

In the other orders also, the affinities are strongly southern.
Of Scolopendromorpha, only species of the widely distributed
genera Cormocephalus and Cryptops occur, while the unique species
of Craterostigmomorpha is shared between Tasmania and the
South Island of New Zealand. Of the Lithobiomorpha, the world-
wide genera Lithobius and Lamvyctes are present; the other genera
are all of southern affinities. Henicops is Neozelanic and Aus-
tralian only; Wailamyctes and Haasiclla are endemic; W’alesobius
inhabits South Africa, Australia and New Zealand, while
Paralamyctes and Anopsobius occur in South America, South
Africa, Australia, New Zealand and New Caledonia.

Attems (1928, p. 13), dealing with chilopod genera that
South Africa, South America and Australia have in common,
refers as follows to explanations of these distributions put for-
ward by other workers. “The partisans of the theory that con-

98 ARCHEY.

tinents were formerly connected with each other will find the dis-
tribution of the first-named three genera | Paralamyectes, Eurytion
and Aphilodon| to be a further proof for a Brazilo-African con-
tinent. But I think one can explain the wide distribution without
taking refuge in the fantastic theory above mentioned, as already
stated in Kiikenthal’s Handbuch der Zoologie. I suppose that the
Said genera originated somewhere in the big curve South Africa-
East Africa-India-East Asia, and have eventually spread as far
as the utmost ends of this curve (South Africa, South America,
South Australia), while perhaps already in the course of their
spreading they died out in parts of this curve for climatical or
other reasons.” He then compares this broken distribution with
that of certain insects (whose special powers of spreading should
not be overlooked); he mentions the lack of fossil evidence,
rightly emphasizing the importance of this lack; and finally
rather briefly dismisses the theory of continental land bridges,
“of which there are no traces in geology, and which were only
postulated to account for the distribution of animals.”

Attems’ postulated route of distribution, however, crosses
present tracts of ocean, and suggests a spreading across a con-
tinuous land surface subsequently broken in the manner outlined
in Wegener’s drift hypothesis. If, moreover, we are able to ex-
plain the present distribution of terrestrial animals in no other
way, we Shall still have to postulate the existence of former land
bridges; but not necessarily in this instance of a direct Brazilo-
African connection.

There exists a large Antarctic continent, which formerly had
a mild climate and which, e.g. in Graham Land, even now approxi-
mates geographically, geologically, and to a limited extent faunis-
tically, to the southern extremity of South America, and the con-
clusion to which most students of the flora and fauna of austral
countries have been led is that land connections from Antarctica
have, at different times, reached South America, South Africa,
Australia and New Zealand (Benham, 1903, 1909; Chilton, 1909;
Hedley, 1895; Earland, 1934; to mention only a few among many
references).

It is not possible here to quote this evidence at length:
briefly it emphasizes that explanation has to be made, not only
of the presence of certain genera in southern continents, but the
existence of whole families which are well marked off from
northern hemisphere families and whose purely austral occur-
rence clearly indicates a southern origin and distribution. A
considerable element in the flora and fauna of every southern
land finds its relationships only in other southern lands, and is
entirely without northern representatives. In fact, as Hedley
(1895) has shown, the relationships are strongest in the south
and diminish towards the north, which is directly opposite to
what would be expected if these elements had spread from a
northern centre. Recently, moreover, Harland (1934) has shown
that the former existence of a land barrier (connecting Antarctica
and South America) offers the best explanation of the differences
between the foraminiferan fauna of the Bellinghausen and

Weddel Seas.

Chilopoda of New Zealand. O9

The zo00-geographical relationships of the New Zealand
chilopoda are of this distinctively southern type. The fauna
includes, besides the endemic genera Waitlamyctes and Haasiclla,
(a) a restricted Australo-Zelanic element (Flenicops, Zelanion and
Maoriella) and (b) genera of wider, but still purely austral rela-
tionships (HWalesobius, Paralamyctes, Anopsobius and Schizoribautia }.
An interesting feature of this distribution is that although south-
tropical Pacific genera have not reached New Zealand, three
essentially southern genera (Paralaimycics, Anopsobins and Schi-
soribautia) have reached New Caledonia, an island which, how-
ever, has other’ well-known faunistic relationship (e.g.
Plactostylus) with New Zealand.

Before concluding this long deferred and much interrupted
study, I wish to thank those friends who have sent me specimens
from many parts of New Zealand, and particularly to Mr. W.
Hounsell, Captain E. J. Cullen, Mr. S. Lindsay and Mr. Charles E.
Clarke, for their assiduous collecting for me. I am also indebted
to Professor R. Speight for many opportunities of collecting and
study, and to Professor W. B. Benham and the Directors of the
British Natural History Museum, the Australian Museum and
the Museum of Comparative Zoology for facilities for studying
types and other important material.

REFERENCES.

Archey, G., 1915. The Freshwater Crayfish of New Zealand. Trans. N.Z. Inst.,
47, pp. 295-315.

Archey, G., 1917. The Lithobiomorpha of New Zealand. Trans. NZ inst 49,
pp. 303-318.

Archey, G., 1917b. The Occurrence in New Zealand of Craterostigmus tasmanianits
Pocock (Chilopoda). Trans N.Z. Inst., 49, pp. 319-320.

Archey, G., 1921. Notes on New Zealand Chilopoda. Trans. N.Z. Inst., 53,
pp. 181-195.

Archey, G., 1922, Notes on New Zealand Chilopoda. Records Cant. Mus., 2,
pp. 73-76, pl. 13. |

Archey, G., 1923. A new Genus of Chilopoda from British Guiana, and a new
species of Wailamyctes from Auckland Island. Rec. Cant. Mus., 2, pp. 113-116,
Diieees

Archey, G., 1924. The genus Crivptops in New Zealand. Rec. Cant. MATS: “2 5 tL,
4, pp. 203-220. |

Archey, G., 1926. The Chilopoda of the Chatham Islands. Rec. Cant, Mts. "3,
pp. 39-42,

Archey, G., 1936. A Revision of the Chilopoda of New Zealand, Part 1. Rec.
Auck. Inst. Mus., 2, pp. 43-70, pls. 11-15.

Attems, Carl Graf von, 1903. Synopsis der Geophiliden. Zool. Jahrb. Syst. 18,
pp. 155-293.

Attems, Carl Graf von, 1911. Fauna Sudwest Australia, 3, pp. 147-204.

Attems, Carl Graf von, 1926. Chilopoda in Handbuch der Zoologie, 4, pp. 239-402.

Attems, Carl Graf von, 1928. The Myriapoda of South Africa. Ann. S. Afr. Mus.,
26, pp. 1-431,

Benham, W. B., 1903. Report Austr. Assn. Adv. Sci., Hobart, ix; ‘pp, 619-843,

Benham, W. B., 1909. The Subantarctic Islands of New Zealand, vol. opp
252-256.

Brolemann, H. W., 1912. The Myriapoda in the Australian Museum, 1. Chilopoda.
Rec. Austr. Mus. 9.

100 ARCHEY.

Chamberlin, R. V., 1920. The Myriapoda of the Australian Region. Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zool. Harvard, 64, no. 1, pp. 1-269, i :

Chilton, C., 1889. Trans. N.Z. Erist; 2bs. pp. Zoenc oe,

Chilton, C., 1909. The Subantarctic Islands of New Zealand, vol. 2, pp. 793-807.

Gervais, P., 1847. Insect. Apt., vol. Be ee ane |

Hedley, C., 1895. Jour. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., vol. 29, pp. 278-286.

Hutton, F. W., 1877. Descriptions of New Species of New Zealand Myriapoda.
Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., vol. 20; pp. 113-116:

Hutton, F. W., 1878. Notes on the New Zealand Myriapoda in the Otago Museum.
Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 10, pp. 288-292, pl. 11.

Kraepelin, K., 1903. Revision der Scolopendriden. Mitt. Mus. Hamburg. vol. 20.

Kraepelin, K., 1908. Scolopendridae in: Fauna Sudwest-Australiens. vol. 2, pt. 8.

Kraepelin, K., 1916. Scolopendriden ... . Mjoherg’s Schwedisch. Exped. Austral.
Arkiy. Zool. vol. 10.

Newport, G., 1844. Ann. Mag. Nat. PMS TS. 39,299)

Newport, G., 1845. Trans. Linn. Soc. London. 19, p. 419,

Pocock, R. I., 1891. Descriptions of some new species of Chilopoda. Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. 8, p. 225.

Pocock, R. L, 1893. Report upon the Myriopoda of the Challenger Expedition,
with remarks upon the Fauna of Bermuda. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. '6,.vol. 11,
p. 128.

Pocock, R. I., 1901. Some new genera and species of Lithobiomorpha Chilopoda.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 8, pp. 462-3.

Pocock, R. I., 1902. A new and annectant type of Chilopod [Craterostigmus |.
Quart. Journ. Microsc. Science. vol. 45, ms., pp. 417-448, Plea.

Powell, A. W. B., 1930. Rec. Auckland Inst. and Mus., vol. 1, no. Lop 2-22.

Ribaut, H., 1923. Chilopodes de la Nouvelle Caledonie et des iles Loyalty: in
Fritz Sarasin.et J. Roux, Nova Caledonia Zool., vol. 3.

Verhoeff, K. W., 1902-1925. Chilopoda: Bronns Klassen und Ordnungen des
Tierreichs.

Verhoeff, K. W., 1905. Ueber scutigeriden. Zool. Avizeiger, 29. 15s, 2.93, 4. Tf:

oe

ess Esgse-

—

( Pocock |

sydneyensts

Figs. 1-6. Walesobius

a = "7 7 as - 7 2
“oe an; nee Ge a Wa = 2 7 a
; aes af ~~ : 7 : ia = a - i © 7
— ae ue 7 aa bal Ao 4 z hs i S a a a a
7 = i i c= 7 7 i. i pee eee -
_ = ni = a i = = 7 = - = ee
: i i al = a = a 7 oe, a ae eu a
Z == et i = oor i. ian ie Pura - ine
" 7 - alt ts : ci r
“# | i - lo = 7 oe rm = a rc
= a = ate = = a
- = ™ a eer) 7 = ee er ae eo a
; - a2 — st as - 4 H Ke oe te, i ao oo a i ~ arin J
aa a ; a is lly et a are 3 7 Par d 7 7 a : - a ee ei x ee
pe: ‘ an = oz — at 9 Be al 7 os = ie 7 eae = = ok
A at Pee Gas tse = z 1 ly a A) Ls We . : :
ao . 7 2 Sea re
=i. * 7 re 5 wy / = = ve 7 7 rz af a a . l cr} al ae fa _ a
as : pL. a th ae. we : ms ee eo, i i = ; *
7 is 7 ie Ge is ; a a _s ers Mega alt meee a
i. : ; a a 7 : . = Fi a 7 at z Poe _ a os 8 Dt tie Noe Sa
7 z = ae = is see ee ee ele P -—" ;
7 . —— 7 - . i 7 ahi, 4 a rk:
= eh ae 7 , + hs 7
a 7 ia
= ' : 7 o =
= 7 _ mi Pa o. 7 f a = = i Ee 7 = 4 = a
mad. iH ot a = ; tery i 7 a 7 oa
= ; : a 7 7
= —_ a i id ~ ball = am al = ro
7 - 7 i ‘iis 7 i a
‘ial er 7 “A \ A ae an te Te
: ’ 7 ho“ 5.
a _ —: e Pas a a 7 A _ — my as tn 2k
7 - 7 7 . * Ea ia
= oe oa 7 ie | - - i I 8 oe
a > a 5 a - 7 : 7 - <= mk a ea
: uae = = a = Ey hae = : rs
ae il u “ss - ie 7 : e - = i ear ie: Sage
_ a z, - sl 7 . at ‘; a
. H = 7 Farag es
ois a 7 - = ir ar a . n oe
ive i 7 an il D ety
7] . ao = ‘ - a: ae oe 7 7 = , = 2
_ " os a =) a —— : : By 7 fi al 7 -* ir _ ey
a - fl
a a - a 7 a in? a i as = : 2 a)
: aie a 7 ‘i 7 - ‘
- fa | = a a 7 _
ia Cora al ine i i _ - ie
7 7 - Z
- = _ - 4 3, =
7 ain ; et {is a a me 7 ol 7
_s a a = - 7" 7 iF
te
rm : + -_ 7 ; i
ef Z = - = r 2 .—- oe ee Ed 7
a 7 — : : is : 7 tl ao - :
ia -_ a i bal I 7
- : a | = mk calle 7 sf eer 7 i. ; ‘ sl
7 ‘ 7 -™ BP gn. 2. 7 ficial ; j 7
a bead * * 7 i; a i ves aa,
Fi “i Sa
soe is { oa = he Be
4 ; f a5 & te halal a a es
Fy ge ELF c, : os Fe meat 7 =“, ae seit # S ri = Ta
- - _— i = - oc aes > Be
- a ey ; - of aes ores zi :
<“ ad 7 : ic. a 7 i 7 F _
a A 7 a Pr iced
_ ao : 0 _— ae | bd = Eee af * ne eras :
ih r isa ” - eye : i a 7 on ii aoe ae ae
r 4 = = art 7 eid oe ay ; =
‘ u = a i r Pathe 7
o7 7 7 ee er on at aad om ie :
ny in! ae i xs : a : +. a iH ae n Sa ii 7
a H a = 7 7 + +. 7 - Pron ; a
' 7 a ite — Py ee
. a, | . a tes “2 : pt 7 ne 7 a. a hoe ae
a ee 7 = i + ine. = ra " tsi. f ae a iy . ee or
7 7 : s = te a a= ae i : Pr ek eg
- : 7 i =. - 7 7 7 oe ee | i.
= 7 a 7 ae it 7 ae = 7 < - 7 ue ad oe 7 AL ye Sah ae “y
ies 7 ; : " » ah a . 7 mee ria = a te = 7 7 oun
Lai tae ~ — - = 7 7 Yt 7 oe of care frst = as Soe
: : : é z « FF le 4 4 am" oo 7 =
sa r io) ‘i ee, : = LP a - ex is Pa - * ee i
» 5 - 1 a a *S- € ae saree ae an ae =n Toe :
7 ad n ; i. i = Were 7 _ 3 ee EL
7 a Bo 7 Sem ar | ih 2 : Cu tos = ee ee 7 -
- i = oe = a = . Ea r ree a ee : SB ng - a
: - = S| Bienes he Z - _ 7 Se a i: 7
os 7 s ae ie , 7 = ie. a. a 7 a ea, ; oe eee Le
= 1 uo - - Z ; [on 7 ok ss ia - oe a 7 oe
an! i = ae es m =5 - A Cy es :
7 5 , i 5 i 7 hl os <
“ : . ; ite aa | |
; = i te. 7 : i : 7 or vat Ji ace - a ;
Reps is
a | -
wie i - : a ro
if vee: =" =
= + +
: -
S » > ins
ae =
° ° ee 7
’ ies
— erage +. a
Pm 2s : — my
La
ia eae is
: + @2ie 7 =
Lua’ a weet
on ae 7 eo:
— cr -
: : :
* i
a, ae _ :
i m4 :
- a ie
==
ea 7
d ating
ba =. 7 ' i oo
i - cS
/ ; = i r oe
as Ms i im case fg oe 7 we 2 a ea ee ‘ae ot x Z
ot, Biss 7 ees as =a ae Sad a pels Ns
cal oa 7 7 : ia i - ah re a. : . ae <n
aS 7 7 : - PSectet _ on 7 5 th aie
aon a Y oe if ) te : = + oe a ar nail - i = 7 - * fi
i= ee a: ot 7 eo 7 iia ae ay ® i. ie 2 ee i ee ee ete a) ee
ae e ie i Es fale . i;
ens es ate oe Eee
ak : ee =. 7 Par) Hs a - al a 7 +
Coed ue ee is = a — 7 Rat /
as ea ae by co - = =
- tt i a E: ae s
2 io, fl 4 . na a ad 7 fa ..
is Moric eS ies ae = : = =i
(7 7 ee ens & 2p eee a Pee
= 7 i: E _, ig a

slp" a7

af
<
Pie
.
_
ie
e
eal
“Nagy
af
ane
&
oe

Se ae a e en ae Serer: : he ome
si Oe a a eed oe eee eee a ae = os 1s ae.
Sore ae aerate ec Ate el Caio a Loren eee
ie et ts ee “2-2 See Pee Se See oes
cf “= os ‘ : a = L 7 oa es 7

ee ee 7
= a = “I 7 Zz
7 om mt = a on ie 7

wr ee
i Sean es

PRAtrE 17:

(XL OSD
S ASN ,
uineece AY I Pf
e \ | \\
; \ i : ih
= ie Dan ie WIE
| ! |
1 | 5

Figs. 1-7. Henicops maculatus Newport.

Pw,
ea

-

Patan ©
pee
base

a
26 he
ey
7 = «oo
- area ees

Prac “ts.

Figs. 1, 2,4. & 6. Lamvyctes emarginatus (Newport).

Figs. 3 & 5. Lamyctes oticus Archey.

a

_ : _ : ; 7 = | 7 7 / ;
_. - oo i - a 7 : :
7 | iwih up - 7 roi
ear, oe
‘ i

=
mo

gate

ples ag
ake io :
hes
pa aera mt

Gi ies

ae Wa

ae at ¢ ae feat re
1 | 7

a a an
= a -
2 -—
—_— _ _

ete,

be n i : : -
' 7 7 7 1 - _ :
ue lat - 7 7 7 7 7 he) ‘al i a r
Tyee _ : on ee ee
ee : = belt : a : i
F 7 i 7 7 = _ ay - ers =. | 4 aa Patiua 2
same Fake ly ae * ify: 7 om os
a5 J 7 = 7 _ 7) fa -_ ‘ Be a x
‘.

PLATE 19,

Figs. 1, 2,4 & 5. Lamyctes emarginatus (Newport).

Fig. 3. Lamyctes oticus Archey.

ae

Pratr 20:

EELS,

3
Ay

oy
oe.
aaa i ss as

3

,
‘pas
See Sean, Rea rie ES

Figs. 1, 3, 4. Paralamyctes validus Archey.

Figs. 2 & 5, Paralamyctes harrist Archey.
S ‘ 1

Fs

eet titer ave

Bernt

o> Le crete

PLATE 21.

Figs. 1-5. Paralamyctes validus Archey.

Figs. 6 & 7. Wailamyctes trailli Archey.

Er rat
iat art
oe ue fe eas
Os ee gl >!
7 7 a - _
+ ir =e

a =e

7 ae Lah

re a a
. £

iy 0 a

; ——
7
fat 7 a * =>
a ; coe 2 . HS Pa, or 2

as
a “oe” Bo ae e

a

a

mee *
aia. ey twee

>

Figs, 1 & 2,

Hailamyctes trailli Archey.

Fig. 3. Waitlamyctes halli Archey,

Figs. 4 & 5,

Wailamyctes munroi Archey.

Prati 22:

re)

a! a
7 7
EB} 7 ol 7

rad

ie :
ae

= a im

wr

es
ae
:

-_
7 a
re
a
ay iJ
F tives

H
7 r
i
Di
tae
a

sm
Le

a
a
any pl i

;
=e

_
be
7 _

a
a!
7

or a |
ao
ok
;
as
5 eae
ny
a
oe - a a
ay as | -
a a 0 -
ae ee
f-~t
7
—
oe

ok,
i =

in

7 a
ahs ae

7 7 ii = 7 - a ; 7 7 7 ia
. - oi. ek . ' 7 = .

i = i . eee a “sat

os as E
7 =
=

ae * : a .
# % : =~ 1 ue
7 *y : tae be - 7 5 ie 7
_ wae oe Pea ay a 7 7 -
“n fa — a ~, = : mS 7 ar a wn 7 om
1 a owe 2 oe ei a 7
ak rc =o 7 7 _ ae Ea rT # Z ae ia i
"is a ae it E 7 mt a 7 a LJ 7 _ he
ye Ate eee rT . ae 7 . ra . FQ3 7 plait 7
: - 7 7 i
ree _ 2 i oa 7 7 : a a iy - 7 a |
; 7 a Pal Pee a oe a : an a ? vi a 7m
7? a a || ee - * 48 . :
: 2 its ae eee a i oe ee 7 ri. a ie i ne
a F ol ee oe | |e Pak J) ee ft oe ed ee ml '
wa oles a a eee ees f ! z - 7 : .
te a, ne oe a +o Loe . a
|= i : a | Ei hag "t ata kit ee he - -
oa Bea =a

PLATE 23.

Anopsobius neoselanicus Silvestri,

Figs. 1-8.

*

* ‘
: 7 Re “
aie ‘ . i
=
; “ . : : J
i : ti +
; : : re
: 7 - : = 4 =
¢ “ » =e ss
P a aor ae .
< z J
:
‘ : :
ie os
iy .
= - j ae mr :
we, ell a : ia
= fi 7
, ri ae Eee eae A : “ ne F . fem
- 7 a ; t i a) : " ri ak ;
Fy : pants Si aa: Cees)
: 7 2 oy bey \
as * the: ee
. : F a 7 ‘ ae “ ' .
: 3 ' ¥ mali mth ee
: 7 ‘ , ; Gt , tes “yh
EP pares ne : a
é G : se
7 ‘ 7 7 3
: . ea ; wes i fee aed - a
z 7 4 Races : :
3 oe aS - a]
7 r ‘ it}

PLATE 24.

A

yj
)
/
4
: /
4 )
a #
+ ’
, !
signe eee
\
\

as =x <e Sr =
eS
mame tt est e Ges e tt ee e

Mees Aa > ae 5 ERT TANS os
~~ + re a

Figs. 1-8. Scutigera smithit (Newport).

poe
< e
oe !
aie
: es ; i
;
. et 8: -
. } ; ;
’ =. : .
4 . ‘ »
2.
: | ee a .
. s . ’ e ;
7 : - s?
¢: sper Pett -
oi . : i‘
. ee,
| .
i
- ae A ~~ 8 totes sie We
‘ 4 wee eee NG : 2 ‘i q Tes 3
4
x :
;
aq BS:
8 ;
os
.
gee a Mee 4 ole Mert iim _| Peete ideale tout as aks : :
. i ¢ 4 = view = t

New Plant Records from the Poor
Knights Islands.

With special reference to Todea barbara.
By L. M. CRANWELL, M.A., Botanist.

Fifteen miles off the North Auckland mainland at Tutukaka
lie the Poor Knights, a group of small, high-cliffed, rhyolitic
islands of great biological interest. These islands have an irre-
sistable appeal for the botanist, but opportunties for visiting
them are rare. Anchorages are poor, and landings, especially on
the northern island of Tawhiti Rahi (318 acres), are difficult or
impossible except in the calmest weather.

Cockayne in February, 1905, and Oliver in December, 1924,
were the first botanists to collect on the group. They made the
most of their opportunities for field observation and collecting,
describing the salient features of the vegetation of the southern
island in particular, which yielded a number of important phyto-
geographical records, Xeronema Callistemon, newly described for
New Zealand by Oliver (1926, p. 1) being the most outstanding.
They recognised that much was still to be explored, and knowing
this they must have left these superbly beautiful islands with
ereat reluctance.

During the visits paid by Miss L. B. Moore, M.Sc., of the
Zoology Department of Auckland University College, and the
author, attention was concentrated on algal and animal communi-
ties between the tide-marks, but several dozen additions to the
ferns and flowering plants were made as well as a result of the
two trips. These were in November, 1933, with Messrs. A. B.
Deeming, R. A. Falla, and A. T. Pycroft, and in February, 1937,
with Mrs. A. R. Pickmere and Miss Katie Pickmere, of
Whangarei.

Thanks are gratefully offered to the members of the two
expeditions, and also to Mr. A. Hereward Pickmere, who made
two trips from Whangarei, over fifty miles distant, in February,
in his yacht “Arethusa,” to land and pick up the party again. In
each case the Department of Internal Affairs, in whose care the
islands are vested, courteously granted permits for landing.

General descriptions of the Poor Knights will. be found in
the publications of Bartrum (1936), Cockayne (1905), Fraser
(1925), and Oliver (1925). Because of the inaccessibility of
these islands, some time must pass before a complete list of their
flora can be offered with any confidence. It is the purpose of this
paper merely to set down four of the most interesting and sug-
gestive of the new records and to indicate more fully the ecology
and mainland distribution of one of them. They are:—

102 CRANWELL.

NEW ZEALAND
POOR KNIGHTS ISLANDS

LATITUDE 35°31'30” South
LONGITUDE 17),°)) East

AVERAGE

500 yas.
RORANGAIA

SYMBOLS —

Kauri

Tawa
Todea

cag

e

© Tawhero
+f Xeronema

1.
2.
| 3.
4h
S.

Big el,

Map of Poor Knights from an unpublished Coast Chart compiled from
notes made on the Group in December, 1925, by A. H. Pickmere and
A. M. Clark-Walker.
[By courtesy of A. H. Pickmere.

)

For Neronema only the plateau distribution on Tawhiti Rahi is shown,

New Plant Records. 103

Todea barbara Moore

Kauri (Agathis australis Salisb.)

Tawhero (iW cinmannia sylvicola Soland.)
Tawa (Beilschmiedia Tawa Benth. & Hook. f.)

Of these the first is a large fern not previously found south
of Whangaroa, while the other three are forest trees stated by
Oliver to be absent from the group.

KAURI, TAWHERO, AND TAWA.

Oliver (1925, p. 380) and Fraser (1926, p. 10) have stressed
the importance and wide extent of cultivations, abandoned after
the massacre of the Maori owners about the year 1820, and the
former suggests that the tall puriri (Vitex Iucens*1), and titoki
(Alectryon excelsum) on the boulder-strewn fringes of the scrub
on the southern island of Aorangi (168 acres) undoubtedly repre-
sent the original forest cover.

On both islands there are other areas, neglected by the
Maori because of steep slopes or poor soil, where forest seems
little disturbed. On the steepest cliffs above the sea this may
consist of magnificent pohutukawa (Metrosideros excelsa Sol. ex
Gaertn. syn. MW. tomentosa) with a light undergrowth of large-
leaved kawakawa (Macropiper excelsum), ngaio (\yoporum laetum}
and a Suttonia (related to S. divaricata); or of pohutukawa mixed
with tall karo (Pittosporum crassifolium), more or less Olea apetala,
parapara (Pisoma brunonianat), houpara (Pseudopanaxy Lessonii),
tawapou (Sideroxylon novo-selandicum), and wharangi (Melicope
fernata): in short, a truly maritime type to be matched very
nearly on a number of offshore islands and at various places on
the mainland coasts.

Kauri, tawhero and tawa bring new evidence of forest of a
mainland type which, while salt-tolerating, is more characteris-
tic of warm lowland or lower montane forest in general. On
Taranga or Hen Island also kauri occurs (Cranwell and Moore,
1935, p. 308) together with a number of typical kauri forest
associates which suggest that larger areas of the interior slopes
of this other small isolated island once supported a less maritime
vegetation of which the present patches are merely relics, per-
haps after sinking of the land mass.

Kauri and Tawhero.

These two species occur together on the highest part of
Aorangi, which, according to the unpublished surveys of Mr. A.
Hereward Pickmere, is 680 feet above sea level (see map). The

“1Unless authorities are given in the remainder of the paper they are as in Cheese-
man’s Manual of the New Zealand Flora: 1925.

fHeimerl (Osterr. bot. Zeitschr. LXIII, 1913, 279-290) showed that. this plant
belongs to a genus separate from Pisonia and placed it under Calpidia Du Petit
Thouars, considering that Forster’s earlier name Ceodes was of uncertain
application. Skottsberg (J/eddel. {. Goteb. Bot. Tradg. II, 1926, 231) showed
that the name Ceodes was valid, and placed P. Brunoniana under it. Later
(Svensk. Bot. Tidskr. 30, 1936, 738) he discussed the question fully and erected
the genus Heimerlia for our plant, the correct name of which is thus Heimerlia
Brunoniana (Endl.) Skottsb.

104. CRANWELL.

few kauri seen were young (Plate 25, fig. 1) and apparently
retarded in growth by the low cover of scrubby kanuka (Lepto-
spermum ericoides) and pohutukawa on the hungry soil. This
locality is more fully described in dealing with Todca barbara (see
p. 107). Slender, little-branched tawhero push up above this
scrub around the kauri while in the tall forest (see p. 107) that
grows on the cliffs dropping away immediately to the south,
tawhero reaches tree size, and kauri is absent.

On Tawhiti Rahi tawhero was not seen. On the summit-
plateau two kauri were found while making a hurried traverse
trom south to north, and a third of fair size was located with its
dark pyramidal head showing distinctly above the even-canopied
scrub. The first kauri was slender and switchy, and had the ap-
pearance of being long suppressed by the pohutukawa scrub-
forest, about 12 feet high, through which it would have to push
its way to free its crown. Here, as on all the higher ground of
the two islands, the soil, composed of rotten rhyolite, often in
loose boulders, was very poor, dry, and inhospitable. The floor
cover’ was composed almost entirely of tall dense tussocks of
Astelia Banksii, almost impenetrable when associated with the
rigid sprawling branches of pohutukawa. Of low shrubs,
Senecio Kirkii and the Suttonia were commonest; Asplenium lucidum,
Asplenium flaccidum and Polypodium diversifolium occurred on the
floor. The Asielia did not dominate the undergrowth over all the
plateau on Tawhiti Rahi. In some places under the pohutukawa,
or especially under Leptospermum, mature plants of which leave
the soil more open to sun and wind, Xceronema Callistemon covered
the ground for several square chains at a time (Plate 26, fig. 2).
Seedlings were growing in abundance in thin surface litter on the
margins of these colonies, or in gaps within them. As Xeronema
was considered to be confined to the precarious cliff-habitat
(Plate 26, fig. 1) which has made it familiar to visitors to the
Poor Knights (Oliver, 1925 and 1926) and to Taranga (Cranwell,
1933, p. 234, and Cranwell and Moore, 1935, p. 302) it was inter-
esting to observe the height, the dark healthy green colour and
the profusion of leaves in a setting so different from any in which
it had previously been found. Apparently the soil conditions that
here stunt all forest trees are perfectly suited to Xeronema. The
abundance of old flowering scapes suggested that these areas
must be a remarkable sight in late spring and early summer,
when the coral-red flowers appear.

The second kauri (Plate 25, fig. 2) lay bevond the NXeronema,
surrounded by rather taller pohutukawa with the Astelia under-
erowth in possession again. The bracken-fern (Pteridium esculen-
‘um) occurred here also. This kauri is youthful, but it has pro-
bably been of very slow growth, especially in the initial stages,
which may even have been passed during the time of Maori occu-
pation. The third tree, already mentioned, lay to the north of
this on lower slopes, for which time and the consideration of a

rising sea did not permit a visit.

New Plant Records. 105
Tawa.

Beyond this scrub, towards the north-western extremity of
the island, grew patches of forest whose species-content and fine
growth indicated a change in soil. The ground was a jumbled
mass of boulders of all sizes, with pockets of humus between.
Bigger rocks were dominated by very large pohutukawa, whose
branches obscured the view in most directions. Amongst the
boulders rose tall, heavy-trunked houhere (Hoheria populnea),
kohekohe (Dysoxylum spectabile), mahoe (Melicytus ramiflorits ),
mangaeo (Litsaea calicaris), parapara (Pisonia Brunoniana), pigeon-
wood (Hedycarya arborea), tawapou (Sideroxylon novo-zelandicum },
wharangi (Melicope ternata), and whau (Entelea aborescens) in
natural clearings. One tree, with a crown of recurved leaves very
similar in the distance to those of pohutukawa, proved difficult
to locate from the forest-floor because of the strange dissimilarity
between exposed and shade leaves. This was tawa, and an ex-
treme example of the broad-leaved form found here and there
along the coasts from Bay of Islands to Coromandel, on the Little
Barrier Island (specimens in Cheeseman Herbarium) and on Hen
Island (Cranwell and Moore, 1935, p. 311). This form is usually
found where tawa and taraire (Beilschmiedia Tarairi) are associated
near the sea, so that the possibility of hybrid origin cannot be
overlooked. Taraire, as far as we know, is not now present on
the Poor Knights.

In trunk, bark, inflorescence, and manner of emergence of
long shoots from near the base the tree agrees with “normal”
tawa. The great difference lies in these shade trees, which may
easily be confused from below with those of mangaeo. The
largest measured were much larger, however, as they were seven
inches long (excluding petiole), and four inches across. This
extreme size may be partly epharmonic as many species develop
large leaves on some of the coastal islands, and nowhere more
markedly than on the Poor Knights, especially where the warm
light soil is heavily manured by burrowing birds.

Naturally the status of this ’eilschimicdia will not be clear
until the evidence from a number of localities can be sifted.

TODEA BARBARA, ON THE POOR KNIGHTS.

The Osmundaceae are represented in New Zealand by two
geneca—Todea, with one species, and Lepiopteris, very closely
related, with two, L. hymenophyoides and L. superba, both large and
beautiful ferns of membranous texture and pellucid tones. Of
these the two Leptopteris are endemic and widely distributed in
moist forests, while 7odea, which is monotypic, is found only
sparingly in New Zealand: it is indigenous to South Africa and
parts of Australia as well.

Cheeseman (1925, p. 90) gives the following localities for
Todea barbara: “Abundant in open gullies from the North Cape
to Mangonui, and from thence more sparingly southwards to
Whangaroa.” See map (fig. 2).

106 CRANWELL.

17S 174°
TWILIG 3 j+NORTH CAPE
BAY \w
PARENGARENGA
. WAIHOPO
, MT,.CAMEL
HOUHORA ANGONU!
| > ° _“WHANGAROA oF
35 KAKTA & Sa
KAEO
é
0!
Scale of Miles ‘ POOR
° lo 20 30 KNIGHTS
Kilometres
50
36° Sourn Lat. re
173° 174 °
Bie, 2.

Distribution of Todea barbara Moore in New Zealand. This map, showing

the chief localities for Yodea, has been compiled chiefly from collections

in the herbaria of the Dominion Museum, Wellington, the Canterbury
Museum, Christchurch, and the Auckland Museum, Auckland.

It was therefore a pleasant surprise to find the species in
comparative abundance on Aorangi, some 60 miles south of
Whangaroa. The discovery was made in February, 1937, and on
our first climb to the high southerly plateau, on which the trig.
station was once erected.

The first specimen (Plate 25, fig. 3), a large and elegantly
proportioned plant with pale green fronds coming from near
eround-level, was sighted by Miss Moore as we climbed on to a
tree-shaded knoll in search of a lookout. Below lay the main
valley, walled in by high flanks that drop away 200-300 feet to
the sea on the east and west. Throughout this fertile part, the
site of the old Ngatiwai cultivations already mentioned, the
ground was very bare. The growth of more than a century was
a curious, low, tight scrub of Suttonia divaricata, Dysoxyluin specta-
bile, Edwardsia microphylla, Hedycarya arborea, Macropiper excelsuim
(large form), and Melicope ternata, with occasional short thick-
trunked Pisonia brunoniana and striking groups of Cordyline aus-
tralis Surrounded by their dry litter of long leaves.

New Plant Records. 107

Few soft ferns were seen because of the depredations of pigs,
which had routed landsnails and burrowing birds (but not all the
ground-birds, e.g. rail) as well, and which in their turn were
exterminated only last October by Captain G. F. Yerex, of the
Department of Internal Affairs. There were no signs even of
uprooted bases of Todca, and it is improbable that the gloom
under the matted branches and large foliage would suit them
there now, whatever the original conditions had been.

On the knoll itself grew tall pohutukawa, throwing out great
limbs above the blocks of dry rhyolitic rock in which they were
rooted, and it was on the sheltered but rather sunny slopes packed
with rock debris and fine humus that 7odea grew, here and there,
in luxuriant condition. Associated with it in the undergrowth was
Blechnuim membranaceum, seedling Corynocarpus laevigatus, Macro-
piper excelsum, Melicytus ramiflorus, Pseudopanax Lessonti, Pteris
macilenta and Suttonia divaricata.

Higher up on the island stands of tall kanuka and medium-
sized pohutukawa were met, usually trailing lianes of Clematis
parvifolia and Parsonsia heterophylla, and with a sparse under-
growth of Corokia Cotoneaster, O plismenus undulatifolius, Microlaena
polynoda, Muchlenbeckia complexa and W ahlenbergia gracilis.

With the appearance of broken, greyish-white, crumbly
boulders, which are strewn over the whole surface of the ground,
Yodea again comes in. Little or no soil is to be seen here. On
this poor rock, exposed to strong winds and sunlight, all plants
are dwarfed, so that Todea barbara in its compact, narrow, harsh,
and yellowish sun-form 2-3 feet high, is often as tall as the scrub
of dry, open, gnarled pohutukawa, smothered with Metrosideros
perforata (Forst.) Rich. syn. VM. scandens, in which occurs abundant
Leptospermum ericoides—a form with soft, small-leaved foliage and
very small flowers, a little Agathis australis, Dendrobium C unNNING-
hamu, Farina mucronata, Hebe salicifolia, Leptospermum scoparium,
Muehlenbeckia complexa, Oplismenus undulatifolius rigid Suttonia,
Weinmannia sylvicola, Wahlenbergia gracilis, and the pteridophytes
Cyclophorus serpens, Doodia media, Aymenophylium spp., Lycopodiurn
Billadieri and L. volubile, Pellaca rotundifolia, Schizaeza fistulosa, a sur-
prising amount of Trichomanes reniforme, reminiscent of damper
pohutukawa scrub on the lava of Rangitoto Island.

On the steep shaded slopes that form the southern end of
the island, there grows a forest of. tall pohutukawa, with an
abundance of Dysoryliin spectabile, Hoheria populnea, Leptospermaan
ericoides, Litsea calicaris, Melicope ternata, Pseudopanaxy Lessonii,
Sideroxrylon novo-gelandicum, Weinmannia, and smaller amounts of
Hymenanthera novae-zelandiae and Olea apetala. Small groups of
Dicksoma squarrosa (many dead, as on other parts of the island),
Polystichum Richardi and tall Suttonia grow in the middle layers.
Vast quantities of Yeronema Callistemon are lodged on rock-tops
and pohutukawa bases. Todea here was very tall, and very
abundant. On the excessively dry and broken rock sloping from
the summit to the south-eastern corner opposite Aorangaia or
Falla Rock, Todca was again plentiful in sun-baked, heavy clumps,
together with some Neronema among the sprawling pohutukawa.

108 CRANWELL.

Yodca is thus rather widely spread on Aorangi, especially on
the cap of rotten rhyolite unfavourable to most species. We
looked for it without success in rather similar situations amongst
the less dwarfed pohutukawa on the continuation of the plateau
at the northern end of Tawhiti Rahi. It may have been missed,
however, in the lowest scrub, presumably on the poorest soil, at
the north-eastern limits of this rugged island.

Description of the Species.

As Todea barbara is so little known in New Zealand, especially
in the wild state, the following brief description is given: The
rhizome is often thick, deeply rooted and heavy, giving off a num-
ber of fronds with stout glabrous stipes two or more feet long,
topped by fronds one to four feet long in New Zealand, but stated
to reach a length of more than eight feet, including stipe, in Aus-
tralia. They are twice pinnate, 9-12in. broad, with numerous
narrow-lanceolate primary pinnae 4-12in. long and 4!-2in. broad,
the pinnules $-2in. long and 1/6-1lin. wide, dark to yellowish
green, coriaceous, and quite glabrous. The sori are usually massed
in profusion over almost the whole of the undersurface of the
pinnules of the lower pinnae. The upper parts of the frond are
sterile.

In New Zealand, and particularly on the Poor Knights,
Todea barbara does not reach anything like the dimensions re-
corded for some Australian specimens. Hooker (1860, p. 153)
speaks of it as “a noble fern with a caudex at times 5 feet high
and 6 feet 9 inches circumference; fronds sometimes 84 feet
long.” Smith (1875) described a specimen from the Victorian
Alps 5 ft. 8 in. in height, 7 ft. 9 in. diameter, with a weight of
1 ton 3 cwt. He mentions a specimen received at Kew bearing
30 crowns and 160 fronds. Numerous plants were sent to Europe
by F. von Mueller, one of which had a trunk “1.76m. high, 1m.
thick, and 2.5m. broad.” Seward and Ford (1903, p. 239) give
the measurements of a plant in the Cambridge Botanic Gardens
as: circumference 8 ft., height 3 ft., distimet crowns 14, “bearing
230 fronds, with an average length of 7 ft. 6 in.” Equally mag-
nificent specimens are mentioned for South Africa. It may be,
and certain differences in the pinnules also suggest this, that
more than one species is included under the name.

Bentham (1878) gives the Australian records: Queensland,
N.S. Wales, Victoria (Grampians), and “Tasmania. Abundant
in the Yorktown rivulet, scarce elsewhere, Gunn; Recherche Bay,
Oldfield.” Black (1922) records it for the gullies on the Mount
Lofty Range (South Australia), and gives the dimensions as:
“trunk often more than Im. high, leaves to 2m. long.” In South
Africa it is recorded from the Cape to the Drakensburge Moun-
tains.

Mainland Localities of Todea.

The Poor Knights plants agree with those on the northern
mainland in demanding strong insolation. This condition is
usually to be obtained on poor soils, unfavourable to tree-growth,
of which there are a number of types in the Far North.

New Plant Records. 109

Cheeseman (1898, p. 352) for instance, writes of his route
near the source of the Ngatikorangi stream (near Te Paki) on
the edge of Pomaderris Edaerleyi scrub—‘Here the consolidated
sandhills contained numerous funnel-shaped holes from 12-15 feet
in depth, their sides covered with a profusion of Gleichenia flabe!-
lata, Todea barbara, and Doodia iedia.’ At the head of Houhora
Harbour, on open kauri-gum land “many of the gullies contained
large clumps of Todea barbara, its erect, rigid habit and massive
mode of growth making it easy of recognition from a distance. It
was often associated with Gleichenia flabellata, to which it offered
a most striking contrast.”

In addition to the localities expressly quoted by Cheeseman
there are a number of others between Whangaroa and North Cape
in the herbaria of the Dominion Museum, Wellington, of the
Canterbury Museum, Christchurch, and of the Auckland Museum,
representing collections made by H. Carse, T. F. Cheeseman, H.
Hamilton, T. Kirk, H. B. Matthews, R. H. Matthews, W. R. B.
Oliver, and D. Petrie. The accompanying map (fig. 2) has been
drawn up from these various collections. Thanks are offered to
Dr. Oliver, and to Mr. R. A. Falla, directors of the Dominion
Museum and the Canterbury Museum respectively, for making
this information available. Hooker (1864, p. 384) gives records
for “Mount Carmel” (Jolliffe) and for Hokianga (Mrs. Jones).
The plant has not since been reported in the west. Correspond-
ence with small crested fronds forwarded by Mr. A. E. Aldis to
Mr. Cheeseman refer to the parent plant in a garden in Kaitaia,
but does not state its exact source. Mr. McKinnon reports that
the fern does not now occur near Kaitaia, but Carse and the
Matthews found it near there. Carse also found it on landslips
between Kaitaia and Mangonuli.

In striking contrast to most of our native plants, Todea
recovers rapidly after burning, and is quite as stubborn as the
serub in which it grows. This is undoubtedly due to its large,
deeply-seated rhizome, thickly mantled with brown adventitious
rootlets, and to its love for exposed positions. Captain E. J.
Keatley, of Mt. Albert, and Mr. L. H. Millener, B.Sc., of Auckland
University College, report that Todea still occurs in great abund-
ance north of Te Hapua, where Cheeseman collected it (remark-
ing on the repeated burnings even then), and Captain Keatley
has himself observed its condition before and after burning in a
number of localities between Kaeo, south of Whangaroa, and
Spirits Bay.

Although dry open ground is favoured by the fern in New
Zealand, it is to be noted that French (1937) remarks with sur-
prise on a fairly dry habitat in the Grampian Mountains—‘“‘T was
shown a fine lot of young King Ferns (TYodea barbara) growing
between rocks and a fair distance from water. I had never seen
these ferns away from running water or swamps before.”

110 CRANWELL.

Conclusion.

The presence of kauri, tawhero and tawa, especially the
broad-leaved form, add further interest to this phytogeographi-
cally important group. The splendid natural gardens of Neronema
in an unexpected and charming habitat, and the occurrence in its
southernmost home of that dramatic link with Mesozoic times,
Lodea barbara—a plant that caused Christ (1910, p. 259) to
exclaim: ‘“Jmposant und einsam ist der Reise Todea barbara, ein
knolliges Rhizom, eisenfest und von Zentnerschwere, dem die derben
grossen Wedel in Biischeln entspringen, mit dem hochst archaistischen
Luge (wie die Lhyrsopteris), dass nur die untersten Fiedern fertil sind:
eine Osmundacee, eine Welwitschia unter den Farnen’—also enhance
the claims of the Poor Knights to be guarded as a sanctuary
sacrosanct. |

REFERENCES.
Bartrum, J. A., 1936. Notes on the Geology of Three Kings and Other Outlying
Islands of Northern New Zealand. N.Z. Journ, Sci. & Tech. Vol. 18, p. 520.
Bentham, G., 1878. Flora Australiensis. Vol. 7, p. 699,
Black, J. M., 1922. Flora of South Australia, Patt Ty, pial,

Cheeseman, T. F., 1896. On the Flora of the North Cape District, “TIN ZaAS yen
ZY. De S33.

Cheeseman, T. F., 1925. Manual of the New Zealand Flora.
Christ, H., 1910. Die Geographie der Farne.

Cockayne, L., 1905. Notes on a Brief Botanical Visit to the Poor Knights Islands.
WN 2k. Vol S8.p. 351,

Cranwell, L. M., 1933. A New Locality for Xeronema Callistemon. Journ. Sci. &
Tech. Vol. 15, No. 3, p. 234.

Cranwell, L. M., & Moore, L. B., 1935. Botanical Notes on the Hen and Chickens
Islands. Rec. Auck. Mus. Vol. I., No. 6, p. 301,

Fraser, W., 1926. The Poor Knights Islands. N.Z. Journ. Sci. & Tech. Vol. 8, p. 8.

French, C., 1937. Todea barbara, note in The Victorian Naturalist. Vol. 54, No. J.

Hooker, J. D., 1864-67. Handbook of the New Zealand Flora.

Hooker, J. D., 1860. Flora Tasmaniae. Vol. IT.

Kirk, T., 1868. Notes on Plants North of Auckland. 'T.N.Z.!. Vol. Lopes sc

Oliver, W. B., 1925. Vegetation of Poor Knights Islands. N.Z. Journ. Sci. &
Teen.” Wal. 7, ip. 376:

Oliver, W. B., 1926. New Zealand Angiosperms. T.N.Z.I. Vol. BGs tei:

Oliver, W. B., 1928. The New Zealand species of Metrosideros. LAN Zl SV OL Se:
p. 419,

Seward, A. C., & Ford, S. O., 1903. The Anatomy of Todea, with notes on the
Geological History and Affinities of the Osmundaceae. Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot.
Vi (35 -pp.. 237.

Smith, J., 1875. Historia Filicum. London.

PLATE 25.

Young kauri near summit

|

of Aorangi.

Lodea barbara in dry forest:

Aoranegl.

Kaurt in pohutukawa_ scrub-forest, Tawhiti Rahi.

F Siar a
_ 7 ,
eth es #
r ere

Borie ees
vite
ari

oe

at

ag

075 ik

ee

ye he ket

- ae a
Fee:

J a:
aie
-

ad
=.

————

Nes Oe Ml OMe

[asses ot Neronema
hanging out from a

cliff-face: Aorangi.

A view of Aorangi

trom the northern

island.

Dense undergrowth on the plateau: Tawhiti Rahi.

asx

: ual r :
ra ae - ted
ere fern Fe
;

ete

i
‘S

The Material Culture of Oruarangi,
Matatoki, Thames.

4. Musical Instruments.
By V. F. FISHER, Ethnologist.

Considerable numbers of musical instruments were found at
Oruarangi, including mouth flutes (koanau), nose flutes (nguri),
shell trumpets (pu-imoana) and putorino. Of these the nguru and
the pu-moana were the most common. |

Reference has been made in a previous paper (Fisher, 1934,
p. 285) to bone flutes, so no further mention will be made at this
stage.

Nose Flutes, or Nguru.

Of great interest were the jguru, especially a series which
illustrate successive stages of manufacture. The earliest stage
represented consists of a piece of finely grained sandstone (PI. 27,
fig. 1) which has been chipped and bruised into shape, but shows
no indication of any polishing or drilling. It is roughly circular in
section and certainly is very crude, yet it is an important piece
for on comparing it with the finished flutes it gives a good indi-
cation of the care and skill expended on this class of musical
instrument. The length, 126 mm., and width, 55 mm., compare
very closely with finished nose flutes from this area.

The next stage is illustrated by a specimen fashioned from
rhyolite. It is but a slight improvement on fig. 2, from which it
differs in having a suspicion of polishing on a restricted area,
and a hole commenced at the bottom end (fig. 2a)*. This hole
is 9 mm. in depth and 18 mm. in width at the mouth. It appears
to have been executed with a coarsely pointed drill. This speci-
men is 103 mm. in length and 37 mm. in width at the broadest
part.

A further stage is illustrated in fig. 4, a specimen which is
125:mm. in length. Here the tube penetrates for a distance of
75 mm. from the bottom end, but a mishap occurred, causing the
nguru to break transversely at a point 80 mm. from the bottom.
Fortunately, the two portions were preserved, for on the top
piece is a slight mark to indicate the point where the bore was to
be commenced. Careful polishing of the outer surface had been
completed before the drilling was attempted. This does not seem
to have been a sound practice, for if an accident occurred, as it
did in this instance, much time and labour was lost. That this

*Tt is assumed that the flute is held with the curved portion uppermost, hence the
‘term “bottom end,” used in this paper, refers to the broad end of the flute.

112 FIsHER.

was not a consistent practice at Oruarangi is shown by an exami-
Ination of the preceding specimen, fig. 8, where the bore has been
started before the polishing process. Dr. J. B: Liggins, of
Thames, possesses a short nguru 64 mm. in length which has been
roughly worked into the required shape, but not finished. The
bore has been carried a distance of 16 mm., but not completed.
Thus we find that at least two specimens from this locality were
drilled before the polishing process was carried out.

In fig 5 is seen a specimen 97 mm. in length, in which drill-
ing has been performed from both ends, but the holes do not
meet. The main bore from the bottom end penetrates a distance
of 84°mm, while the other is only 24 mm. in length. The two
holes very nearly meet, and can only be separated by a very short
distance. The actual drilling in this and other specimens must
have been a difficult task. Best (1924, vol. 2, p. 157) remarks
that “these nguru must have been bored from both ends,” a
remark which is clearly proved in this instance. After examining
the Oruarangi specimens, the writer thinks it possible that the
bore was commenced with a stone pointed drill, and the process
continued either with the aid of damp sand and a cylindrical piece
of hard wood, or else with a piece of rounded sandstone. To the
writer’s knowledge no drill point of sufficient length has so far
been obtained from this or any other area in New Zealand.
Shortland (1851, p. 118) records from the South Island the
use of a drill in which the point of the wooden shaft takes the
place of the stone point. Damp sand was fed into the hole during
the drilling process. No stops have been drilled in this specimen,
but a small hole has been commenced near the top end. A hole at
this point is a characteristic feature of stone ngquru. Best (1925,
p. 147) remarks that “ it would be interesting to know the proper
function of the small hole pierced on the outer, convex side of
the small end.” For want of a better term, I am referring to this
small hole as the back stop throughout this article. Andersen
(1934, p. 264), referring to this hole, says “the odd hole at the
back of the bend altered the pitch.”

A finished specimen is well illustrated in fig. 6. It appears
to be fashioned from baked clay. It is 94 mm. in length, and
21 mm. in width at the bottom end. There are two stops, both
about 3.5 mm. in diameter, the first 13 mm. and the second 36
mm. from the bottom end, while the back stop is 9 mm. from
the top end. In this, as in most other finished nguru, there is a
definite symmetry which is very pleasing, showing that the
aesthetic sense of the Maori was well developed.

The most perfect mguru (figs. 7 and 8) from the locality is
one in the possession of Mr. W. Hammond, of Thames who very
kindly deposited it for purposes of comparison. Like the pre-
ceding example, it appears to be made from baked clay. It is
92 mm. in length and 24 mm. at the widest part, and presents a
short, squat appearance. The stops are 17 mm. and 39 mm.
respectively from the bottom end, while there are two back stops
at the top end. Over the whole surface a very fine finish has
been obtained, a feature which is enhanced by the beautiful

Maori Musical Instruments. 113

carved design representing human faces, which decorates the
specimen. It is carved so that one pair of eyes serves for two
faces. Thus if attention is focussed on the nose on one side a
face stands out very clearly. Directly opposite on the other side
is another nose which, with the same eyes previously observed,
forms another clearly defined face. The main bore serves as a
common mouth for the faces, a feature not uncommon in decor-
ated flutes of this type.

Immediately below the nose is a tooth which is flanked with
a tooth on each side. These two flanking teeth occupy the same
position if the other face be observed.

An almost perfect specimen (278 Liggins Coll.) shows traces
of a mouth carved at the bottom end. No evidence of eyes or
teeth is discernible; in fact, if it were not compared with the
preceding and similar specimens, some doubt might be enter-
tained as to the exact representation intended. This specimen
is carefully finished throughout, but is marred by a hole broken
on the side, probably done long after the completion of the
specimen.

A small broken nguru (fig. 9), 78 mm. in length, fashioned
from baked clay, apparently illustrates an attempt to make a
larger stop. Incisions on the flute mark off a rectangular area
17 mm. long by 15 mm. wide, within which a large hole has been
started 13 mm. long. One border of the hole reaches the incision
nearest the bottom end. If the above interpretation is correct
it denotes a radical departure from the traditional type of stop
used, inspired, possibly, by an accident while trying to make a
small stop. Were it not for the incisions marking off the rect-
angle, the writer would have regarded the hole as a result of a
mishap during the drilling process.

The drilling of the back stop has been commenced, but it
does not reach the main bore. The break across the flute renders
it easy to examine the bore itself. The bore at the bottom end
is 16 mm. in diameter, and its diameter diminishes steadily until
where it reaches the hole drilled from the top end it is only
3 mm. This tapering takes place along a length of 65 mm.
Although in the illustration the nguru appears to be straight,
when viewed sideways the curved top is quite plain.

In the Museum collection there are thirteen perfect or im-
perfect nguru, while Dr. J. B. Liggins has deposited four and
Mr. W. Hammond one. This does not exhaust the number from
the site, but it indicates that this type of flute was commonly
used.

The following table gives particulars concerning many of
the specimens. In measuring the distance of the stops, the
centre of the stop has been used as the boundary in each ease.

A study of this table brings out several interesting
items. It will be noticed that the stops are always placed close
to the bottom end, a consistent feature not only in Oruarangi
specimens, but also in nguru from other areas, The distance of

|

q
| | JO JOUR SIG]

|
‘paseulep ATJYSITS | suoyspues : | | | | :
| Pensa oe Uo ts eee ee ate Gz. 4 6 hoe” Sse CLLS6I
‘Ustutoeds Sareale) ouoAyI | / ee 5 eel | QT | 8 t pee de oe | [JOD surssiryT (08z
‘usyorg ‘sdojs Jo aovjd ur sjoy asieyq | AeID peyeq | QT | | C7 | Zl b @f | = | S168 1
"popiod JsOuUTY | auoyspues | | | | | | |
| - paureas ouy LI t “de Oe | i II fees — | ‘POD surssry 37z
‘sooey uelUNyY | | | | | | | |
YUM poeyetosasp ‘ustutoeds ydojsog | ARID payeq | rl'8 | 6€ Al OZ | 6 | € | 8% | YeD puounuey
‘sdoyjs syoe] ‘pojayduios ysoumye o10g | | OT | 672 | CT i £6 ¢ | CLLC6L
poysiuyuy) | SPAQUIUST | ae | ie Ae | or. | 0 € == | “TOD surssiy ¢gz
pd UstUioads 49}19q | APJ poyeq 6 iP OS Sta 4 (‘eo . 4 IT | 46 a VLZS61
= ‘UdYOIG + peyplap | | | | | |
a Ayyezed = astoq = padeys ~—Ayynyores | auojspues | | |
a | - peureis ouy | 1 ee? mer Se Ou LI | S21 bo 7 8561
‘poyseys ysnf asoq yo Surpracy | oyjoxys | c= | 2 | le | = | SOR Wz | USZS6I
JAINJOVINUCUL JO 98e}s ys spuasosday | ouoyspues | | | | | | |
| - peureis ouy ana al re gs | | ap oat I | LS681
s | | oy Ree | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| | Ose ee | | | |
| | “WU | pus (03404 | “UL | "UL | "UU | |
“SHIPUIOY | "[RLIO TY | doys yorq | UOT} | | DUD 1W03}0q | | pus do} | ‘yysuoT | ‘“sIy | "ON
| | Jo 9oueystq | sdojs Yoeq! ye YyIpIAA | 3e YIP | |
| | | | |
| | |

|
|
|

| |
| EL De AE (Ne als | eee ee ee TA ee ee

114

Maori Musical Instruments. 115

the second stop from the bottom end does not vary to any extent.
Of the specimens measured, the maximum and minimum dis-
tances are 39 and 34 mm. respectively. Each nguru has two
main stops and, except in one instance, only one back stop. The
exception, Mr. Hammond’s flute, possesses two back Stops.
Materials used included fine and coarse grained sandstone, rhyo-
lite and what appears to be baked clay. It is generally under-
stood that the Maori did not bake clay for domestic vessels, but
clay was apparently treated in some manner, either dried in the
sun or wind, or possibly baked with heat from a fire. Williams
(1917) quotes the word matapaia as referring to “a clay which
when baked hard was used as stone for cooking.”’

Mouth Flutes, or Koauau.

The only perfect stone koauan (figs. 10 and 11) in this collec-
tion is fashioned from coarse grained sandstone. It is 91 mm. in
length, with a bore 13 mm. in diameter at the top end, and 20
mm. at the bottom end. At the latter end the flute is decorated
with a face somewhat similar to that in fig. 8, only not quite so
elaborate. Like that figure, it has two faces in one, but it lacks
teeth, which are present in fig. 8. One nose is in line with the
stops, which are three in number and are not spaced equally.
From the top the stops are spaced as follows:—16 mm., 48 mm.,
68 mm. Near the middle stop further decoration is secured by
the use of small spiral carving, which shows up clearly in the
illustration. No attempt has been made at a suspension hole at
the back, a feature often noticed in wooden and bone specimens.
While the latter materials were commonly used for manufacture
into hoauau, stone seems to have been generally reserved for the
nguru. Andersen (1934, p. 230) remarks that the Roauau ““was
made of wood or bone,” but makes no reference to the use of
stone.

Dr. J. B. Liggins has in his collection an unusual specimen
(fig. 12) which appears to be a broken hoanay converted into
some form of musical instrument. In its present form it is
59 mm. in length and 38 mm. in diameter. Only one stop is
intact, but the fractured portion breaks across another stop
which is 15 mm. from the first mentioned. At one end for
approximately 14 mm. the stone has been reduced to a diameter
of 81 mm. The exact purpose of this reduction is difficult to
determine, but the suggestion is advanced that possibly a wooden
mouthpiece was fitted to this part, thus lengthening the flute.

Putorino, or Flageolet.

The single specimen (fig. 14) recovered from Oruarangi is
of great interest. Without a vestige of carving, it conforms
closely to the customary shape of such flutes. It is fashioned
from two light pieces of wood which have been hollowed out, then
carefully lashed together. A wide, shallow groove at the lower
end is in evidence to keep the lashing in position at that part.
Unfortunately, the mouthpiece is somewhat damaged, hence we

116 FISHER. |

cannot be quite certain of its original length, though it cannot
be shortened to any great extent, because a portion of a shallow
groove is noticeable for lashing purposes at this end also. In
its present state it is 303 mm. in length and 28 mm. at the widest
part, which happens to be the spot where the large and approxi-
mately rectangular shaped aperture is placed. This aperture
commences 151 mm. from the bottom end, and is 22 mm. long
by 16 mm. wide. The upper half of the instrument is much
wider than the lower half, which tapers away markedly as it
approaches the bottom end, which terminates in a rounded point
perforated by a small hole 3 mm. in diameter.

Pu Moana, or Shell Trumpets.

Six shell trumpets from this locality indicate that they were
not uncommon. All have the apex broken off, and all, owing to
the length of time buried underground, lack the wooden mouth-
piece. With one exception all are fashioned from Charonia capax,
while the odd example is from a large specimen of Striuthiolaria
papulosa (kaikaikaroro), 738 mm. in length. The latter being too
small for effective use as a trumpet, probably served as a substi-
tute for a juvenile exponent of the trumpeter’s art. On the body
of the shell near the outer lip a hole 3 mm. in diameter has been
drilled, apparently to provide for the attachment of a suspension
cord to guard against loss. Further reference will be made to
this feature when dealing with the next specimen.

Although damaged, fig. 13 displays interesting features. It
is 193 mm. in length, and where the apex has been removed it is
carefully smoothed for the attachment of the wooden mouth-
piece. Four small holes drilled at intervals along the edge would
render more secure the attachment of the mouthpiece. This is
an unusual feature in shell trumpets, only one other example
being known to the writer and that was observed among the
exhibited material in the Dominion Museum. It is referred to
by Best (1925, p. 160), who mentions that it “was found in a
midden on Somes Island. The point had been cut off, ground
even, and three holes pierced near the edge to accommodate
lashings for securing the mouthpiece.”

The above remark applies to shell trumpets minus the
mouthpiece. In order to see whether this feature was present in
shell trumpets possessing a mouthpiece, all the old specimens in
the Auckland Museum collection (i.e., those made from Charonia
capar and not those made from the introduced Charomia tritonis
of the Pacific) were submitted to Dr. F. J. Gwynne for an X-ray
examination. The writer is deeply indebted to Dr. Gwynne for
his assistance in this matter. Of the three examined, two dis-
played holes in a similar position to that noted in the Oruarangi
specimen. In both specimens three holes had been drilled.

The two trumpets referred to are Nos. 81 and 16389 in the
Auckland Museum collection, both of which are illustrated by
Andersen (1934, fig. 64). The former is the celebrated specimen
from the Taupo district known as Te-Awa-o-te-atua, The

Maort Musical Instruments. 117

locality from which the latter originated is unknown. It is thus
shown that the drilling of the top of the shell portion of the
trumpet for the attachment of the wooden mouthpiece is known
from such widely scattered areas as Oruarangi, Taupo and
Wellington. It is highly probable that this feature will be noted
from other areas.

The X-ray disclosed other interesting items. For instance,
most of the Oruarangi shell trumpets—all minus the wooden
mouthpiece—had been very carefully ground down at the top
where the apex had been cut away. In the two specimens previ-
ously referred to the same treatment was noticed, both being’
carefully ground and smoothed. When we reflect that this por-
tion of the trumpet was not visible once the wooden mouthpiece
had been attached, we realise that the Maori preferred to make
a neat finish to his work, a sure sign of a craftsman.

Another noticeable feature was the distance which the shell
was inserted into the mouthpiece. No measurements were made,
but in all three examples the distance was considerable. Obvi-
ously this overlap was most important to make certain that the
lashing would hold the two parts firmly together.

Like the small trumpet referred to above, there is a hole
drilled in the outer lip. To this hole was fastened a cord, so that
the trumpet could be slung round the neck. Best (1925, p. 160),
quoting Polack, says “a strip of dog’s skin is attached to them

- for portability.” Three other specimens in the Auckland Museum

have a hole drilled in a similar position, and one has a length of
cord attached. This specimen (No 81, A.M. Coll.) is figured by
Best (1925, fig. 100). Dr. J. B. Liggins, of Thames, has in his
collection a shell trumpet from Oruarangi drilled on the outer
lip.

A medium sized trumpet, 122 mm. in length, has a perfor-
ation drilled from the back of the canal. This discloses a feature
not common in material from Oruarangi, for, prior to drilling, a
cut 12 mm. long and 2 mm. wide has been made, and then the
hole drilled in the middle of the cut. A single needle (Fisher,
1934, p. 280) from the area was worked in a similar manner.

It is interesting to note that all the important types of
musical instrument were found at Oruarangi with the exception
of the long wooden trumpet. Its absence may possibly be
accounted for owing to the perishable nature of wooden speci-
mens. Up to the present the Oruarangi site has probably pro-
duced a greater variety of musical instruments than any other
single site in New Zealand. As the result of further work in the
future it will be interesting to see whether the distribution of all
the main types of musical instruments is general throughout the
country, or whether certain types will be missing in certain areas.
Present indications, based perhaps on slender evidence, seem to
indicate that they will be of wide distribution with the exception
of minor types. It is to be expected that minor differences in the
types will be detected.

118 FISHER.

The decoration of the nguru and koauau from the Oruarangi
area will undoubtedly prove of great interest when further speci-
mens are available for comparison. The use of the human face
motive seems to be characteristic of both types of flute. Where
this motive is employed it usually follows strictly conventional
lines, and very little variation is noted in the main parts of the
design. The introduction of the spiral on the body of the koauau
is an uncommon feature.

In other areas it is only on occasional specimens that any
attempt is made to decorate the body of the flute, decoration
being usually confined to the two ends. Occasionally specimens
are noted where the carving covers the whole area, but such
specimens are usually of wood or bone. The use of stone
increased the difficulties of the tohunga whakairo, and consequently
led to restricted activities in that direction. The use of the
human head motive usually seen at the mouth of a flute is not
peculiar to flutes, but is exploited wherever an opening occurs in
an implement or utensil. Examples that might be quoted are
the beautiful carved feeding funnels (korerc) used to feed the
patient after tattooing had been performed or the food bowls
(kuimete) with a spout carved at one end. It is only another
instance of the clever manner in which the Maori adapted a
decorative design to suit a practical purpose.

The writer is indebted to Mr. W. Hammond and Dr. J. B.
Liggins, both of Thames, for the loan of specimens, to Mr. D. A.
Brown, B.Sc., for the identification of materials employed, and
especially to Mr. A. G. Stevenson, for once more preparing
photographs.

REFERENCES.

Andersen, J. C., 1934. Maori Music.

3est, E., 1924. The Maori, Vol. 2.

Best, E., 1925. Games and Pastimes of the Maori. Dom. Mus. Bull., No. 8.

Fisher, V. F., 1934. The Material Culture of Oruarangi, Matatoki,
Thames. I. Bone Ornaments and Implements. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus.,

“Wat bs. a0. 3,
Shortland. E., 1851. The Southern Districts of New Zealand.
Williams, H. W., 1917. A. Dictionary of the Maori Language.

For cultural reasons, these images have been removed.
Please contact Auckland Museum for more information.

Stone nguru, or nose flutes, illustrating progressive stages of
manufacture.
Fig. 1. First stage; the stone roughly shaped.
Figs. 2 and 2a. Outer surface slightly polished and bore commenced,
Ad «Za;
Fig. 3. Small specimen with bore commenced.
Fig. 4. Bore penetrates a distance of 75 mm.
Fig. 5. Bore drilled from both ends, but no junction effected; lacks stops.
ig. 6. Completed ngii1.

. “if
A reo eee
se
i 7 . Ps
— a
pee 2
7 a

LS _
7 = a an

7 a

Son ae ay ene
25 4 genie la gee”
PW pian a gtr ere Fer

a
fe pe. a
ee ee favs
af 7 cl oo os
EA eee fan es
7 ae i ose i
ee ee me qs Fors " ,
Yom te ee aaee
oh; ' i
Dis ara,

ee

a 2 ae ee

: nm m / ; a, iid
ve ‘hie ae ei
mn" ie, cas ry

a x - tds iy _ a
ae a eae

ad 7 faa Le
=, 1. va Sh - 77
+

7

Seni =

lice
_ = te
ho

a a + -
oy Pu i ie 7
Maire ee, ae are
a =e > =| =
oe

7 Pe
eile om ee oes ;
vee ae aed a
: _— be | es 4, ao aS ih ly Pas, 3 An ae :
bit ip - Psi ey ais Pet ml creed +
ot 7

es oe Phe all ai jee
_ rie. Pee |:
ak ea 4
is. he Tees
i ae
J :

ae
; Fie

a a oe +
aoe _ a
ay 7 sie af |
LS eee
=a ai, are oe we .

an
ee Ve att Pa
7 ' an -

a
a

ee eed

ame

ane
=i 7
. -
‘
—
‘a -
a
a
: ie
=
—
oe

7 2, i 7 ut ‘ Pee ee = a Ae -
ek ar ole aR ae a I ee ee
Pai ‘ i is [ sit ‘
“i - 7 a : af

rr
mole
i=
I
|
-

_ ; - : =| a
a) ae let 7 a
7 Se ee
L | | a iI : i a
a i BTS eer
i rT a
a. ua a oe , = re Le

PLATE 28.

For cultural reasons, these images have been removed.
malstelolomere) alt= lem ANC lol df=] arom iV iUrcxo10 lam ce)mmanle)acmiale)aaar-iiielar

Figs. /, 8. Side and front views of nguru, decorated with human face.
Fig. 9. Broken nguru, showing unusual working of hole.

Figs. 10, 11. Side and front views of a koauau.

Fig. 12. Broken koauau adapted for attachment of mouthpiece.

er Lee ae

=e lie ae

io

ee ee Paes
As oa et ® oes te
vd bee = ro i +

bie

= iy ee
: a a ae ie hoes

feo

pet

es

ote

ca ; aa fos ae
7 ae Bese : 5 i : a aie | as = 1a Lar ‘ cael : teh) 7

a

PLATE 29.

For cultural reasons, these images have been removed.
malstzlolomere) alt= lem ANC lol t=] arom iV iUrsrole laa ce)manle)acmialielagarciiielar

Fig. 13. Shell trumpet, or pu moana.

Fig. 14. Wooden flageolet, or putorino.

any as
St te
oa

New Species of Nudibranchiate
Mollusca from Auckland Waters.

By A. W. B. POWELL, Assistant Director.

This paper describes three new species and adds four genera
previously unrecorded from the Neozelanic Faunal Region. The
types and other recorded specimens are all preserved in the
Auckland Museum. The writer is much indebted to Mr. Guy C.
Malcolm, who donated the excellent four colour process blocks
which illustrate this paper.

PHYLLIROIDAE.

Genus Prytirror Péron & Lesueur 1810. Ann. du Mus. t. XV,
p. 65, 1810.

bY DE UMONOLY py) +P. sucepmand Peele Puvitinaas Auctt.
Eurypice Eschscholtz 1825. Pirtyrine’ Menke 184-4,

Phylliroe bucephala (Péron & Lesueur 1810). Pl. 30, fig. 4,

On the 6th July, 1930, Mr. Anderson, of the Fisheries
Department, Auckland, caught a living specimen of this species,
which was swimming at the surface, between Mokohinau Islands
and Kawau Island, Hauraki Gulf.

Dakin (1986, p. 455*), in recording for New South Wales
examples of an allied genus Ctilopsis, mentions that although
specimens of Phylliroe have been recorded under five or six
specific names from the Atlantic, the Pacific, the Indian Ocean
and the Mediterranean, probably only one species exists.

I am guided by this statement in referring the New Zealand
specimen to the type species. In any case no comparative
material is available.

The text figure shows the normal profile of the specimen,
and the colour figure is drawn with the body in profile, but the
head and neck twisted to show the dorsal appearance of the head,
mouth and cephalic tentacles. :

Colour note: Animal transparent, with a pale lilac tinge.
Stomach, throat and jaws pinkish. Contents of liver brown,
granulated. The whole animal minutely speckled with purplish-
brown.

Dimensions: Extreme length 33 mm. Maximum depth of
body 11 mm. Minimum depth of body 4 mm. Cephalic tentacles
10 mm. when fully extended. Thickness 1 to 2 mm.

The above record adds a Family, a genus and a species to
the New Zealand fauna.

"Dakin, W. J., 1936. Ctilopsis, a rare Pelagic Nudibranch of the Phyllirhoidae
(Bergh). Proc, Zool, Soc, (Lond.), pp. 455-460,

120 POWELL.

Other nominal species of Phylliroc which will probably prove
to be synonyms of bucephala are:—

Eurydice lichtensteinti Eschscholtz 1825.
Phylliroe punctulata Q. & G. 18838.
Phylliroe atlantica Bergh. 1871.
Phylliroe sanzoi Sparta 1925.

Phylliroe amboinensis Q. & G. 1838.
Phylliroe rubrua Q. & G. 1838.

Phylliroe rosea @Orbigny.

DUVAUCELIDAE.

Genus Sprarrostoma Maegillivray 1848.
Sphaerostoma flemingi n. sp. Pl. 30, fig. 3.

Minute, oblong, quadrilateral, tapering to a pointed tail.
Buccal veil very simple, oblong with two sharply conical lobes
projecting in front. Gills short, aborescent, and of unequal size,
numbering five, definitely, on each side, and a few undeveloped
ones in between. Tentacles retracted into prominent forwardly
directed entire-edged cylindrical sheaths which are somewhat
dilated at the mouth. Back and sides with irregular raised lumps
and intermediate granules The ground colour is greenish gray,
but everywhere surrounding the lumps and granules is dark
olive green. The gills, foot, sheaths and underside of the buccal
veil is the greyish-green ground colour, but the top of the veil
shades to dark olive-green towards the head.

This species may be nearer Duvaucclia or some other genus
closely allied to Sphacrostoma. However, the scant literature
available, here, the entire absence of comparative material,
together with the known tendency of the veil to vary in the local
S. incerta, and the undesirability of dissecting and thus destroy-
ing a unique specimen, make it impossible to be definite regarding
the exact generic location of the Takapuna species.

Leneth, 6 mm
Holotype: Canique).

Habitat: Takapuna Reef, on Corallina weed (near site of old -
Takapuna Wharf). Collected by Mr. C. A. Fleming, 19/7/1931.

Sphaerostoma incerta (Bergh 1904). Pl. 30, fig. 2.

1913. Tritoma incerla Bergh. Suter, Man. N.Z. Moll., p. 555.

1924. Tritonia incerta Bergh. Powell, N.Z. Journ. Sci. &
Tech., vol. 6, p. 286.

A colour figure is here given of a specimen taken at Motu-
tara, West Coast, Auckland, in December, 1920.

New Nudibranchiate Mollusca. ay

CHROMODORIDIDAE.
Genus CreratosomA Adams & Reeve, 1848.
Type: C. cornicerum Ad. & Reeve.
Ceratosoma amoena (Cheeseman 1886). Pl. 30, fig. 6.

1886. Chromodoris amocna Cheeseman, Trans. N.Z. Inst.,
vol. 18, p. 187.

1913. Chromodoris amoena Cheeseman, Suter, Man. N.Z.
Moll., p. 572.

This species seems to be better placed in the above genus
than in Chromodoris, which is a synonym of the prior Glossodoris.
Miss Joyce Allan, of the Australian Museum, Sydney, on seeing
the coloured sketches of this nudibranch, recognised it as unmis-
takably a Ceratosoma; the colour pattern on the tail and sides of
the foot being a characteristic feature of Ceratosoma, but not of
Glossodoris.

The colour figure here given is from a specimen from
Whangarei Heads, taken by Mr. C. Fleming in August, 1936.
Numerous records of the species from Hauraki Gulf localities are
now known. The colour pattern is extremely variable in respect
tc the number, size, and disposition of the orange blotches. No
specimen so far seen has the regular and symmetrical pattern
of Miss Cheeseman’s drawing of the type.

ELYSIIDAE.
Genus Erysia Risso 1818. Journ. de Physique, vol. 87, p. 375.
Type (monotypy) : Norarcuus timipus Risso.
Elysia maoria n. sp. Pl. 30, fig. 5.

This interesting addition to our fauna, like the European
virldus (Montagu) is restricted in station to the seaweed Codint:
upon which it feeds The first New Zealand examples of Elysia
were taken at Rangitoto Island, Auckland, on 28th March, 1930.
Careful search on Codiuim in many localities in Auckland has
since revealed the presence of //ysia on nearly every subsequent
occasion. The largest example taken was 22 mm. long. Its dark
green coloration, in perfect harmony with the green of the
Codium weed, makes the species extremely difficult to locate.
Strangely enough, the spawn coils first located on 29th April,
1931, at Tiri Tiri Island, are a much lighter green, rendering
them quite conspicuous, and a useful indication of the presence
of Elysia on the Codium. The text figure (6.) illustrates how the
gap between the up-folded edges of the mantle superficially
resembles the sutures in the Codium. This factor, combined with
that of the coloration, causes the Elysia to be almost indistin-
guishable from the Codiuvim. Miss L. M. Cranwell informs me
that the Codium has lately been separated specifically from the
species Codium adhaerens C. Agardh, considered to be almost cos-
mopolitan in range.

1

2

POWELL.

Elysia maoria n. sp. (dentition).

Hermaca dendritica Alder & Hancock (dentition) after A. & H.
(Monog. Brit. Nud. Moll. Pl. 43, f. 15).

Hermaca aotcana n, sp. (dentition).

Sphaerostoma flemingi n. sp. (Ventral surface of head, showing buccal
veil ).

Phylliroe bucephala (Peron & Lesueur ).
4 —= mouth. b = jaws. c = cerebral ganglion. d = cephalic
tentacle. e <= stomach. f = salivary gland. g = genital
pore (on right side). h = heart. k = ovo-testes. 1 = one
of 4 lobes of liver. m = reno-pericardial sac. |

Elysia maoria n. sp. on Codinm, showing protective resemblance; gap
between up-folded edges of mantle simulating sutures in the
Codimm. :

New Nudibranchiate Mollusca. LS

Description of species:—

_ Body ovate-oblong, gradually narrowing behind as a short
pointed tail. In life the mantle lobes curve upwards and towards
cach other, the whole animal then being roughly cylindrical.
Neck cylindrical, capable of moderate extension. Head with two
stout, somewhat involute, tentacles. Ground colour of external
surface pale moss-green, densely speckled with dark green, and
irregularly speckled with a second series of minute black dots,
each encircled with a narrow margin of brick-red. Finally, there
are irregular patches of white specks, more thickly sprinkled
at the edges of the mantle and on distant irregularly disposed
tubercles. The tentacles are as the rest of dorsal surface, but
become white towards the tips, where there is a tinge of eray.
Dorsal surface, inside the mantle-folds, mostly paler than the
outside, particularly towards the middle. Elevated region of the
heart pale yellowish-green, speckled minutely with brick-red.

Edges of mantle showing beautiful veining in bright green
on a dark green ground, superimposed by numerous specks of
brick-red and metallic-blue. The colour dots and veining are
apparent only when the specimen is examined under a lens, the
casual optical impression is of uniform dark green, becoming pale
moss green within the mantle folds. The species seems nearest
allied to the English F. viridus, which differs in having a promin-
ent white patch around each eye, as well as different details of
the pigmentation of the surface; the superficial colour effect,
however, is very similar in the two species; this resulting from
the protective resemblance factor in respect to the two closely
similar species of Codium, with which the respective species are
exclusively associated.

Dentition:—

The radula consists of a single loop of 15 teeth each having
e. broad, fairly straight base, and curving to a sharp point,
resembling somewhat the side view of a mutton chop. It was
not possible to compare actual specimens of the English viridis.
but the figure given by Cook (fig. 1385, p. 230, “Molluses and
Brachiopods.” Cooke, Shipley & Reed) is closely similar to that
of the New Zealand species here figured.

Length, 22 mm. (holotype).

Habitat: Takapuna Reef, Auckland (on Codiuim).

Type locality: Collected by Mr. C. A. Fleming, 21/3/1931,
Rangitoto Island, Hobson Point, Rangitoto Island and Hauraki
Gulf rocky shores generally A.W.B.P.

This adds a genus and species to the New Zealand fauna.

STILIGERIDAE.
Genus Hermara Loven 1844.

Hermaea aoteana n. sp. Pl. 30, fig. 1.

Minute, body elongate, greenish white, with dendritical dark
olive green markings. Two fairly definite dark green stripes pro-
ceed down the back, one from each tentacle. It is rather narrow

124 PowELt.

behind the head, expanding towards the middle of the back and
tapering to a narrow but blunt pointed tail. Tentacles cylindri-
cal, rather short, folded longitudinally. :

Papillae as long as the breadth of the animal and arranged
transversely in series of three on each side.

Length, 3.5 mm.
Dentition:—

The radula consists of a single loop of at least 56 teeth (pro-
bably more as the radula was damaged slightly in mounting),
each having a squarish base rising behind to a knob-like projec-
tion or keel from which the tooth tapers above to a long slender
curved blade with a sharp tip. The radula of H. dendritica, as
illustrated by Alder & Hancock 1845 (Monog. Brit. Nud. Moll.
Pl. 43, f. 15) shows blunt chisel pointed non-tapering teeth, very
different from those here figured for the New Zealand species.

Habitat: Bastion Point, Auckland Harbour, on the seaweed
Codium. Collected only once by Mr. W. E. Perks, 27th Sept., 1981.

This species has a striking resemblance to the English
H. dendritica, Alder & Hancock found on the seaweed Codiuni
fomentosum. The only marked differences are in the shape of the
teeth of the radula, the length of the cephalic tentacles and the
shape of the tail.

This adds a genus and species to the New Zealand fauna.

AEOLIDIADAE.

Genus Graucitta Bergh. 1867. Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift
(5);5-V iL py 0a:

Glaucilla atlantica Forster 1777.

On the 10th of October, 1934, Mr. A. 8. Martin picked up a
living specimen of this species at Mairangi Bay, Hauraki Gulf.
Glaucilla atlantica inhabits the warmer parts of all the open seas,
extending normally to 35° or 36° on either side of the equator,
but rarely beyond. Its food appears to consist chiefly of the
coelenterates I’clella and Porpita. The species is fairly common
on the New South Wales coast, but the above is the first record
for New Zealand.

The extensive synonymy of the species is listed by Bergh.,
“Report on the Nudibranchiata dredged by H.M.S. Challenger
during the years 1873-1876.” Chall. Rep. Zool., vol. 10, p. 16.

This adds a genus and species to the New Zealand fauna.

PLATE 30:

v3

*
#

ae aN

SBE YP IEP oy:

ig

. fermaea aoteana n. sp., 3.5 mm. (holotype).
. Sphaerostoma incerta (Bergh 1904), 130 mm.
. Sphaerostoma flemingi n. sp., 6 mm. (holotype).

1
2
3
4, Phylliroe bucephala (Péron and Lesueur 1810), 33 mm.
5. Elysia maoria n. sp., 22 mm. (holotype).

6

. Ceratosoma amoena (Cheeseman 1886), 50 mm.

on

RECORDS

Cr tee Pris

AUCKLAND INSTITUTE
AND MUSEUM

VOL. Vee INO. S.

Published by Order of the Council:
Gilbert Archey, Director.

17TH NOVEMBER, 1938.

The Unity Press Ltd., Printers.

CONTENTS.

Wie re, Woh. Ss

Notes on the Birds of Canton Island.

By Major G. A. Buddle, D.S.O.

The Paryphantidae of New Zealand. No. 4, and the Genus Placostylus
in New Zealand.

By A. W. B. Powell, Assistant Director.

A. New Cleidopus, and Four Other Fishes New to New Zealand.

3y A. W. B. Powell, Assistant Director.

A Phocene Molluscan Faunule from Castle Point.

By A. W. B. Powell, Assistant Director.

Additions te the Recent Molluscan Fauna of New Zealand.

By A. W. B. Powell, Assistant Director.

Lau Kapa: The Maori Canoe Stern-post.

By Gilbert Archey, Director.

r
~

Page 125

Page 133

Page 151

Page 157

Page 171

Notes on the Birds of Canton Island.
By MAJOR G. A. BUDDLE, D.S.O.

The Phoenix Islands, of which Canton Island is one, were
visited in June and July, 1889, by J. J. Lister, M.A., F.Z.S., who
made a study of the bird life of the group, a full account of which
appeared in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society, 1891. The
following notes made by the writer, while visiting Canton Island
as a member of the N.Z. Total Solar Eclipse Expedition from
27th May to 8th June, 1937, will, it is hoped, amplify Lister’s
account and also provide a basis for comparison of such changes
as have occurred during the last 48 years. As would be expected
in a remote oceanic island inhabited only by sea-birds and a few
passing migrants and practically, if not wholly, undisturbed by
human beings during the period, the changes are few; the most
noticeable being the complete absence of Wideawake Terns,
described by Lister as being present and breeding in large num-
bers. All other species described by Lister were observed, with
the exception of the migratory Turnstone and Sandpiper, while
the only species observed which was not noted by Lister was
Fregeta magnificens. Since the Eclipse Expedition’s visit to Canton
Island, the island has come into prominence as a probable future
air-base and is now permanently occupied by both British and
Americans, for which reason the conditions of bird life in the
future may be expected to be greatly modified.

Canton Island lies in a comparatively dry, rainless belt; it is
situated about 3° south of the equator and roughly 1,100 miles
N.N.E. of Fiji. It is a low-lying coral atoll roughly 7 miles in
length by 4 miles in width; the lagoon (to which there is one
narrow entrance only) occupies about 25 square miles, while the
surrounding coral fringe which comprises the island varies from
200 to 500 yards in width, with a maximum height above sea
level of approximately 20 feet. At the time of our visit the island
was entirely waterless, although Lister refers to pools of fresh
water at which the Frigate Birds used to drink: it is also treeless,
with the exception of six coconut-palms; other vegetation con-
sists of low bushes with coarse grass and a few trailing shore
plants, but about two-thirds of the area is totally devoid of vege-
tation of any kind, and consists of areas of large lumps of brokea
coral interspersed here and there with areas of guano sand.

Trinomial names according to Peter’s Checklist of the Birds
of the World are used in referring to the various species; in some
cases the correctness of these has been checked by Mr. R. A. Falla
from specimens brought back from the island, but this has not
been possible in all cases; identification of the remainder has
been made without a full and critical checking up of specimens.

126 BUDDLE.

The collection of skins and eggs brought back, which is
now in the reference collection of the Auckland Museum, is
detailed below.

SKINS.
Species, Reference Number. sex,
Puffinus pacificus chlororhyneus = ~~ A.M. 181.12 BS
Puffinus nativitatis = = A.M. 1319.1 ee
A.M. 1319.2 g
a Rem aU OL EM S20 es ea
. A.M. 1320.2 )
Pterodroma alba ALM. 946.1 ee
A.M. 946.2 )
Stermoinatad = —- , AM Feat lw
A.M. 1321.2 )
Gygis alba candida A.M. 89.16 ola :
Numenius tahitiensis ALM. 8334.2 , e)
A.M. 334.3 :
Pluvialis dominica fulva te RE SES ws ea cre oe
| A.M. 69.32 S
fan i ae BBs ae
EGGS.
Species. | Reference Number, Clutch.
Phaeton rubricauda —S A.M. 110.19 to 110.21 1
Sula dactylatra personata ~ A.M. 104.5 to 104.8 — 2
Sula leucogaster plotus | A.M. 102.8 te i620 te ae
Sula sula rubripes ‘ A.M. 1329.2 to 1829.80 55a
Fregeta minor palmerstoni re Ss VES tT ee ihe
Sterna lunata | A.M. 1321.3 to 1321.12 pent
Gygis alba candida ~—~S*S*~CS:C<C«CMCSMLS 89.19 to BOLD | A
Anous stolidus pileatus ——*||—s A.M. 1098.2 to 1098.7 | ie: ie

Note: This collection was made between 27/5/37 and 8/6/37.

PROCELLARITFORMES.

Members of this order were not by any means plentiful on
Canton Island, the numbers of the four species identified being
very few, and so far as I was able to observe were confined to
two small sandy areas each about one acre in extent, one near
the entrance to the lagoon and the other near the S.E. corner
of the island, where I observed a number of burrows; which,
however, at that date appeared to be unoccupied. Specimens of
all four species, including the non-burrowing, were obtained in
the breeding ground near the camp. It would appear that
although preparations for breeding were in progress, none of
the species had yet commenced, which coincides with Lister’s
observations.

Birds of Canton Tsland. 127

Puffinus pacificus chlororhyncus. Lesson 1831.

One pair only of the Wedge-Tailed Shearwater was observed.
This pair was found (by day) occupying a partly constructed
burrow about 18 inches in length, in close proximity to the

burrows of P. dichrous. Evidently breeding had not yet
commenced.

Puffinus nativitatis. Streets 1877.

Two pairs only of the Christmas Shearwater were observed.
One pair were mating and preparing to nest in a crevice in coral
rock at the edge of the P. dichrous colony, where they were to be
found during the day. After being disturbed by photographic
operations they disappeared for some days, but were later found

ela
’ To Coconuts
j ?
\ x ee ae
A pee ibe. mF ,
: ay Sv8 . CANTON ISLAND
\ ' ” Tr ~ = \ 1
‘ . : 9
\ Pe ee p \ Lay. 2° 49' S.
t - a ° '
, D. sy -! hae . 7 N D . Lona. I71 . 45 W.
, > / 2 a
t ; ay : sii oe A= Tropic Bieo
: ' A‘ \ B = Common Noovy
) \ \ C = Specracten Teen
\ / : N o D = Fetcare-Buao 4 Boosy
ug , . ' Pes ‘ oFooren Boosy
‘ t \ ‘ F = Pereers ¢ Sweanwater
L § ‘ :
‘ i AGOON Stuooe Win Rerrs § Conar Heans s .
\ r ’ ‘
t f ym t X ‘N
\ ‘
{ ‘ t \ ".
‘ { ' ie ™ ee
aan | ae be a \
x \ man or ‘ te _ X nye
“N Sa - - 47 \ !
1 Farnon —> si : 4r . \ '
Haare ate Osstevarion Spor ya a IB Hicn
eo 3 Bowr SD Rican Pies. Pe ae \ \
12' Wen * a) re " Sf ‘ “cts FS
‘ CoconuTs ;. # - * \ {
\} \ ;
‘ ¢ eg : \
P ‘ \ \
*
. 1
~ ~ =~ ~s Baby nd oc 5 » bp ~ \
os ‘ A \
\ t— 7 \ '
¢ Ta al Pay \ y * \ \
Busn ~ ey cree bling” @ . ~ eo \ ,
~
~“ ~ { )
‘ Ky
\ ' \ 1
. t
- \ oN
‘ \ \
‘ ‘ :
‘“ \ \ .
\ x :
. ‘ t
N ‘ \ \
/ \ \ \
Weg ‘ \
XN XV ) AN ‘
\ \ FAN» ee
\ ah yg = ni ‘
as a ee
JOCasizs 5 fe) 1 Sea- Murs 2 “ ~ \ vt :
’ “N ‘NN A A
20° Hiew —Q a Gar

128 BUDDLE.

at night sitting together on the sand amongst the P. dichrous
burrows. The other pair had their home beneath a large pile of
coconuts at the base of one of the palms. They could be heard
crooning at daylight and at dusk. Nesting had not yet started.

Puffinus lherminieri dichrous. Finsch and Hartlaub 1867.

The Dusky Shearwaters were seen only at night: soon after
dusk they commenced to come ashore and were found in pairs
outside the nesting burrows, of which there were probably fifty
in this colony. They were employed in clearing out the burrows,
and mating was in progress, but egg laying had not yet started.

Pterodroma alba (Gmelin) 1789.

Several Phoenix Petrels were to be seen in pairs every
afternoon from about four o’clock onwards, wheeling and circling
over the area occupied by the Dusky Shearwaters. They kept
this up till late at night, and I never observed one at rest on the
ground; specimens were obtained by shooting.

PELECANIFORMES.

Phaeton rubricauda Boddaert (subsp.?) 1783.

The Red-Tailed Tropic-bird appears to be more plentiful
than would be expected from Lister’s description; there was a
large colony of probably forty pairs breeding under the shelter
of large blocks of coral close to the Eclipse party’s camp, and
odd birds and small cclonies were found on all parts of the island
that I visited, some amongst the coral and others on the sand
beneath the stunted bushes. Laying commences early in May,
and the season appears to be short; I found a few very young
birds, and the majority of eggs well incubated.

Sula dactyiatra personata. Gould 1846.

The Blue-Faced Booby was the commonest of the three
species on the island. The normal clutch is two eggs, and no
nest is made, the eggs being deposited in a depression in the sand.
They do not breed in compact colonies, but scattered at intervals,
usually amongst the colonies of Frigate-birds, and I noticed that
nests were never left unattended, one or both birds being always
in attendance. The breeding season is extented; judging by the
condition of eggs examined it must have been started early in
May, but many birds were still courting.

Sula leucogaster plotus. Forster 1844.

The Brown Booby was not common. Several pairs had young
by the first week in June, but some had fresh eggs (normal clutch
2). The nests, fairly substantial structures of twigs, sticks and
seaweed, were placed directly on the sand, but none on bushes, as
described by Lister,

Birds of Canton Island. 129

Sula sula rubripes. Gould 1838.

The Red-Footed Booby was very plentiful. Lister describes
them as nesting not in colonies but scattered here and there;
however, I observed several large colonies, one in particular, in
the scrub at the S.E. end of the island, and another on the north
side, as well as large numbers scattered throughout the Frigate-
bird colonies. The nests were always placed on top of Sida
bushes ov in the branches of the Tournefortia, never on the
ground. Only one egg is laid, and the breeding season is very

prolonged ; many young were fully fledged, while some birds were
still nest building.

Fregeta magnificens magnificens. Mathews 1914.

Specimens were occasionally observed flying with the
Greater Frigate Bird, but were never seen to land, and apparently
did not breed on Canton Island.

Fregeta minor palmerstoni. Gmelin 1789.

Of the bird population of Canton Island, the Frigate Birds
far outnumber all other species; their nests were to be found on
every part of the island visited, sometimes in closely packed
groups and sometimes scattered over a wide area. The nests
were placed on top of small scrub or on beaten down tussocks, or
occasionally directly on coral. Nests are fairly solidly built and
are apparently added to year by year. I observed no nest with
more than one egg or young, although Lister reports that on
Phoenix Island he saw several with two eggs. Many young were
fully fledged; young in down were plentiful, as well as fresh eggs.
Peale’s opinion that there is no definite period for the nesting
of this species in equatorial regions is certainly borne out by the
conditions at Canton Island. This applies with almost equal
truth to the Red-Footed Booby. Notwithstanding the fact that
the bulk of their food is obtained by robbery of Boobies and
Terns, the nests of all species of Booby are scattered about in
close proximity to those of the Frigate birds. On many occasions
I observed Frigate birds (usually immature) robbing the nests
of their own kind, as well as the Boobies of eggs. The bird would
hover over a cluster of nests till one was left unattended, when
it would swoop down, seize the egg in its bill, and soar aloft,
where the contents of the egg would be swallowed and the broken
shell dropped. A great many young were seen with severe
wounds on the back caused by a marauding Frigate bird attempt-
ing to seize them from the nest.

LARIDAE.

Thalasseus bere ll eristatus. Stephens 1826.

A pair of these large Crested Tern were seen occasionally
flyine over the outer reef, but no detailed observations were
possible,

130

3 UDDLE.

Sterna fuscata oahuensis. Bloxham 1826.

No Wideawake Terns were seen during our stay on Canton
Island, which is remarkable, as Lister reports them present in
thousands, and breeding in large colonies; and both Arundel and
Hague say that they have two laying seasons in the year at the
Phoenix Group. I find the following in my field notes dated May
25th, 1937 :—“H.M.S. Wellington, at sea; about 2 p.m. arrived off
Carondelet reef, which we steamed round at a distance of about
half a mile. Birds were working over schools of fish in the lee
of the reef. Amongst them I noticed numbers of Wideawake
Terns, Black Naped Terns, Frigate Birds and Boobies .... after
dark, birds could be heard flying over the ship in large numbers,
and the Captain kindly had a searchlight switched on, by the
light of which we could see hundreds of Wideawake Terns. When
caught in the beams of the searchlight they glistened like silver
stars, and twisted, wheeled and dived in an effort to avoid the
rays of light, reminding one very strongly of bombing planes in
France during the war. The birds were all travelling towards
the N.E.; Hull Island, the nearest member of the Phoenix Group,
lying about 50 miles distant in that direction, and Canton Island
150 miles to the north.”

It appears that since Lister’s time the Wideawakes have for
some reason deserted Canton Island as a breeding ground.

Sterna lunata. Peale 1848.

The Spectacled Terns were found in vast numbers, as
described by Lister. There was a large colony of several
thousand birds breeding about a mile to the south of the camp
on the in-shore slope of the island, with a small overflow colony
on the outer beach about half a mile distant, and another very
large one to the north of the passage. No nest is made, and the
single egg is deposited on a bare patch of coral shingle. The eggs
are laid at intervals of a few feet, and quarrels and bickerings
amongst the birds are incessant. The eggs are extraordinarily
difficult to detect and provide a perfect example of protective
coloration and marking. On 28th May breeding appeared to be
at its height; no young were to be seen, and all eggs examined
were fresh. This species seems to have a very definite laying
date. y

Sterna anaethetus anaethetus. Scopoli 1786.

Several pairs were seen amongst a large colony of Spectacled
Tern, but no sign of nesting was discovered.

Sterna sumatrana sumatrana. Raffles 1822.

The Black-naped Tern was frequently seen in small flocks
fishing over the waters of the lagoon, and occasionally nesting on
the sandy shore, but, like Lister, I failed to locate any nests,

birds of Canton Tsland. 13

——}

Gygis alba candida (Gmelin) 1789.

The White Tern was quite common and fairly well distri-
buted over the island. The customary type of nesting place (i.e.,
on the branches of trees) not being available, it here selects a
slight depression near the edge of a large block of coral on which
to deposit the single egg. No nest is made. Laying evidently
commences early in May, as many young were hatched by first
week of June, although some fresh eggs were still to be found.
They do not breed in colonies, but each pair has its own particular
bit of territory.

Anous stolidus pileatus (Scopoli) 1786.

The Noddy was fairly evenly distributed over the island, not
anywhere in great numbers. A small colony of perhaps 50 birds
were nesting in a salt marsh just to the north of the passage into
the lagoon. Isolated nests were found over the greater part of
the island; sometimes a fairly substantial nest of twigs under
the shelter of an overhanging lump of coral, sometimes merely
a depression on top of the rock. A fairly extended laying season
is indicated by the finding of young already losing the down, and
eggs at all stages of incubation. This agrees with Lister’s obser-
vation that in July he found only half-fledged young.

Procelsterna cerulea nebouxi (Mathews) 1912.

The Blue-Grey Noddy was not common, but several pairs
were observed in different parts of the island; although they were
evidently mated, I was unable to find the nest. Lister reports
finding the egg in July.

SCOLOPACIDAE.
Numenius tahitiensis (Gmelin) 1789.

The Bristle-thighed Curlew was reported by Lister as fairly
abundant and going about in parties of six or eight. At the time
of our visit, which was about four weeks earlier in the year, all
the birds that I saw were in pairs, like the Golden Plover. One
pair, in particular, by their behaviour, gave me a strong im-
pression that they were nesting; most of the birds were fairly
timid and would fly off when one approached within 50 yards or
so, but this pair were constantly to be seen in one locality, and
would not be driven away from it, merely moving out of sight
amongst the rocks and returning to the area again immediately
the ground was clear. However, I failed to find the nest.

The Curlew divided their time fairly evenly between the
tidal waters and the sandy flats above tide level, where they
appeared to find plenty of food,

132 BUDDLE.

CHARADRIIDAE.
Pluvialis dominica fulva (Gmelin) 1789.

Golden Plover were present in fair numbers. Many of the
males had assumed the breeding plumage, and all that I observed
were In pairs, although Lister refers to the birds being in squads.
Although the birds were occasionally seen feeding on the sandy
shores of the lagoon and on the outer reef, the bulk of them were
to be seen on the sandy flats above tide level, amongst the Frigate
birds and Boobies. Here they apparently secured the bulk of
their food, which consisted of small lizards about two inches in
leneth.

PEATE <95,

Fig. 1. Spectacled Tern (Sterna lunata).
‘ig. 2. Christmas Shearwater (Puffinus nativitatis) on nest.
Fig. 3. Dusky Shearwater (Puffinus lherminieri dichrous) at entrance to

nesting burrow.

oe ip

ae

se

— wap

owe,

?

SMES rr tier gnet me Fie oe

.

r
e ~é
4
ee
'*
‘
‘

oe

r

yams

set

Seat Ae LR ee Hoke, eR te Ae 9k ms
.

ot tee

QE Sh mete eee vert orieten eo pemnuiny ab oy ys

é . ‘e Ls * *
’ A +
= +
C ‘ : be} . i J
‘ é, :
F ji
7 5 e
’
¢ ; c
1 ‘
« i
=a, H
7 r
’ :.
7 -” ,
‘
. a
; 7 a
7 fl -

‘ :
cs
* A " .
,t '‘
_f
Y 43 2 Ne :
' rc .
7? satiny
en P .
.
.
a F a '
< s z
Js "i ." Wee :
© aT Li
* ) .
fi M « i A
2 -- me ‘ ‘
' f Perth
al = ‘
! os
ly es
’ . . 5,
, ae 4 , *
4 r¢
F . 2 +
Br] * 1
- Phe, “6
rf 4 . i 1
ra ‘ay ‘
: 's é
' ’
= hank -o4 ee eee es re -
.

.
a
ra
La
Crs
“

.
‘
r ’ ‘
% 7
- *.
' ‘ ‘
‘ Yi =

ie r
: .
s im? ie.
‘ ye
3 eg
'
Pe Fis
' - w
~
wee
; ‘

Pat | .
: 6 =
i aa
y ‘ : A
a a Bite
Fy we
‘, “ it
FY - © ae
Z ; .
va. 7 F) ,
i
‘
- a a “ay
bee : « “
7 _] z i " ‘
5 apt itl eT tn at
vs ¥ : * fa "
ie - ? ‘
<2 é = + u's
,“ 7 te
he ot ? :
<4" : «4 47m
yy . iy * Pur
: _ sy .
; ee i ie
. - ‘
; Re . : F e
ee ee se ee
‘
* ‘

PEA OZ.

nest.

Brown Booby (Sula leucogaster plolus) approaching

Red-fcoted Booby (Sula sula rubripes) on nest.
Male Frigate Bird (F*regeta minor palinerstoni) on nest with young.

Fig. 1.
gag:
Bn a lo)

iS °F

mh :
oe i i

: v ast a 7 La

2 a - =e
io aoe fei ama tet +, ib
= =— & 7] wt
ite i aa ee) ee 1 mo “
Py i ee ee
7 Ty eege
= Z 7

7 aa
af 7 i 4 he Th 1, = As at i oat ts
Pi 7? - eps = ra Fite s ie 7 os i i ~.
- : es i 2 on i
aoe Pu eet ay Fork
7 ‘oe Lar ie 7 es 7 sr
i 7 ae Ye ere a a yin #1 ;
7 eee ee te eee ce es
rk 7 Pa” |e a a ew, at i
ee nee be
aa peti i eae _ c
a J ie
7 =

a
aod o a
f io mi | ua 5 =
yd eee eS Pe
aan =
mee

oe . 7 7 ihen

Bi

: ae a : i ; = :
ee
aren

- Ma

Tovey see

i tT

a ot a!

i a i. ms a ic 7 ; j
& ee Pe tope lt tet
; Pl ee |

_
i
i

o
-
-
P=
_
=
_
=
—
=
—
a
=,
or
_
-
od
7
-
e hil
La

7
i
-_
-_f
i,
7 “1.
=
a aa
et
—
ee |
_.
naa

/
a z 7 ss

7 Ht : 7 ; | ms,
ee aS Hes a ee al a Ns
ae i a nA Pr ie ra ' a

The Paryphantidae of New Zealand
No. IV.

and
The Genus Placostylus in New Zealand
By A. W. B. POWELL, Assistant Director.

Since the publication in these “Records” of my previous
papers on the land molluscan family Paryphantidae (1930, Vol. 1,
No. 1; 1982, Vol. 1, No. 3; and 1936, Vol. 2, No. 1), further new
material has been received, and is here made the subject of my
fourth contribution on the family. The second part of the paper
deals with the New Zealand land snails of the genus Placostylus
and includes descriptions of three new subspecies.

Although the forms I here separate are based upon small
differences, the work can hardly be termed “species splitting,”
for the respective subspecific forms are constant within their
restricted areas of distribution, and in no case can they be likened
to variants that may crop up in any breeding colony irrespective
of location.

Three new species and five new subspecies are described
herein, and the types of all of them are in the Auckland Museum.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.

I am deeply indebted to Mrs. M. Mouat, Messrs. L. W. Delph,
R. A. Falla, Owen Fletcher, Maxwell Gage, B. Given, N. H. Goul-
stone, W. J. Jameson, W. H. Johnston, E. B. Langford, W. La
Roche, — Le Clere, A. C..0’ Connor, WR. 2B Oliver, HcOsborne,
A. T. Pycroft, K. Rudall, H. Wellman and F. Young, all of whom
have generously made available the results of their collecting.

PARYPHANTIDAE.
(Hochstetteri series. )
Paryphanta hochstetteri anatokiensis, n. subsp. Pl. 33, fig. 7.

Specimens from the ridge near the headwaters of the
Anatoki, Slate and Snows Rivers, West Nelson, are at once dis-
tinguishable from the typical species by their reddish-brown
colour resulting from a constant pattern of closely spaced and
diffused narrow spiral dark reddish-brown bands. Although
variable, typical hochstettcri never merges with the proposed sub-
species, for it has a yellowish brown ground colour either sparsely

: |
134 POWELL.

spirally banded or with broad zones of reddish brown, but allow-
ing most of the yellowish-brown ground colour to show through.

The colour distinction is most marked on the dorsal surface,
the prevailing colour of the typical species being citrine (Pl. 4,
21K) to orange-citrine (Pl. 4, 19K, Ridgway’s Colour Standards
and Nomenclature, 1912).

The dorsal surface of the new subspecies is chestnut (Pl. 2,
9 m) to mahogany-red (Pl. 2, 7K). The ventral surface is
antique-brown (Pl. 3, 17K) to argus-brown (Pl. 3, 13 m), closely
spirally banded with chestnut to warm sepia (Pl. 29, 13 m),
variable but narrow bands. There are twelve definite spiral
bands on the base of the holotype, from 13 to 15 in paratypes,
and about fifteen spiral bands on the dorsal surface, but as they
are diffused into a general red-brown colour it is impossible to
count precisely the actual number of the spirals. In size, shape
and sculpture the new subspecies is identical with the typical
species.

The new subspecies occupies the western extremity of the
Tasman system, which links up with the Pikikiruna Range
through the Mt. Arthur Tableland. Typical hochstetieri extends
over the entire Pikikiruna Range, the Mount Arthur Tableland,
and along the Tasman Mountains to as far westward as Mt. Cobb.

Major diameter, 69 mm.; minimum diameter, 58 mm.;
height, 31.5 mm. (holotype).

Holotype: Presented to the Auckland Museum by Mr. E. B.
Langford.

Hlabitat: On range between Snows River and Anatoki River,
West Nelson.

(Lignaria series.)

Parvphanta lignaria oconnori n. subsp. PI. 33, figs. 3-6.

The coloration of the subspecies differs from that of the
typical species in having fewer and wider-spaced reddish-brown
axial streaks, allowing the buckthorn-brown (Ridgway, Pl. 15,
17 1) ground colour to predominate, resulting in a paler coloured
red-brown shell at once distinguishable. A structural difference
is noticeable also in the much finer spiral striae and malleations
of the subspecific form.

Whorls 5, including typical buff to vellow-ochre protoconch
of 14 whorls. Spire whorls buffy-citrine (Pl. 16, 19K) to Dresden-
brown (Pl. 15, 17K). Body whorl cinnamon-brown (PI. 15, 15K)
to chestnut (Pl. 2, 9M). Axial streaks narrow, few, irregularly
spaced, dark sepia to almost black with diffused cinnamon-brown
axial growth streaks in the interspaces. Parietal callus glaucous-
eray (Pl. 48, 37F) to pale Medici-blue (PI. 48, 41F).

The Paryphantidae of New Zealand. 135

From the present subspecies, wricolorata rotella differs in
having still finer dorsal sculpture and a decidedly more olive
ground colour with superimposed reddish-brown spiral lines on
the dorsal surface.

Major diameter, 43 mm.; minimum diameter, 36.5 mm.;
height, 25.5 mm. (holotype).

Major diameter, 51.5 mm.; minimum diameter, 42 mm.:
height, 30 mm. (paratype).

Holotype presented to the Auckland Museum by Mr. A. C.
O’Connor.

Habitat: Headwaters of the Leslie River, tributary of the
Karamea River, 2,000 feet; between Gordon’s Pyramid, 4,900
feet; and Mt. Arthur, 5,834 feet, western slopes from Mt. Arthur
Tableland.

From Mr. A. C. O’Connor, who received his material from
Messrs. A. P. Andrews, of Wellington, and L. Grooby, of
Negatimoti.

Paryphanta fletcheri n. sp. Pl. 33, figs. 12 and 13.

Shell comparable with that of rossiana, subdiscoidal, of
moderate size, narrowly umbilicate, smooth and glossy. Colour
mostly dark greenish-brown, turning to russet-brown above.
Axial stripes few, wide spaced, showing distinctly only on the
base. The nearest shade for the upper surface is Brussel’s brown
(Ridgway, Pl. 3, 15M) and for the base medal bronze (PI. 4, 21M),
The axial stripes are dark sepia, almost black. Apart from these
widely spaced wheel-spoke like dark stripes the whole surface is
crowded with very faint greenish-brown subsidiary axial stripes.
Over the last eighth of the body-whorl dark brown axial streaks
are crowded together.

Under a low power lens extremely faint and close spaced
spiral striae is just visible beneath the surface glaze, but to the
eye the shell appears perfectly smooth. Apertural details as in
rossiana, callus smooth, coloured as body-whorl.

Compared with rossiana, the shell is flatter in the spire, has a
more open umbilicus, one-seventh major diameter of the base
(one-tenth in rossiana), the shell is sparsely not regularly axially
streaked with the darker bands, and the coloration of the dorsal
surface is distinctive. Whorls 44.

fletcheri.

Major diameter, 36 mm.; minimum diameter, 29 mm.:
height, 20 mm.; depth of body whorl opp. aperture, 15 mm.
(Paratype.)

Major diameter, 31 mm.; minimum diameter, 25.5 mm.:
height, 17 mm.; depth of body whorl opp. aperture, 13 mm.
(Holotype. )

136 POWELL.
rossiana.

Major diameter, 31 mm.: minimum diameter, 25 mm.;
height, 19.5 mm.; depth of body whorl opp. aperture, 14.5 mm.

. Major diameter, 35 mm.; minimum diameter, 27.5 mm.:
height, 20.5 mm.*; depth of body whorl opp. aperture, 15 mm.
(Holotype.) (*revised measurement.)

Holotype: Presented to Auckland Museum by Mr. Owen
Fletcher.

Habitat: Mt. Tuhua, 3,688 feet, eastern side of Lake Kanieri,
Westland. Found on the ground around bases of tussock. Col-
lected by Mr. Owen Fletcher.

Paryphanta gagei n. sp. Pl. 33, figs, 10, 11.

Shell comparable with that of rossiana and fletcheri, the latter
in particular; subdiscoidal, moderately large, narrowly umbili-
cate, smooth and glossy, but the upper surface sculptured with
fine close anastomosing short spiral striations so broken up that
the surface is best described as minutely malleated. The sculp-
ture abruptly terminates above the periphery of the body-whorl
at the upper third of its height. Whorls 54.

Coloration exactly as in fletcheri, Brussels-brown above and
medal-bronze below, axially streaked with distant dark brown
narrow bands and more numerous, much paler greenish and red-
dish-brown intermediates. Apex yellow ochre to buckthorn
brown (Ridgway, Pl. 15, 171); last eighth of body-whorl with
crowded axial dark-brown stripes. Parietal callus so thin a glaze
that the colour is identical with that of the base.

Compared with filcicheri, the shell reaches a larger adult size
and is further distinguished by the presence of a malleate-striate
upper surface extending down over one-third the depth of the
bedy-whorl. Both fletcheri and rossiana are glossy all over.

Umbilicus one-eighth major diameter of base.

Major diameter, 42.5 mm.; minimum diameter, 34 mm.;
height, 24 mm.; depth of body-whorl opp. aperture, 16.5 mm.
(holotype).

Holotype: In Auckland Museum.

Habitat: Head of Seven Mile Stream, 2,800 feet, Rewanui,
Greymouth. “Found in a niche in a moist mossy bank under
stunted yellow-pine and spider-wood.” Mr. Maxwell Gage.

Fragmentary specimens of what appears to be the same
species were collected by Mr. H. Wellman from Kirwan’s Hill
3,900 feet, seven miles N.E. of Reefton.

,]

[he Paryphantidae of New Zealand. 13/7

Paryphanta unicolorata rotella, n. subsp. Pl. 33, figs. 8; 9.

The typical form of unicolorata is uniformly olive-brown with-
out axial stripes and at the most with faint spiral reddish-brown
lines on the dorsal surface only. The type locality is Seddonville,
West Coast, Nelson, around flax (Phormium) bushes near the
State Mine.

Examples from the western slopes of Mount Glasgow, be-
tween the Mokihinui and N gakawau Rivers, differ in having a
dense pattern of dark red-brown spiral lines on the dorsal surface,
thinning out over the periphery and becoming practically obso-
lete on the base. In addition, they have a few bold wide spaced
dark brown axial streaks. The ground colour is nearest to
Ridgway’s ecru-olive (Pl. 30, 21, 1). Lignaria has a decidedly
reddish-brown ground colour, cinnamon-rufous to hazel (Pl. 14,
11, land K). Parietal callus bluish-white as in typical species.

Major diameter, 42.5 mm.: minimum diameter, 35 mm.;
height, 24.5 mm. (estimated, apex damaged). (Holotype.)

Major diameter, 49 mm.; minimum diameter, 40 mm.:
height, 28 mm. St. Andrew’s Stream, 1,800-2,000 feet.

flolotype: Presented to the Auckland Museum by Mr. W. H.
Johnston.

Flabiiat: Between headwaters of St. Andrew’s and St. George’s
Streams, tributaries of the Ngakawau River, at 1,200 feet,
western slopes of Glasgow Range, West Nelson (holotype).
Vicinity of headwaters of St. Andrew’s Stream at 1,800-2,000
feet (larger specimen, and one half grown). Ridge betwen Coal
Creek and Chasm Creek at 700 feet, tributary of Mokihinui River.
(Collected by Mr. W. H. Johnston.)

Paryphanta spedeni Powell 1932.
Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus., vol. 1, no. oe Doo:

Mr. A. C. O’Connor, who collected a series of living specimens
of this species, states that the locality as given by the collector,
Mr. J. Speden, is not quite correct. It should read: “on range at
about 3,200 feet, west side of Mataura River, cpposite East Dome,
Southland.”

The distribution of this species is now known to extend to
the vicinity of Lake Monowai, as shown by specimens collected
by Mr. 8. W. Mayo at 3,000 feet on the Billow Mountains, which
rise from the south-western shore of the lake.

(Gilliesi series.)

Paryphanta gilliesi montana Powell 1936.
Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus., Vol. 2, no. ie sexe.
Mr. E. B. Langford, the finder of this subspecies, informs me
that the locality he gave, “Mt. Stevens, 3,800 feet,” is incorrect,

and should be Bock Peak, about 3,300 feet. Bock Peak is on the
same ridge as Mount Stevens, but is of lesser altitude.

138 POWELL.

Paryphanta gilliesi brunnea, n. subsp. Pl. 33, fig. 14.

| The type series of gilliesi kahurangica (Powell 1936, Rec. Auck.
Inst. Mus., Vel. 2, no. 1, p. 33) came from south of Paturau River,
West Coast, Nelson, and the same form occurs at Kahurangi
Point, some fifteen miles to the south. Recently Mr. A. C.
O’Connor received from Mr. H. Scrimgeour, of Paturau, a series
of snails from the north side of the Paturau River which differ
from kahurangica in having a more or less uniformly brownish
base free from spiral bands, apart from the lower of two peri-
pheral dark bands which, when viewed from the base, is just
visible around the circumference of the shell. Also it reaches
a larger adult size, the usual reddish brown basal tint of gilliesi
and kahurangi is lacking, and the parietal callus is black, crowded
with fine granules, whereas in kahurangica this callus is drab-grey
with the granules not so clearly defined.

It would seem that the type lot of kahurangica really came
from a location much to the south of Paturau River, and nearer
to Kahurangi Point.

The recently collected specimens from north of the Paturau
are so distinctive and constant in their characteristics that they
must be considered typical of that area.

In Ridgway’s terminology, the basal coloration of g. brunnea
is antique-brown (PI. 3, 17 K), deepening towards the umbilicus
from amber-brown (Pl. 3, 138 K) to chestnut (PI. 2, 9 M).

Major diameter, 53 mm.; minimum diameter, 46 mm.;
height, 30 mm. (holotype).

Major diameter, 56 mm.; minimum diameter, 47 mm.;
height, 32 mm. (paratype. Collection of Mr. A. C. O’Connor).

FHlolotype: Presented to Auckland Museum by Mr. A. C.
O’Connor.

Locality: 20-30 feet above sea, north side of Paturau River,
West Nelson. Collected by Mr. H. Scrimgeour and Mr. W. J.
Jameson.

Paryphanta traversi tararuaensis n. subsp. PI. 33, fig. 2.

This is a high-country form of the lowland traversi. The
typical species comes from Waiopehu Reserve, Levin, and the
species was formerly well distributed in the lowland forest of
that area, the average height above sea level being 120 feet.

The new subspecies occurs at from 1,500 to 2,000 feet at
Kaihinu, on the Tararua Range, east of Tokomaru, a railway
station 76 miles north from Wellington and 16 miles north of
Levin, on the Wellington-Palmerston North line. Although the
Tararua Range has been fairly well searched for large snails,
Kaihinu is the only high country occurrence for them so far
known. Specimens were first located by Mr. K. Rudall in 1934,
and subsequently in numbers during the summer of 1937-38 by
Mr. A. C. O’Connor, of Wellington.

The Paryphantidae of New Zealand. Eat

The new subspecies is characterised by the coloration of the
base and parietal callus, the former being more uniformly green-
ish-olive than in traversi, and the pattern always much more deli-
cate, consisting of fine, close spaced lines rather than broad bands
or Zones. A notable feature is the bright purplish-lilac parietal
callus compared with the dull purplish grey of the typical species.

Shell of similar size, shape and sculpture to that of traversi
typical. Whorls 5, including buff to yellow-ochre typical proto-
conch of 15 whorls. Dorsal surface with a ground colour of
mummy-brown (Ridgway, Pl. 15, 17 M) to Dresden-brown (PI.
15, 17 K) close banded with narrow spiral lines of Mars-brown
(Pl. 15, 13 M). Three, sometimes more, heavier, linear spaced
spiral bands at periphery. Ventral surface dull-citrine CPIe AS;
21 K) to olive-citrine (Pl. 16, 21 M), faintly spirally striped with
close spaced but somewhat irregular lines of Saccardo’s-olive
(Pl. 16, 19 M) and Roman-green (Pl. 16, 23 m).

There is also a diffused patch of Mars-brown (PI. 15). 13- D1)
about one-third the major diameter of the shell, in width, extend-
ing outward from the umbilicus. Parietal callus purplish-lilac
(Pl. 37, 65 D), irregularly streaked axially with Argyle-purple
13 BoB:

Majcr diameter, 43 mm.; minimum diameter, 35 wins
height, 22 mm. (holotype). Major diameter, 54 mm. (specimen
in Mr. O’Connor’s collection). |

Holotype: Presented to Auckland Museum by Mr. A. C.
O’Connor.

Flabitat: 1,500-2,000 feet, Kaihinu, Tararua Range, living on
the ground under decaying leaves, around the roots of the fern
Blechnum discolor, and especially under piripiri “bidibidi’ on the
outskirts of the forest. Collected by Mr. A. C. O’Connor, of
Wellington.

ScuizocLossa Hedley 1892.
Type (orig. desig.) : Daudebardia novoseelandica Pfeiffer.
Schizoglossa major n. sp. Pl. 33, figs. 15, 16.

Shell very large for the genus, solid, and heavily callused
within. Ovate, strongly convex, scarcely angulate along back
margin. Sculptured with a few irregular and waved radial fur-
rows, not clearly showing owing to the state of preservation of
the specimens. Protoconch typical, well defined, of 14 rapidly
increasing whorls. Whorls 2}, being a quarter of a whorl more
than in novoseelandica. As the post-nuclear whorls increase with
great rapidity, the extra quarter of a whorl results in a much
larger shell than in the Recent genotype.

With age novoscelandica becomes proportionately longer, with
subparallel sides. The much larger major retains it regularly
ovate outlines at exactly twice the linear dimensions of the
largest novoseelandica I have seen, and that both are adult forms

140 POWELL.

is shown by the well developed internal callosity in the small
Recent species as well as in the Subrecent form here described.

major.

_ Major diameter, 36 mm.; minimum diameter, 26 mm.;
height, 8.5 mm. (holotype).

Major diameter, 40 mm.; minimum diameter, 28.5 mm.:
height, 10 mm. (Three dimensions estimated from damaged
paratype).

sigantea.

Major diameter, 32 mm.; minimum diameter, 19 mm.;
height, 6 mm. (holotype).

novoseelandica.

Major diameter, 20 mm.; minimum diameter, 14 mm.;
height, 4.75 mm.

Major diameter, 20 mm.; minimum diameter, 138 mm.;
height, 6 mm. (senile specimen).

Holotype: In Auckland Museum.

Locality: Subrecent, in limestone crevice with “moa” remains,
t mile S.W. of Pukemiro, Waikato, North Island. Collected by
Mr. J. H. Hill and Mr. Gilbert Archey.

The new species major is larger than the Subrecent gigantea
Powell 1930 (Rec. Auck. Inst. and Mus., vol. 1, no. 1, p. 54), and
of very different outline, convexity and sculpture.

FAMILY PARYPHANTIDAE.

Synopsis of New Zealand members of the genus Paryphanta.
YO} S 2

ParyPpHanta Albers 1850. (Type: NANINA BuUsBytI Gray.)

(a) BUSBYI series (typical).
P. busbyi (Gray 1840). North Auckland Peninsula.

(b) HOCHSTETTERI series.
2. P. hochstetteri (Pfeiffer 1862). Pikikiruna-Tasman Ranges, Nelson.
3. P. hochstetteri anatokiensis Powell n. subsp. Headwaters of Anatokt,
western end ot Tasman Ranze, Nelson.
4. P. hochstetteri obscura Beutler 1901. Western Marlborough Sounds.
5
0
7

ws

P. hochstetteri bicolor Powell 1930. Eastern Marlborough Sounds.
P. hochstetteri consobrina Powell 1936. Mt. Duppa, Marlborough, and
vicinity.
P. marchanti Powell 1932. Ruahine Range, North Island.
(c) LIGNARIA series,
8. P. lignaria Hutton 1888. Karamea to Mokihinui River, West Nelson.
9, P. lignaria oconnori Powell n. subsp. Headwaters of Leslie River, western
slopes of Mt. Arthur, Nelson.
10. P. annectens Powell 1936. Gunner Downs, south to Karamea, West Nelson.
11. P. mouataec Powell 1936. Gouland Downs, West Nelson.
12. P. superba Powell 1930. Eastern side of Aorere Valley, southern part of
Whakamarama Range and across Gouland Downs to Rocks Point, West
Nelson.

The Genus Placostylus in New Zealand. 14i

13. P. untcolorata Powell 1930. Mokihinui River to Westport, West Nelson.

14. P. unicolorata rotella Powell n. subsp. Slopes of Mt. Glasgow, West
Nelson.

15. P. gagei Powell n. sp. Rewanui, Paparoa Range, Greymouth to Kirwan’s

_ Hill, N.E. of Reefton?

16. P. fletcheri Powell n. sp. Mt. Tuhua, Kanieri, Westland.

17. P. rossiana Powell 1930. Mt. Greenland and Mt. Rangitoto, Ross, Westland.

18. a sit Powell 1932. East Dome to Billow Mountains, Monowa1, South-
and.

(d) GILLIESI series.

19, P. gitiliest Smith 1880. Northern end of Whakamarama Range, West
Nelson.

2). P. gilliest brunnea Powell n. sp. North of Paturau River, West Nelson
(coastal ).

21. P. gilliesi kahurongica Powell 1936. South of Paturau River to Kahurang!
Point, West Nelson (coastal).

22. P. gillicsi montana Powell 1936. Whakamarama Range, south of Kaituna-
Patarau break.

23. P. aillicsi subfusca Powell 1930. North side of Westhaven Inlet to Wairak1,
Puponga (low country).

24. P. compta Powell 1930. Eastern side of Aorere Valley, West Nelson.

25. P. iamesoni Powell 1936. Gouland Downs, West Nelson.

26. P. fallax Powell 1930. Ngarino and Onekaka Ridges, West Nelson.

27. P. traversi Powell 1930. Levin, North Island (low country).

28, P. traversi tararuacnsis Powell n. subsp. Kaihinu, Tararua Range.

BULIMULIDAE.

Placostylus Albers 1850. (Type fide Martens 1861) Limar fibratus
Martyn. (Placostylus Beck 1837 a list name only.)

The genus Placostylus in New Zealand is restricted to the
North Auckland Peninsula and outlying islands, and on the main-
land has not been found south of Whangarei. It is decidedly
coastal in distribution, nowhere having been found at more than
a mile from the sea. Forty or fifty years ago a study of the
distribution of the local races of these snails would have been
a simple matter. To-day, unfortunately, through the clearing
away of coastal vegetation and the ravages of pigs and rats little
in the way of living material remains. Fortunately, series of
localised specimens are available in museums, and I have, during
the past fifteen years, made collections of living material at the
few remaining mainland localities. One of these colonies has
since been destroyed through the liberation in the area of domes-
tic pigs, one other is of such small extent that it must inevitably
eo, and a third colony may at any time be destroyed by fire.

The Auckland Museum now has what must be the largest
and most representative collection of N.Z. Placostylus in existence.
so I take this opportunity of recording my conclusions on the
genus, as it is unlikely that any better one will be afforded later.

The type of Placostylus hongii was taken by Gabert at Keri-
keri, Bay of Islands. The species has long been exterminated in
that area and, strangely enough, no topotypic specimens, with
the exception of a deformed example from the collection of the
late Mr. Augustus Hamilton, appear to have been preserved in
local collections. Fortunately, however, I was able to obtain a
Bay of Islands specimen from the Cox collection in the Aus-
tralian Museum, Sydney, and this is here figured as representing

142 POWELL.

the typical species. Of the localities listed by Suter in the
‘Manual of the N.Z. Mollusca,” p. 767, I have not seen examples
from Kaitaia, Mangonui or Chicken Island, but on the other hand
a number of additional localities are here added, which consider-
ably extend the range in respect to the outlying islands.

Suter lists as a variety, Bulimus novoseclandicus Pfeiffer 1862,
based upon a specimen collected by Hochstetter at Whangaruru,
and characterised by a white peristome, parietal callus and
interior of the aperture. At Mokau, to the south of Whangaruru,
I collected a number of living examples which included about five
per cent. only with a white aperture, the remainder being typical
hongii. The only other localities where I have observed this fea-
ture are Whangaruru two out of five specimens, and again about
five per cent. in a number of examples from a small islet off the
southern end of Poor Knights Islands, which are situated fifteen
miles almost due east from Whangaruru.

The variety novoscelandica is clearly an albinistic form and
has no taxonomic status, but is interesting nevertheless in respect
to the supposed origin of the Poor Knights stock. It is surmised
that the species has been distributed on the Poor Knights, Great
Barrier Island and Fanal Island, in the Mokihinui group, either
intentionally or by accident through the Maori people. All these
island occurrences are on or adjacent to Maori pa sites. In the
case of the Great Barrier Island this snail hag apparently never
been generally distributed, but only in the Vicinity of three such
pa sites.

If the occurrences had been natural, one would expect sub-
specific differences, for in the case of the Poor Knights Islands,
other snails, Rhytida pycrofii Powell and Allodiscus coopert Suter,
have achieved full specific distinction from their mainland rela-
tives. Also the comparatively recently separated Cape Maria van
Diemen Island, a mere few hundred yards distant from the main-
land, supports a Placostylus that has noticeably diverged from
mainland stock.

With regard to the possible dispersal of these snails by
Maoris, it is suggested that the young could easily have been
transported amongst leaf mould in the transplanting of “karaka”’
trees by the natives. Mr. George Graham, of Auckland, informs
me that it is known that Maoris were in the habit of transplant-
ing such food plants when a change in residence was made, and
even for reasons of sentiment when they knew that the “karaka”’
and flax would occur in their new home. The fact that “karaka’”’
leaves are, when available, the staple food of Placostylus hongii
is slenificant.

Suter’s other subspecies, ambagtosus (Journ. de Conch. 1906,
vol. 54, p. 253, pl. 8, f. 4, and Man. N.Z. Mollusca, p. 768), is more
difficult, for undoubtedly there are several] local variants, in spite
of the fact that the “subspecies” probably never extended beyond
the northernmost tip of the North Auckland Peninsula. It had,

ih is considered, a lateral distribution of some 35 miles along the

The Genus Placostylus in New Zealand. 143

horthern coastline, and did not extend much below Parengarenga
Harbour on the East Coast and Scotts Point on the western side.
Below this the extensive sand dune country seems to have proved
an effective barrier in segregating this ‘‘subspecies” from typical
hongii. It is unfortunate that the Kaitaia and Mangonui records
can no longer be substantiated by specimens, but in lieu of the
topography and present distribution of vegetation it seems likelv
that these two occurrences would have been allied to the typical
stock rather than to ambagiosus.

The position is complicated in respect to ambagiosus by the
presence of these variants and the fact that changes in the
coastal plant cover have resulted in the extinction of these snails
over most of their former range, living examples having survived
only at Cape Maria van Diemen Island, Unuwhao, between Spirits
Bay and Tom Bowling Bay, and an isolated occurrence from the
North Cape mainland.

Evidence that coastal vegetation once existed on the sites
of present drifting sand dunes at Cape Maria van Diemen main-
land, Spirits Bay and Tom Bowling Bay is provided by the occur-
rence along with extremely abundant bleached Placostylus of
attendant species that require shade and dampness. These are
Khytida duplicata, Paryphanta busbyi and the extinct Succinea archeyi.
The conclusion reached is that the ancestral species is represented
by examples from consolidated sand dunes from between Cape
Maria van Diemen mainland and Twilight Beach, probably of
Pleistocene age. With them occur fragments of moa bones, moa
egg-shells, Rhytida duplicata and Paryphanta busbyi. In the later
sub-recent drifting dunes which are widely distributed about the
same locality, occurs a second form which is found in identical
drifting dunes throughout the length of Spirits Bay, and simi-
larly at Tom Bowling Bay and at Waikuku. This form survives
at Unuwhao, 1,063 feet, between Spirits Bay and Tom Bowling
Bay, in one of the few remaining patches of virgin coastal bush
in the area. These living examples are somewhat larger than
any of the subrecent dune specimens, but this may be accounted
for by lack of competition in respect to their reduced numerical
strength, when compared with the myriads that formerly
inhabited the sites of the present drifting dunes.

On the slopes of the low headland that faces Cape Maria van
Diemen Island, a third form occurs which became extinct within
the memory of local residents. They are obtainable around flax
(Phormium tenar) roots, and still show apertural colour as against
the form two of the sand dunes, which is always entirely
bleached. Its divergence may be accounted for by its presumed
struggle against increasing aridity, whereas form two has sur-
vived at Unuwhao through not encountering such stress. The
fourth form is the typical ambagiosus confined to Cape Maria van
Diemen Island, where it has survived but has become modified to
its present form, in association with the flax, again under semi-
arid conditions. A small drifting sand-dune with bleached
Placostylus occurs on the island also and some examples, larger

144 POWELL.

and heavier than typical living ones, can be matched with the
mainland form two. This is easily accounted for, as the island

is a mere four hundred yards from the mainland, and its separa-
tion evidently took place at no distant date.

Aimbagiosus exhibits the earliest conditions of the aperture
which is strengthened by tubercular processes both on the
parietal callus and on the inside of the outer lip. I have numbered
these tubercles in the text figure 1-5, and they are present
to a varying degree in all forms of ambagiosus. In typical hongii,
on the other hand, only tubercle 3 perists, with 1 sometimes ves-
tigial, and for this reason I propose to separate as a valid species
Suter’s ambagiosus and associate with it three subspecific forms
as described below.

Placostylus hongii (Lesson 1830). Pl. 35, figs. 2-11.

1830 = Bulimus shongu Lesson Voy. Autour du Monde la Corvette
S.M. “La Coquille’ Zool., 2, p. 321 (1830), pl. 7, f. 4, 5
(1826).

1853) = Bulimus bovinus Brug.: Petit. Journ de Conch., p. 404.

1862 = Bulimus novoseelandicus Pfeiffer, Mal. Bl. vol. 8, p. 149.

1864 Bulimus bovinus “var. b., candida, etc.” Crosse, Journ. de
Conch., vol. 12, p. 124. (See footnotet.)

1880 Placostylus bovinus: Hutton Man. N.Z. Moll., p. 14.

1880 =Placostylus novoseelandicus Hutton, l.c. p. 14.

1884 9 Buliunius hong Lesson and Martinet ‘Les Polynesiens,”
vol. 4, p. 227 (emended spelling of specific name).

1884 Placostylus bovinus: Hutton, Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 16, p
190, Hutton.

1884 Placostylus bovinus var. neozelanicus: Hutton l.e., p. 190.

1884 9 Placostylis bovinus var. candidus: Hutton l.c., p. 190.

1893 Placostylus bovinus: Crosse & Suter Note Prelim. Faune
Mal. Terr. et Fluv. de la Nouvelle-Zelande, etc. Paris, p. 29:

1893 Placostylus bovinus var, candida: Crosse & Suter ‘l.c., p. 30.

The Genus Placostylus in New Zealand. 145

1893 Piacostylus bovinus var. novoseeclandica: Crosse & Suter l.c.,
BOO),
1900 = Placostylus shongii: Pilsbry, Man. Conch. (2), vol. 13, p. 22.
1900 Placosiylus shongii var. novoseelandicus: Pilsbry l.c., p. 24.
1913 = Piacosiylus hongu: Suter Man. N.Z. Moll., p. 765.
1913 Placostylus hongii var. novoseelandicus: Suter |.c., p. 768.
+The varietal name candida is difficult to place. I am indebted to Mr. T.
Iredale, of the Australian Museum, for a transcription of Crosse’s original
reference, which shows that he had no intention of proposing a varietal
name, for the entry under Bulimus bovinus reads “var. B. candida, columella
subverticale,” etc.; the word ‘‘candida” being part of the original diagnosis,
although later it was interpreted by Hutton 1884 as a varietal name and
was subsequently accepted as such by Crosse himself in Crosse & Suter
1893. The original description gives neither locality nor source of the
Specimen described, but the diagnosis ‘Columella subvertical, peristome
white; aperture buff-whitish within; the basal margin with a single tubercle,
right lip slightly sinuated within, above” (Pilsbry’s translation, 1900) shows
that with a single basal tubercle the shell belongs to typical hongi rather
than to ambagiosus or any of its subspecies. The position, however, is com-
plicated by Crosse & Suter 1893 giving as locality for candida, “Ue du Nord:
Cap Maria,” for typical hongii does not occur in that area. Hutton 1884
seems to be the first use of the name in a varietal sense, but with the lack
of a figure, definite locality, and reference only to the original inadequate
diagnosis, which does not indicate anything other than a bleached specimen

of the typical species, the name candida is best considered as a nomen
nudum.

Localities:

At the cascade of Keri Keri, Bay of Islands, under the trees
bordering the river of that name (Gabert) (type): Near Russell,
Bay of Islands (bleached shells) 1936: Whangaroa (3 specimens
in Canterbury Museum): Tauranga Bay, Whangaroa: bleached
shells in consolidated sand on foreshore; collected A.W.B.P.
Feb. 1932: Whangamumu (1 specimen in Auck. Museum in
A.W.B.P. Coll.): Whangaruru (type locality of Bulimus novosee-
landicus): south end of Mokau Beach, Whangaruru, in ‘“karaka”’
grove near sea (typical hongii and albinistic novoscelandicus
form) ; collected A.W.B.P. Jan., 1985: northern end of Mimi-
whangata Beach, Paparahi, south of Helena Bay cn headland
with “karaka,” “pohutukawa” and “flax.” Collected A.W.P.B.
Nov., 1927, and Jan., 1935: Matapouri Bay; bleached specimens
trom sand dunes collected by Mr. B. Given, 1935: Goat Island,
about 2 miles south of Ngunguru; collected by Mr. B. Given and
L. W. Delph, 1934: Whangarei Heads (Charles Cooper specimens
not separated from Poor Knights Is. examples in his collection) :
known to have occurred definitely at Smuggler’s Bay, Reotahi,
and Parua Bay, Whangarei Heads: Poor Knights Is., Tawhiti
Rahi (very abundant) ; Aorangi (almost killed out by wild pigs,
but these have lately been exterminated by Captain G. F. Yerex,
of the Department of Internal Affairs, October, 1936): a small
unnamed islet with archway off southern end of Aorangi (very
abundant): Great Barrier Island, on old pa site midway round
Tryphena Bay, last living specimen taken by Mr. J. Blackwell
about 1913; formerly abundant there, but only bleached frag-
ments now remain: Maori Bay, three fresh specimens taken after
e burn in April, 1924 (Mr, W. La Roche) ; headland at northern

146 POWELL.

end of Schooner Bay (Messrs. H. Osborne and N. H. Goulstone),
living specimens taken: Fanal Island, Mokohinau Group, several
fragments taken by Mr. A. T. Pycroft and R. A. Falla, Sept., 1933.

. In addition to these Suter lists Chicken Island (C. Cooper),
Kaitaia and Mangonui, but I have been unable to locate any
Specimens from these localities. The northern localities cited by

Suter, North Cape and Cape Maria van Diemen, refer to
ambagiosis,

| The species survives, so far as is known, only at the Poor
Knights Islands, Mckau, and Schooner Bay, Great Barrier Island.

Figures of Bay of Islands (typical), Whangaroa, Whanga-
ruru, Mokau, Mimiwhangata, Ngunguru, Poor Knights Islands
and Great Barrier Island specimens are given, as well as the
following measurements :—

Height, 85 mm.; breadth, 37 mm.; height of aperture (inside
measurement), 32 mm. Bay of Islands (topotype).

Height, 84 mm.; breadth, 35 mm. Whangaroa (Canterbury
Museum).

Height, 80.5 mm.; breadth, 35 mm. Whangaroa (Canterbury
Museum).

Height, 74 mm.; breadth, 31 mm. Whangaroa (Canterbury
Museum).

“Height, 79 mm.; breadth, 39 mm. Whangamumu (Dominion
Museum).

Height, 75.5 mm.; breadth, 37 mm. Whangamumu
(Dominion Museum).

“Height, 76 mm.; breadth, 35.5 mm. Whangaruru (Canter-
bury Museum) (topotype of novoseelandica ).

Height, 83.5 mm.; breadth, 36 mm.; height of aperture (in-
side measurement), 33 mm. Mokau.

“Height, 82 mm.; breadth, 36 mm.; height of aperture
(inside measurement), 34 mm. Mokau.

Height, 79.5 mm.; breadth, 37.5 mm.; height of aperture
(inside measurement), 34 mm. Mokau.

Height, 67.5 mm.; breadth, 33 mm.; height of aperture
(inside measurement), 27 mm. Mokau.

Height, 74 mm.; breadth, 32 mm.; height of aperture
(inside measurement), 32 mm. Mimiwhangata.

Height, 71 mm.; breadth, 32 mm.; height of aperture
(inside measurement), 30 mm. Mimiwhangata.

Height, 67.5 mm.; breadth, 35 mm.; height of aperture
(inside measurement), 31 mm. Mimiwhangata (sinistral).

Height, 86.5 mm.; breadth, 36 mm.; height of aperture
(inside measurement), 33 mm. Poor Knights Is., Tawhiti Rahi,

Height, 85 mm.; breadth, 386 mm.; height of aperture
(inside measurement), 32 mm, Poor Knights Is., Tawhiti Rahi.

The Genus Placostylus in New Zealand. 147

“Height, 78 mm.; breadth, 35 mm.; height of aperture
(inside measurement), 33 mm. Poor Knights Is, Tawhiti Rahi.
“Height, 74 mm.; breadth, 32 mm.; height of aperture
(inside measurement), 29 mm. Poor Knights Is., Tawhiti Rahi.

Height, 71 mm.; breadth, 30 mm.; height of aperture
(inside measurement), 26 mm. Goat Id. Neunguru.

Height, 69 mm.; breadth, 31.5 mm.; height of aperture
(inside measurement), 29 mm. Goat Id. Nguneguru. |

Height, 62 mm.; breadth, 27 mm.; height of aperture
(inside measurement), 25 mm. Goat Id. Neunguru.

Height, 83 mm.; breadth, 39 mm.; height of aperture
(inside measurement), 33 mm. Maori Bay, Gt. Barrier.

Height, 77 mm.; breadth, 35 mm.; height of aperture
(inside measurement), 31 mm. Schooner Bay, Gt. Barrier.

Height, 72 mm.; breadth, 33 mm.; height of aperture
(inside measurement), 31 mm. Schooner Bay, Gt. Barrier.

All the dimensions given abcve are of adult specimens, which
are shown to have a maximum variation of 23 millimetres. The
only conclusion reached in respect to size is that a dwarf race
apparently existed on the mainland from Helena Bay southward
to Whangarei Heads. So few specimens, however, are available
from this area that their apparent smaller adult size may not
have been a constant factor.

A sinistral specimen taken at Panarahi, between Helena Bay
and Mimiwhangata, is here figured, it being the only known
example of the species exhibiting this abnormality.

*Albinistic examples (i.e., Pfaiffer’s novoseclandicus.)

During the northern cruise of the Auckland ketch “Will
Watch” in February, 1934, 100 specimens of this snail were taken
and liberated for future observation on Motuhurakia, a small,
rather inaccessible islet in the Noises Group, about sixteen miles
from Auckland. In a brief subsequent visit I failed to find any
traces of the snails, but this is not surprising, for my visit was
only for cne hour, and there is an abundance of cover on the islet.
If the stock had died one would have expected dead shells to have
been in evidence. Certainly they had moved from the site where
they had been liberated.

Placostylus ambagiosus Suter 1906. Pl. 34, fig. 1.

1906) Piacostylus hongti ambagiosus Suter, Journ. de Conch., Paris,
vol, 54,0; 253. pled:

1913) Piacostylus hongti ambagiosus: Suter Man. N.Z. Moll., p. 768,
not Suter, Pl. 48, f. 15 (Atlas, 1915).

Locality: Cape Maria van Diemen Island. Small colonies still
exist around the roots of flax on the cliff faces, according to Mr,
F. Young, Principal Light Keeper, in May, 1934.

148 POWELL.

Placostylus ambagiosus annectens n. subsp. Pl. 34, figs. 2-6.

1915 Placostyius hongii ambagiosus Suter Atlas of Plates, Man.
N.Z. Moll., Pl. 48, f. 15 (not of Suter 1906). .

Compared with typical ambagiosus this subspecies is of much
greater adult size, darker brown epidermis, a much narrower
white subsutura! border and a deeper red-brown apertural colour.
The prevailing apertural tint in ambagiosus 18 Salmon-orange (PI.
2, 11B, Ridgway’s Colour Standards and Colour Nomenclature,
1912) te orange rufous (PI. 12, 111), while in annectens it is Eng-
lish red (Pl. 2, 71) to Brazil red (PI. 1, 51). The epidermis in
ambagiosus runs through ochraceous-tawny (Pl. 15, 151) and rus-
set (Pl. 15, 13K) to Mars brown (PI. 15, 13M), with occasional
streaks of dark sepia. In annectens the range is from russet (er.
15, 13K) to Mars brown (Pl. 15, 13M), the body-whorl being
completely diffused with dark warm-sepia. The reflexed edge of
the peristome is light ochraceous-salmon (PI. 15, 13D).

Aperture (outside dimension) very little less than height of
spire. Peristome much thickened. Apertural tubercles completely
developed (see text figure).

Nc. 1 conical, No. 2 long (10 mm.), rectangular, No. 3 long
(10-12 mm.) with a high, squarish tubercle at lower extremity
next tc a deep narrow basal sinus. Parietal wall—No. 5, low
conical tubercle, 12 mm. within aperture, and below, No. 4, a long
(10 mm.) projection on the columella.

ambagiosus annectens.

Height, 94 mm.; breadth, 40 mm.; height of aperture
(inside), 36 mm. (holotype).

Height, 92 mm.; breadth, 38 mm.; height of aperture
(inside), 35 mm. (paratype).

Height, 88 mm.; breadth, 38 mm.; height of aperture
(inside), 32.5 m.m. (paratype).

ambagiosus (typical).

Height, 74 mm.; breadth, 33 mm.; height of aperture
(inside), 27 mm.; (holotype).

Height, 77 mm.; breadth, 32.5 mm.; height of aperture
(inside), 27 mm. (topotype).

Height, 70 mm.; breadth, 830 mm.; height of aperture
(inside), 26 mm. (topotype).

Height, 69.5 mm.; breadth, 30 mm.; height of aperture
(inside), 25 mm. (topotype).

Holotype: Ia Auckland Museum.

Habitat: Unuwhao, 900 feet, on track between Spirits Bay and
Tom Bowling Bay, under leaf mould in coastal rain forest, about

one mile in from the coast. Dominant tree, MVetrosideros
iomentosa, the Pohutukawa, The snails sheltered around the roots

Phe Genus Placostylus in New Zealand. 149

of a sedge. One abnormal specimen was found living in an almost
inaccesible gully near North Cape by Mr. R. A. Falla and Mr.
A. H. Watt in February, 1932.

Apart from these Recent occurrences, annectens is repre-
sented in subrecent sand dunes along the full length of Tom
Bowling Bay, Waikuku Beach, Spirits Bay, and Cape Maria van
Diemen, both on the island and also on the mainland. All, with
the exception of Cape Maria Island specimens, were collected by
the writer in February, 1932.

At Unuwhao the nests of ambagiosus annectens were found:
cylindrical depressions in the soil of about one inch in width and
the same in depth. The eggs, which were thin shelled, of pale
buff colour and measuring 7 mm. x 6 mm., numbered from 15 to
18 per nest. A very disconcerting feature was that most of the
egos had been eaten out by ants, and probably only about two or
three out of each batch survive.

Placostylus ambagiosus consobrinus subsp. Pl. 34, figs. 7, 8.

This is a Cape Maria van Diemen mainland form that became
extinct within the memory of local residents. As explained
earlier, it is considered to be a variant produced from annectens
stock in an attempt to adapt itself to the increasing aridity of its
location. The type specimens (dead and partly bleached) were
gathered from around the roots of flax (Phormium tenax) on the
eastern side of the hill which terminates in the cliff that faces
Cape Maria van Diemen Island.

From annectens, consobrinus differs in having a smaller aper-
ture, heavily callused, but with tubercles 1 and 2.almost obsolete,
3 as a rounded tubercle only, without lateral extension, and 4 and
5 very well developed, as in annectens. The spire is 14 times the
external height of the aperture.

Height, 80 mm.; breadth, 35 mm.; height of aperture
(inside), 25 mm. (holotype).

Height, 78.5 mm.; breadth, 34.75 mm.; height of aperture
(inside), 26 mm. (paratype).

Height, 78.5 mm.; breadth, 34.75 mm.; height of aperture
(inside), 25 mm. (paratype).

Holotype and a series of paratypes in Auckland Museum.
Collected by A.W.P.B., February, 1932.

Placostylus ambagiosus priscus n. subsp. PI. 34, figs. 9, 10.

This is the earliest known New Zealand Placostylus; found in
consolidated sand-dunes of supposed Pleistocene age from
between Cape Maria van Diemen mainland and Twilight Beach.
From anznectens, priscus differs in its elongate sub-cylindrical out-
line and narrowly ovate aperture, and particularly in respect to
the parietal callus, which is much more obtusely angled, has the

150 POWELL.

parietal tooth, No. 5, weak, as also is No. 4 on the columellar. On
the other hand, Nos. 1, 2 and 8 on the inside of the outer lip are

very strongly developed. Spire one and one-sixth external height
of aperture,

_ Height, 77 mm.; breadth, 31 mm.; height of aperture
(inside), 27 mm. (holotype).

Height, 82 mm.; breadth, 33.5 min, height of aperture
_ (inside), 28 mm. (paratype).

Height, 76 mm.; breadth, 29.5 mm.; height of aperture
(inside), 26 mm. (paratype).

i fTolotype in Auckland Museum, collected by A.W.P.B., Feb.,
32.

Placostylus bollensi 1908. Pl. 35, fig. 1.

1908 Placostylus bollonsi Suter. Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 40, p. 341.
1913 . Piacostylus bollonsi Suter. Man. N.Z. Moll., p. 763.

1935 = Piacostylus bollonsi Powell. Proc. Malac. Soc. (Lond.), vol.
Zh, Dt. 45D. 24 e,

In my 1935 paper (see above) I expressed the view that this
species, found on the Big King, Three Kings Islands, is now
extinct, and that the discoverer, the late Captain J. Bollons, con-
sidered that only fifty specimens were ever taken. I listed 27
specimens known to be in Museums and private collections, and
to this number I now add:—Australian Museum, Sydney, 1 speci-
men, and Dr. H. J. Finlay’s Collection (now in Auckland
Museum), 1 specimen.

FAMILY BULIMULIDAE.

(Synopsis of New Zealand members of the genus Placostylus.)

PiAcostyLus Albers 1856. (Type: LimMax FIBRATUS.)

1. P. hong (Lesson 1830.) East Coast of North Auckland Peninsula,
Whangaroa to Wharzarei Heads, Poor Knights Islands, Great Barrier
Island and Fanal Island.

P. ambagiosus Suter 1906. Cape Maria van Diemen Island (Recent).

if

P. ambagiosus annectens Powell n. subsp. (Recent). Unuwhao, between

Spirits Bay and Tom Bowling Bay. (Subrecent) Northern extremity of

North Auckland Peninsula and Cape Maria van Diemen Island.

4. P. ambagtosus consobrints Powell n. subsp. Cape Maria van Diemen
mainland, recently become extinct.

5. P. ambayiosus priscus Powell n. subsp. Fossil in consolidated dunes
(Pleistocene?) between Cape Maria van Diemen mainland and Twilight
seach,

6. P. bollons: Suter 1908. Big King, Three Kines Islands.

w bo

PLate 33.

Pig. 1. Paryphanta traverst Powell 1930 (holotype).
Fig. 2. Paryphanta traversi tararuaensis Powell n. sp. (holotype).

<>? -

Figs. 3 and 4. Paryphanta lignaria oconnori Powell n. subsp. (holoty ye),
* ass “ “ v

Figs. 5 and 6. Paryphanta lignaria oconnori Powell n. subsp. (paratype).
Fig. 7. Paryphanta hochstetteri anatokiensis Powell n. subsp. (holotype).
Figs. 8 and 9—Paryphanta unicolorata rotella Powell n. subsp. (holotype).
Figs. 10 and 11. Paryphanta gagei Powell n. sp. (holotype).
‘1g. lz. Paryphanta fletchert Powell n. sp. (holotype).
Fig. 13. Paryphanta fletcheri Powell n. sp. (paratype).
Fig. 14. Paryphanta gilliest brunnea Powell n. subsp. (holotype).

15. Schizoglossa major Powell n. sp. (paratype).
Fig. 16. Schizoglossa major Powell n. sp. (holotype).

A

mas eases = i Ss > a = =I =
eee sal ee a ee tet ine Sie anaes Bi —_
oy a nae ge ashe Seer |

2 a - rs he = cine

nega 7

=

Dear

: ae es i
eer
ee nies a

ee isa ee 7

ant et

if ae "= :
: Da Ahan cS iheargtrian | ¢) . is ad on ae ; : ; ; - ‘ ;
Sane ag = aie: =) ae en aaa | : = ye 7 : =e ns : ie

; = . e z - ears 7

ie a

a

i a sa) tae
a gee a

a eae
a ; oes

am

ue Ce,
“SS

: 2
Sey * i - .*
eg ae aes
Ape Ae ee ay Raat ge We
he = aa poe al we
os yee pai toda § .
ee! ara *
ae

* a
- eek hag ae, re;
a

pan
Ah
i
= oo
Pa i, nh a
ee Ae oo
Pasa

fas ee : =i = - iS 7 a, : : . j - : soe ; :
ee oe ee Bey tei aa ee leche 2 ee re

aes i a

os Pancreat :
eee
Eee —

Ce

PLATE 34.

Fie. 1. Placostylus ambagitosus Suter 1906 (topotype).
Z. Placostylus ambagiosus annectens Powell n. subsp. (paratype).
Fig. 3. Placostylus ambagtosus annectens Powell n. subsp. (holotype).
4. Placostylus ambagiosus annectens Powell n. subsp. (paratype).

Figs. 5 and 6. Placostylus ambagiosus annectens Powell n. subsp. (sub-
recent Tom Bowling Bay).

Fig. 7. Placostylus ambagiosus consobrinus Powell n. subsp. (holotype).
‘ig. 8. Placostylus ambagiosus consobrinus Powell n. subsp. (paratype).
Fig. GS. Placostylus ambagiosus priscus Powell n. subsp. (paratype).
Pig. 1G. Placostylus ambagiosus priscus Powell n. subsp. (holotype).

“ a i i anh a

ree RS ee ee
i
-_—

* Sos ; att

iP on a ee
7 a
a

a eas

ye cod
b Pe

PLATE: 3

Fig. 1. Placostylus bollonsi Suter 1908 (paratype).

Fig. 2. Placostylus hongit (Lesson 1830) Bay of Islands (topotype).
Fig. 3. Placostylus hongiti (lesson 1830) Mokau, Whangaruru.

Fig. 4. Placostylus hongi (Lesson 1830) Whangaroa.

Fig. 5. Placostylus hongii (Lesson 1830) Whangaruru.

Fig. 6. Placostylus hongii (Lesson 1830) Whangamumu.

Fig. 7. Placostylus hongii (Lesson 1830) Poor Knights Islands.

Fig. 8. Placostylus hongii (Lesson 1830) Mimiwhangata.

Fig. 9. Placostylus hongii (Lesson 1830) Mimiwhangata (sinistral).

Fig. 10. Placostylus hongii (Lesson 1830) Schooner Bay, Gt. Barrier Id.
Irig. 11. Placostylus hongii (Lesson 1830) Goat Island, Neunguru.

ine sey
5

oo erik Pas

=
a
7

if
i

cae’ a. 2 >
+ ete

fot or

gett

ee

co

a
ia
a

yr
_
#

a) ey
Sead
mi: a

“=

Cae
it tee dT
= 1 7
:

os a°

ea oy
tos

A New Cleidopus and Four Other
Fishes New to New Zealand.

By A. W. B. POWELL, Assistant Director.

MONOCENTRIDAE.
CLEIpopus De Vis 1882.

1882. Cileidopus De Vis. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vol. 7, pt. 3,
Oct. 28, p. 367. Haplotype C. gloria-maris De Vis.

A small specimen of a Cleidopus allied to the Eastern Aus-
tralian gloria-maris De Vis 1882 (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vol.
7, pt. 8, p. 368) was found during August, 1938, on Opoutama
Beach, 40 miles south of Gisborne, by Mr. F. Faram, and for-
warded to the Museum by Mr. L. G. Spiller. Unfortunately I have
been unable to secure for comparative purposes examples of
gloria-maris of equivalent size. However, the great difference in
the form of the suborbital in the New Zealand fish, as compared
with that of the Eastern Australian species, is considerd likely
to be fairly constant throughout the growth stages of the respec-
tive fishes, and is the main characteristic upon which this pro-
posed new species is based.*

Cleidopus neozelanicus ia. sp. Pl. 36.
DBA Ale VP ste 25

Length without caudal rays, 53 mm.; maximum depth of
body, 32 mm.; maximum width of body, 16.75 mm.: length of
ventral spines, 18 mm. A notable difference from gloria-maris
is in the form of the suborbital, which is as deep as the diameter
of the eye, not reduced to a narrow strip cf bone as in the Aus-
tralian species. The intermediate lateral crest shown in the
figure of neozelanicus is merely a sharp ridge on the suborbita]
plate. The suborbital, in fact, more closely resembles that of the
Japanese Monocentris japonicus than the narrow strip of gloria-
maris. The pattern of the ridges on the head, also, are nearer to
those of japonicus, as also is the narrow scale on the isthmus.
Head bones spinose along the crest and over the eyes. Teeth as
in gloria-maris, minute, closely set, tubercular, covering the jaws,
palatines, pterygoids and branchial arches; an oval patch on the

*Since this was written I have received through the courtesy of Dr
Anderson, Director, and Mr. Whitley, Icthyologist, of the Australian Museum,
Sydney, a New South Wales specimen of yloria-maris, 102 mm. in length
(exclusive of caudal fin). The spines and radial sculpture of the scales are
much more prominent than in the New Zealand species, and the other dis-
crepancies noted are not characters likely to vary much with age.

152 POWELL.

vomer, and with a few scattered teeth on the tongue. Mandibu-
lary luminous discs not present. Dorsal spines six, strong,
irregular, coarsely longitudinally ridged, alternately inclined to
left and right, erected and depressed by a prominent basal mem-
brane. Scales large, coarse, each with a strong median carina
and bearing a backwardly pointed low spine near the centre, as
well as with subsidiary radial spinulose striae.

There are 19 scales in a lateral line from the gills to the tail,
eight along the ventral keel and six along the lateral keels. Colour
dull grey, scale interstices and mouth parts black, fin rays
colourless.

The species seems to exhibit a composition of the salient
features .of Monocentris japonicus and Cleidopus gloria-maris. Vt
resembles the former in the deep suborbital bone, absence of
luminous organs and narrow isthmus, but conforms with the
latter in having six instead of four dorsal spines, similarly
strongly sculptured scales, spiny head processes, presence of
teeth on the vomer, and black mouth parts.

The sum of characters is more in accord with Cleidopus, yet
there seems little basis for the separation of the two genera.
However, I follow Australian usage in ascribing the New Zealand
fish to Cleidopus.

CHAETODONTIDAE.
CrreLMoNops Bleeker 1876.

1876 Chelmonops Bleeker, Arch. Néerl. Sci. Nat. 11, 2, p. 304.
Orthotype Chactodon truncatus Kner. (Jordan, Gen. Fish.
Os, 1919;, Pp B5e):.

Chelmonops howensis Waite 1903. Pl. 37, fig. 1.
Rec. Austr. Mus., vol. 5, No. 1, p. 33, fig. 2.

A specimen of this attractive little fish was taken at the
Poor Knights Islands, off the North Auckland coast, by Mr. W. M.
Fraser, of Whangarel, in June, 1988. A genus as well as a species
is hereby added to the New Zealand fauna.

The New Zealand specimen seems identical with the Lord
Howe type, the only difference noted being in respect to the
ground colour, a relatively unimportant factor. In the New
Zealand example the ground colour was bright yellow, whereas
in the Lord Howe holotype it is recorded as white. This probably
means that the Lord Howe specimen had been bleached in the
preservation.

The essential characteristics of the New Zealand specimen
are: —D 12/25: A.3/18: V.1/152 P16: Col.

The black colour bands are identical with those of the holo-
type, as also is the shape.

Total length, 175 mm.; maximum depth of body, 90 mm.

Locality: Poor Knights Islands (in deep water), North Auck-
land coast.

1829

New New Zealand Fishes.

CARANGIDAE.
SERIOLA Cuvier 1829.

Seriola Cuvier Régn. Anim., ed. 2, vol. 2, April, p. 205.

Logotype: §. dumerili Risso.

Seriola hippos Gunther 1876.

1876

1899
1916

1929

Seriola hippos Gunther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 4, vol. 4
p. 392, Sydney, New South Wales.

Seriola hippos: Waite, Mem. 4 “Thetis,” Aust. Mus., p. 71.

Seriola hippos: Roughley, Fishes of Australia and their
Technology. Tech. Mus. Sydney, p. 100, pl. 31.

Seriola hippos: McCulloch Mem. 5, Austr. Mus., p. 183.

A fine specimen of this New South Wales species, 372 mm.

in total length, was trawled from the fishing launch ‘“Podgora,”
in 20 fathoms, off Houhora Heads, North Auckland, in January,

1937.

The specimen, which was presented by Messrs. M. and J.

Vella, is preserved in the Auckland Museum (Ps. 480-1), and a
cast of it is on exhibition.

The fin formula, D.8.1/25: A.2.1/16: V.1/5: P22:

C.19,

coincides with that given for the typical species, and both outline
and coloration are identical with Roughley’s excellent colour plate
Le: (A916; plo st):

This adds a species to the New Zealand faunal list, and con-

siderably extends the range of a fish that had been considered
precinctive to the New South Wales coast.

1816
1816

1816
1817

1822
1831
1840

1846
1846
1925

Its popular name is the “Samson fish.”

ALEUTERIDAE.
ALEUTERUS Bose. 1816.

Aleuterus Bose. Nouv. Dict., Sept., pasos,

Aluterus Cloquet, Dict. Sci. Nat. ed. 2, vol. 1, Oct. Suppl.
p. 1385. Logotype, Ralistes monoceros Linnaeus (fixed by
on in “Fish N.S. Wales” (McCulloch) ed. 2, July 14,
1927).

‘Les Aluteres” Cuvier Régn, AIS Cd erp et eles
Dec. 1816, p. 256.
Alutera Oken, Isis, 1817,
nud.

Alutera Schinz, Das Thierreich (Cuvier), vol. 2, p. 256.
Aluteres Lesson, Voy. Coquille, Zool. Soe., vol. 2, p. 105.
Aleuteres Richardson, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., vol. 8, Aug..,
b. 28.

Alutarias Agassiz, Nomen. Zool. Index Univ.

Aleuterius Richardson, Zool. Voy. Erebus and Terror, p. 67.
Aluterus Whitley, Rec. Aust. Mus., vol. 17, No. 3, p. 141.

p. 1, 183 (fide Sherborn) Nom.

154. POWELL.

Aleuterus cf. monoceros (Linnaeus), Pl. 37, fig. 2.

1758 Balisies monoccros Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. ed. 10, Jan. 1, p. 327.
Based on Mus. Ad. Fr. 2; Balistes monoceros Osbeck. iter.
110; and ‘“Unicornu,” etc. Cateshb. car. 2, t. 19. Habitat 1a
Asia, America (—near Hong Kong). |

A specimen which I ascribe provisionally to this species was
taken in 35 fathoms off Great Exhibition Bay, near Parenga-
renga, on 17th May, 1938. The specimen was presented to the
ee Museum by Captain F. Vela, of the fishing vessel “St.

incent.”

I am indebted to Mr. Gilbert P. Whitley, Ichthyologist at the
Australian Museum, Sydney, for the opinion that this New Zea-
land specimen may be identical with the one recorded as
nionoceros from New South Wales waters, but possibly may prove
distinct when compared with Chinese topotypes.

Whitley 1929 l.c. pp. 141-143 published a transcription of
Forster’s translation from the rare work of Osbeck’s, in which
monoceros was described, and it reads as follows :—

“The 8th: Avi@ust, 22°:4° NL.

PIEDERA Bianca, ov the White rock, came within our sight,
towards noon. The wind abating, the heat became intolerable.’
Towards the evening we anchored.

BALISTES Monoccros is a species of fish which looks like a
flounder at a distance, and has almost the same taste, but is not
so fat. The fish was half a foot long, and its body covered with
a dark-grey rough skin. We caught several with a hook, and
this afforded me an opportunity of describing them.

ON each side is a spiracie, and next to it, within the skin, two
transversal bones: the first dorsal fin near the eyes, consists of
2, reversed brittle bone, which is armed with little hooks; it is the
length of a finger’s breadth, and a little longer than the other
fins: the second dorsal fin has forty-seven rays: the pectoral fis
are the least; each has thirteen rays: the veniral fins are wanting ;
in their stead is a long bone under the skin: the anal fin is opposite
to the second dorsal fin, and has 51 rays: the fail has 12 ramose
rays: the mouth is oblong and narrow: the lower jaw is somewhat
longer than the upper; on each side of it stand three pointed
broad iceth, connected together below, of which the middlemost
is split: the lips are moveable.”

“The 9th of August.

THE ship hardly moved from the place where it was the
day before. We saw besides Picdra Blanca the isle of Lantoa, and
some other isles on the Chinese coast, on our right.”

DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW ZEALAND SPECIMEN.

Specimen of large size for the genus 450 mm. in total length
and a maximum body depth of 148 mm.

Dai. A440) Pols CY.

New New Zealand Fishes. L535

Length of head 3.6, height of body 2.36, length of caudal 10
and depth of. caudal peduncle 13.63 in total length. Eye 19 mm.
6.57 In length of head, which is 125 mm. Kye situated in verti-
cal line with pectoral fin and dorsal spine, slightly nearer to the
latter. Gill opening very oblique, 34 mm. in length. Nostrils
near foot of a short brow ridge in front of the eye. Teeth long
and sharp (slightly damaged), three in each jaw. Dorsal spine
very small (damaged at tip), groove 10 mm. in length. Dorsal
and anal rays similar, of medium height, maximum length
27 mm. Pectoral fin rays 25 mm. in maximum length. In
addition to the brow ridge already noted, there is a second ridge
running horizontally from just below the mouth towards the
pectoral fin. Upper profile of head as an even low arc, lower
profile interrupted by an obtuse chin-like swelling. Skin almost
smooth to the touch, scales exceedingly small and armed. with
microscopic dense erect spicules, each with a black pigment spot
at its base. So dense are the spicules that it is difficult to ascer-
tain the exact number of spicules per scale.

Colour yellowish buff below, shading above to light brown
obscurely mottled with darker; fins light yellow. (Note approxi-
mate only, as I was absent when the specimen arrived and am
relying upon the description as recorded at the Museum when
the specimen was received.)

A comparison between the fin ray formulae of Osbeck’s
specimen and the New Zealand one is:—

Dials Aeb1 5: Pl33°C.12> (Osbeck).
DATS AOS Pa BENE an, Je
A genus and species is hereby added to the New Zealand
fauna.
CORYPHAENIDAE.

CoRYPHAENA Linnaeus 1758. Logotype: C. hippurus Linn.
Coryphaena hippurus Linnaeus 1758.

A specimen of this, the widely distributed “dolphin-fish,”
was caught by Dr. J. A. Paterson, of Auckland, at Cape Brett,
in April, 1938, making the first record of the species in New
Zealand waters.

SPARIDAE.
PaGcrosomus Gill. 1898.
Pagrosomus auratus (Block & Schneider 1801).
1801) Labrus auratus Block & Schneider, Syst. Ichth. p. 266,

Queen Charlotte Sound, N.Z.

1830 9 Pagrus micropterus Cuvier & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. 4, p. 163,
Mouth of Thames River, N.Z.

1842 Pagrus latus Richardson. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 9, p. 392.
Between “Opooragi” and “Owhooragi,” N.Z.

156 POWELL.

Examination of a large number of examples of the common
snapper from both New Zealand and New South Wales localities
suggests that the New Zealand auratus is restricted to local waters
and that the Australian fish is a closely related but nevertheless
distinct species, for which two names are already available,
unicolor Q. & G. 1824 from Dirk Hartog and Shark Bay, Western
Australia, and guttulatus Cuv. & Val. 1830, New Holland, the
former having priority.

Sydney snapper at all stages of growth exhibit a tendency
towards a bony protuberance on the top of the head, being par-
ticularly prominent in aged examples.

New Zealand specimens, on the other hand, never exhibit
this feature even in senility. The largest local specimen of which
I have a record was caught in February, 1938, by Messrs. W.
Meyer and A. Watemburg from 36 fathoms off Gannet Island,
Kawhia, and it measured 41 inches in length and weighed 28 lbs.
In outline even this outsized example had no trace of the bony
head protuberance.

PLATE 36.

Cleidopus neoszelanicus n. sp.

1 sre
et

oad 9
aR hes

le

eee fe
ee wy ee
a Le ee.

a 4

we i a
7

ra 7 Py ee
re;

7 I i
7 ee ae i
rene
aa 5 Ee “ irae
q ca fis 7

i” pe
ere,

PLATE 37.

Fig. 1. Chelmonops howensis Waite 1903.

Fig. 2. Aleuterus cf. monoceros Linnaeus 1758.

pee Pliocene Molluscan Faunule from
Castle Point.
By A. W. B. POWELL, Assistant Director.

The present paper describes a small collection of fossils col-
lected by the writer in 1924 from the highthouse reef at Castle
Point, on the south-east coast of the North Island.

A hard band of fossiliferous limestone here runs out ata
small angle with the coast and dips inland at 15°. The limestone
reef forms a resistant barrier to the ocean and encloses behind
it a moderate sized lagoon. The highest point of the reef, where
the lighthouse is situated, is capped by an arenaceous layer, but
along the lower and greater section of the reef this deposit has
been weathered away by spray. Fossils are abundant in the hard
limestone, but are difficult to extract. The arenaceous beds are
equally rich, but with smaller species; and the area of this latter
deposit is comparatively small. Although material is abundant,
there is a striking paucity of species, only 35 being listed below,
and of this number only 12 could be termed common. One very
noticeable feature is the preponderance of pelecypods, the few
gasteropods being almost without exception confined to the
arenaceous layer.

The facies suggests shallow-water deposition. subjected to
moderately strong currents, at least during the formation of the
reef, which is of tightly compacted shell debris with a smaller
percentage of matrix. Silting followed, causing the formation
of the arenaceous layer, and made way for typical sand dwelling
genera such as Alcithoe, Baryspira and the several naticoids.

The first fossils to be recorded or described from these beds
appeared in Hutton’s 1873 “Catalogue of the Tertiary Mollusea,”’
followed by Hector, 1886, in his “Outline of the Geology of New
Zealand.” In 1924 and 1926 respectively, Marwick published two
further species. |

The following is the first faunal list for the locality, but it is
not considered representative, as the time available for collecting
was only of a few hours duration.

CASTLE POINT FAUNULE.

Glycymeris (Grandaxinaea) wairarapaensis Powell n. sp.
A. Lunopsis marwickt Powell n. sp.

Chlamys delicatula (Hutton 1873).

*Pallium (Mesopeplum) converum (Q. & G. 1835),

Pallinm (Mesepeplum) cf. mariae (Finlay 1927),

Chama huttont Hector 1886,

158 POWELL.

“Limatula maoria Finlay 1926,
“Ostrea charlottae Finlay 1928.
“Venericardia purpurata difficilis (Deshayes 1854).
A. Pleuromeris finlayi Powell n. sp.
A. Pleuromeris hectori Powell n. sp.
A. Pleuromeris murdochi Powell n. sp.
A. Talabrica senecta Powell 1931.
*Dosinula crebra (Hutton 1873).
“Notocerbula selandica (Q. & G. 1835).

A. Argalista kingi Powell n. sp.

A. Ataxocerithium cf. pyramidale Finlay 1924.
Struthiolaria (Pelicaria) media Marwick 1924.

A. Lyrosetla huttont (Suter 1915).

*“Maoricolpus rosea (Q. & G. 1834).
A.*Zeacolpus (Stiracolpus) symmetricus (Hutton 1873).
A. Zeacolpus (Stiracolpus) waikopiroensis (Suter 1917).
Maoricrypta cf. wilckenst Finlay 1924.
*Natica intracrassus Finlay 1924 (n.n. for N. callosus Hutton 1873).
A. Tanea planisuturalis (Marwick 1924).
A. Proxtuber anteaustralis Powell n. sp.
A. Cominella (Cominula) hamiltonit (Hutton 1885).
A. Buccinulum (Euthrena) wairarapaensis Powell n. sp.
A. Austromitra aff. ambulacrum (Marwick 1926).
A. Alcithoe brevis Marwick 19206.
A.*Baryspira cf. mucronata (Sowerby 1830).
A*Poirieria selandica (Q. & G. 1833).
A. Splendrillia aequistriata (Hutton 1886).
A. Austrodrillia ct. exiguescens Marwick 1931,
A.*Bathytoma murdocht Finlay 1930.
Dentalium cf. solidum Hutton 1873.
35 species: 11 Recent species (31.4%) (indicated *).
A=arenaceous upper layer.
+Although cited by Hutton as from Castle Point, it probably came from the
“Taipo” beds in the neighbouring district.

The Castle Point faunule is difficult to correlate owing to the
small number of species and the absence of index fossils. Mar-
wick 1927 (Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 57, p. 575) has assigned this
locality to the Nukumaruan, and the writer, after reviewing the
evidence afforded by the present material, concurs with this
conclusion.

ARCIDAE.
Genus Grycymeris da Costa 1778.
Subgenus GRANDAXINEA Iredale 1931.
Type (by original designation): Glycymeris magnificens Iredale.
Glycymeris (Grandaxinea) wairarapaensis n. sp. Pl. 39, fig. 2.

Shell large, very massive, well inflated, almost equilateral!
and narrowly subovate in outline. Sculpture consisting of from
26 to 39 convex well raised radial ribs with linear interstices.
(The holotype has 36 radials). In adult specimens the radials
become obsolete at the ventral margin. Hinge plate massive and
narrowly arched, with a few strong anterior and posterior
chevroned teeth, separated by a wide smooth space in the middle
portion of the hinge plate. In the adult shell there are six
anterior and the same number of posterior teeth. Ligamental
area short and moderately deep, with six chevrons.

Pliocene Mollusca from Castle Point. 159

Height, 63.5 mm.: length, 60 mm.;: thickness (one valve),
22 mm. (holotype).

Height, 39.5 mm.; length, 36.5 mm.: thickness (one valve),
13.5 mm. (paratype). |

Height, 63.5 mm.; length, 63 mm.;: thickness (one valve),
20 mm. (laticostata).

Height, 41.5 mm.; length, 42 mm.; thickness (one valve),
12.5 mm. (laticostata).

Holotype presented to the Auckland Museum.

Locality: Castle Point, in the limestone reef.

This species is intermediate between the Awamoan monsq-
dusta Marwick 1932 and the Recent laticostata. The massive, nar-
rowly arched hinge-plate and suboval, well inflated shell, are more
in accord with the Awamoan species, but the radial ribs are more
numerous and the ligamental chevrons considerably less. Also,
even in senile specimens the Castle Point species is not nearly so
high or so inflated at the beaks.

From Jaticostata, the Castle Point species differs in its con-
stantly more oval and more convex shell, and in the massive and
narrowly arched hinge-plate.

LIMOPSIDAE.

Genus Limopsis Sassi 1827.
Type (Gray, 18470198) Ares wurta Brocchi.

Limopsis marwicki n. sp. Pl. 39, figs. 83, 4 and 5.

Shell small, obliquely-oval, moderately inflated, beaks low.
Sculpture weak, consisting of concentric linear grooves which
cut up the surface into flat, closely spaced interspaces, and are
crossed by weak radials on and near to the anterior and posterior
areas. These radials are produced into microscopic scale-like
projections where they cross the lower edge of each interspace.
Hinge typical. In young specimens the hinge teeth extend right
across the hinge plate, but in the adults the teeth in the middle
part of the hinge are sub-obsolete. The fully developed teeth
number six on each extremity of the hinge. Ligamental area
rather narrowly triangular. Valve margins smooth and bevelled.

Height, 11.5 mm.; length, 11 mm.; thickness (one valve),
o.29 mm. (holotype).

Height, 13 mm.; length, 12 mm.; thickness (one valve),
4mm. (paratype).

Height, 8.5 mm.; length, 8.5 mm.; thickness (one valve),
2.5 mm (juvenile) (paratype).

Tolotype: Presented to the Auckland Museum.

160 POWELL.

Locality: Castle Point. Arenaceous limestone, around light-
house (common).

The species stands nearest to the Chatham Island (Oligo-
cene Limopsis invalida, but differs from that species in outline,
being less oblique and also in the considerably greater adult size.
A specimen of marwicki the same size as the holotype of invalida
is obviously a young shell, with the hinge teeth stretched right
across the hinge line without the central subobsolete section.
This young shell has 13 teeth at this stage, but in the adult there
are 16 or 17, including the subobsolete middle ones. The hinge
teeth in invalida, including the subobsolete ones, number 13 or 14,
and the type has the character of an adult specimen, although the
dimensions are only 7 mm. x 7 mm.

PECTINIDAE.
Genus Pattium Schumacher 1817.
Subgenus Mesorpertum Iredale 1929.
Type (by original designation): V/. caroli Iredale.
Pallium (Mesopeplum) convexum (Q. & G. 1835).

1914 Pecten (Pallium) burnetti Suter (not of Zittel 1865), N.Z.
Geol. Surv. Pal. Bull. No. 2, pl. 16, figs. la and 1b.

Although Suter (l.c.) selected a Castle Point specimen as a
lectotype of Zittel’s Pecten burnetti, the writer cannot find any
essential differences between series of Castle Point specimens
and Recent examples of conver.

The type of burneiti is from Motupipi, near Takaka, Nelson
Province, probably Hutchinsonian (Upper Oligocene). Judging
from Zittel’s figures, the type of burnetti is based upon two badly
distorted and damaged specimens.

CARDITIDAE.

Genus PLrevuromerts Conrad 1867.
Type (by monotypy) Pleuromeris decemcostata Conrad.
Pleuromeris hectori n. sp. Pl. 39, figs. 9, 10.

Shell moderately large, subcircular, subequilateral, beaks
almost central, high and rounded. Lunule flattened, large, lan-
eeolate and smooth. Escutcheon long and narrow, smooth. Sculp-
tured with eighteen prominent broad, flattened, regularly beaded
radial ribs with interspaces less than half the width of the ribs.
Hinge of left valve with two strong divergent cardinals forming
an angle of about 65°; both cardinals separated from the dorsal
margins. Anterior and posterior laterals present. Hinge of right
valve with a massive triangular median cardinal and anterior and
posterior rudimentary cardinals. Anterior and posterior laterals
present. |

Pliocene Mollusca from Castle Point. 161]

Height, 12.75 mm.; length, 12.5 mm.; thickness (one valve),
4mm. (holotype).

Height, 13.5 mm.; length, 13 mm.; thickness (one valve),
4.5 mm. (paratype).

Height, 10.5 mm.; length, 11 mm.; thickness (one valve),
3.75 mm. (paratype).

Locality: Castle Point, arenaceous limestone around light-
house.

Flolotype: Presented to the Auckland Museum.

This species is allied to the Recent zclandica Deshayes, but
larger, of different outline, being more rotund; differing also in
sculpture, having more numerous ribs, which are broader and
with narrowey interspaces. There are two specimens of this
species in the Finlay collection (Auckland Museum) from Petane,
Hawke’s Bay. The larger one measures :—Height, 14 mm.;
length, 15 mm.; thickness (one valve), 4.5 mm.

Pleuromeris murdochi n. sp. Pl. 39, fig. 6.

Shell small, narrowly ovate, inequilateral; beaks prominent,
curved forwards, and situated at about the anterior third of the
diameter. Sculptured with fifteen broadly rounded radial ribs
with linear interspaces. The concentric growth lines do not cut
the radials into beads; they are practically smooth. Hinge as in
the Recent marshalli Marwick 1924, to which the species is pro-
bably ancestral.

Height, 5.75 mm.; length, 5.1 mm.; thickness (one valve),
1.75 mm. (holotype).

Locality: Castle Point, arenaceous limestone, around light-
house. r

Holot\pe: In writer’s collection (Auckland Museum).

From marshalli, the new species differs in having more
numerous radial ribs, with narrower, almost linear, interspaces.
Marshalli has eleven radials with interspaces from one-third to a
half their width.

Pleuromeris finlayi n. sp. Pl. 39, figs. 7, 8.

Shell of moderate size, obliquely subcircular, beaks promin-
ent, curved forwards and situated at about the anterior fourth
in adults (in juveniles, which are less oblique, at the anterior
third). Sculptured with prominently raised rounded topped
radial ribs with interspaces equalling the ribs, except towards
the ventral margin, where they are slightly wider. Radials faintly
beaded by regular concentric growth lines. Hinge similar to that
of selandica, except that the median cardinal of the right valve is
more broadly triangular and the anterior cardinal of the left
valve is narrower.

162 POWELL.

Height, 11.25 mm.; length, 12.5 mm.; thickness (one valve),
o.o mm. (holotype).

Locality: Inner Harbour (blue clays), Napier (Finlay collec-
tion, Auckland Museum) (holotype). One specimen (height, 7.8
mm.; length, 8.4 mm.; thickness (one valve), 2.5 mm.) from
Castle Point, arenaceous limestone, around lighthouse.

The species differs from the Recent zclandiae in having more
numerous radials (seventeen as compared with fourteen), in
being somewhat oblique in outline, having a broader median
cardinal in the right valve, as well as a narrower anterior one in
the left, and in being a thinner shell.

TURBINIDAE.
Genus Arcacista Iredale 1915.
‘Type (orig. desig.) : Cyclostrema fluctuata Hutton.
Argalista kingi n. sp. Text figs. 1 and 2.

Shell small, globose-turbinate, imperforate. Spire rather
raised for the genus; about half height of aperture. Whorls four,
including flattened, smooth protoconch. Post-nuclear whorls
sculptured with flattened spiral cinguli, having linear interspaces.
There are about ten cinguli at the end of the penultimate whorl,
and on the body-whorl they continue over on to the base, but are
absent from a bread zone surrounding the umbilical area. This
zone is a Shallow callused depression in the adult, but there is a
definitely open and narrow umbilicus in younger shells. The
basal lip is slightly effuse. Umbilical depression bordered by a
slight fold bearing very weak crenulations. Aperture circular,
comparatively small. Peristome thickening rapidly within the
aperture.

Height, 2.5 mm.; major diameter, 2 mm. (holotype).

Locality: Castle Point, arenaceous limestone, around light-
house. |

Holotype: Presented to the Auckland Museum.

This species is nearest to the Awamoan impervia Finlay 1930,
but it differs from that species in being more tightly coiled and in
having more of an umbilical depression, although there is no true
umbilicus in the adults of either species. Furthermore, the adult
size of kingi is considerably smaller than in the Awamoan species.

NATICIDAE.
Genus Proxiuser Powell 1933.
Type (by original designation): Lunatia australis Hutton.

Proxiuber anteaustralis n. sp. Text fig. 3.

Shell small, broadly ovate; spire very little raised, about one-
fifth height of aperture. Whorls 4, including smooth blunt proto-
conch of 15 whorls. Sutures well marked, abutting. Surface

Pliocene Mollusca from Castle Point. 163

without sculpture except for indistinct axial growth lines. Out-
line of whorls strongly and evenly convex, but slightly flattened
below suture. Aperture semilunar. Umbilicus widely open about
one-sixth width of shell, funicle undeveloped, merely defined
below by a groove. Inner lip callus thickened and slightly en-
croaching upon the umbilicus from above.

Height, 5.1 mm.: diameter, 5.8 mm. (holotype).
Holotype: In writer’s collection (Auckland Museum).

Locality: Castle Point, arenaceous limestone, around light-
house.

">
is
4

oe
° °
. <n .
.
aes
°
eg ah ‘
Oe elie e
Py oa os%e? *. ae
. ode ° os s
Seg ole lp Sp
o 8 @ g% ote
sonatas
. e
of @6,*

e 2 2 e eee
5 ge * os pee ee* 6 fee feoetacs
. oe. 2 See
ob gd SS ow he te 0 eke a oy eee
e <a eo o CO, at ogee
1 . o0ta 2% atete e
~ C0 oe, 46 - o og Foe e:
e one. s ee PCY oF apes
. Ee 2 Ms ene °
eine ae eee y, eee
ate Aree e eee .
ARMIN 1\ Cire Bee cate ee.
oe e 2. Me ae, Pes oy “.
’ . ¢ $e lege so 8, f tay s
eee OO, 2 Of Mote ® ce Ee
4 f[°o.— PP eta ees Pas
ee eue bie tealt,
oe sak Og bate 6% ete porte et
a igs 20,"
en ee SAE S wrath, «ares :
= re ee ee ee * .<
oe xy bs . © et s

Although the operculum of this species is unknown, the sub-
obsolete funicle indicates relationship with Proviuber rather than
with Uberella, which has the funicle entirely wanting.

From australis the Castle Point species differs in being con-
siderably broader and more compressed, and in having a con-
siderably wider and more open umbilicus. Marwick (1924,"Prans.,
N.Z. Inst., vol. 55, p. 552) mentioned a variant of australis from
the Pliocene of Petane, Castlecliff, and Kai Iwi, in which the

164 POWELL.

umbilicus is wider than in Recent shells. However, the Castle-
cliff and Kai Iwi specimens examined by the writer have the same
outline as australis, but that of the Castle Point species, as men-
tioned above, is much more depressed and broadly ovate.

BUCCINULIDAE.
Genus BucciINuLUM Swainson 1837.
Subgenus Eururena Iredale 1918.
Type (orig. desig.) : Fusus vittatus Q. & G.
Buccinulum (Euthrena) wairarapaensis n. sp. Pl. 39, fig. 11.

Shell of moderate size, solid, prominently spirally ridged and
axially costate. Number of whorls probably five (apex eroded).
Spire a little taller than height of aperture plus canal. Outline
of spire convex, but with a concave shoulder occupying the upper
third of the whorls. Spiral sculpture of six rounded cords on
spire whorls, two of which are on the shoulder; each with an
interstitial thread. Thirteen spirals on the body whorl, becoming
stronger over the base, the interstial thread being augmented by
still finer spiral lirae. Fasciole rounded, devoid of spiral ribbing
and not marked off from the base by a ridge. Axials regular,
fold-like, not extending over the base; twelve on the penultimate
whorl. Outer lip broken. Inner lip with a weak denticle on the
parietal callus near to the posterior notch. Aperture spirally
lirate within.

Height, 18 mm. (actual), 19 mm. (estimated); diameter,
9 mm. (holotype).

Holotype: In writer’s collection (Auckland Museum).

Locality: Castle Point, arenaceous limestone, around light-
house (one specimen). :

The fossil species differs from the Recent colensoi in having
stronger axial and spiral sculpture and a decidedly concave
shoulder.

PLATE 38.

naar at fae Soe [oy ral iy AY fay f Fi
"PRISSeY OY} O} IsNoOYYSI] oY} Wor, spud}xa AdAPT snoadeuaIe IU, ‘food
SUOJSOUT] SNOTIFITISSOF SUIMOYS “PURIST YJION JO JSBOd 4sBva-YINOS ‘yWIOg opysey

*

et
es |
wae a ae

ats

7 ee ners

i ae .

iy = -

a

aso

- ree

= =

rom Bim , ro. F Bae i : 2 thet . 7 ie 5 ee = i eae.

sam eae a | ; ne Pras G ; ee ea a
ait: be

24;

2
iy To»
a

Pa
ae

; :
is ae ee ea
iis ee el

es
at ie

f
= 7 _
ie |

a et
ES! : oe 7
- nm
Sil Rae om
i 7
ie ae

u |
’

4) -

Pia

[ihe
_—

mas

i

ae) ea ES
Gay yer
ene
ba divest ae
‘ ae = hone eo oe ac a
on ae : a 7 wie Cae ae
Peaches pe ees
IRE ie seni he te”
ee eer Gp ee a a a
: eo we Ds a
hese : 7 ares
ee
Ag _

a4
Pere

Er ee

: ; i i? a silyl;
ares ’ : hae . - ih a : 7 aD
Soa ay giles 4 tea : fs ie: ie Pee itks 2 Wis trate

se

:
oie
:

"

ae » 7 a “l = wor, ent -
A Cre 5 Ege : a sale te ai d it i : reo agi - ce

- r “8 a ius 4 wis , Ai. a 7 7 ce ea ae - 7 5 iat ee oe i" : en
ok a ig a fol ave Agha wey Pe? ete eee art

i of tae :

ee
a

=)

; ot

ea!

, er : eee

7 i mr) so Pa Et ;

adel es a
A eget Y

ihe
a ee
ei

ee oa i, ers a ke
Shia eee PO

2 ic ; : ine fas 3

es:

ee oO

at

7 ies hts eine Paajeeer

PAE 5o

Fig. 1. Glycyimeris (Grandaxinaea) laticostata (Q. & G. 1835). Recent,
Auckland.

.

lig. 2. Glycymeris (Grandaxinaca) wairarapaensis n. sp.
‘igs. 3, 4, 5. Limopsis marwicki n. sp.

‘ig. 6. Pleuromeris murdochi n. sp.

Figs. 7 and 8. Pleuromeris finlayi n. sp.

Figs. 9 and 10. Pleuwromerts hectori n. sp.

Fig. 11. Buccinulum (Euthrena) wairarapaensis nu. sp.

-
ooo i
Cees leak

a es 7

Additions to the Recent Molluscan
Fauna of New Zealand.

By A. W. B. POWELL, Assistant Director.

Genus Hatiotis Linnaeus 1758.
Type: Faliotis asinina Linn.
Haliotis virginea morioria n. subsp. Pl. 40, figs. tand.2:
Having now got together a large and representative series
of “virginea” from nine localities, it becomes necessary to pro-

pose another subspecies for the Chatham Island form, thus
making three subspecies, including the typical mainland one.

These subspecies may be briefly diagnosed as follows :—

(1) H. virginea Gmelin 1790.

Finely radially lirate (5-6 per 5 mm.). Transverse folds
obsolete, or confined to spire.

Localitics: North and South Islands and Stewart Island.

(2) H. virginea huttoni Filhol 1880.

Coarsely radially lirate (3-4 per 5 mm.). Transverse folds
subobsolete as in the typical species. Shell not so elongate.

Localities: Subantarctic Islands of New Zealand; Campbell
Island (Type) ; Auckland Islands (Capt. J. Bollons).

(83) H. virginea morioria n. subsp.

Finely radially lirate (5-6 per 5 mm.). Transverse folds
strongly developed over the whole shell. Shell broadly ovate, as
in subspecies /uttoni.

Locality: Chatham Islands; Owenga (type) and Kaingaroa.

The new subspecies thus resembles the typical species in its
spiral sculpture, has the outlines of subspecies /uftoni, and differs
from both of these by the addition of strong transverse folds
which gives it a superficial resemblance to australis Gmelin.
Colouring as in typical species.

Dimensions:
virgineda morioria—

Length, 66.5 mm.; breadth, 47 mm.; convexity, 23 mm.
(holotype).

166 POWELL.

Length, 50 mm.; breadth, 34 mm.; convexity, 17 mm.
(paratype).

Length, 43 mm.; breadth, 30 mm.; convexity, 13 mm.
(paratype).

wirginea huttoni—

Length, 60 mm.; breadth, 46 mm.; convexity, 21 mm. Auck-
land Island.

Length, 56.5 mm.; breadth, 41 mm.; convexity, 20 mm.
Auckland Island.

Length, 49.5 mm.; breadth, 34.5 mm.; convexity, 17 mm.
Auckland Island.

virginea virginea—

Length, 75 mm.; breadth, 49 mm.; convexity, 23 mm.
Stewart Island.

Length, 67.5 mm.; breadth, 45 mm.; convexity, 22 mm.
Wellington.

Length, 50 mm.; breadth, 32.5 mm.; convexity, 16 mm.
North Otago.

Length, 42.5 mm.; breadth, 28.5 mm.; convexity, 12 mm.
South Westland.

Locality: Owenga, Chatham Islands.

Holotype and paratypes: In Auckland Museum.

TonnaA Brunnich 1771.
Type: Bucciniwmn galea Linn.

Tonna maoria n. sp. Pl. 40, figs. 5 and 6.

Shell rather small for the genus, globose, moderately strong.
Spire about one-third height of aperture. Whorls 43, plus a small
reddish-brown protoconch (apex missing in only available speci-
men). Sculptured with broad, flat, spiral cords, having linear
interspaces; six cords on penultimate and twenty on the body-
whorl. The cords on the spire whorls, and the corresponding first
six down from the suture on the body-whorl, each have an inter-
stitial thread. Fasciole marked off by a thin raised edge, and
sculptured with four subobsolete spirals, which show only as
different planes when the shell is rotated. The sinus is narrowed
and deepest near the upper edge of the fasciole. Outer lip thin.
Columella vertical, strongly twisted, and bearing a thin white
callus plate which bridges the deep, narrow, spiral umbilicus.

General ground colour buffy-brown (PI. 40, 17, 1) to wood-
brown (Pl. 40, 17 ~); rib interstices deepening to snuff-brown
(Pl. 29, 15k). The pattern consists of rectangular buff patches
arranged irregularly on certain of the spiral cords. Each buff
patch is immediately followed by a smear of snuff-brown. (Colour
terms from Ridgway, 1912, “Color Standards and Color Nomen-
clature.’’) The pattern is disposed on cords 1-3, 5, 8, 11, 13, 14,

The New Recent Mollusca. Lo

17, and the fasciole, and becomes obsolete over the last half of
the body-whorl. Interior of aperture snuff-brown, fading to
greyish-white towards the outer lip.

Height, 60 mm.; diameter, 50 mm.
Locality: Houhora Heads, North Auckland.
flolotype: In writer’s collection (Auckland Museum).

It seems allied to such species as Reeve’s Doliuin CUMING ti
(Conch. Icon. 5, 1849, pl. 8, f. 13b and c) and J). deshayesii (Le. f.
13a), both from the Philippines. The former is recorded by
Hedley (Rec. Aust. Mus. 1919, Vol. 12, p. 330) from Queensland
and New South Wales localities. From both cumingii and deshayesii
the New Zealand shell differs in having fewer and stronger cords,
as well as in the colour pattern. |

Three species of Tonna are now known from New Zealand
waters :—

Tonna haurakiensis Hedley 1919, Ree. Aust. Mus., Vol. 12, p. 331.

Tonna tetracotula Hedley 1919 (le. p..3832) Powell 1927, Trans.
N.Z. Inst., Vol. 57, p. 559.

Tonna maoria n. sp.

Genus Avustrosipnuo Cossmann 1906.

Type (orig. desig.) : Fusus roblinj Ten.-Woods.
Subgenus Vercone.ia Iredale 1914.

Type (orig. desig.) : Fusus dilatatus Q. & G.

Austrosipho (Verconella) chathamensis n. sp. Pl-AQ, fio.F,

Shell large, nearest to ormesi Powell 1927 (Trans. N.Z. Inst.,
Vol. 57, p. 555) from off Cape Campbell, Marlborough, in 50-60
fathoms. Whorls (post-nuclear) seven, protoconch missing.
Spire seven-eighths height of aperture, plus canal. Outline of
whorls strongly convex, slightly angled at a little above the
middle in spire whorls; body-whorl free from angulation. Sculp-
ture consisting of low, moderately broad spiral ridges, regularly
alternating with a thread in each interspace except on the
shoulder, where the interstitial threads are absent. On the spire
whorls the broader ridges number eleven (with interstitia]
threads) and nine on the shoulder. There are about thirty-eight
of the broader spirals on the body-whorl, including canal. The
axial sculpture is in the form of fold-like vertical ridges, thirteen
on the antepenultimate, becoming obsolete over the penultimate,
and absent from the body-whorl.

The species resembles oriicsi in general features, but differs
notably in the much coarser sculpture and in the well developed
axials on the upper spire whorls. Colour dull white.

S|
168 POWELL.

Height, 180 mm.; diameter, 71 mm.
Locality: Kaingaroa, Chatham Islands. Mr. A. Wotherspoon.
Holotype: In Auckland Museum.

Genus Pritirppra Gray 1847.
Type: Solarium luteum Lamarck.

Philippia manifesta Iredale 1931. Rec. Aust. Mus., Vol. 18, p. 229,
Pl. 25, figs. 9, 10 (not “19, 20’) New South Wales.

A number of specimens of this species were found, along
with P. iutea and Architectonica recvei, in shell-sand from Takou
Bay, near Whangaroa, collected by Mr. C. H. Robinson, 1956.
Mi. Robinson also found near the same locality six specimens of
Hydatina physis, a species which I recorded from New Zealand for
the first time in 1924 (N.Z. Journ. Sci. & Tech., Vol. 6, p. 284),
the record being based upon a living specimen taken at Tryphena
Bay, Great Barrier Island. A single specimen of the following
widely distributed Pacific species was also taken at Takou Bay,
by Mr. Robinson, who presented the specimen to the Auckland
Museum.

Genus Mammitia Schumacher 1817.
Type: Albula mamiata Bolten.
Mammilla mammata (Bolten 1781).

1937 Mamiilia mammata: Powell, “Shellfish of N.Z.” Unity
Press Ltd., Auckland, p. 73, No. 771.

For the convenience of those who are using my check-list of
the New Zealand Recent Mollusca (‘Shellfish of New Zealand,”
1937, Unity Press, Auckland, pp. 54-99) the following additions
to date are :—

Striacallista Marwick 1938 (p. 68). (Type: Cytherea multistriata Sowb.)

(subgenus of Notocallista).
296—Notocallista (Striacallista) multistriata (Sowerby 1851).

°04.1—Haliotis virginea morioria Powell 1938 (n.sp. herein) M.
(delete “M’”’ from sp. 303.)

913.1—Tonna maoria Powell 1938 (n. sp. herein) A.
833. 1—Philippia manifesta Iredale 1931 (Powell, Herein) A.

Puposyrnola Cossmann 1921 (Type: Auricula acicula Lamk.).
848—-F. fastigiata (Suter 1906) C.*
848.1—P. missile Laws 1937 (p. 308) A.C.*

Finlayola Laws 1937 (p. 311) (Type: F. finlayi Laws 1937).
861—F. lurida (Suter 1908) (Syrnola) C.*

874.1—Chemnitzia zealandica axivarians Laws 1937 (p. 61).
880.1—Chemnitzia errabunda Laws 1937 (p. 53) C.F.
880.2—Chemnitzia dunedinensis Laws 1937 (p. 54) F.
880.3—Chemnitzia kingi Laws 1937 (p. 54) C.

The New Recent Mollusca. 163

$80.4—Chemnitzia verecunda Laws 1937 (p. 55) C.
880.5—Chemnitzia forsteriana Laws 1937 (p. 56) Fy
880.6—Chemnitzia bucknilli Laws 1937 (p. 56) C
880.7—Chemnitzia jactura Laws 1937 (p.. 37) F.*
880.8—Chemnitzia Waitemata Laws 1937 (Di bSt O,
880.9—Chemnitzia cookiana Laws 1937 (Rh 59}. ¢5,
880.10—Chemnitzia stipes Laws 1937 (p. O99.) A
880.11—Chemnitzia vegrandis Laws 1937 (p. 59) F,
880.12—Chemnitzia owenga Laws 1937 (p. 61) M.*
880.183—Chemnitzia barrierensis Laws 1937 Cis 6 pout
880.14—Chemnitzia Vigilia Laws 1937 Ci. Baek ac,
880.15—Chemnitzia scala Laws 1937 (p. 65) F.*
880.16—Chemnitzia lillingtoniana Laws 1937 (p. 65) F.R.*
880.17—Chemnitzia mitis Laws 1937 (p. 65) C.M.*
880.18—Chemnitzia rakiura Laws 1937 (p. 66) F.*
880.19—Chemnitzia informis Laws 1937 (Dp. 67)
880.20—Chemnitzia acer Laws 1937 (p. 68) F.*

Strioturbonilla Sacco 1892 (¢. sigmoidea Jeffreys).
880.21—S. taiaroa Laws 1937 (p. 170) F.*

Pyrgiscilla Laws 1937 (p. 172). (Type: T. (S.) chattonensis M.)
880.22—P. otakauica Laws 1937 (p. 175) F.

Striarcana Laws 1927 (Po 2iS. 9 Of ye. oe cryptolira Laws.)
880.23—S. cryptolira Laws 1937 (p. 180) A.C.M.,
880.24—S. tauranga Laws 193%. (pr-A8e) Cy

Terelimella Laws 1928 (p. 98). (Type: T. ototarana Laws 1938.)
866—T. larochei (Powell 1930) (BKulimella).
S67—T. aupouria (Powell 1937) (Kulimella).

960.1—Austrosipho (Verconella) chathamensis Powell 1988 (n. sp.
herein) M,

973.1—Austrofusus glans tragulatus Iredale 1927 (p. 107) F.*

Leporemax Iredale 1937 (subgenus of Alcithoe). Type: Voluta gracilis
Swainson (—Carolluta Iredale 1937. Type: Fulguraria hedleyi
(Murdoch & Suter).

1088—Alcithoe (Leporemax) gracilis (Swainson 1821).
1089—Alcithoe (Leporemax) hedleyi (Murdoch & Suter 1906),

1086.1—Alcithoe ostenfeldi (Iredale 1937) (p. 105) F.*
(Gilvostia n. gen. Ired. 19372).

1239—Sphaerostoma flemingi Powell 1937 ip. 1200, 43
1276—Hermaea aoteana Powell 1937 aia Yt 0 Te 6

1277—Elysia maoria Powell 1937 (Di 2B.

1558—Delete; duplicate of boos.

1504—Placostylus ambagiosus Suter 1906.

1504.1—Placostylus ambagiosus annectens Powell 1938 n. subsp.

1504.2—Placostylus ambagiosus consobrinus Powel] 1938 n. subsp.
1504.83—Placostylus ambagiosus priscus Powell 1928 n. subsp.

ELASMATINIDAE.,
Tornatellinops Pilsbry 1915. (Type: Tornatellina novoseelandica Pfeiffer
1853.)
1505—Tornatellinops novoseelandica (Pfeiffer 1853) (Iredale 19h
p. 300).

1520.1—Paryphanta hochstetteri anatokiensis Powell 1938 (n. subsp.)
1525.1—Paryphanta lignaria oconnori Powell 1938 (n. subsp.).
1529.1—Paryphanta unicolorata rotella Powell 1938 (n. subsp.).

i170 POWELL.

1529.2—Paryphanta gagei Powell 1938 n. sp.
1529.3—Paryphanta fletcheri Powell 1938 n. sp.
1532.1—Paryphanta gilliesi brunnea Powell 1938 n. subsp.
1539.1—Paryphanta traversi tararuaensis Powell 1938 n. subsp.

1543.1—Schizoglossa major Powell 1938 n. sp.

NOTE.—The numbers preceding a name refer to the numerical sequence
of species in the 1937 check-list: the addition of a decimal
indicates an addition to the fauna.

REFERENCES.

Iredale, T., 1937. A Basic List of the Land Mollusca of Australia. Austr. Zool.
vol. 8, pt. 4, pp. 287-333.

Iredale, T., 1937. Notes on Neozelanic Deepwater Marine Mollusca. Rec. Austr.
Mus., Vol. 20, No. 2, pp. 103-107.

Laws, C. R., 1937. A Review of the Tertiary and Recent Neozelanic Pyramidellid
Molluscs. No. 2, Trans. Royal Soc., N.Z., Vol. 67, pp. 47-70: No. 3, pp. 1060-
184: No. 4, pp. 303-315: No. 5, Vol. 68, pp. 51-59.

Marwick, J., 1938. Notocallista and its Allies. Trans. Royal Soc. N.Z., Vol. 68,
pp. 00-81.

Powell, A. W. B., 1937. New Species of Nudibranchiate Mollusca from Auckland
Waters. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus., Vol. 2, No: 2, pp. 119-124.

Powell, A. W. B., 1938. The Paryphantidae of New Zealand, No. 4, and the
genus Placostylus in New Zealand. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus., Vol. 2, No. 3.

Powell, A. W. B., 1938. Additions to the Recent Molluscan Fauna of New Zea-
land. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus., Vol. 2, No. 3.

tGiloostia Iredale 1937 (p. 105) was proposed for this large thin-shelled,
deep water volute, resembling ca/zva Powell 1928, but more inflated. Iredale
mentions that the columellar folds are constantly four. The pillar lacks the
callus plate so characteristic of shallow-water species. Examination of a
large series of topotypes kindly supplied by Messrs. Secandretts Ltd., of
Westport, reveals that the columellar folds are not constantly four; 29%
have a well developed fifth fold. These folds are certainly heavier than in
calva. but on the other hand they resemble those of larochet, which may be
considered a smaller and more robust relative of Iredale’s species. Gilvostia
cannot be used even subgenerically, for these deeper water shells, of lighter
build than shallow water forms and characterised by the undeveloped callus
plate on the pillar, owing to the fact that jaculoides Powell 1924 and johnstoni
Powell 1928, both without callus plates, clearly belong, by their axial nodula-
tion of the whorls, to the arabica series. The characters upon which Gilvostia
is based are therefore, in the opinion of the writer, of ecological rather than
of taxonomic significance. Carolluta Iredale (1937) (p. 105) (type Fulguraria
hedleyi Murdoch & Suter 1906) cannot, in the writer’s opinion, be separated
from Leporemax Iredale (l.c.) proposed for Swainson’s /’oluta gracilis. Wien
the New Zealand Tertiary volutes are considered the separation of even the
Leporemax series from Alcithoe becomes in Many Cases problematic.

Ranella ostenjeldi Iredale 1937 (p. 104) is considered synonymous with
Mavyena multinodosa Bucknill 1927, the type of which was a half grown shell.
Adult topotypes of Bucknill’s species cannot be separated from Iredale’s
ostenfeldi, both of which exhibit the same sculptural features in mature
cxamples.

PuAte AG:

Pig. 1. Haliotis virginea morioria n. subsp. (holotype).

Fig. 2. Halhotis virginea morioria n. subsp. (paratype).

Figs. 3 and 4. Haliotis virginea Gmelin 1790. Lyall Bay, Wellington.
Figs. 5 and 6. Tonna maoria n. sp.

Fig. 7. Austrosipho (Verconella) chathamensis n. Sp.

roy

be

Pi

-

Nt

TAU RAPA:
The Maori Canoe Stern-post.

By GILBERT ARCHEY, Director.

Maori art in wood-carving ranges from the crude dramatic
vigour of defiant stare-eyed effigies, through the figure sequences
and involved patterns of house carvings, door lintels and gables,
te the delicate intricacies of flutes and feather-boxes. But in all
this manifold variety, cana anything be said to surpass the grace-
ful strength and rhythmic liveliness of the prow and sternpost
of the war canoe; particularly the latter, which draws together
the converging lines of the after sheer, carrying them high up
in a fine sweeping terminal curve?

The paired ribs which strengthen the tau rapa’s lacework pat-
tern seem alsc to issue directly from the tapering lines of the
stern, but in such subtle harmony with the whole outline as not
to compete with, but rather to complement, the latter’s emergent
unity with the hull. Indeed, so easily does either lead the eve
away from the up-curving stern, that I have sometimes wondered
which is the fundamental structure, and whether the far rapa
should be considered as a panel whose fragile openwork needed
strengthening, or as a pair of upwardly directed curved bars with
a fringe of lace-like spirals.

It will probably be agreed that the first
interpretation is correct: it is in accord with the
curved panel form of the fishing cance stern-post
and with the general form of high stern-posts in
Polynesia; besides it is not in the nature of the
wood-carver to append frills or fringes to the out-
line of his structure; he prefers, instead, that his
pattern should be contained within the structural
form.

The form and the general outline of the stern-
post have been described before: but there are
some details that seem to have escaped record,
and it is hoped that the discussion which follows
will neither prove uninteresting as an analysis nor
lessen our appreciation of the beauty in form and
pattern of the tau rapa.

The general design, then, is a curved panel
reinforced by a pair of more Strongly curving
ribs. These spring from the front of the base,
approach the hinder border as they rise, and then Fig. 4.

172 ARCHEY.

sweep upward and forward to meet the front margin about
quarter way from the top. (Text-fig. 1, A.)

At this point the ribs are more slender and converge to be
grasped in the mouth of a manaia figure. At the base of the
stern-post there is a human figure (B) facing forward and look-
ing into the canoe. The remainder of the panel consists of double
Spirals and small details to be mentioned below.

The human figure (B) at the base of the rapa is in a seated
position and usually is rendered in a fairly naturalistic manner.
In some examples, it projects freely forward from the front mar-
gin (Pl. 41, figs. 1 and 2), but more often it is contained within
it, though still retaining its naturalistic form (PI. 41, figs. 3 and
4). In a few cases, however, this figure is completely stylized
(Pl. 41, figs. 5 and 6) and incorporated into the general openwork
pattern. It is interesting to note that in most of those so ren-
dered the lower jaw is omitted and the neck is telescoped into
the open mouth; the facial details and the limbs take on the form
of a series of loops, which, when their anatomical import has been
clearly apprehended, give one an understanding of the smaller
details in the openwork pattern. (Text-fig. 2.)

Fig. 4.

On examining the curved strengthening ribs it will be
observed that, while the anterior one is a plain bar without
anatomical details, its fellow invariably ends below in a human
head in profile, i.e., the manaia face (Text-fig. 3): this may be in
relief from the solid (PI. 41, fig. 3) or in pierced carving (fig. 5),
in which case it is sometimes rendered by open-work loops (fig. 1).

In the stern-post of Te Toki-a-Tapiri (PI. 41, fig. 1) a clearly
represented arm passes from each rib to grasp its fellow; that
of the front rib rises from an enspiralled shoulder-boss as is cus-
tomary in the carving of anarm. This might be regarded simply
as the individual fancy of a carver. The same pair of arms, how-
ever, are clearly represented (though without the hands) in
fis. 2; moreover, if the small connecting pieces between the ribs
be examined in the other rapa shown on pl. 41, it will be seen
that, in each of them, a couple of these cross pieces are different
from the others, and, indeed, are vestiges of the arms carved in
more natural form in fig. 1. They are, therefore, a fundamental
part of the structure or anatomy of the strengthening ribs which
may perhaps be regarded as extraordinarily lengthened human

Maort Canoe Stern-post. NYS:

figures. I may add that these vestigial arms are not invariably
present; they were absent from eight of the forty-four rapa I
examined.

H. D. Skinner (J.P.S. 38, p. 235) has noted that the general
effect of the curved ribs is to indicate the beak of a bird, or, as
I would prefer to put it, the beak of a manaia; it might perhaps
be this as well as being a couple of elongated human figures, for
the Maori was not averse to superimposing one anatomical detail
upon another. On the other hand, I have examined many
extremely elongated manaia heads in the detail of wall carvings,
and find that either the eye, the tongue or a tooth is always pre-
sent, as if to assure us of what was being represented: these
elements are absent from the tau rapa ribs.

In a stern-post in the Otago Museum, a photograph of which
has been kindly supplied by Mr. Skinner, the details between the
ribs are in the form shown in Text-fig. 3a.

Eliminating the small chocks (x) which are intended to act
merely as connecting pieces, and which, as usual, have a decor-
ative notching quite different from that of the skeuomorphic
elements, we find the latter to be sinuously curved pieces (a)
somewhat like a slug in shape. They can be perfectly matched
by the bodies and limbs of reduced manaia fitted into long narrow
spaces in wall-carvings, i.e., in the pou-pou of the carved house
Rangitihi in this Museum.

On the solid basal portion of the stern-post two figures are
carved on each side; one is smaller and only moderately stylized,
while the other, though larger, is structurally reduced to a manaia
head and an arm forming a prominent loop (Text-fig. 4). At first
sight, this loop looks like the lower lip or an enlarged duplicate
upper lip, of the manaia at the bottom of the reinforcing rib, but
a closer examination reveals its true nature.

This loop is sometimes much elongated and its manaia form
can be better recognized if it is presented in a more nearly verti-
cal position, thus (Text-fig. 5) :—

eS THT}

Fig. 5.

Tc observe these examples in the position they occupy in the rapa, turn
the bottom of the page to the right.

These reduced or partial manaia are interesting instances of
the Maori’s utilization of anatomical details as design elements.

The manaia figure (Text-fig. 6) whose beak or looped mouth
grasps the converging upper ends of the reinforcing ribs is more

= aw dant J
iS ARCHEY.

constant in form. It is a curious creature, for, besides the easily
recognizable head, and the arm with its hand grasping the hinder
rib, it has a curved conical hump carved either with a single face
or with two closely approximated faces in line. I imagine this
hump may be a second limb, or else the manaia body with the
limbs close-pressed to the sides and represented by faces. Strange
as this may seem, it is a condition frequently to be seen in larger
carvings where its nature is more readily apparent. It arises
trom the habit of turning a hand or a foot into a manata face:
the carver has then only to shorten the arm and carve it on the
body in low relief, with a large manaia face for the hand, to pro-
duce this result. Text figure 7 illustrates an example from a wall-
carving in the Auckland Museum.

Fig. 6. Fig..7,;

Turning now to the pierced carving which comprises the
remainder of the stern-post, we may first discern, at the top of
the pane! (Text-fig. 8; detail from pl. 41, fig. 3) a highly stylized
full-face, or at least its elements, i.e., the loops forming the dumb-
bell shaped mouth, a pair of loops for nostrils, and solid eye-balls
surrounded by a loop for the eye-brows. The same kind of face-
rendering can be seen, less conventionalized, in a canoe-prow, at
the middle of the central panel between the two large spirals.

The remainder of the detail consists of two rows, anterior
and posterior, of double-spirals. In each row the spirals alter-
nate with details which, on close inspection, are recognizable as
just so much of a stylized manaia as will fit into the space between
the spirals. Usually no more than a head and an arm are repre-
sented (Text-fig. 9a), as in the manaia on the rapa base. There
may be room for an extra loop for a leg (b) ; but more frequently
the detail is reduced to a head alone (c) and (d).

Maori Canoe Stern-post. 175

I cannot add to the above description of the stern-post
design and the elements which comprise it any explanation as to
what it is intended to represent or symbclize. There is, how-
ever, such constancy in the general design, and regularity in the
disposition of even its smallest details, that it must surely have
had some meaning, both to the Maori carver and to his fellows.

It is tc be hoped that, if an explanation is ultimately forth-
coming, it will rest upon reasonable influence and not on conjec-
ture and romance. Perhaps some passage in legend or tradition
may provide a reliable clue. |

In conclusion, I append details of the tax rapa illustrated on
Plate 41. Fig. 1 is the stern-post of the great war canoe Te Toki-
a-Tapiri in the Auckland Museum: Kahungunu tribe, Poverty
Bay. Fig. 2 is from a model cance in the Oslo Ethnographical
Museum. Fig. 3: an exceptionally fine specimen with beautifully
rendered spirals, recovered from a swamp near Tauranga and
presented to the Auckland Museum by Mr. F. Crossley Mappin.
No. 4 was from a Ngapuhi canoe abandoned on the Pongakawa
River, Rotorua district, during Hongi Hika’s raid: Auckland
Museum. No. 5 is in the University of Pennsylvania Museum,
Philadelphia. No. 6 is in the British Museum; it belonged to the
Neapuhi chief Hone Heke, and was presented to the Museum in
1847 by Sir Everard Home.

I am much indebted to the Directors of the Oslo and the
Pennsylvania Museums and the Trustees of the British Museum
for the gift of these photographs of specimens in their collections.

=)
= bs iV; z

Stays ot
ant i’. as

Yr

—
i

he ¥ ey

LA

=)
= bs iV; z

Stays ot
ant i’. as

Yr

—
i

he ¥ ey

LA

Pra rwaels

For cultural reasons, this image has been removed. Please contact Auckland Museum for more information.

RECORDS

OF THE

AUCKLAND INSTITUTE
AND MUSEUM

VOL. 2, Noe:

Published by Order of the Council :
Gilbert Archey, Director.

27TH OCTOBER, 1939.

The Unity Press Ltd., Printers.

CONTENTS.

— —___

Voh. 2. NO. 4,

Southern-Beech Pollens.

By Lucy M. Cranwell, M.A., Botanist.
Page 175

Maori Wooden Bowls.

By A. G. Stevenson, Assistant Ethnologist.
Page 197

The Mollusca of Stewart Island.

By A. W. B. Powell, Assistant Director.
Page 21]

Southern-Beech Pollens.
By LUCY M. CRANWELL, M.A., F.L.S., Botanist.

Introduction.

The Southern Beeches.

Basic Form of Pollens of Anemophilous Fagaceae.
Types of Pollen in Nothofagus.

Sub-fossil and Fossil Records.

BOON S

A. INTRODUCTION.

In New Zealand there are two grounvs of anemophilous forest-
forming trees whose pollens must be recognized in any pollen-
statistical approach to our peats. These are the Podocarpacecae
and Araucariaceae among the conifers, and the Fagaceae, repre-
sented by the southern beeches, among the dicotyledons.

My study of these groups began under Professor L. von Post
in Stockholm, in 1935, and it has been carried forward at the
Auckland Museum as fresh material became available, thanks
mainly to support from the Department of Scientific and Indus-
trial Research, Wellington, in the form of a grant under the
supervision of Dr. H. H. Allan for the part time employment of
Mr. W. F. Harris, an Auckland University College student, who
has made almost all the preparations and exposed all the
atmospheric slides since July, 1987. I wish also to thank Pro-
fessor C. Skottsberg, Dr. Allan and Mr. C. M. Smith for much
helpful material and information; Mr. R. H. Anderson, of the
National Herbarium, Sydney, for pollens of a number of genera
of the Fagaceae; and to acknowledge guidance from the publica-
tions of Professor von Post, Dr. G. Erdtman and Dr. R. P.
Wodehouse. Under the arrangement with the D.S.I.R. an atlas
of pollen types in the N.Z. flora is being prepared, but before
attempting to finalise this undertaking I intend to describe the
pollens of a few important families in some detail, beginning in
this journal with the Fagaceae.

B. THE SOUTHERN-BEECHES.

In an earlier paper (Cranwell and von Post, 1936) it was
shown how frequencies of beech pollens in particular could be
used as indicators of forest and climate change, and it was sug-
gested that records might here be obtained over very long periods,

176 CRANWELL.

because only rather localised areas were swept clear of peat bogs
during the last glaciation. Added to this is the fascinating
problem of the affinities and Tertiary history of our beeches,
which, thanks to the perfect condition of their fossilised pollens
(pb. 194), already takes us back with certainty to those deposits
from which Fagus as well has been confidently identified by some
palaeontologists on the evidence of leaf-fragments alone.

Until 1850 Nothofagus was included in the northern temper-
ate genus Fagus with which, as Hauman-Merck (1913) emphasises
for the South American species, it has so little in common in
general appearance that the use of the name “beech” may even
be criticised as misleading. From the systematic viewpoint the
chief differences lie in the grouping of the male and female
flowers. All are large apparently monoecious trees often cover-
ing the countryside to the exclusion of all other tree species.

Nothofagus is a small genus confined to the temperate parts
of the southern hemisphere, living representatives occurring in
South America, and in Australia and Tasmania as well as in New
Zealand.

The New Zealand Species.

Cheeseman (1925) recognised six species, but quoted the
views, then put forward for the first time by Cockayne, that
hybridism occurred in the genus.

CHEESEMAN. COCKAYNE.

N. mengiesu 1. N. menziesii

N. fusca 2. N. fusca

N. fusca var colensoi = 3. N. truncata

N. apiculata = truncata x solandri? (in any
case hybrids between smooth-
leaved forms).

N. blairiu = mainly cliffortioides x fusca?

N. solandrt 4. N. solandri

N. cliffortioides 5. N. cliffortioides

Attention has been given in this paper to the five species
considered valid by Cockayne (1926) and to as many as possible
of the accepted species from other countries.

Wind Carriage and Phenology.

The five main genera of the Fagaceae show a wide divergence
in pollination, Castanea and Castanopsis being insect pollinated,
while Quercus (also in the Castaneae), Fagus, and N othofagus (both
in the Fageae), are wind-pollinated, with the large, comparatively
smooth pollens best adapted for wind carriage.

In Nothofagus the pollens appear ready for flight as soon as
the anthers emerge from the floral tube, and are discharged

Southern-Beech Pollens. 177

before the filament is fully elongated.! The male flowers are
produced in great quantities on the bare terminal twigs of the
wide-spreading canopies, usually just ahead of the maturation
of the accompanying leaves. The concentration of brightly-
coloured anthers is often so great that an individual tree will
Stand out deep russet in colour, and a whole hillside appear as
though scorched by a light fire. On October 22nd, 1938, I saw
N. fusca and truncata by the Tongariro River in this condition, and
could pick out a mosaic made by these species on the slopes of
Pihanga Mountain.2

Later in the year, on November 10th, Professor C.
Skottsberg, Dr. H. H. Allan, G. Simpson and J. Scott Thomson
saw a more remarkable sight in the Te Anau country, when, late
in the afternoon, they watched the dense mixed-beech forest
throw up gently drifting clouds of pollen which indeed they at
first mistook for clouds of smoke. (Plate 42, fig. a.) To this
Mr. C. M. Smith, Chief Inspector of Forests, State Forest Service,
Wellington, adds an interesting comment:—‘“I have not actually
seen the pollen flying from natural causes, but I have often
enough shaken clouds of it from the branches: and I have seen
a yellow scum of N. menziesii pollen on streams in the Longwood
(Southland). He states that the silver beech forests appear a
“dingy fulvous-brown when in full flower.”

No attempt has yet been made to estimate the amount of
pollen produced by our beeches, along the lines adopted for other
wind-pollinated species; an alder (Alnus glutinosa), for example,
yields about 4 million grains per catkin, and a head of maize
about 50 million! The record of 3.4 tons per square mile of oak
pollen, included in a fall of 34.7 tons of dust over the same area
estimated from deposits on collecting slides exposed during a
summer dust-storm in 1934 by Mr. O. C. Durham, of Chicago
(Nature, 1934*), gives some idea of the amount of pollen that
may be present in the air we breathe.

Records of Flowering.

Data on the flowering periods in Nothofagus are scanty and
imperfect. I have analysed the records available, including dates
taken from collections,** and on the whole it appears that “good”
pollen years tend to occur in rough cycles. For example, no
records can be found of flowering in 1936 and 1937, but in the
spring of 1988 there was a heavy production of pollen through-
out the range of the species. Previous to this, in parts of the
Auckland District at least, a weak and abnormal flowering took
place. This was observed in the field in May, while on June 7th,
5-pored N’. truncata pollen was found on one of the atmospheric

1 Mr. Harris has drawn my attention to the same behaviour in Coprosma, another
anemophilous genus. (Footnotes continued overleaf. )

178 CRANWELL.

slides exposed on the Museum roof. Almost at the same time
Mr. A. C. Caldwell found the same species in flower at Thames, on
the Coromandel Peninsula.

Cheeseman (1925) ascribes long periods to all the species,
but the records indicate that flowering tends to be of rather short
duration, and usually at the same time each year. Mr. C. M.
Smith has made the following observation:—‘In the only district
where I am acquainted with all five species growing “cheek by
jowl’ N. truncata is the earliest in flower; fusca and solandri about
a week later, and menziesii follows about a month after truncata
pollen first appears.” This is for Nelson, beginning with truncata
in late August, which is ahead of the general flowering in most
districts. Mr. J. E. Attwood, of Raetihi, informs me that flower-
ing is usually well advanced in October around National Park.
Naturally, much depends on the district and the altitude.

As to the fruiting, Mr. C. M. Smith considers that “in a
general way it works out to a three-year cycle of seed years, with
a really ‘bumper’ year in perhaps two out of five of these seed
years.” It appears that all species flower in these years, but
naturally not all may fruit as freely, perhaps because of loca!
climatic conditions during the short time when the pollen should
be at its peak.

Atmospheric Pollens.

Our collection of atmospheric slides, exposed daily by Mr.
Harris on the Museum roof (300 feet above sea-level, on an open
hill-top), has not yet been reviewed to discover whether beech
pollen flew in any quantity around Auckland in the last two years.
The three following records of NV. truncata are of interest, however.

1. June 7th, 1938 (see p. 177).
2. October 12th and 14th, 1938.

38. August 14th, 15th, 20th and 24th, 1939 (associated with
first flights of Pinus radiata).

Auckland is not the best place for testing, as beech is rare
near the city and, moreover, the prevailing winds blow mainly
off the sea. It is worth noting that strong winds blew from the
S. and 8.E. during early August, and thus an early flowering in
the Hunua Ranges may be indicated by these collections.

2 Colour or panchromatic photographs during the flowering season could probably
be used to help map the distribution and frequency of the beeches in such mixed
forest in rough country, just as the contrast between deciduous and evergreen
canopy has been made use of in Europe.

*Nature, 1934, June 16, p. 905—quoting from Science Service, Washington, Pe,
dated May 14th.

**Records since 1880 were obtained from herbaria—from Dominion Museum,
thanks to Dr. W. R. B. Oliver and Miss Katie Pickmere; from the Botany
Section, Plant Research Bureau, thanks to Dr H. H. Allan and Mr. V. D.
Zotov; and from the Cheeseman, Cockayne, Phillips Turner and other col-
lections at this Museum, |

Southern-Beech Pollens. 179

Hay Fever.

There appear to be no records of native beeches causing’
hay fever. The pollen of the American Fagus grandifolia 18 con-
sidered to be a “minor cause of hay fever, and it is caught on
pollen slides at considerable distances from the trees.’—
Wodehouse (1935).

Previous Work on Nothofagus Pollens.

The only description of Nothofagus pollen is the following of
von Post’s (1929) based on fresh material of N. betuloides,
N. puimilio, and N. antarctica:—‘“Das Nothofagus-pollen bildet ein
flaches Rotations-ellipsoid mit einem dquatorialen Kreis von
runden Poren.” This investigator also noted a range in the
number of pores.

Auer (1933), after the Finnish Expedition to Tierra del
Fuego, gave two very small sketches of Nothofagus pollens from
the peats, and no further description of the pollen type. He
decided that the species were exceedingly difficult to distinguish,
and dismissed von Post’s analysis on pore numbers rather lightly.

Neither had reason to compare the pollens of the South
American species of Nothofagus with those of Fagus.

C. BASIC FORM OF POLLEN IN THE ANEMOPHILOUS
GENERA OF THE FAGACEAE.

Wodehouse (1935) describes the Fagaceae pollens he
examined in two groups, one insect-pollinated, comprising
Castanea and Castanopsis, with small, three-furrowed, ellipsoidal
grains with three well-defined germ-pores, smooth exine, and no
sign of hyaline plugs, and the second, wind-pollinated, comprising
Quercus and Fagus, with large more or less spherical grains,
usually with three furrows, and, most characteristic of all, with
hyaline bodies embodied in the cell-contents. In Quercus these
bodies are “wedge-shaped plugs .... underlying the furrows, one
beneath each, and radiating toward them from the centre of the
cell.” In Fagus they are much less conspicuous. It seems likely
that the swelling of these plugs distends and even ruptures the
Turrow membrane and so spreads it open when the grain is
moistened.

Bre.

Diagram to show basic form in this group of the Beech family. A tricolpate
grain (Fagus grandifolia) in polar view, showing the long furrows and the
bulging pores on the limb. 40 microns.

In Quercus the pores are lacking and the grain ruptures along the furrow,

180 CRANWELL.

Eig, 2:
Sketch of Quercus to show splitting of membranes under pressure from the
hyaline plugs, one of which is not fully swelled. 40 microns.

In Nothofagus comparable bodies are sometimes scattered
under the walls, possibly with the same function, as changes in
volume are rather striking despite the lack of normal furrows.
In the fusca type the pores and the areas surrounding them are so
rigid, and in the menziesii type the pore mechanism is so reduced,
that interna] assistance, such as could be given by these bodies,
seems an acceptable explanation of the swelling of the grains.

As was to be expected, Nothofagus falls in the second group.

From a comparison of the pollens of the three genera the
basic form appears as follows:—Grains rather large, usually
about .040 mm., more or less spherical to very flattened: furrows
wherever recognisable directed meridionally, the pores where
present being arranged in an equatorial circle. Exine fairly
thick, always warty-granular.

It will be seen that Nothofagus, though distinct from the
normal tricolpate types, conforms to the basic form in shape,
arrangement of furrows and pores, even where vestigial, around
the equator, and especially in its sculpture.

D. TYPES OF POLLEN IN NOTHOFAGUS.

As was briefly indicated before (Cranwell and von Post,
1936) the New Zealand Nothofagus pollens are of two types, to
which all the species so far examined belong.

1. Grain .040-.060 mm., exine thin, pores vestigial ...
mensiesn type.
New Zealand (a) menziesii:
Australia and Tasmania (b) cunninghamii
(Cc) moorei

South America (d) obliqua

Southern-Beech Pollens.

functiiZt

New Zealand

. fusca type.

(a)
(b)
(c)

Grain usually less than .040 mm.,

181

exine thick, pores

fusca
truncata
solandrt

(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(1)

cliff ortioides

pumilio

dombeyt

antarctica

betuloides (see footnote p. 190)
alessandrii

South America

AUSTRALIA

TASMANIAGD :

NEW ZEALAND

F
\

Fee

Le
ANTARCTICA
MENZIESII TYPE

O

FUSCA TYPE

S. AFRICA

SEYMOUR iS.
TERTIARY DEPOSITS

Ca
SO.

‘X)

4

S./AMERICA

His: 3,
Distribution of Nothofagus pollen types. The Seymour Island deposits
have not been examined for peeeno pads pollens.

In the fusca type the furrows are almost lost: their rims
enclose the elongated pores, rather as in Alnus (Betulaceae).

In the menziesu type there appears to be an approach to
Quercus pollen with its flattened shape, its thin exine, its lack of
true pores, and its tendency to swell and split along lines of weak-
ness when over-expanded. Such characters as thinner exine,
smoothing-out of the furrows, and poor definition of the germ-
pores may, however, be merely parallel developments within
anemophilous genera.

182 CRANWELL.

1. NorHoracus MENziEsit Type.

la. Nothofagus menziesii Oerst. SILVER BEECH, TAWHAT,
TAWALI.

Grain large, much flattened at the poles, mainly about .050
mm., but ranging from .045-.065 mm. in diameter. Typically thin
and curling, but often lenticular in equatorial view, with a maxi-
mum depth of half the diameter of the grain; occasionally per-
fectly circular in polar view, but invariably becoming angular
when expanded. Points of emergence of germ-tubes almost always
weakly indicated on the limb, but no true pores present, and little
or no thickening of the exine at the angles to which these
“fissure-points” give rise. Rupturing of the grain provides for
as many apertures as there are angles, usually 6 to 8, rarely
© or $, the majority falling on 7 (Text fig. 4), usually as minute
gaps about .001 mm. across, from which the tough, elastic intine
protrudes, or, under extreme pressure, as clean gaping fissures
running .010-.016 mm. into each hemisphere through undefined
areas of the exine which, however, show roughly the positions of
the reduced furrows with some stains (PI. Ao tiO, Det

Furrows in the obvious sense are therefore lacking and
allowance for changes in volume is made partly by the swelling
of these more easily distended areas of the exine.

E:xine thin, less than .001 mm., translucent and pale in al!
unstained preparations, completely covered with small, sharp
papillae about .001 mm. across the base and up to .002 mm. apart,
appearing more like bright pits under ordinary working magnifi-
cations. Intine thin, sometimes embayed and thickened at the
angles of the grain.

Cell contents dense, packed with large starch grains: hyaline
bodies (about .010 mm.) occur, and these possibly assist in the
rupturing of the grain as in Quercus. The whole of the contents,
held in the intine, may be pressed out of an aperture and still
retain the original shape of the grain.

The following table shows that it is important to become
familiar with this pollen under a number of preparations. Iodine
and weak alkalis are the best for making accurate counts of the
furrow angles.

ll ee ee 8 Dao et A i
| |

|
Weak glycerine | Fuchsin | Gentian Violet | KOH | Acetolysed*
Contents retained | Contents destroyed
|
*Colourless | Magenta | Purple: hyaline Lemon- Amber
patches showing yellow i

| |
| through exine |
| |
| |

Round to angled Fissures

wide

| |
J ne eA ae Ok ee Ve Ml de eee gs Ps
*“By Erdtman method (1936),

Angles clear

|

se a 3 Lae a
|
| Angles clear

Southern-Beech Pollens. 183

Glycerine

Erdtman method
Erdtman method
Erdtman method

798 Manapouri H. J. Matthews
Canterbury Museum

Kew

MATERIAL.
| | | |
Locality. Collection. Date. | Preparation.
|
| | |
867 Tararua Ra. | C. Skottsberg | Oct.. 1938 | Methyl-green
662 Te Anau | C. Skottsberg | 9/11/38 | Fuchsin; gentian-violet ;
| | | iodine; Eosin-++methyl-
| | | green
323 Te Anau | H. J. Matthews : | KOH: g.-v.; E.M.*;
| | |
| |
| | |

The tree: A tall, massive tree up to 100 feet high, with a but-
tressed trunk 2 tc 6 feet in diameter; sometimes reduced to a
dwarf shrub in exposed subalpine stations. Male flowers solitary,
but densely crowded and conspicuous, especially as they open
before the new leaves. Fruiting involucres covered with striking
knobby processes.

Flowering time: Karly November-January (Cheeseman), but
tew definite records available. C. M. Smith has noted flowering
as early as September in Nelson. Pollen production very free,
but not regular.

Distribution: Very much as for N. fusca (p. 186), but ascending
intc the upper subalpine belt. Patches occur from Table Moun-
tain in the Thames Highlands south to the summit of Te Aroha.
but rare north of the East Cape Mountains. Absent from
Pirongia and Egmont, abundant on the Volcanic Plateau Mts.,
and especially on the west coast of the South Island. Cockayne
(1926) mentions that it occurs without NV. fusca in the south-west
of Southland. He gives Governor’s Bush, near Mt. Cook Hermit-
age; Mt. Cargill (Dunedin) ; West Taieri (Taieri Plain) ; Mount
Maungatua; Waipori, and the Blue Mts. (Tapanui) as other
localities of importance.

Altitudinal range: Not below 2,500 ft. in the North, but drop-
ping to sea-level in the south. Reaches to 3,500 ft. and more,
especially where JN. cliffortioides does not form the timberline, as
on Maungapohatu and in the Tararua Ranges.

Affinities: AS Cockayne (1926) has pointed out, the foliage
and the out-growths on the involucre show affinity with
N. cunningham of Tasmania and Victoria.

Hybrids: There is no evidence of hybridism between
N. menziesii and other New Zealand species, and apparently no
record of attempts to cross it with others more nearly related
outside New Zealand,

184. CRANWELL.

The Pollen as a Micro-fossil: Despite its apparent delicacy this
pollen can be recognised fairly easily in peats, especially when
fissured. In this condition only the exine remains. It is safe
to claim that silver beech pollens can be located under low powers
of the microscope. This is because no other New Zealand pollen
approaches it in its characteristic combination of size, clarity,
shape, manner of rupturing, and small but brilliant sculpture of
“hailstone muslin’”’ type.

Fig. 4,
N. mensiesu in ruptured condition (KOH preparation). Polar view. 56 microns.
Records from Peat: The species has been recorded from the
peats of Mossburn; Freestone Hill; Richter’s Rock; Swampy Hill

(very rare); Bluff (also rare); Otautau; all far south in New
Zealand. (Cranwell and von Post, 1936.)

1b. Nothofagus cunninghamii (Hook) Oerst.: BEECH
MYRTLE.

Grain very close to the type, .040-.050 mm., more or less circu-
lar, with 6 to 8 (mainly 7) fissures opening under pressure. Pre-
paration No. 882 from Tasmania gives the following range in
“pores” :—6 pores: 17%; 7 pores: 81%; 8 pores: 2%. Exine
often a little thickened at the angles of the grain. Papillae

smaller, blunter and more crowded than in mencziesii.
|

882 Tasmania Archer KOH.

|
Locality. | Collection. Preparation.
|
|
60 Tasmania G. E. DuRietz | Erdtman method
871 Blackspur, Vic. C. Walter | Gentian-violet
Gentian-violet
|
|

872 Tasmania | Archer
|

Tree: Tall, forming extensive forests in Tasmania, especially
in the N.W. and W. Coast district (Irby, quoted in Francis,
1928) : according tc Rodway (19083) it prefers damp, cool gullies,
not open forests. Reduced to a wiry shrub on some mountain
summits. Found also in Victoria. Monoecious. Flowers October-
December,

Southern-Beech Pollens. 185

le. Nothofagus moorei (F. Muell.) Maiden:—ANTARCTIC
BEECH, NEGROHEAD BEECH.

Grain also very close to the type, .048-.050 mm. in the material
examined, very rounded, but rupturing to form 6 to 9 fissures
(mainly 7 or 8). The weaker areas of the exine show clearly
with staining, especially against the limb, where the papillae
are rather less frequent. Papillae fine and close, giving a delicate
appearance.

eae rest eens es genes ascendant

Locality. Collection. Preparation.

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
aes | Queensland | ex S.ES., | Erdtman method

665 | per C. M. Smith | Gentian-violet; Fuchsin
873 Manning River | A. Rudder | KOH; Gentian-violet
874 Dorrigo | W. Heron | Gentian-violet

Tree: Tall, up to 120 ft. high, found in Queensland onlv
above 2,500 ft. on the Macpherson Range, and at the same alti-
tude in the Clarence-Dorrigo region, N.S.W., both being areas
with high rainfall and low winter temperatures. In Queensland,
according to Swain (1928) it is “a rare tree, occurring usually in
groups, amid a jungle miscellany, usually, on the ridges’”’—a
description which would fit the species of Nothofagus at their
northern limits in New Zealand almost equally well.

ld. Nothofagus obliqua (Mirb:) Blume.

Grain similar to the type, mainly .044-.048 mm., with 7 fissure-
points: exine and intine both very thin: sculpture exceedingly

delicate.
ae | a te |
Locality. | Collection. : Preparation.
875 Valdivia Buchtien, 1906 | Gentian-violet
898 Wedermann : KOH

Tree: Tall, deciduous. One of the Seymour Is. fossils is con-
sidered to be closely related to this species.

————— ee eeeeesSs=*#

2. NOTHOFAGUS FUscaA Type.

2a. Nothofagus fusca Oerst.:—RED BEECH, TAWHAIT,
TAWHAI-RAU-NUI.

Grain almost circular in polar views; equatorial profile vary-
ing somewhat according to method of preparation: the polar sur-
faces usually convex, the rigidity supplied by the furrows making
the grain appear capsular (Pl. 42, fig. d.). When unexpanded, as
in the dry condition, these surfaces collapse and the grain takes

)

1&6 CRANWELL.

a biscuit form, as in a red blood corpuscle. When well expanded,
the grain becomes a rotation-ellipsoid. Ratio of polar to equatorial}
axis 1:3 to 4:5. Size rather uniform, mainly about .038 mm., but
ranging from .034-.042 mm.

Furrows 6 to 9, normally 8,* of vestigial nature; directed
meridionally, very regularly spaced from .011-.014 mm. apart
around the equator. Rims almost parallel, highly refractive,
strongly thickened to form a collar, confining a narrow slit
-002-.004 mm. wide, .008-.009 mm. long, and open at both ends.
The furrow is thus represented only by the spore, which has a
smooth hyaline membrane, usually sunken about .003 mm., but
bulging out when mounted in water.

Exine fairly thick, .0016-.002 mm., outer layer thin: sculp-
ture strong and even, appearing as clear crowded pits under lower
magnifications, but evenly papillose under oil immersion lenses,
showing most distinctly in iodine preparations, which stain the
mesh of the exine a bright brown.

Intine fairly thick, swelling greatly behind the pores (especi-
ally when heated with weak alkalis) to form a sinuous pattern
in polar views.

Cell-contents dense, packed with starch grains, and usually
with a few clear bodies, up to .005 mm. across. (See p. 180.)

Intine and contents destroyed only after severe treatment
with KOH. ....A strong-walled resistant grain of a very
easily recognized type.

|
Locality. Collection. Date. | Preparation.
|
|
|

Erdtman method
Fuchsin

17/11/38 : KOH; G.-v.; Fuchsin

|
4 Palmerston N. | H, H, Alan
786 Rimutaka Ranges | T. Kirk
894 Eelinton Valley | H. H. Allan

Oct., 1935

Sees

The tree: Tall, massive, 60-100 ft. high, with a trunk 3-6 ft.
diameter; flowers monoecious.

Flowering season: September to December, but mainly
October in most districts.

Distribution: Restricted to lowland and lower montane belts
from about lat. 37° on Thames Mts., southwards in high rainfall
districts, except Mt. Eemont and an area for 100 miles south of
the Taramakau River (Westland), and in southern Southland.
From sea-level to 3,500 ft. |

Hybrids: Cockayne and Allan (1934) record hybrids with
(1) cliffortioides, (2) soiandri and (8) truncata.

“In No, 894 there is a higher percentage of 6 and 7 pore pollens occurring’ jn
groups.

Southern-Beech Pollens. 187

Fossil Record: Oliver (1928) records N. fusca from the Later
Pliocene (a leaf impression), and Evans (1929B.) has found
tossil beech-wood almost identical with that of fusca, apparently
Pliocene, in coal from Coal Creek Flat, near Roxburgh, Central
Otago.

2b. Nothofagus truncata (Col.) Ckn.: HARD or CLINKER
BEECH: TAWHAI.

Grain as in type, but size-range much lower, being between
.023-.082 mm.; polar axis about 4 equatorial, or more.

Pores 5-8, mainly 6 and 7, rarely 8 as in fusca, the most
closely allied species. Pores .008-.009 mm. long, and .010-.011 mm.
apart; narrow (.001 mm.) and shallower (.0024 mm.) than in
fusca. When fully expanded the collar is stretched to over
004 mm. across.

Eixine about .0016 mm., rather more closely flecked than in
fusca.

Little Barrier

Miss Shakespear Gentian-violet

|
Locality. | Collection. Date. | Preparation.
) | |
| | |
Waiheke Island | H. B. Matthews | | ELM.
Ellerslie (cult. ) FL Ae. | May, 1938 | E.M.
Auckland | | Oct., 1938 | E.M.
Coromandel | T. F. Cheeseman | Oct., 1882 | KOH
Coromandel : J. Adams | | Fuchsin
| | |

The tree: A tall tree, very closely related to fusca, and for
long considered a variety of it. Bark dark, and smoother, leaves
smaller, broader in proportion, with blunter teeth.

Flowering time: Late August to early November: season short
in any one district. Flowered in Auckland in winter, 1938
(see p. 177).

Distribution: Occurring sparsely in lowlands from Kaitaia to
Auckland, then more abundant from the Hunua Ranges and the
Thames Mts.; in dryer parts as far south as Taramakau River.
Distribution not fully known. Sea-level to rather less than
3,000 ft.

Fybrids: Crossing takes place with other species, but it
would be impossible to decide whether truncata or fusca were
involved in many such crosses.

2c. Nothofagus solandri Oerst.: BLACK BEECH, TAWHAI-
RAURIKI: TAWHAIT.

Grain very similar to type and most closely approaching it in
size, but usually smaller, ranging from .025-.037 mm. Pores 6-8,

188 CRANWELL.

up to 80% with 7: of 600 grains counted only 2 (.8%) had 5 pores
and none had 9 pores. Sculpture fine: not to be confused with
NV. cliffortioides. Hyaline bodies few, but rather large.

Hybridism between this species and fusca at least is acknow-
ledged te be very common, and this will tend further to obliterate
the small differences between the pollens. As with cliffortioides,
where 8 pore pollens occur freely in a preparation, some doubt
may be cast on its being “pure” solandri.

649 Eastbourne

. Skottsberg 1938 E.M.; g.-v.; fuchsin

|
Locality. | Collection. Date. | Preparation.
Se a eee | |
ee ae | |
30 W. A. Sledge | 1929 | EM.
71 ex Brit. Museum | | ELM.
864 Days Bay zs Phillips Turner | | KOH
| |

The tree: REN 40-80 ft. high, 2-4 ft. diameter, very
closely allied te NV. cliffortioides ; flowers and fruit almost the same,
but adult leaves tending to be larger, more oblong, apex obtuse
rather than acute. Flowers monoecious.

Flowering time: Early spring (November to December).

Distribution: Lowland and montane belts from Mamaku
Plateau (“extremely rare’ L. Cockayne & E.P.T. (1938) and
Hast Cape tc Banks Peninsula and Alford Forest (to S. of Otago
(?) ): often absent over large districts. Sea-level to c. 2,500 ft.
Records very incomplete because of confusion with cliffortioides.

Hybrids: These occur freely with other species of the group.
Cockayne and Allan (1934, p. 24) considered that Kirk’s N. fusca
var. dubia and possibly N. apiculata were crosses between solandri
and truncata.

2d. N. cliffortioides Oerst.: MOUNTAIN BEECH.

Grain as in type, but smaller; size-range from .027-.030 mm.
Pores 6 tc 8, very rarely 5 or 9, the majority 7, as in solandri, but
a higher percentage may fall on 8, or very occasionally on 6.
Aperture about .0016 mm. across. Exine thick and strongly sculp-
tured, but pattern similar; intine swelling considerably ; contents
dense.

|
Locality. Collection. Date” 4 Preparation.
|

G. E. Du Rietz |

69 Erdtman method
799 Manapouri H. J. Matthews ! KOH
802 Nelson T. F. Cheeseman KOH
804 Arthurs Pass
Nov., 1938; KOH; Eosin-+methyl

green; safranin-+hae-

|
|
:
Mrs. Mavis Scott ) 1938 | KOH: iodine
|
! matoxylin

|
895 Eglinton Valley | H. H. Allan

r "
Southern-Beech Pollens. 189

The tree: Small, 20-40 ft. high, sometimes more, but often
less in the subalpine belt, where it may form the timberline.

Flowering season: October tc December, or as late as January
in some districts.

Distribution: Subalpine forests from some of the East Cape
Mts. (not Maungapohatu) southwards: absent from Mt. Egmont
and the Tararua Ranges, and also from parts of Westland. Found
near sea-level on West Coast of South Island only “‘where the

climate is more or less of a subantarctic character’”—Cockayne
(1926).

Hybrids: Cockayne and Allan record free crossing with fusca
and solandri. More local contacts with truncata are suggested, as
these species are not usually associated.

2e. Nothofagus pumilio (Poepp. et Endl.) Reiche.

Grain as in N. fusca type; usually about .036 mm. in diameter.
Pores 4 tc 7, as stated by von Post (1929), but 65-70% usually
have 6 pores. The figures are as follows:—4 pore: 2% : 5 pore:
25% ;€ pore: 68% ;7 pore: 5%, in a count of 100 grains from one
preparation. This tallies very closely with von Post’s average
from three preparations :—4 pore: <1%;5 pore: 22% ; 6 pore:
65% ; 7 pore: 18%, the percentage of 7 pore pollens being higher
in his material. |

Pollens with 4 pores usually seem abnormal, as their spacing
suggests the loss of one or two pores. The pores are only slightly
thickened and are distended in alkali preparations so that the
aperture may appear rounded. Exine rather thin, about 1.2 mu,
pale yellow with KOH; almost, if not wholly, smooth. Cell con-
tents dense and packed with starch.

|

Locality. Collection. Date. |! Preparation.
|

880 Argentine Spegazzini

| |
| |
| |
| | |

| | Oct. 1900 | KOH

The tree: A tall tree forming the finest forests in S. Patagonia
and central Tierra del Fuego. (36° 30’S.—41° 8.) r

of. N. dombeyi (Mirb.) Blume: COIHUE.

Grain as in type, rather small, .026-.032 mm.; pores few (5-7),
about .005 mm. long and .007-.008 mm. anart, tending to gape
open. From the preparations counted the following figures were
obtained :—

5 pores: 50% ; 6 pores: 48%; 7 pores: 2%.

Exine about .001 mm.; sculpture very faint. Hyaline plugs
were associated with the pores.

190 CRANWELL.

|

Wedermann | KOH

|

The tree: According to Skottsberg (1916) and Hauman-

Merck (1913) this is one of the most important trees of the

Valdivian rain-forest. Grows up to 40 ft. high and 6 ft. thick:

closely allied to N. betuloides and N. nitida. Chile 34° 30’—47° S.
Andine Patagonia (N. to 38° 8.)

2c, N. antarctica (Forst.) Oerst.

Grains small and smooth, mainly about .030 mm., abnormal
erains frequent. Pores 4 to 7, about .005 mm. by .002-.003 mm.,
and .003 mm. deep, projecting under pressure from plugs behind
the membrane: rim fairly thick. Exine clear, a little thinner
than the intine: surface very delicately flecked.

No. of pores: 2 3 4 5 6 aoe

von Post (4 samples) (average) .. 1 1 2 71 25 1 %
L.M.C. (300 grains counted) a 2 71 26 1 %

900

|
Locality, | Collection. | Date. | Preparation.
| |
|
S89 Nahuelhuapi | E. Ljunger r Borders Erdtman method
(Patagonia :
|

|
|
|
|

These figures are surprisingly close. One collection, how-
ever, sent by another herbarium as antarctica (?) yielded 73°
with 6 pores, and the percentages throughout were almost identi-
cal with those of pumilio, which occurred in the same locality, and
which was probably the source of this pollen.

|
Locality. | Collection. Preparation.
|

En eR Ee ee Ce ee |
901 Golden Gate Park | ex C. Skottsberg |

(cult. ) | |
2909 | Donat (per C.Se.) |

Fuchsin
KOH

The tree: Deciduous, forming forests, but growing best at
forest edge—from 36° or 39° 8. to 56° 8.; flowering in November
(notes from Skottsberg, 1916).

2). N. alessandrii Espinosa.

Good pollen was obtained from the herbarium of Arnold
Arboretum, thanks to Professor Skottsberg, who visited the
United States in August. He doubts whether this is a good
species. .. . The pollen is .026-.030 mm., thin walled, delicately
flecked, and has 5 to 7, but usually 6, pores. (No. 905.)

NOTE.— I have not been able to obtain pollen from other species described by
Espinosa. Apparently male flowers of Nothofagus are rather rare in most herbaria.

Since this paper was written pollens of betuloides have been received trom
Professor Skottsberg. These have 4-5 pores and are of fusca type, to which sutida
and procera probably belong. It is clear, then, that the bulk of the South American
species belong to the fusca group. In Australia only the menstesti group is to be
found, |

Southern-Beech Pollens. 191

Pore Counts (Graph. Text fig. 5).

As already stated (p. 179) von Post was quick to notice that
the South American beeches had a definite range in pore num-
bers, and he endeavoured to use this in identification along
statistical lines as size-range has been utilised in some few
Kuropean species of Betula.

Von Post had three species to consider, the number of pores
ranging from 2 to 7. It will have been noticed already from the
descriptions of the South American pollens that the pores are
fewer than in our New Zealand series.

From the run of the curves for beech pollens, based on pore
numbers, von Post considered that betuloides, the evergreen,
Pacific species, with fewest pores, was not reflected as a forest-
forming tree in the peats he examined.

In the New Zealand species each has a peak on one pore
number, or on two, as in truncata. The curves run regularly,
whether plotted on the first 100, 500, or even on the first 20
grains counted, but occasionally clusters of pollen with an atypi-
cal number of pores will turn up.

It must be remembered that in dealing with beech pollens in
peats one would not usually base identifications on a few grains.
Where these pollens are richly represented it becomes desirable
to try to fix the identity of the species, and in such cases
hundreds, or thousands, of pollens may be available. From an
analysis of these on pore number, coupled with what is known of
their characteristic size and sculpture, it should often be possible
to decide what species are involved.

1. N. menziesii. In this species 7-pore pollens predominate.
The counts from 100 grains each from three preparations shows
exceedingly clean-cut results.

No. of pores: 5 6 7 8 9
No. 662 0) 6% 75% 19% 0
No. 798 0) 10 70 20 0
No. 867 0 6 77 17 0)
Average ty e = ay 0) oe 74 <19 0)

(2)

2. N. fusca group. Here the results may be as sharply
defined, and there is still a strong tendency for 7-pore pollens to
predominate in the New Zealand series. This makes the use of
pore numbers as a diagnostic feature less satisfactory where the
pollens of a number of species are mixed. This difficulty was not
unexpected in such a closely-knit group, in which hybridism is
now so rife, as it may have been during the long history of the
beeches in New Zealand.

25-37 LL. 27-30 u.

“© NO. 799
me \
‘ x

a” 6° 9 8 9 10 PORES

I 80 | N. SOLANDRI & sea bein ake

9 lO PORES

lO PORES

Fig. 5.

Graphs showing pore frequencies in New Zealand Nothofagus pollens.

Up to 500 grains were counted irom representative collections, which

carrv their preparation numbers. Size-range, based on all the collections,
: is also indicated.

Southern-Beech Pollens. 193

N. fusca stands out with 8 pores and is, moreover, much
larger than the others: truncata, rather unexpectedly, does not
follow fusca, but has maxima on 6 and 7 pores, and in some pre-
parations has a fair percentage with 5 pores. It is the only species
to approach the low numbers of the South American group. There
is, of course, no evidence to show whether frucata or fusca is the
older species.

In the second pair, cliffortioides and solandri, the pollens are
as alike as the macroscopic relationships would suggest, the
former usually being smaller, but with thicker exine and stronger
sculpture. They usually have 60-70% of grains with 7 pores. I
believe that where high percentages of 8 pores occur, there is a
strong suspicion of hybridisation with fusca, as this is the only
species in which 8-pore pollens are common. For example, a
collection from an East Cape correspondent identified as
cliffortioides, yielded about 30% of 7 pores, 63% of 8 pores, and
7% of 9 pores, which was inconsistent with previous figures for
the species. The flowering twigs were checked again, and it was
found that the leaves were apiculate, giving rather definite
evidence of a cross with fusca.

The ecological significance of cliffortioides and solandri make
it most desirable that these two should be distinguished in the
sub-tossil, or fossil, condition. However, few botanists can con-
fidently distinguish them in the field, and even the initiated can-
not yet produce a detailed map of their distribution.

K. SUBFOSSIL AND FOSSIL RECORDS.

In addition to the records of NV. menziesii from southern peats
and for the fusca type in the same localities (Mossburn;
Freestone Hill; Richter’s Rock; Swampy Hill; Bluff; and Otau-
tau) I have come across beech pollens of the first type in peat
trom about 2 ft. below the surface near Papanui, Christchurch,
and ot the second type in collections from a number of districts,
but only in (8) and (5) below could deep vertical series suitable
for a pollen survey be obtained. None have yet been worked
through in any detail.

Peats:
(1) Te Moehau (Coromandel Range, alt. c. 2,800 ft., sloping
bog).
(2) Lake St. John (Auckland: drained bed).
(3) Rukuhia and Tuatuamoana (Waikato raised bogs).
(4) Te Ahu Kawakawa (W. Egmont swamp).

(5) Pyramid Valley, N. Canterbury (sections kindly made
by Professor E. Percival).

194 CRANWELL.

Lignites, ete.:

(6) Te Kopuru, near Dargaville, collected by Mr. J.
Harrison-Smith (associated with kauri leaves: lignite).
Nos. 760, 761.

(7) Whangamarinc, Lower Waikato. No. 896.

(8) Opunake, Taranaki, collected for me by Dr. W. R. B.
Oliver, No. 897.

(9) Kaikorai, Otago. No. 891.

These bare records are sufficient to show that beech pollens
are preserved in peats and Tertiary deposits from different parts
of the country, and that high frequencies can be expected where
beech grows, or grew. The low frequencies found near the sur-
face on Te Moehau (1), and in the West Egmont swamp (4), are
consistent with a weak supply of beech pollen from some dls-
tance. A study of lignites such as those from Opunake (8) may
eventually prove, however, that beech formerly grew around
Egmont and was wiped out by catastrophic volcanic action (see
also Oliver 1931), rather than excluded by local climatic con-
ditions, as Zotov (1938) holds.

The Fossil Pollens.

In the living species of Nothofagus there are no intermediates
between the fusca and the menziesu types.

In the fossil ones, notably from Whangamarino, there is a
type with small size-range (up to .034 mm.), 5 to 7 well-defined
but little-thickened pore slits, longer than in the fusca type, and
with the sharp, more scattered, papillae of the menziesii type. No
ruptured grains were seen. (Erdtman preparation.) There is a
possibility that this is an intermediate type.

The material was secured in April, 1938, from a fossil band
near the foot of a railway cutting, and about 15 feet below the
surface of the Pliocene volcanic showers. The matrix is fine-
grained, with almost no recognisable plant-remains other than
fern-spores, and pollens in astonishing abundance, mainly of a
few three-furrow types, unfamiliar, but suggestive of the
Araliaceae. The only conifer pollen seen was that of rimu
(Dacrydium cupressinuin). The Nothofagus was much more abund-
ant, but infrequent as compared with the dominant types. Fairly
closely associated were thin bands of water-carried leaves of
large size, some perhaps identical with living species, others
definitely extinct. The assemblage is reminiscent of the mixture
of temperate and subtropical forms reported by Dusén (1899)
from Seymour Island, and by Oliver (1986) from Kaikorai.

In the Kaikorai matrix there are WNothofagus grains
close to the Whangamarino type, as well as others with the
sculpture and short, strongly thickened pores (6-8) of the fusca
type. |

In neither series of preparations could I find grains of the
Fagus type.

Southern-Beech Pollens. 195

The Fagus Question:—

Published records show that the Fagaceae had a wider dis-
tribution and apparently a wider range of species in the Southern
Hemisphere in Tertiary times: fossil wood of Nothofagus type has
been found, and a number of species have been described from
leaf-fragments. Of these Ettingshausen (1888) has contributed
four species of Fagus* for New Zealand, as well as species of
Quercus, Myrica, Alnus and Ulmus—all Northern Hemisphere
genera. At this time the status of Nothofagus was not always
recognised,** but Ettingshausen (1888) made it clear that five
of his six Australian Tertiary species could not be referred with
the sixth (Fagus benthami, which he compared with the North
American species) to the group of northern beeches.

Although many of Ettingshausen’s contributions (see also
1887, 1891) have not been considered very seriously, Fagus is still
retained, obviously at the price of obscuring the age and
systematic isolation of Nothofagus in the Southern Hemisphere.

There has thus been an attempt to force comparisons with
Recent Northern Hemisphere genera, and provide from these
a picture of older floras which, in Ettinghausen’s case at least,
led even to the postulation of a universal Cretaceous flora of
Fagus type.

His assumption that Fagus did occur in Australia and New
Zealand has gone unchallenged: even more it has gained support
through Dusén’s descriptions of /. dicksonii and F. obscura
(queried, however, by Skottsberg (1915) ) together with
N. pulchra and N. magellanica Engelh. from the Oligocene of Sey-
mour Island, and by those of Oliver (1936) for New Zealand, the
distinction between the two genera being made on the rather
slight evidence of leaf-texture and venation. Oliver describes
three species of Fagus*** and three of Parafagus, a new genus
which he places close to Fagus. It is interesting to note, however,
that he is inclined to place Ettinghausen’s Fagus benthami.
F, muelleri and Betula derwentensis in Nothofagus. As he compares
Magus australis with F. benthami and his Nothofagus kaikoraiensis,
and fF. maorica with Dusén’s I’. obscura only F. novae-gelandiae,
which he compares with F. sylvatica, is not already in grave doubt.

So far diagnoses have been based mainly on leaves, the most
plastic organs of the plant. Pollens have been overlooked,
although, as Wodehouse (1936) has so ably shown, “in no other
part of the plant are to be found packed in so small a space so
many readily available phylogenetic characters.”’

*F. lendenfeldu (Malvern Hills) ; wlmifolia (Shag Point); producta (Pakawau) :
nelsonica (Wangapeka); /. ninnisiana Ung. (Shag Point) as well was
recognised by him.

**Even Deane (1900), who was most critical of many of Ettingshausen’s identifi-
cations, does not distinguish between Nothofagus and Fagus.

**E* ES novae-selandiac; I’. maorica and F. australis.

196 CRANWELL.

It has been one of the aims of this paper to show that as
Nothofagus pollens occur in perfect condition as fossils, and as
they can so readily be distinguished from pollens of Fagus, they
should be made use of in future studies of our Tertiary fossils.

LITERATURE CITED.

Auer, Vainio, 1933. Verschiebungen der Wald und Steppengebiete Feuerlands in
Postglazialer Zeit—Acta Geographica 5, No. 2, Helsink:.

Cheeseman, T. F., 1925. Manual of the New Zealand Flora. Ed. 2. Wellington.

Cockayne, L., 1926 Monograph of the New Zealand Beech Forests, Part I., Bull.
No. 4. N.Z. State Forest Service.

Cockayne, L., 1927. Ibid, Part II.

Cockayne and Allan, H. H., 1934 An annotated list of wild hybrids in the New
Zealand flora—Annals of Botany, Vol 48, No. 189.

Cockayne and Phillips Turner, E., 1938. The Trees of New Zealand. Wellington.

Cranwell, L. M., and von Post, L., 1936. Post-Pleistocene Pollen Diagrams irom
New Zealand—Geografiska Annaler. H. 3-4, Stockholm.

Deane, H., 1900. Observations on the Tertiary Flora of Australia, with special
reference to Ettingshausen’s Theory of the Tertiary Cosmopolitan Flora—
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. 25.

Dusén, P., 1899. Uber die tertiare Flora der Magellanslander—Wiss. Erg. d.
Schwed. Exped. nach den Magellanslandern. Bd. I.: 4 Stockholm.

Dusén, P., 1908. Uber die tertiare Flora der Seymour—lInsel. Wiss. Erg. d.
Schwed. Sudpol-Exped., 1901-03, Bd. III.: 3. Stockholm. |

Erdtman, G., 1936. New Methods in Pollen Analysis—Svensk. Botanisk Tids-
krit. _Bd,.30, ALS 2. |

Ettingshausen, C. von, 1887. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der fossilen Flora Neusee-
lands. Denks.Ak. Wiss. Wien, 53.

Ettingshausen, C. von, 1891. Trans N.Z. Inst. 23, p. 237 Translation of above.

Ettingshausen, C von, 1888. Contributions to the Tertiary Flora of Australia.
Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S.W. Palaeont. No. 2.

Evans, W. P., 1929a. The Formation of Fusain from a comparatively Recent
Angiosperm—N.Z. Journ. Sci. & Tech. Vol. XI., No. 4.

Evans, W. P., 1929b. A Fossil Nothofagus (Nothofagoxylon?) from the Centra
Otago Coal-Measures. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 00. |

Francis, W. D., 1928. Australian Rain-Forest Trees. Brisbane.

Hauman-Merck, Lucien, 1913. “La Foret Valdivienne et ses Limites’” Bruxelles.
Leo Errara, t. IX. Brussels.

Oliver, W. R. B., 1928. The Flora of the Waipaoa Series (Later Pliocene) of
New Zealand. T.R.S.N.Z. Vol. 59.

Oliver, W. R. B., 1931. An ancient Maori oven on Mt. Egmont, Journ. Pol. Soc.,
Vol. 40. New Plymouth.

Oliver, W. R. B., 1936. Tertiary Flora of the Kaikorai Valley, Otago, New
Zealand. T.R.S.N.Z. Vol. 66.

Skottsberg, C., 1915. Notes on the relations between the Floras of Subantarctic
America and New Zealand. The Plant World, Vol. 18.

Skottsberg, C., 1916. Die Vegetationsverhaltnisse langs der Cordillera de los
Andes S. von 41° S.Br.—Bot. Erg. d. Schwed. Exped. n. Patagonien u. dem
Feuerlande 1907-1909. K. Svenska Vet. Akad. Forhandl. Band 56, No. 5.
Stockholm.

Swain, E. H. F., 1928. The Timbers and Forest Products of Queensland—
Queensland Forest Service, Brisbane. i

yon Pest, L., 1929. Die Zeichenschrift der Pollenstatistik—Geol. Foren. Forhandl.
Bd. 51. Stockholm.

Wodehouse, R. P., 1935. Pollen Grains. New York.

Zotov, V. D., 1938. “Correlation between Vegetation and Climate in N.Z.” Journ,
Sci, & Tech, Vol. xix, No, 8.

PLATE 42.

(a) Clouds of Nothofagus pollen near Lake Te Anau; from a colour
photograph by C. Skottsberg, 10/11/38.

(b) N. mensiesti pollen, partly expanded, showing hyaline areas behind
the angles. Gentian-violet preparation. 52 microns.

Sketches of N. fusca pollen: (c) polar view; (d) equatorial view; (e)
sculpture. 40 microns.

ie 2)
ey
“ a

Maori Wooden Bowls.

By A. G. STEVENSON, Assistant Ethnologist.

The object of this paper is to place on record descriptions
and illustrations of some of the Maori wooden bowls in the col-
lection of the Auckland Museum, some from other institutions
being’ included for comparative purposes. As the quantity of
material available is fairly extensive, it has been thought best to
limit this paper to descriptive work only, leaving other considera-
tions tc a later date.

Altogether the Auckland Museum collection comprises over
AQ examples, some of them badly damaged, but there are many
in an almost perfect state. For illustrations and particulars of
others not in this collection I am indebted to Mr. R. 8S. Duff, of
the Canterbury Museum; Mr. J. Grant, of the Wanganui
Museum; and Mr. H. E. R. Wily, of Mauku.

General Considerations.

Under the names Kumete, ’Umete, or Uineke, wooden bowls
are found all over Polynesia, and under other names in Melanesia.
In Fiji they are called Kuimeto, which is almost identical with the
Polynesian name. Other names used by the Maori in different
connections are Oko, Paki and Kohua, but I do not intend to go
into this matter here. The general style and perfection of finish
of Polynesian and Melanesian bowls varies considerably with
different localities. The most perfect examples come from
Hawaii, while very well made and often grotesquely shaped bowls
are peculiar to New Guinea and the Solomon Islands. In fact,
each area has its own particular style, and in general it is possible
to tell at sight to which group of islands any given bowl belongs.

With the Maori bowls, however, matters are somewhat
different. A great variety of form is to be found, and they range
from crudely hollowed out logs to beautifully finished examples
ornamented with carving. Some agree very closely in motive
with Hawaiian bowls, while others again would appear to have a
distinctly Melanesian character.

It would appear that the Maori transported his wooden bowls
over’ great distances, so that the fact that a bowl has been dis-
covered in any given locality would not necessarily imply that it
was manufactured there. Consequently, with one exception, it
has not been possible at present to correlate any given type of
bowl with a given locality.

198 STEVENSON.

Uses of Bowls.

It is an interesting fact that although ample supplies of
suitable material are available, the Maori never acquired the art
of making pottery. The same applies to all the Polynesians, and it
seems strange that these great wanderers did not pick up the

art from the Melanesians, who had developed it to a considerable
degree,

In the absence of pottery, wooden bowls had to fulfil a great
variety of domestic requirements, and in this they were
supplemented to a certain extent by gourds (taha) and baskets
made from totara bark (paiuwa). The work of fashioning wooden
bowls was long and tedious, and as a result we would expect that
they would be highly prized.

Wooden bowls would be used for holding liquids, for crush-
ing berries, or for catching the melted fat from birds roasting
before the fire. Also, they would act as containers for food, or
as special receptacles in which titbits would be served up to
visitors of rank. They were even used for cooking, the water in
them being boiled by introducing stones that had first been
heated in the fire. In short, wooden bowls would have to fulfil all
the needs which to-day are fulfilled by our pots and pans and
chinaware.

Technique of Manufacture.

According to Brigham (1908, p. 159) the Hawaiian bowl
craftsman first seasoned his wood by immersing it in a pool or
Swamp, and then proceeded to shape up the outside, leaving the
excavation of the inside until after this had been finished. The
Maori probably adopted a similar procedure, and one example,
Fig. 17, which was recovered from a depth of 11 feet in a swamp
at Opotiki, would seem to bear out this view. After the shaping
process was finished the surfaces would be smoothed down with
obsidian scrapers, and in this way a very fine finish was some-
times obtained.

Totara was the wood most commonly used, but by no means
exclusively. Most of the bowls here described are of totara, but
long immersion in swamps has a considerable effect on the
appearance of the wood, so that in some cases a definite state-
ment would be rather hazardous without a very careful
examination.

Description of Examples.

For the purposes of description the material has been
roughly divided into several series, based mainly on shape, and
until other material is examined no attempt is made to designate
types.

Maori Wooden Bowls. 199

SERIES 1. Long Trough-like Bowls.

These may be conveniently divided into two further sec-
tions: (a) those which are crude and heavy, carved out of
roughly squared logs; and (b) those which have been further
trimmed and shaped so as to present curved instead of rectangu-
lar outlines.

Section (a).

Fig. 1 of Plate 43 illustrates a trough of the heavy rectangu-
lar type. Cut from a roughly squared log, it has been rounded
off at the ends, except for two massive lugs or handles, so that it
somewhat resembles a pigeon trough. The rim opening is
rectangular, as also is the flat bottom inside. Internally the sides
are straight, but slope inward, so that the bottom is of consider-
ably less area than the top. This means that while the top edge
of the side is only an inch or so in thickness it rapidly increases
tc several inches at the bottom, making the trough heavy and
massive. The whole has been roughly smoothed both inside and
out.

In the Canterbury Museum there is a somewhat similar
trough, No. E.104.15, from Rangiriri. It differs from the above
in that the ends have been rounded a little internally instead of
being straight. This imparts a somewhat oval shape to the
bottom, but the top sides are parallel as before. Externally the
ends have been roughly rounded off as in Fig. 1, and the tool
marks are clearly visible.

Another Canterbury Museum specimen, No. E.80.2, is illus-
trated in Fig. 2. This bowl came from the famous Kaiapohia pa,
north of the Waimakariri River, and has been trimmed up much
more than either of the foregoing examples. The ends have been
more rounded internally, and the sides have been given a slight
bulge, so that the rim opening is a long oval. But although the
sides and ends are curved, there is still a definite angle where
they meet internally. The bottom is quite flat and practically
agrees in shape with the rim opening. Externally a considerable
amount of trimming has been done, and the adze marks are
clearly defined. Instead of rounding off just the ends, the trim-
ming process has been continued all over the outside, reducing
it tc a curved outline coinciding more or less with that of the
interior. This greatly reduces the thickness of the wood, and
no doubt the weight also.

Section (b).

This section comprises the long bowls of rounded outline,
showing a much greater degree of shaping and finish.

In Fig. 8 we see a fine example from Helensville. Shaped
from a long straight-grained log, this has been carefully trimmed
inside and out so that comparatively thin sides and light weight
are attained. The outline of the rim is a long, slightly pointed

200 STEVENSON.

oval, as also is that of the flat bottom, but the latter is shorter
and broader in proportion. Both outside and inside have been
fairly well smoothed up, but adze marks are still plainly visible.
On one end is a tapered point about 80 mm. long, channelled to
form a spout, while on the other end is a narrow but deep lug
180 mm. long.

A fairly crude trough which may be included here is one
from an unknown locality, Museum No. 6207. It is fashioned
from a knotty piece of wood which probably was somewhat bowl-
shaped tc begin with. A comparatively small amount of trim-
ming would then be necessary to produce a serviceable bowl.
This example is very light, the sides being not more than 15 mm.
thick in some places, while the ends also are quite thin. Inter-
nally it is fairly evenly shaped, but the wavy grain of the wood
causes a certain amount of undulation in the surface. The out-
side has been trimmed down so as to follow closely the shape of
the interior, and the bottom has been somewhat flattened to
torm a suitable base. The sides are more or less parallel, and
the ends are rounded. Longitudinally this bowl is curved upward
at the ends so that only the central part of the base touches the
ground. On each end is a knotty projection or handle, and the
whole bowl is but roughly finished.

The main dimensions of the above bowls are summarized in
the following table :—

| |
|

ee

Benth at 4 Locality.

| |
Museum | Fig.! Length | Width at |
No. | | Overall. [| Centre. { Centre, |
3: k/ 38 ae | hy
| | | | |
9756 | 1: 980mm. | 305mm. | 178mm. ! Patetonga, Morrinsville
E.104.15 | - | 790mm. | 230mm. | 305mm. | Rangiriri, Waitako
E.80.2 | 2 | 535mm. | 215mm. ! 125mm. | Kaiapohia pa, Canterbury
6040 |; 3 | 1360mm. | 457mm. | 240mm. | Helensville
6207 : ~ | 876 mm. : 240mm. | 145mm. | a
|

——

SERIES 2.

In this series are included the short, broad and usually fairly
deep bowls. This is not an uncommon type of bowl, and there are
quite a few examples in the Auckland Museum collection. The
outline of the rim ranges from broadly oblong with rounded
corners tc almost oval, and the thickness of the walls is not very
great. Internally the sides and ends are evenly concave, and
there is little cr no angularity noticeable where they meet the
bottom. Externally the curves follow closely those of the inside,
and the bottom is more or less flattened so as to form a base.
Usually there is a small lug at one end, situated 30 mm. or so
below the rim, and sometimes perforated,

Maori Wooden Bowls. 201

Fig. 4 of Plate 44 illustrates a typical example from a swamp
at Paterangi, near Ohaupo. It is a substantial yet comparatively
light bowl, and agrees very well with the particulars given above.
The lug on the end is perforated by a hole 25 mm. in diameter.

A similar but smaller example comes from Mangapiko, near
Te Awamutu. It is a little more rounded in outline and has a
solid projection 100 mm. long at one end. This has been broadly
channelled on top as if to form a spout, but there is no opening
from it into the bowl itself.

From Patetonga comes a damaged example of a heavier bowl
of this type No. 24607. It differs from the above in that the
walls are thicker and the sides much straighter internally, so
that a distinct rectangular bottom may be seen inside. Outside
the bottom is quite round, and no attempt has been made to
flatten it. Indeed, it almost appears that this bowl may not have
been finished. One end is badly broken away, but no doubt it
originally bore a lug of some sort.

A fourth, proportionately longer example, No. 16262.1, has
had one top edge badly broken away, but it agrees fairly well
with the specifications of this series. The difference lies in its
relatively greater length, for whereas in Fig. 4 the ratio length:
breadth : depth is 24 : 2: 1, it is in this case 34 : 2:1. Onone
end there is quite a small lug about 40 mm. long.

A very fine bowl which is included here for lack of a better
place is No. 3077. Shaped like a deep and regularly oval dish
with a rounded bottom, this example has been very carefully
made. The shape is perfect and the surfaces smooth, both inside
and out. The thickness of the wood has been reduced to about
12 mm. in all parts so that the finished article is quite light. On
one end is a spout 60 mm. long, deeply grooved so as to be
U-shaped in section. This is fed through a small hole about
30 mm. below the rim.

There is another bowl, of which unfortunately no details are
known, which differs from the foregoing examples in several par-
ticulars. In general shape it is broader, shallower and altogether
more oval and dish-like than the others listed in this series. On
one end there is a large square lug on the same level as the rim,
and I suspect there was a similar lug on the other end. A notable
difference is that the ends are curved upward so that they are
higher than the sides are at the middle. This is quite unusual,
as practically all Maori bowls have their rims in a flat plane,
very seldom curving upward or downward, as they do in some
other Pacific types. These differences are probably sufficient to
warrant the establishment of a separate series for this one
example, but I have included it here for the sake of convenience.
Other similar examples may come to light, and the matter of
classification ¢an be considered then.

202

STEVENSON.

The main dimensions of the bowls in this second series are
tabulated below :—

Length

| | |
| |
Museum | Fig.| Without | Breadth at | Depth at | Locality.
No. | | Projec- | Centre. | Centre. | |
: | tions. | | |
ae ee a oe | |
| | | | |
19712 4 | 533mm. | 430mm. | 215mm. | Paterangi, Ohaupo
— - | 457mm. 360mm. | 195mm. |Mangapike, Te Awamutu
24607 | — | 430mm. 343 mm. | 205 mm. | Patetonga, Morrinsville
Weasel ASS ay 265mm. | 132mm. | Puni, Franklin Co.
3077 — | 395 mm. 335mm. | 145mm. | Roto-ngarc, Waikato
— | - | 495 mm. | 370 mm. : 160 mm. | ee
| {
SERIES 38.

This includes those bowls whose length and breadth are
about equal, the rim outline being something between a square
and a circle. Internally the sides and bottom form a single semi-
cylindrical sweep from rim to rim, but the ends are straighter
and show a more or less definite angle where they meet the sides
and bottom. Externally the shape is almost identical with that
of the inside, except that the ends are rather more rounded. The
bottom is flattened just a little to form a base. The sides and
ends are quite thin, but on account of the external rounding of
the ends the latter are a little thicker than the sides.

In Fig. 5, which is a fine large example of this series, there
is a perforated square lug on one end and a short spout on the
other. This spout is set a little below the line of the rim, which
is broken, and it would appear that originally the rim was con-
tinuous, the spout being fed by a small circular hole.

From a swamp at Mangere, near Auckland, comes a partly
finished bowl of this type, No. 16709. The outside has been pro-
perly shaped up and finished except for the flattening of the base.
Internally it has been excavated to a little over half its depth,
leaving a very thick rim all round. Except for its shallowness,
the shape of the interior follows the general specifications given
for this series, and it would appear that the excavation would
be completed by trimming off successive even layers from the
whole of the interior surface. Unfortunately, both ends are
damaged, so that it is impossible to say what provision was being
made for end lugs or a spout.

Another damaged specimen No. 22731, has the ends more
rounded internally, so that they do not make any angle with the
sides or bottom,

Maori Wooden Bowls. 203

The dimensions, approximate in some cases, of the above
bowls are as follows :— |

| | | | |
| | Length | | |
Museum | Fig.| Without | Breadth at | Depth at | Locality.
No. | | Projec- ! Centre. | Centre. |
| | tions. | | |
| | | | |
| | | |
24469 ' 5 | 610mm. | 585mm. | 265mm. | Rangiriri
16709 | = | 460mm. | 400mm. | 205mm. | Mangere
22731 | ss 460 mm. ! 450 mm. ! 210 mm. |
|
SERIES 4.

This will include quite a variety of examples. The main
differences from the preceding series are that the bottom is flat
internally, there being a definite angle where it meets the sides
and ends. Externally these bowls are practically hemispherical,
with or without a flat circular base.

In a rather curious example, No. 16775, Fig. 6, the external
shape is a little more than half of a sphere, so that the greatest
diameter is several inches below the rim. Internally the sides
and ends make distinct angles with each other and with the
bottom. The ends are very long and curved, while the sides are
nearly parallel. One side is shorter than the other, so that the
rim is in the form of a more or less distorted circle. The bottom
inside is a flat surface with curved ends and straight sides of
unequal length. Outside a circular flat base has been provided.
On one end there is a small lug perforated by a large square hole.
This is a solid bowl, there being quite a considerable thickness of
wocd in most parts.

In Fig. 7 we see a very symmetrical and well finished bowl,
almost perfectly hemispherical external and without any flat
base. The rim is more or less circular, and from it the sides and
ends curve downward to meet a small oblong and flat bottom. A
feature of this example is the long channelled spout which curves
downward. This bowl comes from an abandoned pa at Southern
Wairoa. :

Fig. 8 illustrates an almost perfectly circular bowl, light in
construction and fairly well finished off. Externally it is hemis-
pherical, with the usual flat base, and as the wood is about the
same thickness everywhere, it is practically the same shape
internally. The bottom inside is flat and circular. On the ends
are two small flat lugs equal in size and about 15 mm. below the
edge of the rim.

Mr. H. E. R. Wily, of Mauku, near Pukekohe, has in his
possession a fine bowl of this type. I have not seen it, but from
particulars supplied by him it appears to be very similar indeed
to the last example described, It differs, however, in the fact

204 STEVENSON.

that instead of two equal sized lugs it has one lug and a tapered
spout. This spout is 90 mm. long and connects with the interior
of the bowl by means of a small hole 40 mm. below the rim.

In the Wanganui Public Museum there is still another:
example which I have not seen. Particulars furnished by the
Honorary Director, Mr. J. Grant, show it to be practically circu-
lar, bowl-shaped and very symmetrical. The outside appears to
have been fashioned with stone tools, but the inside bears
the marks of a steel gouge, possibly a trimming up long subse-
quent to the original work. It has two lugs.

Another small bowl which differs somewhat from this series
is No. 22730. Externally it is approximately hemispherical, with
the usual circular flat bottom, but internally it presents a well
smoothed, evenly dished shape, with no angles anywhere. The
tor rim is rather badly distorted, otherwise is would be practi-
cally circular in outline. On the ends there is a considerable
thickness of wood, but the sides are comparatively thin. Both
ends are badly broken away, so that there is no trace of any lug
or other projection. Both outside and inside have been scraped
down to a fairly smooth finish.

| | | Ce

|
| | Length | | |
Museum = Fig.| Without | Breadth at | Depth at | Locality.
No. LE “Pedjeo-. * “Centre: lo Centre, 7
| | tions. | | |
Cakes 5 ai Ce a ae
16775 6 | 445mm. : 445mm. | 245mm. !| Otorohanga
251 7 | 390mm. | 355mm. 178mm. i S. Wairoa
19282 8 |} 425mm, + 420cnm, 1 295 mm. | ——-
5 ee ce 24 | | | :
Wily ~ | 440mm. | 440mm. 220mm. | Mauku, Pukekohe
Wang. | | | |
Mus. —- | 490mm. 490 mm. 118mm. | —-
Bea | 330 mm. ! 290 mm. | 150 mm. | rae
SERIES 5.

Here we have two bowls of a distinctive type. Both come
from Taranaki, and both are ornamented with typical Taranaki
carving, so it is safe to assume that they were manufactured
there.

No. 4470, illustrated in Plate 45, Fig. 9, is large and heavy
and well finished off, both inside and out. In outline it is almost
circular, and stands on a flat oval base. Externally the sides
from rim to base show a nearly straight outline and slope steeply
inward, so that the diameter of the base is only half that of the
top. The inside has been excavated to a circular bowl shape, with
straight sides descending to a circular and flat bottom. The
angle that would thus be made between sides and bottom has
- been eased intc a gentle curve. The rim is approximately the

Maori Wooden Bowls. 205

same thickness all round, as also are the walls, there being no
great difference in thickness between the sides and ends. On
each end is a short and broad boss, carved to represent a con-
ventionalised human face, and having a large square tunnel run-
ning through from side to side. This no doubt was to accommo-
date a rope handle, which would greatly facilitate the carrying
of such a heavy bowl.

The other example is illustrated in Fig. 10, and shows a
still finer degree of finish and decoration. Internally the rim is
almost circular, but at each end it thickens out so as to form a
point externally. The flat oval base is quite small and, as before,
the sides run almost straight from rim to base. The rim lies in
a slightly twisted flat plane, and one end is a little higher than
the other. The interior is roughly hemispherical and presents a
very smooth and well finished surface. Inside there is no flat
bottom, as in the previous example. On the higher end there is
2 deeply cut conventionalised human face with a three-fingered
hand spread out on the rim on each side of it. One finger passes
right over the rim into the interior of the bowl. On the other
end there is a less elaborate face, but it has in addition a con-
ventionalised body curving down underneath to form a kind of
handle. The whole bowl is a very fine piece of workmanship,
both in general form and in decoration.

An unfinished bowl from Katikati, Bay of Plenty, is rather
puzzling. Externally it has the same straight sides as the Tara-
naki type, but internally it agrees more with those listed in
Series 8, in that the sides and bottom form a single semi-cylindri-
cal sweep from rim to rim, while the ends are more or less
straight. On one end is a lug, but the other end has been broken
away. The outside has been roughly trimmed up to its final
shape, but the inside is still in a more or less unfinished state.

OT ee ee | | |
Museum | Fig.; Length | Breadth at | Depth at | Locality.
No. : | Overall. ! Centre. | Centre. |
| | | | |
4470 | 9 : 940mm. | 71Q@mm. | 275mm. | Ohura. Taranaki
24236 | 10 800mm. | 540mm. | 225mm. | Normanby, Taranaki
5066 | - | 640 mm. : 400 mm. | 200mm. | Katikati, Bay of Plenty

1

Unusual Bowls.

In Plate 46 are illustrated a number of bowls which exhibit
unusual form or points of similarity with bowls from other parts
of the Pacific.

Fig. 11 is a large and heavy trough, roughly oblong in shape
and fairly deep. Its peculiarity lies in the disposition of the
handles, which are near the corners instead of centrally on the
ends. This does not upset its balance, however, and it is just as
easy to carry as one with normally placed handles.

_ <A very fine bowl, of which two views are shown in Fie. 12,
comes from Clevedon. It is really more of a dish, broad and

206 STEVENSON.

shallow. Beautifully shaped in the form of a broad oval, it has
been most carefully finished off inside, although weathering has
since had considerable effect. A point of interest is its overhang-
ing rim, which extends right round the top. This uncommon
feature occurs again in another bowl, Fig. 13, and also in a carved
bowl figured by Brigham (1908, p. 174). Apart from these I
know of no other examples exhibiting this feature.

A very fine bowl, quite unlike any other, is shown in Fig. 13.
Broadly ovoid in form, this example has its greatest cireumfer-
ence a short distance below the rim. The rim is broad and flat,
and in the form of an oval, which narrows somewhat towards the
front. It lies in a flat plane except for a slight upward curve in
front, and it overhangs the sides as in the last example. Adze
marks are clearly visible both inside and out, and these have been
considerably smoothed down by means of a scraper. On the
front end projects a carved head with a wide open mouth, which
is bored so as to serve as a spout. On the other end is a short
rounded lug perforated by a round hole. The Shape of the
interior agrees very well with that of the outside, and the walls
would nowhere exceed 40 mm. in thickness. Viewed from the
side, this bowl resembles a grotesquely fat animal with a small
head and a short tail. It is an exceptionally fine specimen, and
a great amount of work must have been involved in its
manutacture.

The bowl illustrated in Fig. 14 has a rather Melanesian
appearance, almost reminding one of the turtle motif employed
in Fiji and elsewhere. Recovered from a swamp in the Bay of
Islands district, it is almost black and is in a perfect state of
preservation. The rim outline is an oblong oval, and the depth
Is not very great. Externally the rather convex sides and ends
slope rapidly in to a small oblong base, and there are distinct
corners where they meet each other. Internally the sides and
ends are more concave, and there is no angle where they meet.
There is a small flat and oval bottom. The most unusual feature
is the set of four lugs, which are situated at the corners, about
20 mm. below the rim. Three of these have rounded ends, while
the fourth is tapered. The whole bowl has been carefully shaped
and smoothed off, so that the tool marks are almost obliterated.

The four-legged bowl shown in Fig. 15 comes from Motiti
Island, Tauranga, and is apparently not finished. Skinner (1922,
p. 182) describes and figures three elaborately carved specimens
in the form of a dog, and states that although four-legged bowls
have a limited distribution in New Zealand, they occur widely in
the South Seas. He figures for comparison a very similar type
of bowl in the form of a pig, from the Solomons. The example
figured here has no decoration, but perhaps would have been
worked up to a more animal-like form if it had been finished.

In Fig. 16 we have a roughly finished boat-shaped bowl with
a large knob on one end, and standing on four peculiarly looped
feet. On top of each end there is a large flat knob, and it wouid
appear that further trimming and perhaps ornamentation was

Maori Wooden Bowls. 207

contemplated. This was found in a swamp at Awaiti Stream,
Hauraki Plains. It is the only example I know that has the
looped feet, but Edge-Partington (1890, p. 143) figures a bowl
with somewhat similar supports, from the Banks Islands.

The partly finished example illustrated in Fig. 17 comes
from a swamp at Opotiki, and possibly was intended finally to be
a bowl somewhat similar to the last two. It is interesting in that
it shows a general shaping of the outside, and just the beginning
of the excavation of the interior.

In the Canterbury Museum there is a very striking, though
fragmentary, bowl from the famous Moa Bone Cave at Sumner,
No. E72Z.65. Gracefully canoe-shaped, this bowl is very similar
to some from New Guinea.

Smith (1901, p. 480) describes a bowl carved out of miro
wood, and discovered in Ashburton. He gives a figure of this
bowl, which is quite unlike any other known examples. Its most
interesting feature is an ornamental device of fine notches on
each end, and I shall have occasion to return to this matter
shortly.

Skinner (1922, p. 182) mentions the absence of wooden
bowls from the Chathams, and advances as a possible reason the
absence of suitable timber in those islands. In the Auckland
Museum Collection there is a broken bowl, No. 18673, from these
islands, but unfortunately the exact locality is not now decipher-
able. It is made of kauri and is in three pieces, which when put
together form an alniost complete bowl. It is oval in outime and
comparatively shallow, one end being produced to form a spout,
in which there is a wide and shallow channel. On the underside
of the end of the spout there is a conventionalised human head,
but otherwise both outside and inside of the bowl have been but
roughly finished off. The fact that it is made of kauri seems
rather strange, but I believe there is a record somewhere of a
kauri log being stranded at the Chathams, and in this way suit-
able timber may have been made available The only other
explanation would seem to be that it was taken there from the
mainland by the Maoris.

RN, NET SS RN RR Se RR A A HN SS AE A SRE SST A AT A NRA RR

| | Length | | !
Museum | Fig.! Without | Breadth at | Depth at | Locality.
No. | Projec- | Middle. | Middle. |
| | §6©tions.. | | |
| | | | |
21121 141 |.625mm. | 465mm. | 265mm, |
22345 112 | 675mm. | 515mm. | 165mm. _ | Mataitai, Clevedon
22968 113 !420mm. | 405mm. | 235mm. | Waikaretu, S. Waikato
13762 114 | 445mm. | 350mm. |170mm. | Bay of Islands
14015 115 | 520mm.* ! 235mm. | 150mm. | Motiti Id., Tauranga
1197 | 16 | 692Zmm.* | 190mm. | 117mm. | Hauraki Plains
23865 117 | 510mm.* | 215mm. | 140mm. [| Opotiki
E.72.65 | -— | 445mm.* | 144mm. | 76mm.** |! Sumner
(Smith) | - 386 mm.* | 200mm. | 200 mm.** | Ashburton
18673 : ~ | 480 mm.* | 305 mm. |
}

125mm. | Chatham Islands
|

* Overall, ** Probably fotal depth.

208 STEVENSON.

Smaller Utensils.

In Plate 47 is shown a collection of smaller wooden utensils
of various shapes and sizes. Broadly speaking, they may be
divided into pouring utensils and platters, and on account of
their handiness would no doubt have quite a number of uses.

Figs. 18 and 19 are tapered pourers with grooved points to
serve as spouts. A third example, No. 6600, has the pointed
spout curved downward.

Fig. 20 is roughly square in cross-section and has a small
handle on one end. The spout on the other end is round and
tapering, and is widely and deeply channelled.

In Fig. 21 we have a very striking and well finished utensil.
Made of totara, it is particularly well smoothed down both inside
and out. The almost parallel sides are quite thin, and the ends
are symmetrically rounded. On one end is a handle in the form
of an elongated human head, and on the other end is a round and
channelled spout. An unusual feature is the crnamental device
of fine notches which extend right round the outer edge of the
rim and appear also on the underside of the handle. To this
ornamentation I will refer later. |

Fig. 22 is an irregularly shaped utensil carved from a knotty
piece of wood. It is quite heavy and does not appear to have had
a spout of any kind.

A. small wooden dish, which apparently had a notch in one
end tc serve as a spout comes from Opotiki, No. 6888. It is
elliptical in outline and quite shallow, the inside being excavated
so as to make it somewhat boat-shaped. Externally its surface
is made up of a wide bottom and two relatively narrower sides
which run the whole length and make sharp angles where sides
and bottom meet.

Still another example is No. 16262.2, in the form of a widely
oval and shallow dish with a flat bottom. From one end projects
a short and broad spout with quite a large channel. Unfortun-
ately this specimen is badly broken, but practically all the pieces
have been saved.

Of the platter type there are three examples. Fig. 23, which
is crudely fashioned, is a large and rather unwieldy dish, with a
rough and curved handle on one end.

Fig. 24, which was taken from a stream bed at Tokoroa, near
Putaruru, is in the form of a shallow pan with a pointed and
rather curved handle. The sides are nearly vertical and the
bottom is a little dished. so that externally it presents a quite
convex surface. Originally this utensil probably showed a fairly
good finish, but as a result of long immersion it is now much
worn.

The third example, Fig. 25, is a shallow dish, somewhat oval
in form, but with one side longer than the other. There is a

209

Maori Wooden Bowls.

handle at each end, and the bottom slopes so that the depth on
the long curved side is about twice that on the short side.

Oi Rahat ated pieteseep ncetmedinsinisincaalevaniting sosacniecsctss Be.

Museum

| | | | a,
| Fig.| Length | Greatest | Depth at | Locality.
No. | | Overall. | Breadth. : Centre. |
|
| | | | |
7665 18 | 746mm. | 170mm. | 90mm. | Patetonga
20854 119 | 400mm. | 195mm. | 75mm. | Near Tauranga
6600 — | 480mm. | 205mm. | 105mm. | Orakau pa, Kihikihi
22335 20 | 500mm. | 156mm. | 120mm. | Otorohanga |
4689 21 | 660mm. | 200mm. | 87mm. | Kerepeehi, Hauraki Pins
2600 22 | 305mm. | 205mm. | 120mm. deciente
6388 — | 272mm. | 120mm. | 55mm. | Opotiki
bone (EN S60 eign! O95 met) CL Pedanina all Pees Reais.
5194 | 23 | 760mm. | 280mm. | 115mm. | East Cape
19515 | 24 | 500mm. | 255mm. | 75mm. | Tokoroa, near Putaruru
23549 | 25 | 620 mm. | 305 mm. | 110 mm. : Kamo
Ornamentation.

In general the Maori seemed to look upon his bowls from
the point of view of utility rather than that of beauty, and conse-
quently we find that most examples are devoid of any ornamenta-
tion whatsoever. There are, however, some notable exceptions,
and these are briefly mentioned below.

The most common form of ornamentation is the carving of
the handles or spouts. In the Taranaki example, Fig. 9, the
handles are carved to represent conventionalised human faces,
while in Fig. 10 we see a far more elaborate presentation of the
same idea. In this case one face is accompanied by a pair of
three-fingered hands while the other has a body as well.

A rather different result is obtained in Fig. 21, where the
shape of the face has been made to suit the cylindrical handle
on which it is carved.

In Fig. 13 the spout is carved in the form of a head with
@ wide open mouth, and this bowl, in common with Pig, 12,
exhibits the feature of a clearly defined projecting rim all round
the top edge. |

A most interesting decorative feature is displayed DY Fig:
21. Right round the outer edge of the rim and along the under-
side of the handle it is ornamented with a series of notches from
4 to 5 mm. apart. A Papuan bowl in the Museum collection
exhibits exactly the same feature, and it occurs again on the ends
of the bowl from Ashburton (described by Smith, 1901, p. 480).
This notching device is also commonly found in Chatham Island
work.

The most elaborate ornamentation is to be found on the
special kumete which were used for serving up titbits to visitors
of rank, These bowls are either trough-shaped or circular, in the

210 STEVENSON,

latter case often being fitted with a lid. They are usually elabor-
ately carved all over the outside, and are supported by two human
figures. As a general rule these figures have their arms out-
stretched to convey the impression that they are holding up the
bowl. In some cases both figures face inward, while in others
they both face outward. On rare occasions we will see one look-
ing in and one looking out.

There are quite a few of these carved bowls in the Auckland
Museum Collection, but as they are all of fairly modern manu-
facture they have not been included in this paper.

REFERENCES.

Brigham, W. T., 1908. Memoirs of B. P. Bishop Museum, Vol. II., No. 3.
Skinner, H. D., 1922. Journ. Pol. Soc., Vol. 31.
Edge-Partington, J., 1890. Ethnographical Album of Pacific Is. Series I.
Smith, W. W., 1901. Trans. N.Z. Inst., Vol. 33.

PEATE. 45.

For cultural reasons, these images have been removed.
malstelolomere) alt= lem ANC lol .¢-]alomiViUtsro10laammce)mmanle)acmlalielaaarsiiielar

Trough-shaped Bowls. Two views of each.

Fig, 1. Patetonga, near Morrinsville.

. 2. Kaiapohia pa (Canterbury Museum).
Fig. 3. Helensville.

All x 1/13.

Prats 44.

For cultural reasons, these images have been removed.
malstc loom ere) a] te lem ANC lol .¢t-l arom iV iUtsrole lam ce)manle)acmialielaaarciiielar

Paterangi, near Ohaupo. Two views.

Rangiriri.

Otorohanga.

Southern Wairoa.

Locality unknown. Two views.

All x 1/11.

&

a

a

PLATE 43.

For cultural reasons, these images have been removed.
malsts oiomere) a] t= (elm Ae (e1.dr-lale mV iUrsto10|pammce)emaale)xomlaie)aaar-ii(elan

Figs. 9,10. Taranaki bowls. x 1/9,

eS

For cultural reasons, these images have been removed.
malstslolomere) a] t= (elm Ae (e1.¢t-lale mV iUrso10|pammce)emaale)xomlaiie)aaar-ii(elan

Bowls of unusual shape.

Locality unknown.

Mataitai, Clevedon. Two views.
Waikaretu, S. Waikato. Two views.
Bay of Islands.

Motiti Island, Tauranga.

Awaiti Stream, Hauraki Plains.
Opotiki.

All x 1/12.

PLATE 4/7.

For cultural reasons, these images have been removed.
malts tole ere) alt= lem ANC (ol .¢l-] arom iV iUrsro10|aamm em anleacmialielaaarciiielar

Smaller Wooden Utensils.

Figs. 18-22. Vessels suitable for pouring liquids.
Figs. 23-25. Shallow dishes cr platters.

All x 178.

1

ra fa
* Fi
mi, - fae]
ee) ee *
* ae bo

ms + + ght y
. :
v
. a :
ue .
‘ ‘
ae 2 z
a a
os . ceil
yt -
4

“

om ' A
git a tae ,
Ps : ty
care a
+ ¢ 2
ra

: ‘ ,
oo
&
~

#

"

The Mollusca of Stewart Island.

By A. W. B. POWELL, Assistant Director.

This paper is primarily the outcome of a field trip to Stewart
Island in October and November, 1934, as the guest of Captain
G. M. Turner, who generously made available his launch for
dredging work, as well as making possible a fairly comprehensive
survey of the coastal areas of the eastern and western sections
of the island. Material from the Southern section and Foveaux
Strait was available from dredgings in the writer’s collection
collected many years ago by the late Mr. Augustus Hamilton, as
well as from material recently collected by Mrs. R. H. Harrison,
of Stewart Island. Mrs. Harrison has been of great assistance
in collecting shell-sand samples from a wide range of localities,
in securing from time to time material cast ashore after storms,
as well as deeper water species obtained from fishing-vessels.

The molluscan fauna of Stewart Island for its latitude
(47°S.) is a particularly rich one, very noticeable features being
the large size and brilliant colouring of many of its species. This
applies equally well to species that are generally distributed in
New Zealand, and also to the echinoid Evechinus chloriticus, the
test of one collected being 155 mm. in diameter. The bright
colouring of specimens generally is no doubt due to the excep-
tional clarity of the water, for the dredge could be seen quite
plainly on one occasion while being dragged at a depth of eight
fathoms. Two external influences effect the fauna—the cold
water west wind drift and to a lesser extent the East Australian
warm water current. The latter probably accounts for the
occurrence of Xenophalium, Poirieria, Pervicacia and Cabestana
spengleri, while the Subantarctic element has been strengthened
by the record herein of eight additional species; those of Sub-
antarctic origin now being as follows (new records are marked
with an asterisk) :—Lissarca, Chlamys campbellicus*, Gaimardia,
Kidderia*, Costokidderia*, Cyamiomactra, Condylocardia, Margarella,
Maurea spectabilis*, Macquariella*, Skenella, Venustilifer*, Marinula
striata*, Kerguelenia* and Onchidella campbelli.

For the loan of specimens from the Suter collection in the
Wanganui Museum the writer is greatly indebted to Mr. J. Grant.

In the faunal list which follows the numbers refer to my
check list in “The Shellfish of New Zealand,” 1937, The Unity
Press Ltd., Auckland; an asterisk signifies that I have examined
the material; the symbols in brackets following the name refer
to the locality list, and a “‘T’’ indicates that the locality cited is
the source of the type.

ie

POWELL.

The list comprises 383 species, a considerable fauna for a
single area in New Zealand. ‘Cwenty-one new species and a new
subspecies are described, and five new genera and a new subgenus
are proposed.

LIST OF STEWART ISLAND MOLLUSCA.
PELECYPODA.

lL. Solemya (Zesolemyat) parkinsoni Smith 1874 (D-21).
*2Z. Nucwa ct. hartvigiana bieitter 1864 (D-4, F -4),
*3. Nucula nitidula A. Adams 1856 (D-Z1).
*4. Nucula strange: A. Adams 1856 (F-4).
“9. Nucula castanea A. Adams 1856 (15, 24).
*6. Nucula dunedinensis Finlay 1928 (3, 24, 25).
"12.1 Austronucula schencki Powell n. gen. & sp. (15, 26T).
*13. Nuculana bellula (A. Adams 1856). (D-11, F-2).
*18. Nucinella maoriana Hedley 1904 (D-11).
"ay. Neslo australis. €Q.& G, 1835)’ (D-1, D-2; De4, D-11).
27. Acar sandersonae Powell 1933 (D-22).
*28. Arca novaeselandiae Smith 1915 (3).
*29, Glycymeris (Grandaxinea) laticostata (Q. & G. 1835) (F-3).
*30. Glycymeris (Glycymerula) modesta (Angas 1879) (1).
*37. Lissarca stewartiana Powell 1935 (15). ,
38. Lissarca ? trapesina (Bernard 1897) (D-20T).
“39. Austrosarepta harrisonae (Powell 1927) (15).
*41. Hochstetteria meleagrina Bernard 1896 (15, D-20T, F-4).
*47,. Cosa costata (Bernard 1896) (15, D-20T).
48. Cosa filholi (Bernard 1897) (15, D-20T ).
*54. Perrierina taxodonta Bernard 1897 (15, D-20T).
*59. Legrandina harrisonae Powell 1935 (15T).
*59.1 Legrandina turneri Powell n. sp. (11T).
*60. Mytilus canaliculus Martyn 1784 (3).
*6l. Mytilus planulatus Lamarck 1819 (2, 3).
*62. Aulacomya maoriana (Iredale 1915) (2, 12).
*63. Modiolus neoselanicus (Iredale 1915) (15).
*64. Modiolus areolatus (Gould 1850) (3).
*66. Musculus unpactus (Hermann 1782) (3).
*71. Pecten (Notovola) medius Lamarck 1819 (13).
*73. Chlamys suprasilis Finlay 1928 (15).
*74. Chlamys celator Finlay 1928 (20T).
*75. Chlamys radiatus (Hutton 1873) (D-1, D-2, D-15T).
*76. Chlamys dichrous (Suter 1909) (D-14T).
*79. Chlamys campbellicus Odhner 1924 (15).
*82, Pallium (Mesopeplum) convexus (Q. & G. 1835) (15).
*84. Cyclopecten (Cyclochlamys) transenna (Suter 1913) (15).
*88. Lima zelandica Sowerby 1876 (1).
*G1. Limatula maoria Finlay 1926 (20).
*92. Limatula sutert (Dall 1908) (D-11T).
*06. Ostrea sinuata Lamarck 1819 (D-5, F-4).
*09, Atrina selandica (Gray 1835) (12).
*102. Gaimardia forsteriana Finlay 1926 (15).
*105.1 Kiddertia rakiura Powell n. sp. (1T, 15).
*109. Neogatmardia minutissima (Iredale 1908) (15).
*113. Costokidderia lyallensis Finlay 1926 (15).
*117. Hamacuna* iy nde (Powell 1927) (D-6).
*118. Cuna laqueus Finlay 1926 (F-2).
*124. Cyamiomactra problematica Bernard 1897 (D-20T).
*125. Cyamiomactra problematica truncata Suter 1907 (F- 2).
*1?6. Cardita aoteana Finlay 1926 (20-T).
*129, Venericard’a purpurata difficilis (Deshayes 1854) (1).
*131. Pleuromeris selandica (Deshayes 1854) (D-8, D-11).
*132. Pleuromerts marshalli Marwick 1924 (F-1, F-5).
tIredale, T., 1939. Great Barrier Reef Expd. (Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.) 5, No. 6,

Mol, Pt. to 283
*Cotton, B. C., 1931 Rec, S. Austr. Mus. 4, No. 3, p. 350,

Mollusca of Stewart Island. 213

Verticipronus mytilus Hedley 1904 (15).

Condylocardia concentrica Bernard 1897 (1, 15, 26, D-20T).
Condylocardia crassicosta Bernard 1896 (1, 15, D-20T).
Benthocardiclla obliquata Powell 1930 (15).
Benthocardiclla rakiura Powell n. sp. (AIT).

Gommyrtea concinna (Hutton 1885) (F-2).

Divaricella (Divalucina) cumingi (Ad. & Ang. 1863) (20).
Zemysia rakiura Powell n. sp. (1T).

Zemysia (Zemysina) globus Finlay 1926 (20T, D-1, D-2).
Lhyasira (Prothyasira) peroniana peregrina Iredale 1930 (D-1, D-2, D-11).
Lhyasira (Parathyasira) otagoensis (Suter 1913) (D-8).
Lasaea hinemoa Finlay 1928 (13, 16, 25).

Lasaea maoria Powell 1933 (24).

Marikellia rotunda (Deshayes 1856) (12, 15).
Pachykellya edwardsi Bernard 1897 (15, D-20T).
Puyseguria cuneata Powell 1927 (11).

Puyseguria tant Powell n. sp. (11T, 15, 26).

Arthritica bifurca (Webster 1908) (F-4).

Melhiteryx parva (Deshayes 1856) (3, 15, 26).

ZemVllita stowei (Hutton 1873) (20, F-2).

Mysella unidentata (Odhner 1924) (15, 26).

Rochefortula decapitata Powell n. sp. (26T).
Notolepton antipodum (Filbol 1880) (15, F-2).

Notolepton sanguinewm (Hutton 1883) (F-1T, F-2, 15, 25).
Scintillona selandica (Odhner 1924) (D-1, D-8).

Hyridella mensiest (Gray 1843) (20).

Macomona liliana (Iredale 1915) (12).

Maoritellina huttont sterrha (Suter 1913) (D-1, F-2).
Zearcopagia disculus (Deshayes 1855) (15). |
Leptomya retiaria (Hutton 1885) (18, D-1, D-12).
Amphidesma subtriangulata (Wood 1828) (2).
Amphidesma (Paphies) australis (Gmelin 1791) (2, 12).
Mactra discors Gray 1837 (12).

Mactra ovata (Gray 1843) (12).

Longtmactra elongata (Q. & G. 1835) (D-5).
Scalpomactra scalpellum (Reeve 1854) (1).

Spisula aequilateralis (Deshayes 1854) (15).

Dosinia (Austrodosinia) anus (Philippi 1848) (15).
Dosinia (Phacosoma) subrosea (Gray 1835) (20).

Dosinia (Phacosoma) maoriana Oliver 1923 (21).

Dosima (Kereia) greyi Zittel 1864 (19).

Notocallista (Striacallista) multistriata (Sowerby 1851) (D-1, D-2).
Tawera spissa (Deshayes 1835) (2, 12, D-1, D-2).
Pleurigcens phenax Finlay 1930 (D-10).

Chione (Austrovenus) stutchburyt (Gray 1828) (11, 12, 13).
Protothaca (Tuangia) crassicosta (Deshayes 1835 (2, 3).
Paphirus largillicrti (Philippi 1849) (2).

Notirus reflexa (Gray 1843) (3).

Nemocardium (Pratulum) pulchelluim (Gray 1843) (1, D-2).
Gari lineolata (Gray 1835) (15).

Gart stangeri (Gray 1843) (2, 3).

Ascitellina urinatoria (Suter 1913) (D-7, F-2).

Soletellina nitida (Gray 1843) (20).

Notocorbula zelandica (Q. & G. 1835 (1).

Fiiatella australis (Lamarck 1818) (D-4).

Panopea selandica Q. & G. 1835 (1).
Anchomasa similis (Gray 1835) (4).

Fieximiothracia vitrea (Hutton 1873) (1, 20).
Eximiothracia transerna (Suter 1913) (D-1, D-13T).
Parvithracea sutert Finlay 1927 (D-11T).

Offadesma angasi (Crosse & Fischer 1864) (12).
Myadora novaesclandiae EK. A. Smith (D-21T).
Myadora striata (Q. & G. 1835) (2).
Myadora subrostrata Smith 1880 (20, D-4).

Cuspidaria trailli (Hutton 1873) (F-2).

~Hredale, T., 1936, Rec, Austr, Mus. 19, No. 5, p. 274

*472.
*A79,
*A8 1.
*483.

PoweELt.

GASTEROPODA.

Scissurona rosea (Hedley 1904) (15).

Sinezona laevigata (Iredale 1908) (15).

Schismope lyallensis Finlay 1926 CTS F

Schismope laqueus Finlay 1926 (15).

Schismope iota Finlay 1926 Pao h¥

Faliotis iris Martyn 1784 (6).

Haliotis australis Gmelin 1790 (0).

FAlaliotis virginea Gmelin 1790 LO

Lncisura lytteltonensis (Smith 1894) (7, 15),

Emarginula striatula (Q. & G. 1834) ‘ae

Lugali stewartiana Powell n. Spe bode 3g

Monodilepas monilifera (Hutton 1873) (D-2, D-9, D-16T, F-2).
Puncturella (Vacerra) demissa Hedley 1904 (15, F-1T).
Scutus breviculus (Blainville 1817) (3).

Lrochus (Coelotrochus) tiaratus Q. & G. 1834 CPZ,
Trochus (Thorista) viridis (Gmelin 1791) (15).
Lhoristella chathamensis (Hutton 1873) ae
Thoristella chathamensis dunedinensis (Suter 1917). (15),
Thoristella chathamensis benthicola Finlay 1926 (F-4),
Melagraphia aethiops (Gmelin 1791) (3),

Zediloma digna Finlay 1926 (14, 19).

Zediloma arida Finlay 1926 (1).

Zediloma (Fractarmilla) corrosa (A. Adams eorcee e & ah
Zediloma (Fractarmilla) atrovirens (Philippi 1851) (12, 14).
Anisodiloma lugubris lenior Finlay 1926 CLZY;

Cantharidus opalus (Martyn 1784) (1, 2).

Micrelenchus sanguineus (Gray 1843) (D-3).
Micrelenchus sanguineus caelatus (Hutton 1884) (F-1T, F-2, F-4).
Micrelenchus tenebrosus (A. Ad. 1853) (13, D-3).
Micrelenchus huttoni (Smith 1876) (D-3).

Micrelenchus dilatatus (Sowerby 1870) (3).

Cantharidella tesselata (A. Adams 1851) (1, 4S,
Margarella turnert Powell n. sp. (29-T).

Margarella decepta (Iredale 1908) (1, 7).

Maurea watkanae (Oliver 1926) (2).

Maurea (Mucrinops) spectabilis (A. Adams 1855) (2, F-17).
Maurea (Mucrinops) punctulata urbanior Finlay 1926 (15, F-12T).
Maurea (Mucrinops) punctulata ampla Powell n. subsp. (15T).
Antisolarium egenum (Gould 1849) (1).

Zethalia selandica (A. Adams 1854) (1, 2).
Lodderia eumorpha (Suter 1908) (D-5).

Elachorbis diaphana Finlay 1924 (F-4, F-11T).

Liotella polypleura (Hedley 1904) (15).

Zalipais lissa (Suter 1908) (15).

Zalipais parva Finlay 1924 (15).

Zalipais turnert Powell n. sp. (7T, 15).

Cirsonella densilirata Suter 1908 (F-2).

Conjectura glabella (Murdoch 1905) (F-2).

Orbitestella hinemoa Mestayer 1919 (11, F-4, F-11),
Argalista fluctuata (Hutton 1883) (2, D-4, F-2, F-8T).
Lunella smaragda (Martyn 1784) (3).
Modelia granosa (Martyn 1784) (1).

Astraea heliotropiwm (Martyn 1784) (1, F-4).

Cookia sulcata (Martyn 1784) (3),
Notocrater craticulata (Suter 1908) (D-11).

Patelloida corticata (Hutton 1880) (3, 15).

Asteracmea sutert (Iredale 1915) (15).

Radiacmea inconspicua (Gray 1843) (3, 9).

Notoacmea pileopsis sturnus (Homb. & Jacq. 1841) OPss
Notoacmea (Parvacmea) daedala (Suter 1907) (5).
Notoacmea (Parvacmea) helmsi (Smith 1894) (4).

*486,
*489,
*40(),
*491,
*494,
*407,
*408,
*519,
*5 24.
"20.
so a
*528,
534.
*5 44,
*545,
*547,
REST,
*558.
*561.
an Y hey
*582.1
*583.1
*585,
*597,
*605,
*612.
*614,
eset hes
MGI,
*62(),
*637.
*639.1
*640),
*649,
*654.
*665.
*660.
*668.
*67().
*687.
*689,
*702.
703.
*709,
J23.
*7 28,
730.
Fads
*7 30.
*745,
*7 46,
EOS:
*7 54,
759.
7765.
Te
o/éL.
*782.
*784.
*79().
*799,
*804.
*808.
822.
*B25.
*837.

Mollusca of Stewart Island. 215

Notoacmea (Conacmea) parviconoidea (Suter 1907) (4).
Atalacmea fragilis (Sowerby 1823) (3).
Atalacmea multilinea Powell 1934 (15).
Cellana radians (Gmelin 1791) (3).
Cellana stellifera (Gmelin 1791) (3, 14).
Celana ornata (Dillwyn 1817) (3).
Cellana redimiculum (Reeve 1854) (3, 14).
Melarhaphe cincta (Q. & G. 1833) (1).
Macquariella aucklandica Powell 1933 (16).
Zelaxitas cystophora (Finlay 1924) (7, 15).

Zelaxitas rissoaformis Powell n. sp. (7T).
Risellopsis varia (Hutton 1873) (5, 15).
Zeradina (Radinista) corrugata (Hedley 1904) (F-1T).
Subonoba foveauxiana (Suter 1898) (15, 26, F-2T).
Subonoba fumata (Suter 1898) (15).
Subonoba insculpta (Murdoch 1905) (26).
Estea subfusca (Hutton 1873) (18-T, D-11).
Estea micronema (Suter 1898) (D-16T).
Estea minor (Suter 1898) (8, 15, F-1T).
Haurakia huttont (Suter 1898) (15, 19-T, D-4, F-2).
Merelina harrisonae Powell n. sp. (1T).

Merelina maoriana Powell n. sp. (15, D-4, F-2, F-7).
Merelina superba Powell 1927 (F-2).
Anabathron foliatum (Suter 1908) (15).
Lironoba sutert (Hedley 1904) (15, F-2T).
Notosetia lubrica (Suter 1898) (F-2T, F-11).
Notosetia stewartiana (Suter 1908) (D-11T).
Notosetia infecta (Suter 1908) (15).
Notosetia neozelamca (Suter 1898) (8, D-21T, F-1).
Notosetia verecunda (Suter 1908) (7, 15).
Scrobs hedleyi (Suter 1908) (15).

Serobs trailli Powell n. sp. (15T).
Scrobs elongata Powell 1927 (15).
Dardanula olivacea (Hutton 1882) (7, 15).
Dardanula roseola Iredale 1915 (15, 18-T, D-4, D-11, F-2).
Brookesena neozelanica (Suter 1908) (F-4, F-7).
Larochella torewma Powell 1927 (15).
Skenella pfeffert Suter 1909 (7).
Rissoina chathamensis (Hutton 1873) (3, 18-T, 26).
Potamopyrgus antipodum (Gray 1843) (L-13).
Potamopyrgus badia (Gould 1848) (L-14).
Zebittium exile (Hutton 1873) (D-19T, F-4).
Zebittium vitreum (Suter 1908) (F- 2T).
Specula canaliculata (Suter 1908) (20).
Zaclys acies (Suter 1908) (D-11T).
Notoseila terebelloides (Hutton 1873) (D-5, F-2).
Lyroseila chathamensis (Suter 1908) cs de se J
Notosinister infelix (Webster 1906) (19).
Notosimster (Teretriphora) huttom (Suter 1908) (D-4, D-19T, F-2).
Caecum digitulum Hedley 1904 (15, 26).
Maoricolpus rosea (Q. & G. 1834) (12, D-1).
Stiracolpus symmetrica (Hutton 1873) (2, 18-T, D-1, D-4).
Struthiolaria papulosa gigas Sowerby 1842 (oi
Neojanacus perplerus Suter 1907 (D-11).
Zegalerus tenuis (Gray 1867) (D-1).
Tanea selandica (Q. & G. 1832) (1, 2, 9).
Uberella vitrea (Hutton 1873) (9, i8- ‘ibs F-2),
Lamellaria cerebroides Hutton 1883 (ey
Trichosirius inornatus (Hutton 1873) (20, F-2).
Cabestana (Cymatilesta) spengleri (Perry 1811) (28).
Argobuccinum tumidum (Dunker 1862) (12, 15).
Xenophalium (Xenogalea) pyrum (Lamark 1822) (1).
Xenophalium (Xenogalea) harrisonae Powell 1928 (15T).
Cirsotrema selebori (Dunker 1866) (19).
Funiscala maxwelli Finlay 1930 (F-2).
Zerotula hedleyi (Mestayer 1916) (F-7).

216

842.
*843.
858,
*868.
874.
880.18
880.1
*882.
*885,
894.1
*898,
*O()3,
OT,
918.
io Ps 8
pong ke
ae 2
*O4(),
*943,
*O49,
ARE
wi FER K
“O80,
FOS?
998,
*1003.
*1009.
*1010.
*1OLL.

1013.
*1014.
*1Q19.
sg i Pay
*1026.

1028.
BU

1037.
*1038.
*1040.
*1043.
*1047.
a5 OU SS
*1061.
*1062.
*1063.
*1065.

1068.

1076.
*1080.
*1084.

1091.
*1098.
*1107.
*1108.
¥L 145,

1116.
*1124.

1125.
#1130.
a Pe
al EE
R130.

1138.
*1140.
*1141.
*1143.

POWELL.

Odostomia acutangula Suter 1908 (D-11T).

Odostomia georgiana (Hutton 1885) (F-2).

Evalea liricincta Suter (1908) (D-11T, F-2).

Pyrgulina rugata (Hutton 1886) (15, D-4).

Chemnitzia sealandica (Hutton 1873) (15, 18-T).
Chemnitsia rakiura Laws 1937 (22T).
Chemnitsia errabunda Laws 1937 (22).

Fulima murdochi (Hedley 1904) (F-2).

Balcis paxillus (Hedley 1904) (D-4, F-2, F-4T, F-7).

Balcis (Vitreolina) cf. treadwelli (Hutton 1893) (D-16).
Venustilifer bountyensis Powell 1933 (15).
Glaphyrina vulpicolor (Sowerby 1880) (F-2).
Austromitra rubiginosa (Hutton 1873) (15, 20, F-2).
E:gestas waiter (Suter 1909) (D-6T).

Buccinulum pallidum Finlay 1928 (20T).
Buccinulum (Evarnula) marwicki (Finlay 1928) (20).
Buceinulum (Evarnula) imarwicki stewartianum Powell 1929 (6, 14-T).
Buccinulum (Euthrena) littorinoides (Reeve 1846) (12, 14).
Buccinulum (Euthrena) strebeli exsculptum Powell 1929 (20, F-1).
Buccinulum (Euthrena) flavescens (Hutton 1884) (3, 5).
Euthrenopsis otagoensis Powell 1929 (F-2).

Austrofusus glans agrestior Finlay 1927 (15).

Cominella (Eucominia) nassoides (Reeve 1846) (1, 9).
Cominella (Cominista) glandiformis (Reeve 1847) (12).
Poirteria selandica (Q. & G. 1833) (19).

Zeatrophon ambiguus (Philippi 1844) (2, 3).

Zeatrophon tmetus Finlay 1930 (20T).

Xymene plebewus (Hutton 1873) (12).

Xymene inferus (Hutton 1873) (12, 18T).

Xymenella pusilla (Suter 1907) (D-21).

Axymene turbator Finlay 1926 (3).

Axymene pumila (Suter 1899) (20).

Paratrophon patens (Homb. & Jacq. 1854) (1, 15).
Comptella curtus (Murdoch 1905) (20, 15).

Terefundus crispulatus (Suter 1908) (D-6).
Terefundus (Minortrophon) crassilirata (Suter 1908) (D-5).
Lepsiella scobina albomarginata (Deshayes 1839) (1, 15).
Lepsithais squamatus (Hutton 1878) (5).

Lepsithais lacunosa (Bruguiere 1789) (1, 15).

Zeadmete trailli (Hutton 1873) (D-16T, F-2).

Zemitrella sulcata (Hutton 1873) (4, 18T, D-18).
Zemitrella rosea (Hutton 1873) (9, 18T).

Paxula paxillus (Murdoch 1905) (3).

Paxula transitans (Murdoch 1905) (F-1).

Paxula leptalea (Suter 1908) (20, F-2).

Paxula murdochi Finlay 1926 (3).

Liratilia angulata (Suter 1908) (F-9T).

Macrozafra nodicincta (Suter 1899) (F-9).

Alcithoe arabica (Martyn 1784) (28).

Alcithoe swainsont Marwick 1926 (2, 13).

Microvoluta biconica (Murdoch & Suter 1906) (6, 11).
Marginella (Glabella) pygmaea Sowerby 1846 (F-1).
Marginella (V olvarina) albescens Hutton 1873 (18T, F-2).
Marginella (Volvarina) parvistriata Suter 1908 (F-2T).
Marginella (Serrata) lurida Suter 1908 (F-2T).

Marginella (Serrata) stewartiana Suter 1908 (D-11T).
Splendrilia aoteana Finlay 1930 (18T, 20, F-2).
Splendrillia debilis Finlay 1927 (D-11).

' Fenestrosyrinx gratiosa (Suter 1908) (D-11T, F-1).

Nepotilla (Zenepos) chariessa (Suter 1906) (D-10).

Nepotilla (Zenepos) totolirata (Suter 1908) (F-2T, D-10).
Phenatoma (Cryptomella) albula (“ut‘ton 1873) (D-17T, D-21).
Inquisitor (2?) buchanant maoruim (Smith 1877) (F-2),

Stilla flexicostata (Suter 1899) (15, F-2T).

Stilla delicatula Powell 1927 (D-5).

Mitrithara gemmata (Suter 1908) (15).

*1146,

*1146.1
Eiri 3

*1148.

Peas |

*1154.
*1156.

AdGs.,
*1163.

*1104.
*1107.

pat in
1183.
1200.
sf es He
i232.
ng HAN
yi hae
pi V0 Fon

st Pao
*1286.

*1287.

*1 288.
#12901,
yh WAS To
use Bs? Ee
eT Oe1.
1344,
*1 345,
as
aul
1366.
PE OSL,
1377.
*1400.

1409

*1 426.1.
1453.
*1434.
1437.
~*1475,
*1485.

*1 489.
*1 501.
#1509.
uk be bows

*1565.
*1560.

1568.

1569.
*1570.

he gee

1577.

1579,
*1583.
*1 584.
*1580.
*1589.
ua Oa Per
*1 600.
*1 602.
*1608.
*1615.

Mollusca of Stewart [sland. 214
Neoguraleus sinclairi (Smith 1884) (9).
Neoguraleus murdochi (Finlay 1924) (D-8).
_Neoguraleus amoena (Smith 1884) (19).
Neoguraleus lyallensis (Murdoch 1905) (9).
Maorimorpha suteri (Murdoch 1905) (D-5, F-11).
Liracraea epentroma (Murdoch 1905) (D-4, F-2).
Liracraea dictyota (Hutton 1885) (F-7).
Daphnella cancellata Hutton 1878 (19).
Comitas trailli (Hutton 1873) (D-17T) (= D.
F-2T) (20, D-11, D-21).

Aoteatilia substriata (Suter 1899) (F-2).
Aoteatilia cf. acicula (Suter 1908) (F-2).
Pervicacia tristis (Deshayes 1859) (9).
Cavolina telemus (Linnaeus 1758) (15).
Pupa alba (Hutton 1873) (19).
Cylichnina striata (Hutton 1873) (15, F-2).
Bouvieria aurantiacus (Risso 1818) (27).
Marinula filholi (Hutton 1878) (9).
Marinula striata Odhner 1924 (1).
Leuconopsis obsoleta (Hutton 1878) (15).
Siphonaria australis (Q. & G. 1833) (1).
Siphonaria gelandica Q. & G. 1833 (1, 14).
Siphonaria cookiana Suter 1909 (14).
Benhamina obliquata (Sowerby 1825) (1, 14).
Kerguelenia stewartiana Powell n. sp. (14, 30T).
Gadinia nivea Hutton 1878 (9).
Phelussa fulminata (Hutton 1883) (L-9, L-12T).
Thalassohelix obnubila (Reeve 1852) (L-4, L-11).
Allodiscus ? stewartensis David 1934*
Thermia cressida (Hutton 1883) (L-2, L-8, L-12).
Therasia thaisa Hutton 1883 (L-10, L-12).
Therasia antipoda chathamensis Suter 1909 (L-9, L-12).
Phenacohelix pilula (Reeve 1852) (L-11).
Flammulina perdita (Hutton 1883) (L-1, L-4, L-8).
Flammulina feredayi (Suter 1891) (L-11).
Charopa anguicula (Reeve 1852) (L-4).
Charopa bianca (Hutton 1883) (L-11).

Fectola (Subfectola) rakiura Powell n. sp. (L-6T).
Fectola reeftonensis (Suter 1892) (L-6, L-11).
Fectola roseveari (Suter 1896) (L-3, L-4, L-6).
Fectola tapirina (Hutton 1883) (L-11).
Phrixgnathus celia (Hutton 1883) (L-2, L-7, L-11).
Phrixgnathus lirulata (Suter 1909) (L-2, L-4, L-8, L-12T).
Phrixgnathus phrynia Hutton 1883 var major Suter 1897 (L-11T).
Paralaoma lateumbilicata (Suter 1890) (L-4).
Rhytida australis Hutton 1883 (L-12T).
Onchidella campbelli Filhol 1880 (6).

verrucosa Suter 1899,

AMPHINEURA.

Ischnochiton maorianus Iredale 1914 (3).

Ischnochiton circumvallatus (Reeve 1847) (3, 5).

Ischnochiton luteoroseus Suter 1907 (19).

Terenochiton inquinatus (Reeve 1847) (27).

Terenochiton finlayit (Ashby 1929) (D-2).

Icoplax cf. punicea (Gould 1846) (D-11).

Icoplax empleura (Hutton 1872) (D-16T).

Icoplax subeudoxa Iredale & Hull 1930 (F-6T).

Eudoxochiton nobilis (Gray 1843) (3).

Eudoxochiton huttom Pilsbry 1893 (4).

Cryptoconchus porosus Burrow 1815 (3, 14).

Acanthochiton zelandicus amplificatus Iredale & Hull 1930 (3T, 14).
Notoplax mariae (Webster 1908) (19).

Craspedochiton rubiginosus (Hutton 1872) (F-4).

Maorichiton caelatus (Reeve 1847) (10).

Frembleya egregia H. Adams (3).
Rhyssoplax canaliculata (Q. & G. 1835) (F-4).

218 POWELL.

*1617.. Amaurochiton glaucus (Gray 1828) (3).

*1618. Sypharochiton pelliserpentis (Q. & G. 1835) Cn)
*1620. Sypharochiton torri (Suter 1907) (3, 5).

“1621. Onithochiton neglectus Rochebrune 1881 (3).
*1623. Onithochiton opiniosus Iredale & Hull 1932 (17).
1624. Onithochiton marmoratus Wissel 1904 (F-3).

SCAPHOPODA.

1626. Dentalium marwicki Mestayer 1926 (D-11).
*1630. Dentalium (Episiphon) arenarium (Suter 1907) (D-11T).

CEPHALOPODA.

1654. Polypus maorum (Hutton 1880) (19).
*David, von L. 1934. Senckenbergiana 16, n. 2-3 p.

LIST OF LOCALITIES.
STEWART ISLAND SHORE STATIONS—

1. Ringaringa Beach (Mrs. R. H. Harrison).

2. Horse Shoe Bay (shell-sand and beach drift. A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934).
3. Half Moon Bay (low-water. A.W.B..P., Nov., 1934).

4. Leasks Bay, Half Moon Bay. (Mrs. R. H. Harrison.)

5. Thule, Paterson Inlet (intertidal rocks, A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934).

6. Ocean Beach (low-water, under stones. A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934).
7. Ocean Beach (seaweed washings. A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934).

8. Ocean Beach (shell-sand. A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934).

9. Native Island (shell-sand and beach drift. A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934).
10. Golden Bay (low-water. A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934).

11. The Old Neck (shell-sand and beach drift. A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934).
12. Paterson Inlet (Mrs. R. H. Harrison).

13. North Arm, Paterson Inlet (low-water. A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934).
14. Mason Bay (low-water under stones. A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934).

15. Mason Bay (shell-sand and beach drift. A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934).
16. Mason Bay (seaweed washings. A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934).

17. Port Pegasus (under Durvillea hold-fasts. Mrs. R. H. Harrison).
18. Stewart Island (Hutton).

19. Stewart Island (Suter 1913).

20. Stewart Island (Finlay).

21. Stewart Island (Traill coll.).

22. Stewart Island ¢C. R. Laws 1937).

23. Glory Harbour (A. Hamilton coll.).

24. Harold’s Bay (A. Hamilton coll.).

25. Cook’s Arm, Port Pegasus (Mrs. R. H. Harrison).
26. Rosa Island, Port Pegasus (Mrs. R. H. Harrison).
27. Stewart Island (Odhner 1924).

28. Stewart Island (collected by residents).

29. Ulva Island, Paterson Inlet (A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934).
30. Aker’s Point (Mrs. R. H. Harrison, Nov., 1934).

STEWART ISLAND LAND MOLLUSCAN STATIONS—

L 1. Half Moon Bay (Mrs. R. H. Harrison).

L 2. Ulva Island, Paterson Inlet (A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934),

L 3. North Arm, Paterson Inlet (A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934).

L 4. Lee Bay (A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934).

L 5. Near Ocean Beach (A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934).

L 6. The Neck, Paterson Inlet (A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934).

L 7. Observation Rock, Oban (A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934).

I. 8. Near Mason Bay (A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934).

L 9. Native Island (Subrecent in dunes) (A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934).

L10. Mason Bay (Subrecent in dunes) (A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934).
L1l. Half Moon Bay (Suter 1913).

L12. Stewart Island (Suter 1913).

L13. Rakiahua River (A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934).

114, Fresh Water River (Mrs. R. H, Harrison 1939),

Mollusca of Stewart Island. 219

STEWART ISLAND DREDGE STATIONS—

Off Dynamite Point, Paterson Inlet, 13 fathoms (A.W B.P,, Nov, 1934:
Off The Old Neck, Paterson Inlet, 13 fathoms (A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934).
Mill Bay, Kaipipi Arm, 8 fathoms (A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934).
Paterson Inlet, 13 fathoms (A. Hamilton coll.).

Off Fancy Group, 10-17 fathoms (Captain G. M. Turner).
90-54 fathoms, Wreck Reef (Suter 1913),

50 fathoms, Wreck Reef (A. Hamilton coll.).

Oyster Cove (dredged) (Mrs. R. H. Harrison).

Off Half Moon Bay (stomachs of blue, cod).

Off Half Moon Bay (dredged) (Mrs. R. H. Harrison).
Port Pegasus, 18 fathoms (Suter 1913).

Port Pegasus, 30 fathoms (A. Hamilton coll.).

Port Pegasus, 12 fathoms (Suter 1913).

Port Pegasus (stomach of blue cod) (Suter 1913).

Stewart Island, 13 fathoms (Suter 1913).

Stewart Island, 15 fathoms (Hutton) (Suter):

Stewart Island, 24 fathoms (Hutton).

Stewart Island, 25 fathoms (A. Hamilton coll.).

Stewart Island, 30 fathoms (Hutton & Suter).

Stewart Island, 35 fathoms (Suter).

Stewart Island (dredged) (A. Hamilton coll.).

i EHS CHS ©
O CONT OA Un Rote

ie oe er
DO DO DO Fe Fe rt
NPS CON Ao WMS

Stewart

Island, 15 fathoms (A. Hamilton, Suter coll.).

FOVEAUX STRAIT DREDGE STATIONS—

F 1. Foveaux Strait (A. Hamilton coll.).

F 2. Foveaux Strait, 15 fathoms (A. Hamilton coll.).

F 3. Foveaux Strait, 18 fathoms (A. Hamilton coll.).

F 4. Foveaux Strait (oyster-dredge) (A. Hamilton coll.).

F 5. Foveaux Strait, Ruapuke Oyster Bed (A. Hamilton coll.).
F 6. Foveaux Strait (Ashby 1929).

F 7. Foveaux Strait (Finlay).

F 8. Foveaux Strait (Hutton).

F 9. Foveaux Strait (Suter 1913).

F10. Foveaux Strait, 17 fathoms (Dr. H. J. Finlay coll.).
F1l, Foveaux Strait (Bluff oyster scrapings) (Dr. H. J. Finlay coll.).
F12. Foveaux Strait, 20 fathoms (Finlay).

REJECTED STEWART ISLAND AND FOVEAUX STRAIT
RECORDS.

Arca reticulata Suter 1913 (non Gmelin 1790) = Acar sandersonae Powell 1933.

Bittium cylindricum Suter 1913 (non Watson 1881). Australian. Rejected by
Finiay (1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst., p. 381).

Cantharidus picturatus Suter 1913 (non H. & A. Ad.) Australian.
Pinay (1926, ‘Trans, N.Z.. Inst; a, 356),

Cocculina tasmanica Suter 1913 (non Pilsbry 1895) is Notocrater craticulata
(Suter ).

Cytherea subsulcata Suter 1913 (non Suter 1905),
Trans. N.Z. Inst., p. 470).

Dentalium nanum Suter 1913 (non Hutton 1873) is D marwicki Mestayer 1926.

Euthria linea traversi Suter 1913 (non Hutton 1873) is Buccinulum imarwicki
(Finlay 1928).

Fissurella huttont Suter 1906. Based upon the West Indian Diodora barbadensis
(Gmelin). Rejected by Finlay (1926, Trans. N.Z. Inst., p. 342).

Fulguraria arabica Suter 1913 (non Martyn 1784) is Alcithoe swainsoni Marwick

Rejected by

Rejected by Finlay (1926,

Helcioniscus mestayerae Suter 1906. Based upon the East Indian and Melanesian
Cellana testudinaria Linn. Rejected by Iredale (1915, Trans. N.Z. Inst.,
p. 432).

Mvyadora brevis, crassa and pandoriformis all of Suter 1913 (non Sowerby 1829,
Stutchbury 1835), Rejected by Finlay (Trans. N.Z. Inst., p. 474),

220 POWELL.

Pecten aviculoides Suter 1913 (non E. A. Smith 1885). Juvenile of Pallium con-
_ vexus (Q..& G.) Finlay (1926, Trans. N.Z. Inst., p. 452).
Photinula antipoda rosea Hutton 1873. Synonym of Subantarctic Margarella
_ antipoda H. & J. Finlay (1926, Trans. N.Z. Inst., p. 357).
Pseudoliotia imperforata Suter 1908. Juvenile Modelia granosa (Martyn) Finlay
ee. Cho26, “Trans, NZ. Insti 3655,
Schismope beddomei Suter 1913 (non Petterd 1884). Tasmanian species. N.Z.
: Shell S. Jaqgueus Finlay (1926, Trans. N.Z. Inst., p. 340).
Subemarginula rugosa Suter 1913 (non Q. & G. 1834). Australian species.
Foveaux Strait shell possibly Montfortula lyallensis Mestayer 1928. (No
examples seen. )
Talopena sublaevis Finlay 1924 (a‘worn juvenile of Caniharidella tesselata (A.
Adams 1851).
ee a Suter 1913 (non Cossmann 1903) is Aaymene pumila (Suter
99),
Lrophon corticatus Suter 1913 (non Hutton 1873) is Euthrenopsis otagoensis
Powell 1929),
Trochus chathamensis Hutton 1873. Foveaux Strait shells are Thoristella chat-
hamensis benthicola Finlay 1926.

PELECYPODA.
NUCULIDAE.

Genus AUSTRONUCULA Nn. gen.
Type: A. schencki n. sp.

Schenck in his ‘“‘Classification cf Nuculid Pelecypods” (1934,
Bull. Mus. Royal d’Hist. nat. de Belgique p. 18) divides the
nuculids into three taxonomic units: (A) those having shells
with denticulate ventral margins; (B) those having smooth inner
ventral margins; (C) those with divaricate sculpture.

A new species from several Stewart Island localities con-
forms in hinge details with Pronucula Hedley, which belongs to
unit (A) but differs in having a smooth ventral margin as in
unit (B) and also in having a more conspicuously marked off
prodissoconch which is flat and oval. A closely allied species
appears tc be the South Australian micans Angas 1878 and
possibly flinders: Cotton 1930. The surface is smooth or with
weak concentric sculpture. |

The previously described New Zealand species—Pronucula
mesembrina Hedley 1916, tenuis Powell 1927 and maoria Powell
1937—each have the characteristic radials and denticulate
ventral margin of Pronucula s. str.

By accepting the presence or absence of valve crenulations
as being of taxonomic import in the family it becomes necessary
also to segregate the smooth margined strange: A. Ad. from the
remaining New Zealand species classed under Nitcula s. str. A
name is available in Ennucula Iredale 1931, type Nucula obliqua
Lamarck, Southern Australia.

Austronucula schencki n. sp. Pl. 48, fig. 5.

Shell minute, smooth, light olive-brown, obliquely triangu-
larly ovate, inflated. Nec sculpture, either radial or concentric.
Valve margins smooth. Umbones prominent, prodissoconch oval,

Mollusca of Stewart Island. Ze

flattened on top and defined by a slight rim. Hinge strong,
closely similar to that of Pronucula. Teeth few, large, squarish,
distant from the large almost perpendicular chondrophore. In
the right valve there are four strong anterior teeth and two weak
ones posterior to the chondrophore. In the left valve there are
four strong anterior, and one weak posterior tooth. The posterior
subdorsal margin of the right valve fits into a well marked
corresponding groove in the left.

Length, 1.15 mm.; height, 1 mm.; thickness (2 valves), 0.61
mm.

Holotype: In Auckland Museum.

Localities: Rosa Island, Port Pegasus, Stewart Island (shell-
sand, Mrs. R. H. Harrison) ; Mason’s Bay, Stewart Island (shell-
sand).

PERRIERINIDAE.
Genus Lecranpina Tate & May 1901.
Type (orig. desig.) : L. bernardi Tate & May.

Legrandina turneri n. sp. Pl. 48, fig. 7.

Shell very small, moderately convex, thin but not fragile,
sub-ovate, beaks about central, flattened, the broadly rounded
prodissoconch defined by a faint rim. Externally the shell is
smooth, except for concentric growth lines, but internally the
ventral margin shows faint crowded crenulations. When sub-
jected to strong transmitted light crowded radials are seen to
occupy the whole shell, but do not show either on the outer or
inner surfaces. Hinge rather massive but comparatively short.
Right valve with two cardinals, almost joined above, but strongly
divergent below. There are five oblique lamellae on each side of
the cardinal area. In the left valve there are two cardinals fused
into one large triangular tooth, as well as the lamellae correspond-
ing to those of the right valve. Adductor scars typical. Pallial
line simple and entire. Colour pale buff, two thirds of the shell
from the posterior end stained dark reddish-brown.

Length, 2.75 mm.; height, 2.4 mm.: thickness (one valve),
0.6 mm.

ee olotype: In Auckland Museum.

Localities: Old Neck Beach, Paterson Inlet, Stewart Island.
Coll. (A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934); Harrington Point Beach, Otago
Harbour (Dr. C. R. Laws coll.).

This makes the third New Zealand Legrandina, the other two
being aucklandica Powell 1933 from Faith Harbour, Auckland

Islands, and harrisonac Powell 1935 from Mason’s Bay, Stewart
Island.

bo
bo
bo

POWELL.

PECTINIDAE.
Genus CuiaAmys Bolten 1798.

Chiamys campbellicus Odhner i924. Pl. 50, figs. 10-14.

1924. Chlamys campbellicus Odhner. Pap. Dr. Mort. Pac.
Expd. 1914-1916. pt. 19, N.Z. Mollusca, p. 61, pl. 2, figs. 36-39.
Type. Perseverance Harbour, in 20 fathoms, Campbell Island.
Dimensions: Height, pe MV - breadth, 29 mm.

Four specimens which I ascribe to this species were collected
on Mason Bay Beach, West Coast of Stewart Island, by Mrs.
R. H. Harrison. Similar specimens occur in 40-50 fathoms off
Cape Saunders, Otago, including occasional much larger speci-
mens up to 68 mm. in height (Dr. C. R. Laws collection). Further
occurrences are: 55 fathoms, 31 miles S. from Wellington and
25 miles EK. from Cape Campbell (Dr. P. Marshall), the largest
example being 70 mm. in height; and 50 fathoms off the southern
end of Macquarie Island, the largest being 69 mm. in height.

It seems likely that the Recent specimen of unknown
locality in the Dominion Museum collection, recorded as delicatulus
by Thomson (1919, Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 51, p. 480) belongs here
alsc.

Certainly these larger examples of campbellicus closely
resemble the fossil delicaiulus Hutton, type from Mid-Pliocene
(Nukumaruan) beds at Castle Point, N.Z., but there are constant
differences in sculpture between the two, nevertheless.

The profile of the ribs in both valves is lower in delicatulus
and the interstitial radials become spinose only at a comparatively
mature stage of growth.

In the left valve there is but a single interstitial radial in
dclicatulus except, towards the margin in large specimens, whereas
in campbellicus three to five spinose radials occupy the interspaces
commencing at a very early stage. Delicatulus exhibits a single
interstial riblet up to 35 mm. in height, whereas three riblets
frequently appear at 15 mm. in campbellicus. The largest delicatulus
I have measures 94 mm. x 94 mm.; also the species is less convex
than the Recent campbellicus. The right valve is very similar in
both species.

There is little doubt that campbellicus is the direct Recent
descendant of the Pliocene delicatulus.

Dimensions of campbellicus :—

Height, 32 mm.; breadth, 29 mm. (holotype).

Height, 30 mm.; breadth, 27.5 mm.; Mason Bay, Stewart
Island.

Height, 27 mm.; breadth, 25.25 mm.; Mason Bay, Stewart
Ysland.

Height, 68 mm.; breadth, 67 mm.; 40-50 fathoms, Cape
Saunders.

Height, 69 mm.; breadth, 68 mm.; Macquarie Island.

Height, 70 mm.; breadth, 69.5 mm.; 55 fathoms, Cape
Campbell.

Mollusca of Stewart Island. 223

GAIMARDIIDAE.
Genus Kipprer1a Dall 1876.
Type: Kidderia minuta Dall.

Kidderia rakiura n. sp. Pl. 48, fig. 1.

Shell of moderate size, thin, white, transversely elongate,
inflated, very inequilateral, the beaks almost anterior. Rostrum
short, narrowly rounded, but not angulate. Sculpture of distinct
but fine crowded concentric growth lines. Beaks bluntly rounded.
Ventral margin straight to slightly concave at the anterior end,
where it rises to the rostrum. Hinge teeth small, sometimes
obsolete; right valve with two oblique small cardinals, left valve
with one. There is a short oblique internal resilium and a com-
paratively short submarginal ligament.

Length, 6.75 mm.; height, 4.3 mm. (holoytpe).

Length, 8.4 mm.; height, 4.9 mm.; thickness (2 valves), 4.5
mm. (paratype).

Holotype: Presented to Auckland Museum.

Locality: Ringaringa Beach (cast ashore after storm),
Stewart Island (Mrs. R. H. Harrison).

The species is nearest allied to the Snares Island acrobeles
(Suter 1918), being of similar outline, but it is considerably
larger, has more pronounced concentric growth striae, no trace
of radial folds, a weaker hinge and a shorter ligament.

CONDYLOCARDITDAE.
Genus BENTHOCARDIELLA Powell 1930.

Type (orig. desig.) : B. pusilla Powell.

Benthocardiella rakiura n. sp. Pl. 48, fig. 6.

Shell minute, thin, semi-transparent, white, moderately con-
vex, obliquely oval, anterior end produced. Surface glossy, but
crowded with fine concentric striations. Valve margins smooth.
Prodissoconch moderately large, circular, with a rounded margin
and a prominent boss in the middle. Hinge typical, except that
it lacks the hooked process on the posterior cardinal of the left
valve. Left valve with three cardinals, a long prominent anterior
one and a pair of short posterior teeth, the uppermost the larger,
confluent with the valve margin and terminating at the chondro-
phore in a slight swelling. Right valve with three cardinals, a
long slender anterior one near to the valve margin, a shorter and
much heavier one beneath, and a single short anterior tooth. In
this genus modifications in respect to position, shape and strength
of the hinge teeth are brought about by the relative obliquity
of the shell shape. |

224 POWELL.

Length, 1.15 mm.; height, 1.2 mm.
Holotype: In Auckland Museum.

Locality: Old Neck Beach, Paterson Inlet, Stewart Island, in
beach drift (A.W.B.P.., Nov., 1984).

The species resembles a Pachykellya in shape except for the
prodissoconch.

UNGULINIDAE.
Genus Zemysia Finlay 1926.
Type (orig. desig.) : Lucina zelandica Gray.

Zemysia rakiura n. sp. Text figures d. and e.

This species is close to selandica, but can be separated at all
growth stages by the position of the beaks, which are at the
anterior third (in zelandica they are almost central), by the some-
what oblique-oval outline, the dorsal and the ventral margins
being flattened for more than half the diameter of the shell, and

a,b,c. Lectola (Subfectola) rakiura Powell n. sp. Holotype (1.65 x 0.8 mm.),
d,e. Zemysia rakiura Powell n. sp. Holotype (10.5 x 9,2 mm.),

Mollusca of Stewart Island. ped

subparallel, by the smoother surface and slightly greater con-
vexity. The only difference in the hinge is that the bifid cardinal
of the right valve is more broadly triangular.

Superficially the species has a striking resemblance to
Marikellia rotunda (= Kellya suborbicularis), and it is constantly of
much smaller size.

Length, 10.5 mm.; height, 9.2 mm.; thickness (one valve),
2.75 mm. (holotype).

Length, 10.1 mm.; height, 9.4 mm.; thickness, 2.25 mm.
(juvenile zelandica Ds

Flolotype: In Auckland Museum.

Locality: Ringaringa Beach, Stewart Island (Mrs. R. H.
Harrison).

ERYCINIDAE.
Genus Puysecuria* Powell 1927.

Type (orig. desig.): P. cuneata Powell 1927.

Puyseguria tani n. sp. Pl. 48, fig. 2.

Shell minute, equivalve, obliquely sub-ovate. Beaks bluntly
rounded, small. Prodissoconch not plainly marked off. Surface
smooth apart from faint concentric growth lines. Valve margins
thin, smooth. Hinge-plate strong, interrupted in the middle by
an oblique internal resilium. Right valve with a strong anterior
elongated lateral bent over as a thin lamella at the proximal end,
leaving a triangular cavity beneath; posterior lateral smaller,
long and narrow.

Left valve a strong medially grooved (hardly bifid) triangu-
lar cardinal and a weak elongated anterior and posterior lateral.

Colour reddish-brown, darkest at umbo, lightest at ventral
margin.

Length, 1.3 mm.; height, 1.2 mm.; thickness (one valve),
G.3 mm.

Flolotype: In Auckland Museum.

Locality: Old Neck Beach, Paterson Inlet, Stewart Island.
Coll. (A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934). |

The species is nearest allied to prognata Powell 1927, from
170 fathoms, off Puysegur Point, differing in being less inflated,
less oblique, having a smaller prodissoconch and in-the brown
coloration.

Named after Captain G. M. Turner’s doe Tan.

——————__—__§_

“Corrected spelling of genus which appeared as Puysegeria,

226 POWELL.

Genus RocHerortuta Finlay 1926.

Type (orig. desig.) : Rochefortia reniformis Suter.

Rochefortula decapitata n. sp. Pl. 48, fig. 4.

Shell small, quadrate-oval, inequilateral, beaks broad and
flattened, situated at about the posterior third. Surface appar-
ently smooth, but really sculptured with dense, microscopic radia!
striae; there is no true concentric sculpture, only moderately
wide spaced growth lines. Hinge plate narrow, restricted by the
flattened beaks. Right valve with two divergent strong cardinals,
left valve with two lamellate weaker teeth.

Length, 2.8 mm.; height, 1.95 mm.
Holotype: In Auckland Museum.

Localities: Rosa Island, Port Pegasus, Stewart Island (in shell
sand), Mrs. R. H. Harrison) (Type) ; Waitangi, Chatham Islands;
Faith Harbour, Auckland Islands; Snares Islands, 50 fathoms.

At first sight the species may be taken for juvenile
remformus, but that species at all stages of growth has very smal]
projecting beaks, stronger radial striae and distinct concentric
ridges. The new species apparently never reaches the size of
adult reniformis.

Rochefortula taieriensis n. sp. Pl. 48, fig. 3.

Shell small, ovate, beaks small but bluntly rounded, situated
a little posterior to the centre. Dorsal margin descending rather
steeply from the beak, anterior, posterior and ventral margins
broadly rounded. Surface smooth except for exceedingly fine
and dense radial striae. There is no true concentric sculpture,
only distant growth lines. Hinge of right valve with two short,
stout, divergent cardinals, that of left valve with two lamellae
thickened slightly at their proximal ends.

Length, 2.6 mm.; height, 2.2 mm.
Ffolotype: In Dr. H. J. Finlay Collection, Auckland Museum,
Locality: Taieri Beach, Otago, in shell sand.

From decapitata the new species differs in being much less
elongate and in having the dorsal slopes descending more steeply
and the beaks considerably smaller.

Another species of this group is my Mysella bidentifera
(Powell 1933) from Tom Bowling Bay.

True reniformis occurs throughout New Zealand and at the
Chathams.

Mollusca of Stewart Island. Lat

GASTEROPODA.
FISSURELLIDAE.
Genus TucGaci Gray 1843.
Type: Tugali elegans Gray.

Tugali stewartiana n. sp. Pl. 00, figs. 7, 8 and 9.

Only one Tugali seems to occur at Stewart Island, and it is
quite distinct from the four known Recent forms.

It is more coarsely sculptured than any other New Zealand
species, the radials being dominant and regularly alternating in
strength. The concentric ridges also are fewer and stronger than
in elegans. The early sculpture is openly netted as in bascauda,
but the sinus rib upon breaking up becomes triple, as in elegans
and colvillensis. In shape the new species is elongate oval, less
tapered than elegans, yet not so bluntly rounded as either bascauda
or suteri. The convexity of the shell approximates that of elegans.
The holotype has twelve strong radials and eleven considerably
weaker intermediates on the short posterior slope from the apex
back to the margin. The marginal crenulations are slightly
irregular, due to the alternation in strength of the radials.

Length, 20.5 mm.; breadth, 12.5 mm.; height, 6.25 mm.
(paratype).

Length, 21.75 mm.; breadth, 13.5 mm.; height, 7.25 mm.
(holotype).

Length, 27.5 mm.; breadth, 18.25 mm.; height, 10 mm.
(paratype).

Holotype: In author’s collection, Auckland Museum.

Localities: Ringaringa (type) and Horse Shoe Bay, Stewart
Island (Mrs. R. H. Harrison).

STOMATELLIDAE.
Genus MarGareLia Thiele 1893.

Type (orig. desig.) : Margarita violacea King.

Margareila turneri n. sp. Pl. 49, fig. 12.

This species differs from the variably coloured decepia in its
constant pattern of wide spaced zigzag, axial, purplish-brown
bands, turbinate shape, and smaller, more circular aperture. The
ground colour is pale cream, with a trace of greenish irridescence,
two bright pink spiral lines on the spire whorls, and occasionally
one or two similar lines on the base. In adult specimens the pink
lines are absent from the body-whorl and the penultimate, above
the periphery. There are eleven (variation in paratypes 9-11)
zigzag bands on the body-whorl. When axial colour markings
augment the spiral or zoned pattern in decepta they are invariably

228 POWELL.

more numerous, narrower, closer spaced and more diffused as a
network. Surface smooth and polished except for a few sub-
obsolete basal spirals. Imperforate but with a shallow ecrescentic
depression bordering the columellar callus, which is white.
Interior highly irridescent, with the zigzag pattern showing
through. Whorls 5.

Height, 7.75 mm.; diameter, 8 mm. (Holotype).
Height, 8 mm.; diameter, 8.25 mm. (Paratype).
Height, 8.5 mm.; diameter, 8.75 mm. (Paratype).
Height, 8 mm.; diameter, 9 mm. decepta (Kakanui).
Height, 7.5 mm.; diameter, 8.5 mm. decepta (Kakanui).
Height, 9 mm.; diameter, 10.5 mm. decepta (Kakanui).

Holotype and paratypes: In Auckland Museum.

Locality: Island of Ulva, Paterson Inlet (Type) and Ringa-
ringa, Stewart Island. Always on seaweed covered rocks at low
tide, never under the holdfasts of D’Urvillea, where decepta is
found exclusively.

Margarella puysegurensis n. sp. Pl. 49, fig. 13.

This species is closely allied to turneri, but has a more
variable pattern. Broad pink spiral bands, or with wide zigzag
dark purplish tc greenish brown axial bands, so merged that the
shell appears uniformly dark, except for a row of ovoid light
patches at the periphery, and others towards the termination of
the body whorl, are the extremes in pattern in the series. The
holotype has the diffused dark purplish to greenish brown pat-
tern with a few ovoid light patches near the outer lip and five
moderately broad pink spiral bands beneath, two on the upper
part of the whorls, one at the periphery and two on the base.
These bands show as pink, only where they coincide with an
occasional light patch, otherwise they appear as dark red brown
under the prevailing dark purplish to greenish-brown. Columella
and broad crescentic area surrounding it creamy-buff. There is
2, slight umbilical cleft above a crescentic depression bordering
the columella. Shell turbinate, slightly more depressed than
turneri, but otherwise closer to that species with its small rounded
aperture, than to either decepta or the subantarctic antipoda.
Whorls 4. Smooth and polished except for a few subobsolete
basal spirals. Constantly smaller than turneri, but evidently
adult, judging from the columellar callus.

Height, 5 mm.; diameter, 5.5 mm. (Holotype).
Height, 4.75 mm.; diameter, 5.75 mm. decepta (Kakanui).
Holotype and paratypes: In Auckland Museum.

Locality: Sealers’ Beach, near Puysegur Point, S.W. Otago.
Coll. A.W.B.F., Nov., 1984. On seaweed in rock pools near low
water.

From turneri this species differs in being slightly. more

depressed, having an umbilical cleft, different colour pattern, and
being constantly of smaller size.

Mollusca of Stewart Island. 229

CALLIOSTOMATIDAE.
Genus Maurea Oliver 1926.
Type (orig. desig.) : Trochus tigris Martyn.
Subgenus Mucrinops Finlay 1926.
Type: Zizyphinus spectabilis A. Adams.

The Calliostomids of the punctulata series are a puzzling
group. I have already (Powell 1926, p. 591) referred to a North
Island form from muddy locations, which has numerous equally
developed spiral granular ridges, instead of the normal arrange-
ment of 7 primaries and 5 interstitial riblets. Later (1926), both
Finlay and Oliver clashed in the description of a Stewart Island
form, more squat than the typical species, and with 12 equi-
developed spirals, as in the form from North Island mudflats.
After collecting a large series from Stewart Island, another form
appeared in extra large elevated shells, with from 9 to 12 equl-
developed spirals. This same form also occurs along with typical
punctulatum at Paekakariki, Wellington Province, and at the
Chatham Islands.

As the two Stewart Island forms cannot be reconciled under
the one subspecific name, I propose to separate the larger one as
new.

The distribution of the punctulata series now appears as
follows :—

(1) punctulata punctulata: North Island (North Cape to
Wellington).

(2) punctulata urbanior: Stewart Island, Otago, Westport and
?Kawhia.

(3) punctulata ampla: Stewart Island, Chatham Islands, Kai-
koura and Paekakariki (North Island).

Maurea (Mucrinops) punctulata ampla n. subsp. Pl. 50, fig. 6.

Spire tall, conic, outlines lightly convex, one and a third
times height of aperture. Upper spire whorls with 6 beaded
spiral cords, and a plain thread in each interspace, antepenulti-
mate with 9 beaded cords and two plain threads, one at upper
suture and the other between cords 2 and 3, penultimate with 12
beaded cords, the additions being plain threads of the earlier
whorl, plus one other which have become beaded.

Colour light orange brown with serial reddish brown dots
on the spiral cords between the beads.

Height, 43 mm.; diameter, 38.75 mm. (holotype).
Holotype: In Auckland Museum.
Locality: Mason’s Bay, Stewart Island (holotype).

FOOTNOTE.—I note that Thiele 1931 Handbuch der Systematischen Weichtier-
kunde, p. 49, provided the new name Calotropis for Calliotropis Oliver,
type Trochus cunninghami Gray (non Calliotropis Seguenza). However,
the group hardly needs separation from Maurea s. str.

230 POWELL.

LIOTHDAE.
Genus Zatrpats Iredale 1915.

Type (orig. desig.) : Delphinoidea lissa Suter.

Zalipais turneri n. sp. Pl. 49, fig. 11.

Shell minute, depressed turbinate, thin, semi-transparent,
smooth, umbilicated. Colour dull white. Suture deeply
impressed. Protoconch of one smooth whorl, moderately large,
as a convex blob. Whorls two, rapidly increasing, rounded, with
é. downward trend towards the aperture. The periphery is low
at the level of the suture. Aperture subcircular, almost “D”
shaped. Peristome continuous, sharp, straight across parietal
wall. Outer lip advanced above, incurved and slightly notched
at the suture. Spire about one-third height of aperture. Umbilicus
deep, open, about one eighth the major diameter. Operculum
horny, circular, concentric, nucleus central.

Height, 0.75 mm.; diameter, 1.05 mm. (holotype).
Flolotype: In Auckland Museum.
Locality: Ocean Beach, Stewart Island (seaweed washings).

The species differs from l/issa in being more turbinate in
shape and in lacking the fine radial riblets. Finlay’s parva (1924)
is very much smaller and planorbid, while my benthicola (1927)
has a wide open umbilicus. |

LITTORINIDAE.
Genus ZeLAxitTas Finlay 1926.

Type (orig. desig.) : Laevilitorina cystophora Finlay.

“Zelaxitas rissoaformis n. sp. Pl. 49, fig. 5. ~

Shell small, thin, vitreus, smooth, Rissoa-like, with tall spire,
one and a third times height of aperture. Whorls 44, moderately
convex. Sutures rather deeply impressed. Peristome thin and
sharp, continued across parietal wall as a defined callus. Aperture
ovate-pyriform. Operculum typical, ovate-pyriform, concentric
with the nucleus median, near to the inner margin. Colour light
brown, fading out on the lower part of the base.

Height, 2.55 mm.; diameter, 1.5 mm.
Holotype: In Auckland Museum.

Locality: Ocean Beach, Stewart Island (on seaweeds at low
tide, A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934),

Mollusca of Stewart Island. 231

RISSOIDAE. |
Genus Susonopa Iredale 1915.

Type (orig. desig.) : Rissoa fumata Suter.

Subonoba edita n. sp. Pl. 49, fig. 6.

_ Shell small dull white, thin, attenuate. Spire twice height
ol aperture. Whorls 6, lightly convex. Sculpture consisting of
numerous fine and close spiral lirae, 10 on antepenultimate, 11 on
penultimate, 12 on body whorl plus 7 on the base. Protoconch |
papulate of 14 smooth whorls. Peristome continuous, sharp.
Aperture subovate.

Height, 3 mm.; diameter, 1.3 mm.
Holotype: In Auckland Museum.

Locality: Rosa Island, Port Pegasus, Stewart Island (in shell-
sand. Mrs. R. H. Harrison).

The species is close to fumata Suter, but is constantly larger,
yet relatively more slender.

Genus Meretina Iredale 1915.
Type (orig. desig.) : Rissoa cheilostoma Ten.-Woods.

Two of the species here described occur at Stewart Island.
but the third is a northern species, the description of which is
included herein for convenience.

Merelina harrisonae n. sp. Pl. 49, fig. 2.

Shell large for the genus, solid, clathrate, spirals more pro-
minent than the axials. Related to /yalliana, but larger, with
fewer and weaker axials, keels more prominent and equal in
development, and colour uniformly buff, without colour bands.
The axials are fold-like, so that they have the effect of producing
the spiral keels into laterally compressed nodules at the points
of intersection, without being noticeable in the interspaces of the
keels, thus not enclosing distinct rectangular spaces. Spire
whorls with two strong keels, body whorl with two, plus a pro-
minent smooth sutural keel, and two others on the base.

Height, 3.4 mm.; diameter, 1.55 mm.
Holotype: In Auckland Museum Collection.

Locality: Ringaringa (type) and Mason Bay, Stewart Island.
Coll. Mrs. R. H. Harrison.

Merelina maoriana n. sp. PI. 49, fig. 1.

1873. Rissoa plicata Hutton (non Deshayes 1838) Cat. Mar.
Moll. N.Z., p. 29,

232 POWELL.

_ This is the Forsterian, Cookian, and Moriorian representa-
tive of the Rossian plaga Finlay 1926. It differs from that species
In slightly smaller size, finer sculpture, and the addition of a
third spiral keel on the body-whorl; this, the uppermost spiral, is
weakest.

The axials are more closely spaced (16 on the body whorl
as against 12 in plaga), the enclosed interspaces being square
instead of slightly oblong.

The sculpture is crisp, but not strong, and is not rendered
gemmate at the points of intersection of the spirals and axials.
_ Colour uniformly dull white, without colour bands.

Height, 3 mm.; diameter, 1.3 mm.
Holotype: In Dr. H. J. Finlay Collection, Auckland Museum.

Localities: Dunedin Harbour, 3 fathoms (type); Cuvier
Island, 38 fathoms: Mason Bay, Stewart Island; off Cape
Saunders, 40-50 fathoms; Waitangi, Chatham Islands.

Merelina taupoensis n. sp. Pl. 49, fig. 3.

Shell small, solid, clathrate. Protoconch typical (13 whorls
sculptured, with about 12 spiral striae). Whorls 6. Suture nar-
rowly margined above and below. Spire whorls with three equi-
spaced spiral keels (median strongest, lowest almost as strong,
uppermost weak), gemmate at points of intersection with axials.
Body whorl with addition of a fourth smooth sutural keel and
three more on base. Labial varix rather weak. Colour buff,
with a faint brown band below suture and between third and
sixth spirals on base. Related to M. superba Powell 1927.

Height, 2.8 mm.; diameter, 1.2 mm.
Holotype: In Dr. H. J. Finlay Collection, Auckland Museum.

Localities: ‘Taupo Bay, Whangaroa (type); St. Helier’s Bay,
and Motutapu Island, Auckland; Doubtless Bay, 12 fathoms; Tom
Bowling Bay.

KEY TO N.Z. SPECIES OF MERELINA.

MERELINA. Protoconch of smooth spirals—base spirally sculptured.
A. Protoconch with 3 spiral lirae.
(a) Body whorl spirals all one series, continued over base.
1. gemmata. Whorls 54 clathrate (gemmate),. Spire whorls 3 keels,
Body whorl 6 keels (3 basal).
B. Protoconch with more than 3 spiral lirae.
2. compacta. Whorls 4 clathrate (gemmate). Spire whorls 2 keels.
Body whorl 6 keels (4 basal).
(b) Body whorl spirals in two series (body-whorl and basal).
(aa) Sculpture crisp, not gemmate, at axial and spiral intersection.
3. plaga. Whorls 53 clathrate (spirals and axials equal). Spire whorls
2 keels. Body whorl 2 keels + 3 basal.
4. maoriana. Whorls 54 clathrate (spirals and axials equal). Spire
whorls 2 keels. Body whorl 3 keels (uppermost weak) + 3 basal.

5. manawatawhia, Whorls 54 clathrate (axials slightly stronger). Spire
whorls 3 keels. Body whorl 3 keels + 4 basal.

Mollusca of Stewart Island. 233

6. paupereques. Whorls 43 clathrate (equal). Spire whorls 2 keels.
Body whorl 2 keels + 2 basal keels + 2 weak threads.

(bb) Sculpture gemmate at axial and spiral intersection.

7. lyalliana. Whorls 54. clathrate (spirals more prominent). Spire

ape 2 keels (upper more prominent). Body whorl 2 keels + 3
asal.
8. harrisonae. Whorls 64 clathrate (spirals more prominent). Spire
whorls 2 keels (equal). Body whorl 2 keels + 3 basal.
9. taupoensis. Whorls 6 clathrate (equal). Spire whorls 3 keels (No. 2
strongest, 3 next, 1 weakest). Body whorl 3 keels + 4 basal.
10. superba. Whorls 64 clathrate (equal). Spire whorls 3-4 keels. Body
whorl 4 keels + 3 basal.
ll. waitangiensis. Whorls 64 clathrate (spirals more prominent). Spire
whorls 4-5 keels. Body whorl 5 keels + 4 basal.
(cc) Sculpture with axials dominant.
12. cochleata. Whorls 5. Spire whorls 2 threads. Body whorl 2 threads
+ 3 basal keels.
13. crispulata. Whorls 5. Spire whorls 3 threads. Body whorl 4 threads
+ 3 basal keels.
(dd) Sculpture extra heavy.
14. crassissima. Whorls 4, clathrate (equal). Spire whorls 2 keels. Body
whorl 3 keels + 3 basal.

LOCALITY RANGE OF SPECIES.
Merelina gemmata Powell 1927—Maro Tiri, Chicken Is. (type); Tom Bowling

Bay.

compacta Powell 1927—Mangonui 6-10 fath. (type); Tryphena, Great
Barrier Island, 6 fath.; Tom Bowling Bay.

blaga Finlay 1926—Snares Is. 50 fath. (type) ; Faith Harbour, Auckland
Is., off Auckland Is. 95 fath.; Bounty Is. 50 fath.

maoriana Powell n. sp—Dunedin Harbour 3 fath. (type) ; Cuvier Id. 38
fath.; Mason Bay, Stewart Id.; off Cape Saunders 40-50 fath.
Dusky Sound 30 fath.

manawatawhia Powell 1937—Off Three Kings Is. 260 metres (type).

paupereques Powell 1937—Off Three Kings Is. 260 metres (type); off
Poor Knights Is. 60 fath.

lyalliana (Suter 1898)—Lyall Bay (type); Whangaroa; Tom Bowling
Bay:

harrisonae Powell n. sp.—Ringaringa, Stewart Id. (type); Mason Bay,
Stewart Id.

taupoensis Powell n. sp—Taupo Bay, Whangaroa (type): St. Helier’s
Bay, Auckland; Motutapu Id., Auckland; Doubtless Bay, 12
fath.; Tom Bowling Bay.

superba Powell 1927—Maro Tiri, Chicken Is. (type); Tryphena, Great
Barrier Id. 6 fath.; Tom Bowling Bay; Foveaux Strait
(oyster dredge) ; Open Bay Is., Westland.

wattangiensis Powell 1933—Waitangi, Chatham Is. (type).

cochleata Powell 1937—-Off Three Kings Is. 260 metres (type).

crispulata Powell 1937—Off Three Kings Is. 260 metres (type).

crassissima Powell 1937—Off Three Kings Is. 92 metres (type).

Genus Scross Watson 1886.
Type: Rissoa (Scrobs) badia Watson = Rissoia jacksoni Brazier.

Scrobs trailli n. sp. Pl. 49, fig. 4.

Similar to S. ovata Powell 1927 in general shape, but much
larger, and with more convex whorls. The details of the peristome
differ noticeably in that there is an inner rim duplicated on the
outside by a heavy callus that fills the usual parietal cleft,
although it is still separated from the parietal wall by a narrow
groove. The outer lip callus does not bridge across to the body

234 POWELL.

wall, as in ovata and in the hedieyi series generally, but is deeply
Incised instead. Whorls 34. Spire 14 times height of aperture.
Protoconch typical, of 14 finely stippled globose whorls. Surface
smooth. Colour dark reddish brown except the peristome and
the base, which are white.

Height, 1.5 mm.; diameter, 0.8 mm.
Holotype: In author’s collection, Auckland Museum.

Locality: Mason’s Bay, Stewart Island (in shell-sand; one
specimen).

Named after Mr. Roy Traill, of Stewart Island.

EKULIMIDAE.

VENUSTILIFER nN. gen.
Type: Hypermastus bountyensis Powell 19338.

In 1933 (Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. 20, pt. 5, p. 235) I described
a then unique specimen from 170 fathoms, off the Bounty Islands,
as Hypermastus bountyensis, noting that it was much more globular
than the New South Wales genotype. The finding of further
material at Mason’s Beach, Stewart Island, shows that this globu-
lar shape is constant throughout all growth stages. In fact, the
species is virtually a Svilifer, but with an elevated two-whorled
parallel sided, blunt tipped, projecting protoconch set obliquely
and partly immersed. Hypermastus coxi Pilsbry, the genotype,
has a somewhat similar apex, but it is erect, and the adult shell
is decidedly EKulimoid. I now have no hesitation in providing the
above new generic name for the New Zealand species.

STRUTHIOLARITDAE.
Genus SrrRuTHIOLARIA Lamarck.

Type (monotypy): S. nodulosa Lamk (= Buccinum papulosum
Martyn).

Struthiolaria papulosa varies with locality, so that certainly
two forms, and possibly a third, are recognisable. The differences
are not great, but are such that Stewart Island and North Island
shells are readily separable, the former being larger than north-
ern examples, having the nodules almost suppressed, the spiral
suleations deeper, and the colour pattern of broader axial streaks.
These differences are even more marked in juveniles. Specimens
from the vicinity of Wellington are similar to Auckland examples
except that the spiral sulcations are a trifle more pronounced and
the colour pattern is so diffused that the shell appears almost
uniformly reddish brown. Martyn’s figure (1874 Universal Con-
chologist, f. 54) is just such a shell.

For the time being two forms should be recognised, papulosa
(typical) North Island (Wellington here designated as type
locality) and the Stewart Island form, which may bear the name
Struthiolaria papulosa gigas Sowerby 1842. Thes, Conch. 1, Pl. 5,
{f.17. (See PI, 50, figs. 1-5.)

Mollusca of Stewart Island. B30

S’. sulcata Jonas 1839 may have priority, but without seeing
the type I cannot decide. It is evidently a freak specimen in
Which the nodules are entirely absent. I have seen such speci-
mens both from Stewart Island and North Auckland.

PYRENIDAE.
Genus AOTEATILIA Nn. gen.
Type: Daphnella substriata Suter 1899.

A new genus is necessary for the reception of four
undoubtedly con-generic species that had previously been placed
for want of better locations in the genera Daphnella and
Mitromorpha respectively. I propose removing them from the
Turridae to the Pyrenidae and placing them near to Zemitrella.

The new genus is characterised by having a 14 whorled
papillate protoconch, smooth except for minute pitting; post
nuclear sculpture in the form of close spiral lirae continued over
the neck of the canal without differentiation, not with a heavier
basal spiral series, as in most species of Zemitrella. The oblique
plait (at the base of the pillar), so characteristic of Zemitrella,
is well shown; also there is a very slight sinuosity on the shoulder
of the outer lip, a factor that has been influential in the reference
of the species to the Turridae. A similar weak sinus is found in
some species of Zemitrella and Liratilia, notably Z. sulcata (Hutton)
and Z. pseudomarginata (Suter).

Four species fall naturally into the new genus, and a fifth
from Awanui, in 10 fathoms, awaits description.

The described species are Daphnella substriata Suter 1899,
PD. acicula Suter 1908, D. psila Suter 1908, and D. tenuistriata Suter
1908.

The protoconch in three of the species (I have not seen speci-
mens of psila) is tinged with pink to purple.

My Antimitrella (1987, p. 214) is another related genus differ-
ing mainly in nuclear sculpture, which is in the form of faint
axial striations on an otherwise smooth and glossy surface; also
the downward sagging whorls make lava the genotype, not unlike
Aoteatilia acicula in shape.

TURRIDAE.
Genus MaAorimorPHA Nn. gen.

Type: Mitromorpha suteri Murdoch 1905.

The above new genus is provided for a species described
originally as a, Mitromorpha by Murdoch (1905), removed to Alcira
in the Pyrenidae by Suter (1918), and more recently referred back
to the Turridae by Finlay (1926). The relationships of the genus
are not obvious, but it is undoubtedly a Turrid, although there
is superficial resemblance to the spirally lirate Pyrenids.

The generic characters are: Protoconch large, smooth, papil-
late, rather straight-sided, apex oblique but hardly lateral; post-
nuclear sculpture of moderately strong spiral lirations continu-
ous over all whorls and the neck of the canal; labial sinus sub-

236 POWELL.

sutural, broad, shallow, but distinct; canal short, broad and open,
lip thin, not denticulate.

The genus so far as I know is monotypic.

The type of suteri is from Whangaroa Harbour, but the
Species occurs also at Stewart Island (dredged off Half Moon
Bay) and Foveaux Strait (Bluff oyster scrapings).

Genus NEOGURALEUS n. gen.
Type: Drillia sinclairi Gillies 1882.

A considerable amount of work on the New Zealand Turrids
has been done by Dr. H. J. Finlay, but only a few of his con-
clusions have been published. The Finlay collection was acquired
by the Auckland Museum in 1937 , and with it Dr. Finlay gener-
ously donated his manuscript of the Turrids. This work is
incomplete owing to the difficulty he had in securing examples of
foreign genotypes. However, by using a system of symbols he
has allocated and keyed a large number of New Zealand Recent
and fossil species. One group dealt with is that typified by
Drillia sinclairi, for which I now provide the above new name.

The group seems to be confined to New Zealand, occurring
Recent and not lower than the Waitotaran (Lower Pliocene). It
resembles the Australian genus Guraleus in shape, size, sculpture
and subsutural sinus, but has a very different protoconch. In
picta Adams and Angas, the genotype of Guraleus, the protoconch
is polygyrate, dome-shaped and smooth. In V eoguraleus it is poly-
gyrate also, but only the tip, one to cone and a-halt whorls, is
smooth, the remaining embryonic whorl being fenestrate—heavy
spiral keels and weak, closely Spaced axials.

The genus includes besides the genotype and a number of
new species :—

Pleurotoma (Mangilia) goodingi Smith 1884, Mangilia’ huttoni
smith 1915, Mangilia subaustralis Suter 1899, Asperdaphne murdochi
Finlay 1924 (n.n. for Clathurella corrugata Murdoch 1900), Drillia
lyallensis Murdoch 1905, Guraleus tenebrosus Powell 1926, Drillia
amoena Smith 1884, and probably Mangilia cophinodes Suter 1908.
In addition to these Recent species (murdochi type from the Upper
Pliocene occurs Recent also) there are the following Tertiary
representatives: Daphnella protensa Hutton 1885, Mangilia morgani
Marwick 1924, and Guraleus ngatuturaensis Bartrum and Powell
1928.

Three of the above species were collected at Stewart Island:
sinclairi, murdochi, and lyallensis:; and Suter 1913 recorded amoena
under the name of Mangilia protensa Hutton.

SIPHONARIIDAE.
Genus Kercuetenta Rochebrune and Mabille 1889,
Type: Siphonaria redimiculum Reeve.
The finding of a new species of K erguelema common on the

high-tidal rocks at Akers Point, Stewart Island, opens up the
question of the nomenclatural status of the New Zealand species,

Mollusca of Stewart Island. favs

Suter (1913 Man. N.Z. Moll., pp. 601-602) records the
Magellanic lateralis Gould (including as synonyms redimiculuim
Reeve and ftristensis Leach). The description is obviously com-
posite, for the localities listed are Antipodes Islands; Auckland
and Disappointment Islands; Campbell Island; Macquarie Island;
Tasmania; Kerguelen Island; Patagonia; Straits of Magellan;
and Falkland Islands. Details of the radula are cited from
Hutton’s (18838, Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 15, p. 143) observations on
an Auckland Island specimen. In 1915, Iredale (T.N.Z.L., vol. 47,
p. 478) proposed the name Kerguelenia innominata for this Neo-
zelanic Siphonaria lateralis of Suter 1913, but without nominating
a type, stating a type locality, or even providing a diagnosis. As
there is more than one Neozelanic Subantarctic Kerguelenia, this
name must be treated as indeterminable. Hedley in 1916 (Moll.
Austr. Ant. Expd. Rep., vol. 4, pt. 1, pp. 61-62) ascribed the
Macquarie Island Kerguelenia to redimiculum Reeve, noting that
the form is “smoother than Reeve’s figure and has the apex
within the margin.”

These are important differences, so the Macquarie Island
shell represented by specimens collected in 1894 by the late Mr.
A. Hamilton is described below as a new species.

Iredale’s innominata cannot possibly be applied, for there is
a second Subantarctic species as represented by a single specimen
in my collection from the Bounty Islands. This has the apex
within the margin, as in the Macquarie shells, but in a more
median position, resulting in a regularly ovate outline. The rib-
bing also is more distant. Description is withheld until a series
of specimens is available.

The Stewart Island species is quite distinct from both Sub-
antarctic species in having the apex marginal at all stages of
growth, and particularly in having coarse radial sculpture. The
persistent marginal and even projecting position of the apex
separates it from all the known species.

Kerguelenia stewartiana n. sp. Pl. 49, figs. 6 and 7.

Shell obliquely ovate-pyriform, reminiscent of Crepidula.
Apex posterior, narrowly pointed, bent to the left and projecting
well beyond the margin. This feature is constant during all
growth stages. Sculptured with distinct, flattened, flexuous,
rather broad radials, most of which are bifurcated over the latter
half of the shell by an intermediate groove.

There are about 22 primary ribs, some being indistinct
towards the posterior end, and most of the anterior ones are
bifurcated. Colour of exterior pale greenish grey to olive;
irregularly blotched with dark brown, apex dark purplish brown.
Interior dark reddish brown, paler at margin, the linear inter-
stices of the external ribs showing through as dark brown lines.
Siphonal groove shallow, not conspicuous.

Diameter, 9.25 mm.; length, 13.75 mm.; height, 4.25 mm,
Holotype: In Auckland Museum,

238 POWELL.

Locality: Aker’s Point, Stewart Island. Common on seaweed
covered rocks towards high water mark. First located by Mrs.
R. H. Harrison.

Kerguelenia macquariensis n. sp. Pl. 49, figs. 9 and 10.

Shell elongate, ovate-quadrate. Apex within the margin
near the posterior left. Surface smooth except for sub-obsolete
radials, about ten along the posterior margin, being the only
distinct ones. Colour dull light reddish-brown, interior darker
brown in the apical area. Siphonal groove broad and shallow,
well defined.

Diameter, 10 mm.; length, 15 mm.; height, 5 mm.
Holotype: In Dr. H. J. Finlay Collection, Auckland Museum.

Locality: Macquarie Island.

FLAMMULINIDAE.
Genus Frcrota Iredale 1915.
Type (orig. desig.) : Helix infecta Reeve.
Subgenus SUBFECTOLA n. subgen.
Type: Helix caputspinulae Reeve.

Iredale (1915 Trans. N.Z. Inst., Vol. 47, p. 482) placed
caputspinulae in his Fectola, but the species lacks the sinused lip
of that genus, although it has the characteristic radially ribbed
protoconch. This sinus is so well marked a feature of Fectola,
rendering the ribbing at all stages strongly retractive to the
suture that caputspinulae and rakiura cannot be accommodated in
that genus naturally. A new subgenus is therefore here pro-
posed for these Charopa-like shells having a radially ribbed proto-
conch as in Fectola, but evenly arcuate radial ribbing without the
subsutural sinus.

Fectola (Subfectola) rakiura n. sp. Text figures a, b, c (p; 224),

Related to caputspinulae, but much more finely and closely
ribbed, and with a narrower umbilicus. In coiling and in sculp-
ture it resembles Mocella corniculum, but the ribbing is closer and
the umbilicus narrower. Colour white. Sculpture of exceedingly
fine and close radials, about 34 per millimeter, and dense spiral
striations: ribs very slightly flexuous, but not retractive at
suture. Umbilicus about one quarter the major diameter of the
base. Outer lip evenly arcuate, but not sinused at the suture.
Spire little raised, one-third height of aperture. Whorls four,
including a one-whorled protoconch of close radial ribs.

Diameter, 1.65 mm.; height, 0.8 mm.
Holotype: In Auckland Museum.

Locality: The Neck, Paterson Inlet, Stewart Island (under
sides of leaves along bush track. Coll. A.W.B.P., Nov., 1934).

Fig.

PLATE 48.

8
SA Neste
Nat Qe ~
.

Kidderia rakiura Powell n. sp. Holotype (6.75 x 4.3 mm.).
Puyseguria tant Powell n. sp. Holotype (1.3 x 1.2 mm.).
Rochefortula taiertensis Powell n. sp. Holotype (2.6 x 2.2 mm.).
Rochefortula decapitata Powell n. sp. Holotype (2.8 x 1.95 mm.).
Austronucula schencki Powell n. gen. n. sp. Holotype (1.15 x 1 mm.).
Benthocardiella rakiura Powell n. sp. Holotype (1.15 x 1.2 mm.).
Legrandina turneri Powell n. sp. Holotype (2.75 x 2.4 mm.).

iyare ‘oa ,

Fal ee |
Pang ib

a

ee tax

Prate 49,

Fig. 1. Merelina maoriana Poweil n. sp. Holotype (3 x 1.3 mm.).
Fig. 2. Merelina harrisonae Powell n. sp. Holotype (3.4 x 1.55 mm.).
Fig. 3. Merelina taupoensis Powell n. sp. Holotype (2.8 x 1.2 mm.).
Fig. 4. Scrobs trailli Powell n. sp. Holotype (1.5 x 0.8 mm.).
Fig. 5. Zelaxitas rissoaformis Powell n. sp. Holotype (2.55 x 1.5 mm.).
Fig. 6. Subonoba edita Powell n. sp. Holotype (3 x 1.3 mm.).
Fig. 7. Kerguelema stewartiana Powell n. sp. Paratype.
g

g Kerguelema stewartiana Powell n. sp. Holotype (13.75 x 9.25 mm.).
Figs.9 & 10. Kerguelenia macquariensis Powell n. sp. Holotype (15 x 10 mm.).
Fig. 11. Zalipais turnert Powell n. sp. Holotype (1.05 x 0.75 mm.).

Fig. 12. Margarella turneri Powell n sp. Holotype (7.75 x 8 mm.).

Fig. 13. Margarella puysegurensis Powell n. sp. Holotype (5 x 5.5 mm.).

Prats. 50,

Figs. 1 & 2. Struthiolaria papulosa Martyn. Motuihi Island, Auckland
(68 x 44 mm.).

Fig. 3. Struthiolaria papulosa Martyn. Waikanae, Wellington (75 x 47 mm.).

Figs. 4 & 5. Struthiolaria papulosa gigas Sowerby. Stewart Island.
(94 x 53 mm.).

Fig. 6. Maurea (Mucrinops) punctulata ampla Powell n. subsp. Holotype.
(43 x 38.75 mm.).

Fig. 7. Tugali stewartiana Powell n. sp. Holotype (21.75 x 13.5 mm.).

Figs. 8 & 9. Tugali stewartiana Powell n. sp. Paratypes.

Fig. 10. Chlamys campbellicus Odhner 1924. 40-50 fath. C. Saunders
(68 x 67 mm.).

Fig. 11. Chlamys campbellicus Odhner 1924, 50 fath. off Macquarie Id.
(69 x 68 mm.).

Fig. 12. Chlamys campbellicus Odhner 1924. 50 fath. off Macquarie Id.

Figs. 13 & 14. Chlamys campbellicus Odhner 1924. Stewart Island.
(30 x 27.5 mom.,.)s

RECORDS

OF PE

AUCKLAND INSTITUTE
AND MUSEUM

VO. 2. ING. S.

Published by Order of the Council:
Gilbert Archey, Director.

16TH JUNE, 1941.

The Unity Press Ltd., Printers.

CONTENTS.

VOL; 2 ING. S22

Biological Primary Types in the Auckland Museum.

By A. W. B. Powell, Assistant Director. Page 239

Seven New Species of New Zealand Land Mollusca.

By A. W. B. Powell, Assistant Director. Page 2609

Biological Primary Types in the
Auckland Museum.

By A. W. B. POWELL, Assistant Director.

This list of type material in the Auckland Museum includes
only holotypes, or the equivalent neotypes, in cases where the
holotype is definitely known to be lost. In the case of the late
Mr. T. F. Cheeseman’s nudibranchiate mollusca where no types
of these soft-bodied animals were preserved the excellent water
colour drawings of the living type material by Miss E. Cheeseman
are here designated as iconotypes. The iconotypes thus desig-
nated are Aclesia glauca, Chromodoris amoena, C. aureomarginata,
Noridopsis citrina, Doris flabellifera, D. luctuosa, D. rubicunda, Melano-
chlamys cylindrica, Pleurobranchaca novaezelandiae and Pleurobranchus
ornatus. In the case of Melanochlamys cylindrica, a spirit specimen
from Takapuna, Auckland, is nominated as neotype of the
species. Neotypes of the other species will be nominated when
suitable specimens are collected.

Jordan and Evermann’s Makaira zelandica (1926, Occ. Papers
Calif. Acad. Sci. 12, p. 66) was described as “Type: No. 611, Mus.
Calif. Acad. Sci., a photograph received from Mr. Gilbert Archey,
Curator of Auckland Museum, of a specimen taken in the Bay of
Yslands, New Zealand.” Type in this case is merely a “photo-
type,” and since the actual mounted specimen from which the
photograph was taken is still in the Auckland Museum, this
specimen must be cited as the holotype.

The type of Paryphanta lignaria Hutton is not in the Canter-
bury Museum and is presumably lost. A specimen from Moki-
hinui, West Coast (Powell 1930, Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, Pl. 4,
fig. 1) 1s designated as neotype.

The holotypes of six species are missing from the collections,
but their names are listed, as it is possible that they may yet be
found. They are:—

INSECTA: Carposina sanctimonea Clark, 1926; Corelus xanth-
onyx Broun 1910; Mallobathra memotuina Clark, 1984; and Rhyn-
cogonus planidorsis Broun, 1910.

MOLLUSCA: Tainuia aucklandica Marshall, 1926, and Trochus
carmesinus Webster, 1908.

The total number of published holotypes (including neotypes
and the Cheeseman iconotype drawings) is 1,218. Of this number
182 are in the Powell loan collection of mollusca, and these are
indicated by an asterisk. In all cases the entries are generically
alphabetic under Phyla, and as originally published. Many of
them are now located in different genera and in some instances
the species has since been relegated to synonymy. Fossils are
preceded by the symbol f.

40 POWELL.

PROTOZOA.
Sigmoidella novozealandica Parr and Collins, 1937. Proce. Roy. Soc. Vict.
50, p. 208.
~Sigmomorphina haeusleri Parr and Collins, 1937. Proc. Roy. Soe. Vict. 50,
Dp. 205.
ANNELIDA.

;Ditrupa chapmani Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 449.
*Ditrupa parki Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 448.

INSECTA.

Acalles metrosiderae Broun, 1910. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 42, p. 296.
Adeixis parvitis Howes, 1916. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 49, p. 274.
Apatetris nivea Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 7.
Aphodius raoulensis Broun, 1910. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 42, p. 295.
Archyala culta Philpott, 1931. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 35.
Archyala tigrina Philpott, 1980. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 15.
Astrogenes insignita Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 16.
Batrachedra astricta Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 14.
Borkhausenia clarkei Philpott, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 58, p. 366.
Borkhausenia lassa Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 9.
Borkhausenia laudata Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 9.
Borkhausenia levicula Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. &.
Capua variegata Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 4.
Carposina literata Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 11.
Carposina marginata Philpott, 1931. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 38.
Carposina sanctimonea Clark, 1926. Trans: N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 418 (missing).
Chloroclystis clarkei Howes, 1917. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 49, p. 274.
Coxelus punctatus Broun, 1910. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 42, p. 294.
Coxelus xanthonyx Broun, 1910. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 42, p. 294 (missing).
Corticaria longula Broun, 1910. N.Z. Inst. Bull. 1, p. 26.
Crambus corylana Clarke, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 417.
Ctenopseustis fraterna Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 7.
Elachista stellata Philpott, 1931. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 31.
Entomobrya cuniculicola Pritchard, 1982. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 1385.
Epichorista candida Clarke, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 419.
Epichorista mimica Philpott, 1980. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 5.
Epichorista tenebrosa Philpott, 1917. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 49, p. 243.
Eutornopsis piceus Broun, 1910. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 42, p. 300.
Gelechia calaspidea Clarke, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 64, p. 14.
Gelechia contraria Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 8.
Gelechia parvula Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 7.
Gelophaula aridella Clarke, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 64, p. 13.
Glyphipteryx barbata Philpott, 1918. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 50, p. 130.
Glyphipteryx scintilla Clarke, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 420.
Gymnobathra aurata Philpott, 1931. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 32.
Gymnobathra nigra Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 9.
Gymnobathra zephyrana Clarke, 1926. Traris. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 419.
Heliostibes barbarica Philpott, 19380. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 12.
Hemideina gigantea Colenso, 1882. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 14, p. 278.
Hydriomena callichlora harmonica Clarke, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 417.
Izatha toreuma Clarke, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 419.
Leptocroca aquilonaris Philpott, 1931. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 31.
Leptocroca lenita Philpott, 1931. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 32.
Locheutis fusca Philpott, 19380. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 11.
Mallobathra cataclysma Clarke, 1926. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 64, p. 15.
Mallabathra memotuina Clark, 1934. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 64, p. 14. (Allo-
type only. Holotype missing.)
Mallobathra nocturna Clarke, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 421.
Morrisonia sequens Howes, 1912. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 44, p. 204.
Nepticula lucida Philpott, 1919. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 51, p. 225.
Orocrambus clarkei Philpott, 1980. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 3.
Orthenches disparilis Philpott, 1931. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 34.

Pvpes in Auckland Museum. 241

Orthenches septentrionalis Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, ted,
Peniticus wallacei Broun, 1910. Trans. N.Z%. Inst. 42, p. 301.
Pentarthrum gracilicorne Broun, 1910. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 42, p. 298.
Platypus posticus Broun, 1910. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 42, p. 301.
Pseudocoremia maculosa Howes, 1914. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 46, p. 96.
Psylliodes solanae Broun, 1910. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 42, p. 302.
Pyrgotis humilis Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, pe
Pyrgotis modesta Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 4.
Rhyncogonus planidorsis Broun, 1910. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 42, p. 296 (missing).
Sabatinca abyssina Clark, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc..N.Z. 64, p. 15.
Sabatinca lucilia Clarke, 1920. Trans. N.Z. Inst. D2, Di -Sh,
Salpingus lepidulus Broun, 1910. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 427, Dp. -290.
Scoparia contexta Philpott, 1931. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 28.
Sccparia famularis Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. dee
Scoparia illota Philpott, 1919. Trans. N.Z. Inst. O41, Duos
Scoparia sylvestris Clarke, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 418.
Scoparia tuicana Clarke, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 26, p. 418.

Scythris nigra Philpott, 1931. Trans. N.Z. Inst. O2, De vet.
Selidosema insignita Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. te Deeks
Selidosema pergrata Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 2.
Simaethis chatuidea Clarke, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 5G, D. 422.
Simaethis fasciata Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, Dp. 23;
Simaethis inspoliata Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. ces Tae ee
Simaethis tristis Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. ty. p22.
Simaethis urbana Clarke, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 420.
Stathmopoda albimaculata Philpott, 1931. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, PD. 33.
Stathmopoda seminuda Philpott, 1917. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 49, p. 244.
Taleporia triangularis Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, D. 3S;
Tanaoctena dubia Philpott, 1931. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 34.
Tatosoma monoviridisata Clarke, 1920. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 52, pres.
Tauroscopa nebulosa Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. L, p. 3.
Tinea aerata Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 15.

Tinea aetherea Clarke, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 421.

Tinea conspecta Philpott, 1931. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 35.

Tinea furcillata Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 15.
Tortrix clarkei Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 5.
Tortrix cuneata Clarke, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 419.

Tortrix encausta Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 6.
Tortrix indomita Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 6.
Tortrix inusitata Philpott, 1919. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 51, p. 225.
Trachypepla festiva Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 10.
Trachypepla metalifera Philpott, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 58, p. 368.
Trachypepla minuta Philpott, 1931. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 33.
Trachypepla nimbosa Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 10.
Xanthorhoe citroena Clarke, 1934. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 64, p. 11.
Xanthorhoe glaciata Hudson, Ent. Mo. Mag. 61, p. 220.

Xanthorhoe ida Clarke, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 417.

Zelleria maculata Philpott, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 13.

MOLLUSCA.

Acanthochites (Loboplax) mariae Webster, 1908. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 40, p. 254.
Acanthochiton brookesi Ashby, 1926. Proc. Malac. Soc. 17, p. 14.
Acar sandersonae Powell, 1933. Proc. Malac. Soc. 20, p. 200.
Aclesia glauca Cheeseman, 1879 (iconotype). Trans. N.Z. Inst. 11, p. 379.
Aclis pseudopareora, Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 236.
Acominia adspersa nimia Finlay, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 254.
+Acominia ridicula Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 244.
+*Acteon oneroaensis Powell and Bartrum, 1929. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 442
*Aeneator attenuata Powell, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 58, p. 298.
T*Aeneator delicatula Powell, 1929. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 91.
Aeneator otagoensis Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 236.
Aeschrodomus worleyi Powell, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 365.
tAethocola spinifera Finlay, 1923. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54, p. 113.
tAgnewia kempae Powell, 1934. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 273.

I

+

¥

242 POWELL.

*Alcithoe arabica jaculoides Powell, 1924. Proc. Malac. Soe. 16, p. 108.
tAlcithoe armigera Marwick, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 290.
jtAlcithoe bathgatei Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 248.
+Alcithoe compressa Marwick, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 290.
tAlcithoe cylindrica Marwick, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. sO) PD. 296,
tAlcithoe dyscrita Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 249.
tAlcithoe familiaris Marwick, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 6G, p29.
jAlcithoe finlayi Marwick, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. SG... 297:
*Alcithoe johnstoni Powell, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 29, p. 363.
Alcithoe larochei Marwick, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 294.
tAlcithoe phymatias Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 248.
yAlcithoe reflexa Marwick, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 296.
tAlcithoe regularis Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 247.
tAlcithoe residua Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z%. Inst. 56, p. 249.
jAlcithoe robusta Marwick, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. a6, p.-294.
yAlcithoe separabilis Laws, 1932. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 194.
tAlcithoe sequax Marwick, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 291.
*Alcithoe swainsoni motutaraensis Powell, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 361.
yAlcithoe wekaensis Marwick, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 288.
Allodiscus tesesllata Powell, 1941. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 262.
*Altispecula elegantula Powell, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 539.
TAmauropsella teres Marwick, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. D5, Dp. 577.
Amphidesma forsteriana Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z%. Inst. 57, Pp. 468,
tAnapepta explicata Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 38.
yAnapepta serrata Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. G2, B50.
tAnapepta tuberculifera Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 38.
Anisodiloma lugubris lenior Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, DB. 354,
yAngulus (Peronidia) artus Laws, 1933. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 63, p. 318.
tAngulus (Peronidia) tumens Laws, 1933. Trans. N.Z%. Inst. GO, D. Ls,
+Antepepta nasuta Finlay and Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. Pal. Bull. La, De SS,
*Antizafra vivens Powell, 1934. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 64, p. 159.
Aoteatilia larochei Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 241.
tAphera (?) scopalveus Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 246.
yArgalista impervia Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 57.
tArgalista kaiparaensis Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 56.
+Argalista kingi Powell, 1938. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 162.
jArgalista leniumbilicata Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 33.
Argalista nana Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 223.
jArgalista proimpervia Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 32.
tArgalista promicans Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 105.
rArgalista proumbilicata Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 56.
+Arthritica elongata Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 53.
*Ascitellina protensa Powell, 1935. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1 OWS 8 Regt ts
jAstraea stirps Laws, 1932. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 186.
Astralium pyramidale Webster, 1905. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 37, p. 277.
Atalacmea multilinea Powell, 1934. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 64, p. 154.
tAtaxocerithium nodicingulatum Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.%. Inst. 5B, p. 475,
+Ataxocerithium pyramidale Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. ao, Dp. 475,
+Ataxocerithium pyramidale robustum Finlay, 1924. T.N.Z.I. 5D, p. 475.
+Austrodrillia consequens Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, Be 12k
tAustrofusus affiliatus Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 238.
+Austrofusus (Neocola) alpha Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. ao. Ps 2s
7+Austrofusus (Neocola) apudalpha Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 235.
yAustrofusus (Neocola) beta Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 234.
Austrofusus chathamensis Finlay, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 253.
tAustrofusus (Nassicola) contractus Finlay, 1926. T.N.Z.I. 56, p. 236.
jAustrofusus (Neocola) gamma Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 234.
Austrofusus qlans agrestior Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 486.
y+Austrofusus (Nassicola) magnificus Finlay. 1926. T.N.Z.I. 56, p. 236.
tAustrofusus (Nassicola) nassa Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56. Dp. 235.
*Austrofusus (Neocola) oneroaensis Powell and Bartrum, 1929. T.N.Z.I. 69,
p. 432.
+Austrofusus precursor Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 237.
+Austroharpa tatei Finlay, 1931. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 14.
*Austromitra erecta Powell, 1934. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 64, p. 156.

Types in Auckland Museum. 243

Austromitra lawsi Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 64dy: .D, 2a:
Austromitra planatella Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. OL. Ds Zoo:
Austromitra rubiradix Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 411.
Austroneaera finlayi Powell, 1937. Discovery Reports, 15, p. 175.
Austronoba kermadecensis Powell, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 542.
Austronoba martini Finlay, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 242.
Austronoba obliquata Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 224.
Austronoba oliveri Powell, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 542.
Austronucula schencki Powell, 1939. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 220.
Austrosipho (Verconella) chathamensis Powell, 1938. Rec. A.I.M. 2, p. 167.
yAustrosipho (Verconella) edita Powell, 1934. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 271.
**Austrosipho (Verconella) exoptatus Powell and Bartrum, 1925. T.N.Z.I. 60,
p. 430.

yAustrosipho (Verconella) haweraensis Powell, 1931. Rec. A.I.M. 1, p. 104.
**Austrotoma finlayi Powell, 1938. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 68, p. 375.
yAustrotoma indiscreta Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. Pal. Bull, 15, p. 88.
yAustrotoma obsoleta Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 253.
tAustrotoma scopalveus Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 253.
yAustrotriton cyphoides Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 455.
yAustrotriton maorium Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 453.
tAustrotriton maorium insignitum Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 454.
*Awanuia dilatata Powell, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 539.
+Awanuia tenuis Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66. p. 107.

Axymene teres Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 237.

Axymene turbator Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 426.
+Badenia biangulata Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 113.
TBadenia zebina Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 57.

*Balcis bollonsi Powell, 1937. Discovery Reports, 15, p. 211.
+Balcis geoffreyi Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 112.

Balcis maoria Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 234.

*Balcis pervegrandis Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 233.
+*Bankia turneri Powell & Bartrum, 1929. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 410.
*Barbatia awamoana Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 49.

+Baryspira waikaiaensis Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 251.
*Barytellina anomalodonta Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 473.
+Bathytoma mitchelsoni Powell, 1935. Ree. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 337.
Benthocardiella hamatadens Powell, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 539.
Bentheocardiella obliquata Powell, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 538.
Benthocardiella orbicula Powell, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 538.
Benthocardiella obliquata chathamensis Powell, 1933. Rec. A.I.M. 1, p. 190.
Benthocardiella pusilla Powell, 1980. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 5338.
Benthocardiella rakiura Powell, 1939. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 223.
*Bittiscala communis Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. Pal. Bull. 15, p. 45.
Bonellitia superstes Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 240.

TBorsonia clifdenensis Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 82.

Brookula contigua Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 222.
*+Brookula endodonta Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 530.

Brookula (Aequispirella) finlayi Powell, 1933. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 195.
*Brookula fossilis Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 527.
+Brookula funiculata Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 529.
+Brookula iredalei Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 527.
Brookula lincta Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 222.
*Brookula pukeuriensis Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 529.
+*Brookula tenuilirata Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 528.
+*Bucecinulum (Evarnula) caelatum Powell, 1929. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 76.
**Buccinulum (Evarnula) caudatum Powell, 1929. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 75.
+Buccinulum (Evarnula) crassatinum Powell, 1929. Trans. N.Z.I. 60, p. 73.
Buccinulum (Evarnula) finlayi Powell, 1929. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 76.
+Buccinulum (Evarnula) gracillimum Powell, 1930. Rec. A.I.M. 1, p. 270.
*Buccinulum (Euthrena) heteromorphum Powell, 1929. T.N.Z.1I. 60, p. 85.
*Buccinulum (Euthrena) heteromorphum bucknilli Powell, 1929. T.N.Z.I.
60, p. 86. |

*Buccinulum (Euthrena) kaikouraense Powell, 1929. T.N.Z.I. 60, p. 82.
+Buccinulum (Evarnula) longicolle Powell, 1929. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 72.
*Buccinulum (Euthrena) maketuense Powell, 1929. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 85.

244

Buccinulum
238.
*Buccinulum

POWELL.

(Euthrena) mariae Powell, 1940.

(Evarnula)

p. 80.

*Buccinulum
*Buccinulum
*Buccinulum
Soc
*Buccinulum
Buccinulum
+Buccinulum
+*Buccinulum
*Buccinulum
*Buccinulum
Buccinulum
*Buccinulum
Buccinulum
*Buccinulum

(Euthrena)
(Evarnula)

motutaraense Powell, 1929. T.N.Z.I. 60, p. 86.
multilineum Powell, 1929. T.N.Z.I. 60, p. 78.
(Evarnula) multilineum aupouria Powell, 1940.
. NA. 70, p. 238.

(Evarnula) mutabile Powell, 1929.

pallidum Finlay, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 39, Th. aod:

(Evarnula) protensum Powell, 1929. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p.

rigidum Powell, 1929. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60)°p.. 73;
(Euthrena) robustum Powell, 1929.
(Evarnula) squalidum Powell, 1929. T.N.Z.I. 60, p. 79.

(Euthrena) strebeli exsculptum Powell, 1929. T.N.Z.I. 60, p.
(Euthrena) strebeli mestayerae Powell, 1929. T.N.Z.I. 60, p.

sufflatum Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 416.

(Evarnula) sufflatum decoratum Powell, 1929. T.N.Z.I. 60, p.

marwicki stewartianum Powell, 1929. T.N.Z.I.

Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p.

Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p.

Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p.

60,

Trans. Roy.

tos
73.
88.

84.
84,

tz

*Buccinulum (Euthrena) suteri Powell, 1934. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 64, p. 156.

*Buccinulum

tenuistriatum Powell, 1929. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 71.

yBuccinulum (Evarnula) tuberculatum Powell, 1929. Trans. N.Z.I. 60, p. 71.

Buccinulum

waitangiensis Powell, 1933. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 205.

t*Buccinulum (Euthrena) wairarapaensis Powell, 1938. Rec. A.I.M. 2, p. 164.

+Cabestana debilior Finlay, 1930.
*Cabestana waterhousei segregata Powell, 1933.

Cadulus teli
7Calliostoma
*Calliostoma
+Calliostoma
+Calliostoma

+*Calliotropis
+Callochiton

Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 59.

ger Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 444.
cancellatum Finlay, 1923. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54, p. 102.
osbornei Powell, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 591.
suteri Finlay, 1923. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54, p. 101.

suteri fragile Finlay, 1923. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54, p. 102.
motutaraensis Powell, 1935.

chattonensis Ashby, 1929. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 368.

Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 333.

Trans. N.Z. Inst. 63, p. 156.

~Campylacrum debile Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. Pal. Bull. 15 Pes e
Cantharidus opalus cannoni Powell, 1933. Rec. Auck Inst. Mus. 1, p. 194.

Cardita aoteana Finlay, 1926.

Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 459.

Cardita brookesi Finlay, 1926.° Trans. N.Z. Inst. 574-1. 469,

+Cardium (T

tCardium gudexi Laws, 1933.
+*Cardium oneroaensis Powell, 1938.
*Cavellia spelaea Powell, 1928.
t*Charonia (Charoniella) arthritica Powell & Bartrum, 1929.

rachycardium) cantuariense Laws, 1933. T.N.Z.I. G32. SLs
Trans. N.Z. Inst. 63, p. 316.

Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 68, p. 367.
Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 366.

TINA

p. 427.

Charonia ca

Charonia capax euclioides Finlay, 1926.
+Charonia cli

Chathamina

+Cheilea plumea Laws, 1932.
+Cheilea postera Laws, 1936.

*Chemnitzia
+Chemnitzia
*Chemnitzia
Chemnitzia
Chemnitzia
Chemnitzia
Chemnitzia
*+Chemnitzia
Chemnitzia
Chemnitzia
Chemnitzia
Chemnitzia
Chemnitzia
+Chemnitzia
+Chemnitzia
T*Chemnitzia
T*Chemnitzia

pax Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 397.

Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 398.
ifdenensis Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 460.
characteristica Finlay, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 252.
Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 188.

Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 109.
barrierensis Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67D. GE.
brevisutura Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 68.
bucknilli Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 56.
cookiana Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 58.
dunedinensis Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 54.
errabunda Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 6%, p. 53.
forsteriana Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 66,
granti Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 69.
jactura Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 57.

kingi Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 54.
lillingtoniana Laws, 1937.
mitis Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 65.
owenga Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 61.
petaneana Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 51.
pliocenica Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 51.
raptor Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 55.
raptor hamiltoni Laws, 1937.

Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 65.

Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p.

60,

D5.

Types in Auckland Museum. 245

Chemnitzia scala Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 65.

Chemnitzia stipes Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 59.
yChemnitzia sycophanta Laws; 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 69.

Chemnitzia vegrandis Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 59.

Chemnitzia verecunda Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 55.
*Chemnitzia vigilia Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 63.

Chemnitzia waitemata Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 58.

Chemnitzia zealandica axivarins Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 61.
TtTChicoreus syngenes Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 76.
*Chileutomia neozelanica Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 235.
*Chione (Austrovenus) aucklandica Powell, 1932. Proc. Malac. Soc. 20, p. 68.
~Chione crassitesta Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z%. Inst. 5d; Pp. 478,

Chlamys celator Finlay, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 268.

Chlamys kiwaensis Powell, 1933. Trans. N.Z. Inst. Gore Dh, Bers

Chlamys suprasilis Finlay, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 269.

Chromodoris amoena Cheeseman, 1886 (iconotype). T.N.Z.I. 18, p. 137.

Chromodoris aureomarginata Cheeseman, 1881 (iconotype). T.N.Z.I. 13, p.

220
+Cirsonella aedicula Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 104.

Cirsonella consobrina Powell, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 534.

Cirsonella variecostata Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 220.
+Cirsotrema caelicola Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, B, 2ak.
jCirsotrema (Tioria) marshalli Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 27.

Cleidothaerus maorianus Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 474.
+Clifdenia turneri Laws, 1932. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62. p. 196.

*Cochlis migratoria Powell, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 560.

Cochlis vafer Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 232.
+Coluzea espinosa Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61. p. 268.
7+Coluzea kiosk Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 270.
+Coluzea macrior Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 269.

TtTColuzea paucispinosa Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 270.
7+Coluzea spectabilis Powell, 1931. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 105.
+Cominista chattonensis Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z%. Inst. 56, p. 244.
+Cominista obsoleta Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. "nst. 56, p. 244.

Cominella (Eucominia) ellisoni consobrina Powell, 1933. A.I.M. 1, p. 206.
*Cominella (Cominula) euthriaformis Powell, 1929. T.N.Z.I. 60, p. 96.
+Cominella (Cominula) kempi Powell, 1924. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 272.
+Cominella (Acominia) kereruensis Laws, 1932. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 197.
*Cominella (Eucominia) mirabilis Powell, 1929. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 93.
tCominella (Acominia) scirrifer Laws, 1933. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 63, p. 323.

Cominella (Cominula) youngi Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p.

239.
tCominula (Procominula) denselirata Finlay, 1926. T.N.Z.1. 56, p. 242.
+Cominula (Procominula) praecox Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 243.
+Cominula (Procominula) propingua Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 243.
tTCominula (Procominula) pukeuriensis Finlay, 1926. T.N.Z.1. 56, p. 242.
+Comitas declivis Powell, 1931. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 107.
+Conchothyra expedita Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. Pal. Bull. 15, p. 65.

Condylocardia pectinata chathamensis Powell, 1933. Rec. A.I.M. 1, p. 189.
*Conjectura carinata Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70. p. 223.
+Conominolia woodsi Laws, 1933. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 63, p. 320.
+Conomitra othoniana Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, n. 467.
+Conospira rivertonensis Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.%. Inst. 56, p. 255.
tConus (Lithoconus) trianaularis Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 479.
+*Cookia kawauensis Powell, 1938. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 68, p. 378.
+Coptostomella pupa Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. Pal. Bull. 15, p. 83.

Corbula pura Webster, 1905. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 37. p. 280.

*Cordieria haasti Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61. p. 83.
+Cordieria huttoni Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61. p. 84.
tCordieria verrucosa Finlay. 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61. p. 83.
Cosa kaawaensis Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 48.

Cosa laevicostata Powell, 1933. Proc. Malac. Soc. 20. p. 200.

Cosa serratocostata Powell. 1933. Proc. Malac. Soc. 20, p. 200.
Cosa wanganuica Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 49.

Costokidderia lyallensis Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z%. Inst. 57, p. 457.

246 POWELL.

Cestokidderia pecica Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 457.
j+Costosyrnola tabulata Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 314.
TCostosyrnola waikaia Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 314.
+Crassatellites tripliciter Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 238.
tCratis miocenica Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 49.
+Cratis pliocenica Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 48.
+Cronia tengawaica Laws, 1933. Trans. N.Z. Inst. GS, Te Bas.

Crosseola errata Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 402.
+Crosseola munditia Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 104.
*Crossecla proerrata Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 54.
7+Crosseola sultan Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. Oi Ds. oo.
7+Crosseola tenuisculpta Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 104.
yCucullaea (Cucullastris) barbara Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. Pal.

Bull. 15, p. 20.
yCucullaea (Cucullona) inarata Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. Pal. Bull.
15, p. 20.

Cuna compressidens Powell, 1933. Proc. Malac. Soc. 20, p. 194.
7+Cuna crassicardo Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 51.
rCuna fictilia Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 50.
+Cuna kaawa Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 51.

Cuna laqueus Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 459.

Cuna mayi Powell, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 532.
7+Gylichnania impar Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. Pal. Bull. 1d, pe B38)

Cylichnina cpima Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 439.
+Cymatium kaiparaense Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 457.
+Gymatium octoserratum Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 459.
+Cymatium revolutum Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 456.
+Cymatium sculpturatum Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 458.
7+Danilia neozelanica Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z%. 65, p. 30.
*+Dardanula rivertonensis Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 491.

7*Diplomitra waftemataensis Powell & Bartrum, 1929. T.N.Z.I. 60, p. 429.

Divariscintilla maoria Powell, 1932. Proc. Malac. Soc. 20, p. 66.
+Dolicrossea awamoana Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 55.
7Dolicressea clifdenensis Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 56.

Dolicrossea vesca Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 403.

Doridopsis citrina Cheeseman, 1881 (iconotype). Trans. N.Z. Inst. 13, p. 223.

Doris (?) flabellifera Cheeseman, 1881 (iconotype). T.N.Z.I. 13, p. 222.

Doris luctuosa Cheeseman, 1882 (iconotype). Trans. N.Z. Inst. 14, p. 2138.

Doris rubicunda Cheeseman, 1881 (iconotype). Trans. N.Z. Inst. 13, p. 222.
*Dosinia (Raina) bartrumi Laws, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 547.
*Dosinia (Raina) benereparata Laws, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 547.
*Dosinia (Kereia) densicosta Marwick, 1927. Trans. N.Z%. Inst. 57, p. 590.
7+Dosinia (Austrodosinia) waitakiensis Marwick, 1927. T.N.Z.I. 57, p. 585.
*Dosinula firmocosta Marwick, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 610.
+Drepanochilus (Tulochilus) bensoni Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S.

Pal. Bull. 15, p. 63.

Egestula spectabilis Powell, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 366.
+Elachorbis albolapis Laws, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 549.

Elachorbis diaphana Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 518.
+Elachorbis subedomita Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 103.
+Electroma intecta Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. Pal. Bull. 15, p. 25.

Elysia maoria Powell, 1937. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 121.

7+*Emarginula haweraensis Powell, 1931. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 96.
+Emarginuia paucicostata Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66. p. 101.

Emarginula striatula valentior Finlay, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 235.

Endodonta (Charopa) alloia Webster, 1904. Proc. Malac. Soc. 6, p. 108.

Endodonta (Charopa) chrysaugeia Webster, 1904. Proc. Mal. Soc. 6, p. 107.

Endodonta (Charopa) ochra Webster, 1904. Proc. Malac. Soc. 6, p. 107.
+Eocithara (Marwickara) waihaoensis Laws, 1935. T.R.S.N.Z. 65, p. 29.
+Eomathilda paxilla Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. Pal. Bull. 15, p. 40.
+Epigrus fossilis Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 489.

*Epigrus striatus Powell, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 545.
*Epitonium bucknilli Powell, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 138.
+Erato accola Laws, 19385. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 18.
tErato clifdenensis Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 20.

Zypes in Auckland Museum. 247

jErato pukeuriensis Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z%. 65, p. 21.
yErato sepositum Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 22.
y+Erato submorosa Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 20.
yErato tenuilabrum Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 21.
yErato waiauensis Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 22.
+Erato waitakiensis Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 20.
*“Estea angustata Powell, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 543.
Estea gracilispira Powell, 1933. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 201.
Estea questi Powell, 1933. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 200.
Estea morioria Powell, 1933. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 200.
Estea porrecta Powell, 1933. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 201.
Estea rekohuana Powell, 1933. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 199.
*Estea semiplicata Powell, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 548.
*Euchelus (Herpetopoma) larochei Powell, 1925. Proc. Malac. Soc. 17, p. 36.
TEucominia elegantula Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 240.
+Eucominia elegantula verrucosa Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 241.
+Eucominia excoriata Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 241. 7
F.ucominia iredalei Finlay, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 255.
+Eucominia marshalli Laws, 1932. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 198.
+Eucominia nana Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 241.
yEucrassatella marshalli Powell, 1931. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 938.
Eulima archeyi Finlay, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 261.
yEulima hampdenensis Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 25.
Eulima mangonuica Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 284.
+Eulima otaioensis Laws, 1933. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 63, p. 323.
fEulimella aipha Laws, 1938. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 68, p. 53.
+Eulimella beta Laws, 1938. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 68, p. 53.
Eulimella coena Webster, 1905. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 37, p. 280.
*+Eulimella coxi Laws, 1938. Trans. Roy. Sec. N.Z. 68, p. 56.
yEulimella larga Laws, 1938. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 68, p. 55.
E.ulimella larochei Powell, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 544.
7Eulopia (Notomyrtea) microlirata Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. Pal.
Bull. 16; p.. 29.
tEumarcia altilunula Marwick, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 627.
*Eumarcia (Atamarcia) crassatelliformis Marwick, 1927. T.N.Z.I. 57, p. 628.
*+Eumarcia (Atamarcia) sulcifera Marwick, 1927. T.N.Z.I. 57, p. 629.
+Eurytellina solitaria Powell, 1931. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 95.
*Euspinacassis emilyae Laws, 1932. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 189.
+*Euspinacassis multinodosa Powell, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 634.
+*Euspinacassis oneroaensis Powell, 1938. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 68, p. 374.
+Euspinacassis pollens Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 230.
Euthrenopsis bountyensis Powell, 1929. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 89.
Euthrenopsis otagoensis Powell, 1929. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 89.
Euvthrenopsis venusta Powell, 1929. Trans. N.4. Inst. 60, p. 89. \
Evarnula marwicki Finlay, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 252.
+Evelynella doliella Laws, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 155.
+Evelynella sinemacula Laws, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 154.
+Evelynella venustas Laws, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 153.
+Falsicolus allani Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 2638.
+Falsicolus coerulescens Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 266.
+Falsicolus eoaffinus Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 264.
+Falsicolus excellens Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 264.
+*Falsicolus gemmatus Powell, 1935. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 336.
+Falsicolus inurbanus Laws, 1932. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 195.
+Falsicolus levatus Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 266.
+Falsicolus obrutus Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 268.
+Falsicolus semilevigatus Laws, 1932. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62. p. 195.
+Falsicolus waiauensis Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 265.
Fectola marsupialis Powell, 1941. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 260.
Fectola (Subfectola) rakiura Powell, 1939. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 238.
+Finlaya parthiana Marwick, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 596.
+Finlayola angulifera Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 312.
+Finlayola finlayi Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 311.
+Finlayola otaioensis Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 312.
+Finlayella sinuaris Laws, 1933. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 63, p. 319.

248 POWELL.

+Finlayola waiauica Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 313.
j}Fulgurofusus vulneratus Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S.P.B. 15, p. 70.
Funiscala maxwelli Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 233.
j}Fusinus macrotegens Finlay, 1923. Trans. N.Z. ist, 64, p, £3,
yFusinus waihaoica Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 24.
Fusitriton laudandum Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. oi. SOR:
+Fyfea lirata Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. Pal. Bull. 15, pp. 74,
Gaimardia aucklandica Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 456.
Gaimardia forsteriana Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z%. Inst. 57, p. 456.
+Gari oamarutica Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p, 53.
*Gazameda maoria Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 230.
rGemmula disjuncta Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 120.
7+Gispyrella finlayi Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. OF, thon
rGispyrella hemiorycta Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. Bf, 282.
7+Gispyrella spatha Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 182.
*Glaphyrina plicata Powell, 1929. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 97.
1Glaphyrina vulpicolor annectens Powell, 1934. Rec. A.I.M. 1, p. 270.
*¥Glaphyrina vulpicolor progenitor Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 414.
*Globisinum crassiliratum Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z%. Inst. Wo, DP. Zoe.
tGlebisinum flemingi Powell, 1931. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 98.
tGlycymeris (Grandaxinea) aucklandica Powell, 1938. T.R.S.N.Z. 68, p. 364.
+Glycymeris marshalli Laws, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 547.
tGlycymeris (Grandaxinea) wairarapaensis Powell, 1938. Rec. A.I.M. 2, p. 158.
**Guraleus sepilibilis Powell & Bartrum, 1929. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 441.
*Guraleus tenebrosus Powell, 1925. Proc. Malac. Soc. 17, p. 37.
{Haliotis flemingi Powell, 1938. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 68, p. 377.
Haliotis virginea morioria Powell, 1938. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 165.
**Haliotis (Notohaliotis) waitemataensis Powell, 1938. T.R.S.N.Z. 53; Sri:
yjHaurakia mixta Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 482. Holotype acci-
dentally destroyed. Paratype is a juvenile Estea impressa
(Hutton).
yHaurakia oamarutica Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 483.
THeliacus maorianus Powell, 1934. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 268.
Helicarion (Peloparion) cumberi Powell, 1941. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2,
p. 262.
Helicarion oconnori Powell, 1941. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 263.
Hermaea aoteana Powell, 1937. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2 p. 123.
Herpetopoma mariae Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 223.
Hochstetteria acutangula Powell, 1934. Proc. Malac. Soc. 21, p. 257.
tHochstetteria kaawa Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 47.
Hechstetteria munita Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 245.
Hochstetteria pinctada Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 245.
+Hochstetteria pinctagrina Laws, 1936, Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 47.
*Hochstetteria tela Laws, 1937. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 47.
tHyaloscala muricata Laws, 1933. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 63, p. 322.
*Hypermastus bountyensis Powell, 1933. Proc. Malac. Soc. 20, p. 235.
*Icuncula terebra Powell, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 538.
yInglisella ampla Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 37.
tInglisella awakinoensis Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soe. N.Z. 65, p. 38.
tInglisella hirta Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 116.
fInglisella parva Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 37.
Inglisella (Anapepta) septentrionalis Finlay, 1930. T.N.Z.I. 61, p. 240.
lredalina mirabilis Finlay, 1926. Proc. Malac. Soc. 17, p. 59.
*Iredalula venusta Powell, 1934. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 64, p. 157.
7*Ilsoqnomon oneroaensis Powell & Bartrum, 1929. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 400. |
*Ividella maoria Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 233.
Joculator caelata Powell, 1980. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 540.
+Kaitoa haroldi Marwick, 1931. N.Z.G.S. Pal. Bull. 13, p. 155.
+Kaweka bartrumi Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, pv. 122.
Kellia bifurca Webster, 1908. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 40, p. 257.
Kellia maoria Powell, 1933. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 63, p. 151.
Kerquelenia macquariensis Powell, 1939. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 238.
Kerquelenia stewartiana Powell, 1939. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 237.
Kidderia aupouria Powell, 1933. Proc. Malac. Soc. 20, p. 204.
Kicderia rakiura Powell, 1939. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 223.

Types nm Auckland Museuin. 249

jKuia macdowelli Marwick, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 601.
+Kuia singularis Marwick, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 601.

Laevilitorina cystophora Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 523.

Laevilitorina micra Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 522.

Laoma (Phrixgnathus) eliaiodes Webster, 1904. Proc. Malac Soc. 6, p. 106.

Laoma (Phrixgnathus) francesci Webster, 1904. Proc. Malac. Soc. 6, p. 106.
*Laoma (Phrixgnathus) larochei Powell, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 367.

Larochea miranda Finlay, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 486.
*Larochella alta Powell, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 540.

*Larocheila toreuma Powell, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 540.

Lasaea hinemoa Finlay, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 274.

Lasaea parengaensis Powell, 1934. Proc. Malac. Soc. 21, p. 257.
-Lasaea rossiana vexata Finlay, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 275.
yjLedella clifdenensis Powell, 1935. Proc. Malac. Soc. 21, p. 254.

Ledella finlayi Powell, 1935. Proc. Malac. Soc. 21, p. 254.

Legrandina harrisonae Powell, 19384. Proc. Malac. Soc. 21, p. 256.

Legrandina turneri Powell, 1939. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 221.
jLepidopleurus clifdenensis Ashby, 1929. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 367.

j*Lepsiella intermedia Powell & Bartrum, 1929. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 439.

+*Lepsiella maxima Powell & Bartrum, 1929. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 438.

Lepsithais youngi Finlay, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 259.

{*Leptomya waitemataensis Powell & Bartrum, 1929. T.N.Z.I. 60, p. 405.

Limatula maoria Finlay 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 454.
jLimopsis campa Allan, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 345.
tLimopsis marwicki Powell, 1938. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 159.
*Limopsis producta Finlay, 1923. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54, p. 112.
+Limopsis waihaoensis Allan, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 346.
+Linemera awamoaensis Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 485.

Linemera gradatoides Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 226.

Linemera galiinacea Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 225.

Linemera maclurgi Powell, 1933. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 202.
yLinemera minuta Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 483.

Linemera pinguoides Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 225.

' +Linemera pukeuriensis Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 484.
*Liotina tryphenensis Powell, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 592.
+“Liracraea” sata Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 119.
*Liratilia compta Powell, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 542.

Liratilia gracilis Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 241.

Liratilia subnodosa Powell, 1934. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 64, p. 158.

Lironoba anomala Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 225.
+Lironoba charassa Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 486.
+Lironoba polyvincta Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 485.

Lissarca stewartiana Powell, 1935. Proc. Malac. Soc. 21, p. 255.
*Lissotesta bicarinata Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 222.
*Lissotesta consobrina Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 221.

Lissotesta decipiens Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 221.

Lissotesta errata Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 366.

Lissotesta oblata Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 221.
*L_issotesta tryphenensis Powell, 1930. Rec. Cant. Mus. 3, p. 374.

Lodderia iota Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 220.

Lodderia waitemata Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 220.

Lodderina formosa Powell, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 541.

Lodderina nana Powell, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 541.
+Loboplax ashbyi Laws, 1932. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 184.
+Lornia marwicki Powell, 1935. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 339.
+Lyria zelandica Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 470.

+*“Macoma’ oneroaensis Powell & Bartrum, 1929. T.N.Z.I. 60, p. 404.
+Macoma robini Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 474.

Macrozafra enwrighti Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 242.

Macrozafra mariae Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 242.
+Magnatica altior Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 228.
+Magnatica clifdenensis Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 2205
+Magnatica fons Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 58.
+Magnatica (Spelaenacca) parilis Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 58.
+Magnatica powelli Laws, 1932. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 190.

Pt) POWELL.

| Magnatica (Spelaenacca) procera Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. Pal.
Bull. 15, p. 58.
jMagnatica rectilatera Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 229.
tMagnatica (Spelaenacca) waitemataensis Powell, 1938. T.R.S.N.Z. 68, p. 369.
*Maoricolpus finlayi Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 229.
Maoricolpus rosea manukauensis Powell, 1931. Rec. A.I.M. 1, p. 99.
Maoricrypta youngi Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z.. 70,.p. 232.
yMaorimactra acuminella Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. G1, Dos
Marinula chathamensis Finlay, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 259.
Margarella decepta (Iredale 1908) (neotype). Trans. N.Z%. Inst. d7, p. 358.
Margarella puysegurensis Powell, 1939. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. a, Dp, 227,
Margarella turneri Powell, 1939. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mie. “2. po 227.
*“Marginella (Serrata) aoteana Powell, 1932. Trans. N.Z. Inst. G62), 2I2:
*“Marginella (Glabella) larochei Powell, 1932. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 208.
*Marginella (Volvarina) maoriana Powell, 1932. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 209. .
Marginella (Serrata) subfusula Powell, 1932. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 210.
Marginella (Gliabella) tryphenensis Powell, 1932. Trans. N.Z.I. 62, p. 207.
Marginella (Glabella) vailei Powell, 1932. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 206.
jMarshallena austrotomoides Powell, 1931. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. ly p, 106.
1*Marshallena carinaria Powell. 1935. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 336.
+Mathilda prima Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 25.
jMauia waihaoensis Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 24.
y;Maurea (Mucrinops) granti Powell, 1931. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. iy pate
Maurea (Mucrinops) punctulata ampla Powell, 1939. Rec. A.I.M. 2, Di 229;
+Maurea (Mucrinops) waiareka Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. G8: Ty. Bae:
j*Mayena bartrumi Powell, 1938. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 68, p. 372.
Mayena multinodosa Bucknill, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 58, DD. 312.
Mayena zelandica Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 400.
jMelanella lautoides Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. Pal. Bull. 15, p. 66.
Melanochlamys cylindrica Cheeseman, 1881 (iconotype). Trans. N.Z%. Inst.
13, p. 224. A spirit specimen from Takapuna, Auckland, presented
by Mr. C. A. Fleming, is nominated as (neotype).
Melarhaphe oliveri Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 224.
Melarhaphe zelandiae Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z,. Inst. 57, p. 375.
jMelliteryx angulata Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 53.
i+*Melliteryx mirificus Powell & Bartrum, 1929. T.N.Z.I. 60, p. 403.
*Mendax duplicarinata Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 232.
*“Merelina compacta Powell, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. Dig De ood:
*Merelina gemmata Powell, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. ot, DP. Bed,
Merelina harrisonae Powell, 1939. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 231.
jMerelina kaawaensis Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 106.
Merelina maoriana Powell, 1939. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 231.
Merelina plaga Finlay. 1926. Trans. N.%. Inst. D7, Pp. 3878.
*Merelina superba Powell, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 536.
Merelina taupoensis Powell, 1939. Rec. Auck. Inst. Murs. 2, -p.c282.
Merelina waitangiensis Powell, 1933. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 202.
jMerica pukeuriensis Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 79.
jMetamelon informis Laws, 1932. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 191.
yMetamelon minima- Marwick, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 96, p. 287.
+Metamelon patruelis Laws, 1932. Trans. N.Z%. Inst. 62, p. 192.
+Metamelon prominima Laws, 1932. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 191.
Micantapex angustatus Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 245.
*“Micantapex finilayi Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 1Q, p. 2465,
Micrelenchus sanguineus morioria Powell, 1933. Rec. A.I.M. 1, p. 194.
yMicreschara (Macromphalina) auriformis Marwick, 1924. T.N.Z.1. 55, p. 578.
Microvoluta cuvierensis Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. Gi; p, 242)
+Miltha (Milthoidea) agilis Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S.P.B. 1s ee
+Miomelon benitens Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. BGS p. 250:
tMiomelon inermis Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z%. Inst. 56, p. 247.
*Miomelon reverta Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 247.
+Miomelon clifdenensis Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 246.
*Mitra elatior Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 469.
jMitra eusulcata Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z%. Inst. 55, p. 468.
Mitra maoria Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. o7, p. 409.
Mocella manawatawhia Powell, 1935. Proc. Malac. soc. 21, p. 246.

Types in Auckland Museum. 251

*+Modelia nukumaruensis Laws, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 550.
Monodilepas diemenensis Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 222.
Monodilepas otagoensis Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 222.
Monodilepas skinneri Finlay, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 236.
Montfortula chathamensis Finlay, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 235.

+Mormula awakinoensis Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 177.

j+Mormula laevigata Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 178.

tMormula focuples Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 176.

1*Morum (Oniscidia) harpaformis Powell & Bartrum, 1929. T.N.Z.I. 60, p. 428.

*Munditia anomala Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 219.
Munditia delicatula Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 219.
Munditia owengaensis Powell, 1933. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 195.

+Munditia proavita Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 102.
Murdochella alacer Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 402.
Murdochella superlata Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 234.
Murdochella tertia Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 234.

Murdochia ampla Powell, 1941. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 260.

*Murdochia aranea Powell, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 365.

Murdochia solitaria Powell, 1985. Proc. Malac. Soc. 21, p. 244.

+Murexsul clifdenensis Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 72.

Murexsul cuvierensis Finlay, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 487.

+Murexsul lividorupis Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 43.

Murexsul mariae Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 237.

*+Murexsul praegressus Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 73.

*+Murexsul pregenitor Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 42.

*+Murexsul proavitus Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 42.

+Murexsul scobina Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 74.

+Murexsul tepikiensis Powell, 1934. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 272.

tMyadora kaiiwiensis Powell, 1931. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 111.

+Myadora waitotarana Powell, 1931. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 95.

7Myllitella fragilis Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 54.

Myllitella vivens Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 464.

*Mysella larochei Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 218.

+*Myrtea maoria Powell, 1935. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 330.

7*Myrtea (Lucinoma) taylori Powell, 1985. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 331.
Mysella bidentifera Powell, 1933. Proc. Malac. Soc. 20, p. 265.

7*Mytilus tetleyi Powell & Bartrum, 1929. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 399.

*Naricava (Tropidorbis) neozelanica Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z.

TO De Zoos

*Natica consortis Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 451.

+Natica inexpectata Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 452.

+Natica notocenica Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 450.

*Neilo annectens Powell, 1931. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 92.

+Neilo awamoana Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 255.

+Neilo sinangula Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 256.

Neogaimardia finlayi Powell, 19383. Proc. Malac. Soc. 20, p. 203.

+Neojanicus wharekuriensis Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 33.
Nepotilla nitidula Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 246.

Nepotilla vera Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 246.
Nobolira affinis Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 226.
*Nobolira bollonsi Powell, 1980. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 536.
Nobolira contigua Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 226.
Nobolira (Adolphinoba) finlayi Powell, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 537.
*Neobolira regis Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 226.
Nodiscala zelandica Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 232.

+Notirus caudex Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 57.
+Notoacmea (Parvacmea) chattonensis Laws, 1932. T.N.Z.1. 62, p. 187.

+Notcacmea (Parvacmea) nukumaruensis Oliver, 1926. T.N.Z.I. 56, p. 575.

+Notocallista (Fossacallista) exigua Marwick, 1938. Trans. R.S.N.Z. 68, p. 77.
+Notocallista (Striacallista) lutea Marwick, 1938. Trans. R.S.N.Z. 68, p. 72.

+Notocallista (Striacallista) pestis Marwick, 1938. Trans. R.S.N.Z. 68, p. 73.
+Notocallista (Fossacallista) singletoni Marwick, 1938. T.R.S.N.Z. 68, p. 78.

+Notocallista (Fossacallista) tecta Marwick, 1938. Trans. R.S.N.Z. 68, p. 75.

+Notocallista (Fossacallista) tersa Marwick, 1938. Trans. R.S.N.Z. 68, p. 75.
Notoplax mariae haurakiensis Ashby, 1926. Proc. Malac. Soc. 17, p. 26.

252 POWELL.

*“Notoscrobs ornata Powell, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 548.
Notosetia atomaria Powell, 1933. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 198.
Notosetia crassilabrum Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 228.
Notosetia exaltata Powell, 1933. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 199.
Notosetia mulitilirata Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 228.

yNotosetia prisca Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 488.

jNotosetia prisca paroeca Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 488.
Notosetia subcarinata Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 228.

jNotosetia tantilla Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 106.
Notosetia unicarinata Powell, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 543.

jNotosinister tepikiensis Powell, 1934. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 265.

tNotovola marwicki Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 52.

+Notovola tainui Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 51.

tNozeba candida Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z Inst. 55, p. 490.

~Nozeba candida effusa Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 491.
Nozeba mica Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 229.

Nucula certisinus Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 248.

Nucula dunedinensis Finlay, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 262.
~Nucula gallinacea Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 243.

+Nucula ngatutura Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 45.

Nucula rossiana Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 242.
**Nuculana (Saccella) motutaraensis Powell, 19385. Rec. A.I.M. 1, p. 330.

TNuculana (Saccella) waihiana Powell, 1931. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 91.
Oamaruia deleta Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 241.

fOamaruia (?) nodus Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 78.
Odostomia aucklandica Laws, 1939. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 69, p. 205.

+Odostomia awatumida Laws, 1939. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 69, p. 195.

+Odostomia awatumida convexa Laws, 1939. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 69, p. 195.

+Odostomia biangulata Laws, 1939. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 69, p. 208.

+Odostomia castlecliffensis Laws, 1939. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 69, p. 204.

+Odostomia chattonensis Laws, 1939. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 69, p. 194.

+Odostomia graviapicalis Laws, 1939. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 69, p. 209.
Odostomia haurakiensis Laws, 1939. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 69, p. 204.
Odostomia manukauensis Laws, 1939. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 69,' p. 208.

+Odostomia obstinata Laws, 1939. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 69, p. 193.
Odostomia parvacutangula Laws, 1939. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 69, p. 207.
Odostomia pervaga Laws, 1939. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 69, p. 197.

+Odostomia turneri Laws, 1939. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 69, p. 202.
Odostomia vaga Laws, 1939. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 69, p. 199.

*+Odostomia waitakiensis Laws, 1939. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 69, p. 201.

+Oniscidia finlayi Laws, 1932. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 188.

+Onustus prognatus Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 228.

*Opimilda maoria Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 230.
Orbitestella toreuma Powell, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 542.
Orbitestella vera Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 223.

Ostrea charlottae Finlay, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 265.
+*Ostrea (Gigantostrea) gittosina Powell & Bartrum, 1929. T.N.Z.I. 60, p. 401.
Ostrea hefferdi Finlay, 1928 (neotype). Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 265.
7yOvaleda ardgowanica Powell, 1985. Proc. Malac. Soc. 21, p. 258.
*Ovaleda hamiltoni Powell, 1934. Proc. Malac. Soc. 21, p. 252.
+*Pachymelon (Palomelon) powelli Laws, 1936. Trans. R.S.N.Z. 66, p. 118.
Pachymelon (Palomelon) wilsonae Powell, 1933. Rec. A.I.M. 1, p. 204.
Palliolum fosterianum Powell, 1933. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 63, p. 370.

+Paphia (Callistotapes) finlayi Marwick, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 633.
Paraclanculus peccatus Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 351.

+Paradione (Notocallista) trigonalis Marwick, 1927. T.N.Z.I. 57, p. 593.

+Parapholas aucklandica Powell, 1938. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 68, p. 368.
Paratrophon exsculptus Powell, 1933. Proc. Malac. Soc. 20, p. 197.

+Parvimitra allani Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 65.

+Parvimitra clifdenensis Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 65.

+Parvimitra ponsatanae Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 64.

+Parvimitra pukeuriensis Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 63.

+Parvimitra scopi Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 64.

+Parvimitra subplicatellum Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 64.
Paryphanta annectens Powell, 1936. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 30.

Types in Auckland Museum. 253

Paryphanta compta Powell, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 48.
Paryphanta fallax Powell, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 49.
Paryphanta fletcheri Powell, 1938. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 135.
*“Paryphanta gagei Powell, 1938. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 136.

Paryphanta gilliesi brunnea Powell, 1938. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 138.
*Paryphanta gilliesi kahurangica Powell, 1936. Rec. A.I.M. 2, p. 33.

Paryphanta gilliesi montana Powell, 1936. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 33.

Paryphanta gilliesi subfusca Powell, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 47,

Paryphanta hochstetteri anatokiensis Powell, 1938. Rec. A.I.M. 2, p. 133.

Paryphanta hochstetteri bicolor Powell, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 40.

Paryphanta hochstetteri consobrina Powell, 1936. Rec. A.I.M. 2, p. 29.

Paryphanta jamesoni Powell, 1936. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 35.
*“Paryphanta lignaria Hutton, 1888. Type lost. Neotype (here designated)

Powell, 19380. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, pl. 4, f. 1.

Paryphanta lignaria oconnori Powell, 1938. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 134.

Paryphanta marchanti Powell, 1932. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 158.

Paryphanta mouatae Powell, 1936. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 31.
“Paryphanta rossiana Powell, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 44.

Paryphanta spedeni Powell, 1932. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 159.
*Paryphanta superba Powell, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 41.

Paryphanta traversi Powell, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 50.

Paryphanta traversi tararuaensis Powell, 1938. Rec. A.I.M. 2, p. 138.
*“Paryphanta unicolorata Powell, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 43.

Paryphanta unicolorata rotella Powell, 1938. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 137.

Paxula allani Finlay, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 257.
+Pelicaria marwicki Finlay, 1931. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 17.

Perrierina insulana Powell, 1933. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 188.
+Perrierina sola Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 52.

Perrierina substriata Powell, 1934. Proc. Malac. Soc. 21, p. 255.

Pervicacia mariae Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 246.

Phelussa oconnori Powell, 1941. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 261.
+Pholadidea finlayi Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 57.
+Pholadomya waitotarana Powell, 1931. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 96.

Phrixgnathus oconnori Powell, 1941. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 261.

Phrixgnathus serratocostata Webster, 1906. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 38, p. 311.

Placostylus ambagiosus annectens Powell, 1938. Rec. A.I.M. 2, p. 148.

Placostylus ambagiosus consobrinus Powell, 1938. Ret. A.I.M. 2, p. 149.

Placostylus ambagiosus priscus Powell, 1938. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 149.

Planorbis kahuica Finlay & Laws, 1931. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 23.
+¥Pleia otaioensis Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 60.

Pleurobranchaea novaezelandiae Cheeseman, 1879 (iconotype). Trans. N.Z.

LAsSt, Li, pr 378,

Pleurobranchus ornatus Cheeseman, 1879 (iconotype). T.N.Z.I. 11, p. 378.
+Pleuromeris finlayi Powell, 1938. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 161.
+Pleuromeris hectori Powell, 1938. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 160.

T*Pleuromeris murdochi Powell, 1988. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 161.
*Pliciscala (Nodiscala) ahiparana Powell, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 541.

Plurigens phenax Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 247.
yPoirieria primigena Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 76.

*Polinices (Polinella) fryei Laws, 1933. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 63, p. 321.
+*Polinices motutaraensis Powell, 1935. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 335.
+Polinices pseudovitreus Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 452.
*Powellia comes Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 404.

+Powellia lactea Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 403.

Powellia paupereques Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 404.
*Promerelina coronata Powell, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 594.
*Promerelina crosseaformis Powell, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 593.

Promerelina lacunosa Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 227.
+Proximitra partinoda Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 62.
+Proximitra paucinoda Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 62.
+Proximitra tumens Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 62.

+*Proxiuber anteaustralis Powell, 1938. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 162.

7+ Pseudofax filius Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. Pal. Bull. 15, p. 120.

+Pseudofax sinusiger Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. Pal. Bull. 15, p. 119.

+Pteria oneroaensis (Powell & Bartrum 1929) (neotype). Trans. Roy. Soe.
N.Z. 68, p. 365.

254 POWELL.

t*Pteromyrtea motutaraensis Powell, 1935. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. I, p. dot.
yPteromyrtea obesa Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. Pal. Bull. 15, p. 28.
y+Pteronotus (Pterochelus) awamoanus Finlay, 1930. T.N.Z.I. 61, p. 77.
yPteronotus laetificus Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 76.

Ptychodon suteri Murdoch & Finlay, 1923. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54, p. 133.

Pupa alba (Hutton 1873) (neotype). Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 436.

Puposyrnola missile Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 308.
y;Puposyronla stirps Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 309.

Puyseguria tani Powell, 1939. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, Oy aa,
yPuysegeria wanganuica Powell, 1931. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus, 4, p.. L10-
+*Pyrazus consobrinus Powell & Bartrum, 1929. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 417.
+*Pyrazus waitemataensis Powell & Bartrum, 1929. T.N.Z.I. 60, p. 418.

7+Pyrgiscilla adeps Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc, N.Z. 67, p. i74.

Pyrgiscilla otakauica Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 175.

+Pyrgiscilla otoconsors Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 174.
+Pyrgiscus abjunctus Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc.-N.Z. 67, p. 171.
yPyrgolampros albolapis Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 168.
7+Pyrgolampros evelynae Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 167.
7+Prygolampros semilaevigata Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 168.

Radulphus necopinatus Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z%. Inst. Ot, 23, Zeke.

Rangitotoa insularis Powell, 1933. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 63, p. 149.

Rhizorus nesentus Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. ai, p. 458.

*Rhytida otagoensis Powell, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. LoD. 42:

Rhytida pycrofti Powell, 1932. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. L156.

Rhytida tarangaensis Powell, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 31.
**Ringicula marwicki Powell, 1935. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 5 rae.
+*Risellopsis prisca Powell, 1935. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. ip Bos,

Rissoia carnosa Webster, 1905. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 37, p. 279.

Rissoia candidissima Webster, 1905. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 37, p. 279.

Rissoia micans Webster, 1905. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 37, p. 278.

Rissoia vulgaris Webster, 1905. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 37, p. 278.

Rissoia zosterophila Webster, 1905. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 37, p. 278.

Rissoina agrestis Webster, 1905. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 37, p. 280.

Rissoina anguina Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 379.

Rissoina coulthardi Webster, 1908. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 40, p. 258.

Rissoina fictor Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 227.

Rissoina fucosa Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 228.

Rissoina larochei Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 227.

Rissoina perplexa Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 489.

Rissoina powelli Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 227.

+Rissopsis castlecliffensis Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 58.
*Rissopsis expansa Powell, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 544.
7Rissopsis fricta Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 58.

Rochefortula decapitata Powell, 1939. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 226.

Rochefortula taieriensis Powell, 1939. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 226.

“Rugobela ahiparana Powell, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 58, p. 229.
yRugobela semilaevigata Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 40.
+Rugobela tenuicostata Laws, 1935. Trans. Rey. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 39.
*“Scalaronoba secunda Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 227.
7Scalenostoma southlandica Laws, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 158.
+*Scalpomactra biconvexa Powell & Bartrum, 1929. T.N.Z.I. 60, p. 405.
7+Scalpomactra continua Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 53.
7+Scaphander hiulca Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 123.
+Scaphander scapha Laws, 1933. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 63, p. 327.
7+Scaphella cognata Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 249.
7+Scaphella pretiosa Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 250.
*Scaphella tumidior Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 250.
Schismope iota Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 340.
+Schismope koruahina Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 100.
Schismope laqueus Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 340.
Schismope lyallensis Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 340.
+Schismope ngatutura Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 100.
7+*Schizoglossa gigantea Powell, 1930. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 54.
7+Schizoglossa major Powell, 1938. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 139.
Scintilla stevensoni Powell, 1932. Proc. Malac. Soc. 20, p. 65.

Types in Auckland Museum. 299

7+Scissurella apudornata Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 30.
Scissurella prendrevillei Powell, 1933. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 193.
Scrinium sandersonae Bucknill, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 58, p. 311.

*“Scrobs crassiconus Powell, 1933. Proc. Malac. Soc. 20, p. 196.

*Scrobs elo

ngata Powell, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 547.

Scrobs excelsus Powell, 1933. Proc. Malac. Soc. 20, p. 196.

*“Scrobs hedleyi angulata Powell, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 546.
+Scrobs kaawaensis Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 107.
*Scrobs ovata Powell, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 546.

Scrobs (Nannoscrobs) rugulosa Powell, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 542.

*Scrobs tra

illi Powell, 1939. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 233.

+Scutellastra cooperi Powell, 1938. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 68, p. 379.
*Scutellastra tucopiana Powell, 1924. Proc. Malac. Soc. 16, p. 169.
*Scutus petrafixus Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 54.

*Seilarex exaltatus Powell, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 538.
+Semeloidea miocenica Laws, 1932. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 184.
+Serripecten tahuiana Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 23.
**Sigapatella patulosa Powell & Bartrum, 1929. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 422.

*Siliquaria

maoria Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 231.

Sinezona pauperata Powell, 1933. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 193.

*Sinum infi

rmum Marwick, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 572.

*Sinum marwicki Laws, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 551.
Socienna maoria Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 230.

+Solecurtus
*+Solecurtus
*Solecurtus

bensoni Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 471.
chattonensis Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 472.
evolutus Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 472.

Sphaerostoma flemingi Powell, 1937. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 120.
+Spinomelon evelynae Laws, 1933. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 63, p. 326.
+Spinomelon henryi Laws, 1932. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 192.
+Spinomelon otaioensis Laws, 1932. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 193.
*Spirogalerus lamellaria Finlay & Marwick, 1937, N.Z.G.S. Pal. Bull. 15, p. 46.
*Spissatella acculta Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 256.

*Spissatella
*Spissatella
*Spissatella
+Spissatella

clifdenensis Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 258.
discrepans Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 256.
poroleda Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 257.
scopalveus Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 258.

+Spissatella scopalveus concisus Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 258.
*Splendrillia larochei Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 243.
Standella aequalis Webster, 1905. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 37, p. 281.
*Stiracolpus kaawaensis Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 108.
*Strebloceras hinemoa Finlay, 1931. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 21.

Striarcana
*Striarcana

cryptolira Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 180.
tauranga Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 180.

*Striatestea bountyensis Powell, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 544.
Striatestea eulima Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 227.
*Striodostomia waikaia Laws, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 157.
Etrioturbonilla taiaroa Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 170.
*Struthiolaria calcar Hutton, 1886 (neotype). Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 176.
*Struthiolaria (Pelicaria) incrassata Powell, 1931. Rec. A.I.M. 1, p. 101.
7*Struthiolaria lawsei Powell & Bartrum, 1929. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 421.
*Struthiolaria (Callusaria) otaioica Laws, 1935. Trans. R.S.N.Z. 65, p. 41.
*Struthiolaria prior Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 228.

*Subonoba
Subonoba
Subonoba
Subonoba

*Subonoba

aupouria Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 225.
edita Powell, 1939. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 281.
inornata Powell, 19383. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 202.
morioria Powell, 1933. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 203.
parvula Powell, 1930. Rec. Cant. Mus. 3, p. 375.

Succinea archeyi Powell, 1933. Proc. Malac. Soc. 20, p. 192.
*+Sulconacca compressa Marwick, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 558.

*Superstes
*Syrnola cr

phoenix Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. Pal. Bull. 15, p. 109.
awfordi Powell, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 58, p. 297.

*Syrnola irrevocata Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 306.
*Syrnola lawsi Powell, 19384. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 266. |

Syrnola m
*Syrnola sc

enda Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 405.
ulptilis Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 307.

256 POWELL.

+Syrnola sulcifera Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 615 th O08.
*Syrnola tepikiensis Powell, 1934. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 266.
7+ Taieria allani Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. Pal. Bull. Le, GB, 6S.
+Tainuia aucklandica Marshall, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 186 (missing).
+Taioma tricarinata Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. Pal. Bull. 15, p. 72.
{}Talabrica mummaria Powell, 1931. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 109.
+Talabrica senecta Powell, 1931. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 109.

Talopena sublaevis Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 520.

Taron mouatae Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 237.

Tawera bollonsi Powell, 1932. Proc. Malac. Soc. 20, p. 68.

Tawera marionae Finlay, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 277.
+Terelimella hutchinsoniana Laws, 1938. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 68, p. 58.
*Terelimella ototarana Laws, 1938. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 68, p. 58.
*Teretianax pagoda Powell, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 596.

Thaumatodon mira Webster, 1908. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 40, p. 257.

Therasia pectinifera Powell, 1935. Proc. Malac. Soc. 21, p. 245.

Thoristella chathamensis benthicola Finlay, 1926. T.N.Z.I. 57, p. 350.

Theoristella chathamensis cookiana Powell, 1934. Trans. R.S.N.Z. 64, p. 154.
*Thoristella chathamensis fossilis Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 350.

+*Thyasira (Prothyasira) bartrumi Powell, 1935. Rec. A.I.M. 1, p. 332.
**Thyasira (Prothyasira) motutaraensis Powell, 1935. Rec. A.I.M. 1, p. 332.
+Tibersyrnola inexpectata Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 310. :
*Tonna maoria Powell, 1988. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 166.
+Tornatellaea incompta Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. Pal. Bull. 15, p. 90.

Tornatina oruaensis Webster, 1908. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 40, p. 255.
*Trichomusculus lornensis Laws, 1932. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 183.
*Trichosirius finlayi Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 34.

Trichosirius inornatus chathamensis Finlay, 1928. T.N.Z.I. 59, p. 244.
+Trigonostoma christiei Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 466.

+ Trigonostoma waikaiaensis Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 466.

Triviella memorata Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 396.

Trochus camelophorus Webster, 1906. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 38, p. 309.

Trochus carmesinus Webster, 1908. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 40, p. 256.

Trochus (Clanculus) takapunaensis Webster, 1906. T.N.Z.I. 38, p. 309.

Trophon waipipicola Webster, 1906. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 38, p. 310.
*Tudiclana simulator Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. Pal. Bull. 15, p. 70.
Tugali colvillensis Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 345.
+Tugali navicula Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 227.

+ Tugali pliocenica Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 227.
*Tugali stewartiana Powell, 1939. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 227.
+ Tugali superba Powell, 1934. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 265.

Turbo (Lunella) radina Webster, 1905. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 37, p. 277.
*Turbonilla agrestis Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 410.

Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) aoteana Powell, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 545.
*Turbonilla arcana Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 413.
*Turbonilla awamoana Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 411.
*Turbonilla awasimulans Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 415.

Turbonilla (Pyrgolampros) blanda Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 522.
+Turbonilla clifdenica Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 416.
*Turbonilla comitas Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 412.

Turbonilla eques Laws, 19387. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 415.
+Turbonilla erratica Laws, 19387. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 421.
*Turbonilla finlayi Powell, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 594.

Turbonilla haroldi Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 420.
+Turbonilla macies Laws, 1987. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 417.
*Turbonilla natales Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 417.
+Turbonilla oamarua Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 411.
*Turbonilla powelli Bucknill, 1927. Proc. Malac. Soc. 16, p. 122.
*Turbonilla pukeuriensis Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 410.
+Turbonilla separabilis Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 414.
*Turbonilla speighti Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 4138.
+Turbonilla stoneleighana Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 421.
*Turbonilla suteri Powell, 1926. Rec. Cant. Mus. 3, p. 47.

*Turbonilla tahuensis Laws, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 412.
+Turia chattonensis Marwick, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 611.

poe

Lypes m Auckland Museum.

*Turia waiauensis Marwick, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 612.
7“Turris” finlayi Powell, 1935. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 15, 4 cooe
*“Turritella (Zeacolpus) ahiparana Powell, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 58, p. 297.
**Turritella (Maoricolpus) gittosina Powell & Bartrum, 1929. Trans. N.Z.
Inst. 60, p. 419.
**Turritella (Maoricolpus) waitemataensis Powell & Bartrum, 1929. Trans.
N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 419.
tTyphis francescae Finlay, 1924.
yUber chattonensis Marwick, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. jo, DP. 363.
yUber finlayi Marwick, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. mae
+Uber (Euspira) firmus Marwick, 1924. Trans. NZ. Inst. 65, Dp. S69.
*Uber (Euspira) fyfei Marwick, 1924, Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 569.
+Uber (Euspira) lateapertus Marwick, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55,
+Uber laxus Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 229.
+Uber (Euspira) pukeuriensis Marwick, 1924. Trans. N.Ay Tnst: Boe BD. aay
+Uber senisculus Marwick, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 566.
+Uberella acerva Laws, 1933. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 63, p. 321.
+*Uberella marwicki Powell, 1935. Rec. Auck. %nst. Mus. 1, p. 335.
+Uromitra etremoides Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 469.
fUttleya crenata Marwick, 1934. Proc. Malac. Soc. 21, p. 20.
+Uxia naroniformis Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 80.
TVenericardia fyfei Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z. G.S. Pal. Bull. 15, p. 26.
Venericardia reinga Powell, 1933. Proc. Malac. Soc. 20, p. 202.
t*Venericardia (Megacardita) squadronensis Poweil, 1938. Trans.
N.Z. 68, p. 367.
Venustas cunninghami regifica Finlay, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 485.
Venustas punctulata urbanior Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 361.
*Venustilifer secunda Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 235.
7+Verconella accipitris Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 68.

Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 465.

p. 569.

Roy. Soc.

*Verconella
*+Verconella
*Verconella
+Verconella

Verconella
*Verconella

Verconella
*Verconella
*Verconella
*+Verconella
+Verconella
*Verconella
*+Verconella
*Verconella
*+Verconella

adusta mandarinoides Powell, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 558.
affixa Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 69.

allani Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 71.

clifdenensis Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 69.

compta Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 523.

dilatata cuvieriana Powell, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 558.
dilatata rex Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 412.
dilatata rotunda Powell, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 554.
elongata Powell, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 555.

falsa Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 71.

finlayi Laws, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 552.

interjuncta Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 68.

marwicki Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 67.

parans Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 70.

proavita Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. Pal. Bull. 15, p. 76.

+Verticipronus stirps Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 52.
+Virmysella hounselli Powell, 1931. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 111.
+Voluta wynyardensis Pritchard, 1913. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 26, p. 200.
+Vesanula chaskanon Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 245.
+Waihaoia (Pachymelon) amoriaformis Marwick, 1926. T.N.Z.I. 56, p. 282.
+Waihaoia (Pachymelon) firma Marwick, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 282.
+Waihaoia formosa Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 36.
+Waihaoia nodulifera Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 36.
*+Waihaoia striata Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 28.
+Waimatea amplexa Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 66.
tWaimatea transilis Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 67.

Wainuia clarki Powell, 1936. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 36.
*+Willingia maoria Powell, 1938. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 68, p. 371.
*Willungia tasmanica Powell, 1938. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 68, p. 370.

Xenogalea collactea Finlay, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 246.

Xenogalea finlayi Iredale, 1927. Rec. Aus. Mus. 15, p. 342.

Xenogalea powelli Finlay, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 247.
*Xenophalium ericanum Powell, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 639.
*Xenophalium harrisonae Powell, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 640.

+*Xenophalium toreuma Powell, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 636.

Xymene robustus Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 520.

258 POWELL.

jZafra opihiensis Laws, 1933. Trans. N.4. Pnst, 63, nr 324.
Zalipais parva Finlay, 1924. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 55, p. 518.
Zalipais turneri Powell, 1939. Rec. Auck. Inst. Pls. 2, py Zoe.
7+Zeacolpus (Stiracolpus) haweraensis Powell, 1931. Rec. A.I.M. 1, p. 101.
Zeacolpus mixtus Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 230.
+Zeacuminia cantuariensis Laws, 1933. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 63, p. 327.
+Zeacuminia murdochi Powell, 1931. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 107.
yZeacuminia parva Laws, 1936. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 66, p. 122.
*Zeadmete aupouria Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 248.
*Zeadmete finlayi Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 242.
yZeadmete miocenica Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. Si, RD. TR:
yZeadmete pliocenica Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 77.
Zeatrophon caudatinus Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 238.
Zeatrophon pulcherrimus Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 61, p. 238.
Zeatrophon tmetus Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.%. Inst. 61, D. 239,
Zebittium editum Powell, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 541.
Zediloma arida Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. OL 2b oe,
Zediloma digna Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, D. 353.
T*Zefallacia benesulcata Powell & Bartrum, 1929. T.N.Z.I. 60, p. 416.
7+*Zegalerus peramplus Powell & Bartrum, 1929. T.N.Z.I. 60, p. 422.
+Zegalerus tumens Finlay, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. St, De Zar,
+Zelandiella cancellaria Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. P.B. 15, p. 77.
*Zelandiella fatua Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, pu 237.
+Zelandiella imitatrix Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. P.B. 15, p. 78.
Zelaxitas alta Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70;,. Dp. 224.
Zelaxitas rissoaformis Powell, 1939. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, De au.
+Zemacies elatior Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. aU. CABS.
+Zemacies immatura Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. Pal. Bull. 15, ‘p.. $F,
+Zemacies lividorupis Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 35.
7Zemacies simulacrum Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 34.
+Zeminolia carinata Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 31.
+Zeminolia fossa Laws, 1932. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 62, p. 185.
*Zeminolia tryphenensis Powell, 1930. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 60, p. 534,
Zemitrella attenuata Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 240.
*Zemitrella contigua Powell, 1934. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. Hd he aos 4s
Zemitrella fallax Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 240.
Zemitrella finlayi Powell, 1933. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 206.
7+Zemitrella haroldi Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 40.
Zemitrella laevirostris Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 241.
7+Zemitrella mahoenuica Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 41.
*Zemitrella regis Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 79, p. 240.
Zemysia (Zemysina) globus Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 462.
Zemysia rakiura Powell, 1939. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 224.
Zemysia (Zemysina) striatula Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 462.
Zephos otagoensis Finlay, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 57, p. 417.
*Zeradina odhneri Powell, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 58, p. 297.
*Zeradina (Radinista) scalarina Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70,
p. 229.
Zerotula ammonitoides Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 236.
*Zerotula nummaria Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 40, ‘D. 236,
Zerotula ramosa Powell, 1940. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 70, p. 237.
*+Zexilia submarginata Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 26.
7Zexilia tenuilirata Laws, 1935. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 65, p. 26.
+Zexilia vixcostata Finlay & Marwick, 1937. N.Z.G.S. Pal. Bull. 15, p. 68.

PISCES.

Acanthoclinus trilineatus Griffin, 1933. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 63. .p. S32:
Blennius laticlavius Griffin, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 542.
Callanthias splendens Griffin, 1921. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 53, p. 352.
Callogobius atratus Griffin, 1933. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 63, p. 176.

Chromis dispilus Griffin, 1923. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54, p. 254.

Cleidopus neozelanicus Powell, 1938. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 2, p. 151.
Diplocrepis tumidus Griffin, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 385.
Epinephelus octofasciatus Griffin, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 540.

Types in Auckland Museum. 259

Gymnothorax ramosus Griffin, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 539.
Halieutaea maoria Powell, 1937. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 67, p. 81.
Makaira zelandica Jordan & Hvermann, 1926. Occ. Pap. Calif. Acad. Sci. I bm
p. 65.
Muraena shirleyi Griffin, 1933. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 63, p. 172.
Muraena tuhua Griffin, 1933. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 63, p. 171.
Ophioclinus venusta Griffin, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 58, p. 149.
Pempheris adspersus Griffin, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 58, -p. 139.
Ruvettus whakari Griffin, 1927. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 58, p. 146.
Seriolella amplus Griffin, 1928. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 59, p. 376.
Spheroides nitidus Griffin, 1921. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 53, PD. 356.
Tewara cranwelli Griffin, 1933. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 635 DLT
Tripterygion bucknilli Griffin, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 544.
Usacaranx archeyi Griffin, 1932. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. Ly Bist:

AVES.

7+Dinornis oweni Haast, 1886. Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. i, Dts.) Dp. L7T;

+Dinornis torosus Hutton, 1891. N.Z. Journ. Sci. (new issue) 1, No. 6, p. 247.

tMegalapteryx benhami Archey, 1941. Bull. Auck. Inst. Mus. Li pS5.

Oceanites oceanicus parvus Falla, 1937. B.A.N.Z.A.R.E. Rep. vol. 2. Birds.
p. 208.

Oestrelata leucophrys Hutton, 1893. Proc. Zool. Soc... Pp Th2.

Pachyptila belcheri orientalis Falla, 1937. B.A.N.Z.A.R.E. Rep. vol. 2. Birds.
p. 200.

Pachyptila (Pseudoprion) eatoni pyramidalis Fleming, 1939. The Emu
(Melbourne) 38, p. 400.

Pachyptila turtur fallai Oliver, 1930. N.Z. Birds (Wellington), p. 114.

yPachyornis mappini Archey, 1941. Bull. Auick. Inst. Mus. NO, 4k

Phalacrccorax atriceps nivalis Falla, 1937. B.A.N.Z.A.R.E. Rep. 2. Birds.
Dp. 226.

Pterodroma pycrofti Falla, 1933. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 176.

Thalassarche cauta steadi Falla, 1933. Rec. Auck. Inst. Mus. 1, p. 179.

Seven New Species of New Zealand
Land Mollusca.

By A. W. B. POWELL, Assistant Director.

CYCLOPHORIDAE.
Genus Murpocuia Ancey 1901.
Murdochia ampla n. sp. Pl. 51, fig. 10.

Shell large for the genus, trochiform, umbilicate. Spire
slightly taller than height of aperture. Whorls 6, including a
small, smooth, globular protoconch of one whorl. Outlines of
whorls and base strongly convex. Sculpture consisting of close,
weak, obliquely retractive growth lines. Aperture circular.
Peristome continued as a callus across parietal wall; outer lip,
as well as basal and columellar sections of lip, slightly expanded
and very narrowly duplicated. Umbilicus one seventh major
diameter of shell. Colour uniformly dull reddish-brown.

Height, 6 mm.; major diameter, 6 mm. (Holotype).
Flolotype: In Auckland Museum.

Locality: Unuwhao, 800-900 feet, between Spirits Bay and
Tom Bowling Bay, Northern N.Z. (A.W.P.B. 1932). |

This species is nearest to lignaria Pfeiffer 1857, which, how-
ever, is smaller, 1-15 whorls less, and has a proportionately
shorter spire. The dimensions of the type of lignaria were given
as height 4 mm., diameter 5 mm., but average specimens are only
height 2.9 mm., major diameter 3.3 mm.

ENDODONTIDAE.
Genus Frcrota Iredale 1915.
Type: Helix infecta Reeve.
Fectola marsupialis n. sp. Pl. 51, fig. 9.

Shell very small, depressed, widely umbilicate, thin, closely
radially ribbed. Whorls 5, including a closely radially striate
protoconch of 15 whorls. Post-nuclear sculpture of sharp,
obliquely protractive ribs 8-9 per millimeter on the body-whorl.
Colour pale-buff, very faintly and sparsely maculated with light
yellowish-brown. Umbilicus one third major diameter of shell in
adult, more than one third in younger shells. The species has

New Zealand Land Mollusca. 261

the curious habit of the Cook Island genus Libera of adapting the
umbilicus for housing eggs and young. In half grown shells the
umbilicus is wide and perspective, but sexually mature indivi-
duals have the last whorl constricted slightly around the umbili-
cus, forming a vertical sided deep cavity in which three eggs or
the same number of embryonic shells are often found. Spire
slightly raised.

Height, 1.6 mm.; major diameter, 2.9 mm. (Holotype).
Flolotype: Presented to Auckland Museum.

Locality: Pelorus Bridge, Marlborough. (A.W.P.B. 22nd
December, 1927).

The species is closely similar to buccinella Reeve in sculpture,
but has a slightly taller spire and the very distinctive umbilical
characters described above.

Genus Purixcnatuus Hutton 1883.
Type: Helix fatua Hutton (= celia Hutton).
Phrixgnathus oconnori n. sp. Pl. 51, fig. 11.

Shell minute, trochoid, umbilicated, sculptured with flexuous
membranous radial riblets, about 7 per millimeter. Whorls 41,
including a smooth convex protoconch of 1% whorls. Spire 14
times height of aperture. Periphery lightly angled and keeled.
Spire whorls and base lightly convex. Umbilicus about one sixth
diameter of base. Radial riblets retractively bracket-shaped on
spire whorls, being produced medially to a pointed angulation:
evenly arcuate but weaker on base. Interstices with dense
microscopic flexuous radial lines and still finer dense radial striae.
Colour light yellowish-brown with broad regular radial streaks
of light reddish-brown, distinct on spire but obsolete on base.

Height, 1.8 mm.; diameter, 2.5 mm.

FHlolotype: Presented to Auckland Museum by Mr. A. C.
O’Connor.

Locality: Pirinoa, Lake Wairarapa.
The species differs from P. phrynia in being more trochoid in
outline, in having a wider umbilicus and bracket-shaped ribs.
FLAMMULINIDAE.
Genus Puetussa Iredale 1915.
Type: Helix hypopolia Pfeiffer.
Phelussa oconnorin. sp. PI. 51, figs. 12 and 13.

Shell of moderate size, depressed, umbilicated, closely radially
ribbed and strikingly patterned with dark red-brown on a buff
ground. Whorls 54, including a typical smooth protoconch of 12
smooth, flattish whorls. Sculpture consisting of dense sharv

262 POWELL.

radial riblets, nine per millimeter, interspaces clearly but minutely
reticulated by subsidiary radial and spiral lines. Spire a little
less than half height of aperture. Umbilicus about one seventh
diameter of base. Aperture lunate. Outline of shell strongly
convex with periphery high up on body-whorl, in line with suture.
Colour pattern in the form of broad wide-spaced dark red-brown
radials on the spire whorls, resolving into zigzags and isolated
spots and dashes over the peripheral area, and on the base again
becoming coalescent as radial zigzags towards the umbilicus
where they fade out altogether.

Height, 3.5 mm.; diameter, 5.8 mm. (Holotype).
Holotype: Presented to Auckland Museum by Mr. A. C.
O’Connor.
Locality: Cole’s Flat, 500 feet, Anatoki River, West Nelson.
Genus Attopiscus Pilsbry 1892.
Type: Helix dimorpha Pfeiffer.
Allodiscus tessellata n. sp. Pl. 51, figs. 1 and 2.

Shell small, depressed, openly umbilicated, thin, closely radi-
allv ribbed, 12 per millimeter, interstices minutely reticulated
with close, microscopic radial lines and still finer and closer spiral
striae. Spire 4+ height of aperture. Whorls 44, including a
typical lightly convex spirally striated protoconch of 1% whorls.
Outline of whorls strongly and evenly convex. Aperture lunate.
Base rounded, impressed towards an open circular umbilicus one
twentieth the major diameter of the shell. Inner lip very little
reflexed, scarcely encroaching upon the umbilicus. Colour pattern
in the form of an even tessellated pattern of rectangular patches
of reddish-brown upon a pale buff ground. A circular zone around
the umbilicus is clear of colour markings. On the spire whorls
there are three spiral series of tessellations.

Height, 2.3 mm.; diameter, 3.8 mm. (Holotype).

Holotype: Presented to Auckland Museum by Mr. A. E.
Brookes.

Locality: Ruatoki, about 800 feet, Bay of Plenty.

The species stands nearest to tullia (Gray), which is rather
similarly tessellated, but differs in having an open umbilicus and
deeper, more compact whorls.

HELICARIONIDAE.
Genus Hetrcarion Ferussac 1819-1821.
Type: Helicarion cuviert Ferussac.
Subgenus Petoparion Iredale 1937.
Type: Vitrina hyalina Pfeiffer.
Helicarion (Peloparion) cumberin. sp. Pl. 51, figs. 6, 7 and 8.
Shell small, depressed, auriform, hyaline, pale-yellow, glossy,

having a widely open base-aperture which is narrowly mem-
branous. Whorls 24, rapidly increasing, including a densely

New Zealand Land Mollusca. “nee

spirally striated protoconch of 11 whorls. Post-nuclear sculpture
of crisp, strongly arcuate regular radials, obsolete over the last
half of the body-whorl. The whole shell is covered with dense
microscopic radial growth striae crossed by regular, more distant
spiral subobsolete linear grooves. The base is cut away and
merged into one big apertural cavity. The actual shell encroaches
to a small extent over the base as a narrow, convex margin which
is extended slightly by a narrow membranous extension of the
epidermis. Even with this membrane more than half of the
diameter of the base is open.

The contracted dried animal in one of the specimens indicates
that the tail is considerably shorter than in Otoconcha and is
truncated.

Height, 1.75 mm.; major diameter, 4.1 mm.; minor diameter,
2.9mm. (Holotype shell only).

Folotype: In Auckland Museum. Presented by Mr. R. A.
Cumber.

Locality: Maruia Springs, Lewis Pass, Nelson.

On shell characters and taking into consideration the short
truncated tail, the species would appear to be correctly placed.
The protoconch in Otoconcha is smooth, but I have not been able
to ascertain if that of hyalina is spirally striated, as in cumberi.

In Otoconcha the whole of the base is absent and the shell is
only partly external: in cumbecri the base is partly formed and
most of the rest of the shell is external.

Some details of the dentition are available from portions of
a radula retrieved from a dried specimen. The scattered frag-
ments show tricuspid laterals with narrow, rectangular basal
plate and fifteen marginals which are very oblique, with wide
bases, the outermost two with one cusp, the third to eighth with
two cusps, and the remainder tricuspid, gradually becoming more
erect towards the laterals. The central could not be distinguished
from the laterals.

Helicarion (s.].) oconnori n. sp. Pl. 51, figs. 3, 4 and 5.

Shell moderately large, thin, semi-transparent, but strong,
auriform, pale-yellowish, densely striated and with a widely open
base-aperture. Whorls 22, rapidly increasing, including a smooth
protoconch of 13 flattened whorls. Post-nuclear whorls densely
sculptured with crisp narrow spiral lirae. There are, in addition,
fairly numerous radial growth lines. The base is cut away and
merged into one big apertural cavity. The broadly convex,
moderately deep body-whorl continues marginally over the base
to almost a third of its width at early growth, but becomes pro-
portionately and progressively very much less as the body-whorl
expands.

Height, 4.25 mm.; major diameter, 8 mm.; minor diameter,
6 mm (Holotype).

264 POWELL.

Height, 5 mm.; major diameter, 10.9 mm.; minor diameter,
8mm. (Punipaua).

fTolotype: In Auckland Museum. Presented by Mr. A. C.
O’Connor.

Localities: Anatoki. Forks, 2,500 feet, West Nelson (under a
log. A. C. O’Connor). Punipaua Creek, near Patarau River,
West Nelson, Sub-recent (A. C. O’Connor). Doctor’s Creek,
Collingwood district, West Nelson (Mrs. M. Mouat).

The generic placing of this species is purely provisional, for
the animal is unknown and the striated shel] and cut-away base
are features discordant with the typical genus. Neither can it
be closely associated with cumbert, Which has a striated proto-
conch, that of oconnori being smooth. Portions of the dried
animal in the case of the Doctor’s Creek specimen indicated a
longer tail than in cumberi, not so abruptly truncated, and the fact
that the ventral edge of the shell was covered by the animal.

Living or well preserved specimens will probably show this
species to represent a new subgenus of Helicarion showing affinity
with Peloparion.

These two members of the /elicarionidae add a family to the
New Zealand fauna.

Piette. Sit

Figs. 1 & z. Allodiscus tessellata n. sp. Holotype. 2.3 x 3.8 mm.

Figs. 3,4 & 5. Helicarion (s.1.) oconnori n. sp. Holotype. 4.25 x 8 mm.

Figs. 6, 7 & 8. Helicarion (Peloparion) cumberi n. sp. Holotype. 1.75 x 4.1 mm.
Fig. 9. Fectola marsupialis n. sp. Holotype. 1.6 x 2.9 mm.

Fig. 10. Murdochia ampla n. sp. Holotype. 6 x 6 mm.

Fig. 11. Phrixgnathus oconnori n. sp. Holotype. 1.8 x 2.5 mm.

Figs. 12 & 13. Phelussa oconnori n. sp. Holotype. 3.5 x 5.3 mm.

tL
at aed ii

,
Fy
.
4
Q

RECORDS

Or THE

AUCKLAND INSTITUTE
AND MUSEUM

VoL. 2, No. 6.

Published by Order of the Council:
A. W. B. Powell, Acting Director

29TH SEPTEMBER, 1942.

The Unity Press Ltd., Printers.

CONTENTS.

VOL. 2, No. 6.

A Giant Weevil, Phaeophanus turbotti n. sp., from the Poor Knights Islands.
By D. Spiller, Assistant Entomologist, Plant Diseases Division,
Plant Research Bureau.

Page 2065
Vivipary in Phormium.
By H. H. Allan, Plant Research Bureau, Wellington, and
Lucy M. Cranwell, Botanist.
Page 269

New Zealand Pollen Studies.
I. Key to the Pollen Grains of Families and Genera in the Native Flora.
By Lucy M. Cranwell, Botanist.
: Page 280

A Giant Weevil

Phaeophanus turbotti n. sp.
From the POOR KNIGHTS ISLANDS

By D. SPILLER, Assistant Entomologist, Plant Diseases
Division, Plant Research Bureau, Department of Scientific
and Industrial Research.

The giant weevil described here was collected by Mr. E. G.
Turbott during a visit to the Poor Knights Islands in November,
1940. Comparison of the material with the literature on the New
Zealand members of the subfamily showed that it belonged to
the endemic genus Phaeophanus Broun and was closest to
P. oconnori Broun from Stephen Island. Through the courtesy
of Mr. J. T. Salmon, of the Dominion Museum, specimens of
P. oconnori collected at the same time as the type specimens
(Stephen Island, 20/9/16, O’Connor collection) were made
available for study, and the Poor Knights material was then
seen to represent a new and easily separated species. The species
is named in honour of the collector and is described below.

Family CYLINDRORRHININAE.

Genus Phaeophanus Broun, 1886.
1886. New Zealand Journal of Science 1, 431.

Phaeophanus turbotti n. sp.

Female: Length 30 mm.

Derm black, obscured by squamiform setae on the sides and
legs, but more visible dorsally, punctured, the setae arising from
the punctures also squamiform and much larger; fawn, a brown
patch on postocular lobes, others laterally near the margin of
apical declivity and on the basal portion of the ventral prothorax ;
head and rostrum mixed with brown, the dorsum of prothorax
and elytra sparsely brown with a few patches of fawn, a trans-
verse fawn band at midway on the elytra; apical declivity fawn;
legs with much brown, especially on the basal two-thirds of the
femora.

Rostrum from apex of vertical marginal keel to the eye, five-
sixths the length of and one-quarter the width of the thorax;
from mandible to apex of keel, one-half the length of and one-half
the width of the thorax; dorsal surface broadly excavated on
basal two-thirds, deepest apicad where the excavation produces
two pronounced vertical marginal keels, the excavation gradu-
ally shallowing basally and terminating in a slight depression

266 SPILLER.

just in front of the level of the eyes; apical dorsal third flat and
set at an obtuse angle to the rest of the dorsal surface of rostrum.
Antennae inserted laterally in the apical expansion, the scape not
quite attaining the eye; the funiculus and club together slightly
longer than scape, the two basal joints elongate and individually
twice as long as each of the remaining five, which are rounded ;
club four-segmented, twice as long as wide, velvety, pointed at
apex; scape and funiculus bear many scattered hairs about as
long as the third joint of the funiculus. Scrobes open, deep,
visible from above in the expanded apical portion of the rostrum,
shallowing basally and turning on to the ventral surface to ter-
minate in front of the lower level of the eyes.

Eyes oblique, flat, placed laterally, between three and four
times as deep as wide, truncate in front, slightly rounded behind.

Thorax, excluding the well developed postocular lobes, but
little longer than greatest width, rectangular, widest in apical
half, about one-sixth narrowed in basal two-fifths, here nearly
parallel-sided, contracted in apical sixth to slightly less than the
width of the base; dorsal surface flattened, the apical third with
a slight median carina; a nodosity at midway on either side of
the median line, these separated by less than the length of the
median carina; a slightly raised ridge behind each nodosity, these
convex towards each other and nearly attaining the base; at
median basal third a slight nodosity is apparent; dorso-lateral
margins well defined in basal half, extended into apical half, and
here raised, the raised portions terminating at about their own
length from the front margin; at the margin of fawn and brown,
in apical half, laterad of, and parallel to the raised dorso-lateral
margins there is a ridge with a pronounced nodosity at one-sixth
from the front margin and from there sloping to the postocular
lobes; the base straight, the apex anteriorly curved.

Base of the elytra indented between fifth and third interval
and from here rounded to the minute scutellum; base slightly
wider than base of thorax; widest at two-thirds and here nearly
twice the width of the base, the disc slightly flattened, convex
from base to apex, the apical declivity pronounced; punctures
large and on dorsal surface placed in shallow craters, the con-
fluence of these giving a very uneven aspect to the elytral sur-
face; surface depressed near the scutellum, and here with scat-
tered granules mainly on the first two elytral intervals, a very
few to, but not beyond the fifth interval, and apicad not much
beyond the pronounced discal nodosity of the third interval:
third interval slightly and irregularly raised, with a pronounced
nodosity at about one-sixth from base and a larger one at the
commencement of the apical declivity ; fourth interval roughened,
but not raised, a few granules on basal sixth, slightly depressed
from midway to the margin of the apical declivity; fifth out-
wardly curvate basally, raised, rugose, prominently peaked from
midway, the apical nodosity placed beyond that of the third and
twice its size; sixth not reaching the base, slightly raised but
not rugose on apical half, with a few prominent peaks beyond
midway and turning downwards to terminate below the apical

A New Giant W eevil. 267

nedosity of the fifth interval; remaining intervals flat in the
lateral aspect, the seventh, ninth and tenth with slight and suc-
cessively smaller nodosities at the margin of the apical declivity,
the eighth appearing depressed at the apical margin; elytral
suture distinct, the margins raised slightly from the dorsal mar-
gin of the apical declivity to the apex.

Front coxae contiguous, the middle pair narrowly, the hind,
widely separated. With five visible ventral segments, the first
large and produced between the hind coxae to the level of their
anterior margin, the second similarly large, equal to the length
of the first behind the coxae; the suture of one and two anteriorly
curvate; three and four subequal, small. together not equal to
two, their sutures distinct, fifth smoothly rounded to apex, as
long as two in the median line, raised on the disc, pronouncedly
depressed at apex and transversely wrinkled on apical two-thirds.

Legs normal, femora clavate, ventrally restricted near apex,
the posterior pair slightly larger than others; the tibiae of about
equal length, the anterior pair slightly curved, and all with a
small blunt spine ventrally at apex; corbels open, single; tarsi
normal, one and two cordate, the first larger than the second, the
third prominently bi-lobed, all with dense hairy pads on the lower
surface, the fourth elongate and equal to one and two taken
together, the claws plain, curved and well developed.

Male: Length 25 mm.

With the characters of the female, but differing as follows:
the rostrum less expanded at apex. the pitting of elytra less
evident and the fifth ventral segment shorter, truncate at apex,
and only slightly depressed.

Type locality: The island Aorangi, of the Poor Knights group.

Material examined: The holotype female and allotype male so
labelled and with the following data: “Aorangi Island, Poor
Knights group. 23-29 November, 1940. E. G. Turbott.’’ Both
are in the collections of the Auckland War Memorial Museum.

The genus Phacophanus Broun now comprises six described
species, and from those previously described the new species
P. turbotti may be distinguished as follows: From P. inornatus
Broun and P. lituratus Broun by having the apical nodosity of the
fifth elytral interval larger than the nodosity of the third; from
P. similis by its size and the absence of nodosities on the seventh
elytral interval; from P. rugosus Broun by its size and the deep
dorsal hollowing of the rostrum, and from P. o’connori Broun by
the greater development of the vertical dorsal flanges of the ros-
trum, the details of the structure of the thorax and the absence
of pronounced nodosities on the seventh elytral interval.

M
.
Sie

paee aay mento ag
ret Laue ete

tee
fe Bee OE

“

\e
“aA

ys

a

Lar
igs

2

¢

ee:

Sag toe ea Ay’

ete:

Soha ey
ae
Mia aley Sii%
Sol ap a

i

EN
PP ite

ee

PF em oN

Oe ara ee ist at
ital ve Pao Evel}
Betas
Sa ae ss
Cie: UR te ca
Pe 7 ‘ i Pu

t
¥

ny neat
= 5 ae
ee tt ar et ee WG A)
ri in Bae)
See,

ary

ne in a — edi
A. ia tae 5 me
fram oe |

ies

ine
Cyetata shee sat
pike
ees

se

EN,
re Ba

fr. ava

Pd Ld

Shp eet
tse oe

ie Lathe
‘ bakes bint

See A:

in

4

af ea

pe he

ry

S
7

et

ae

(rae
oc a th alee,

Nai Oued
said vid

Porth

bere Fee: is

pe
nina ee, eee
LIE Sige
ii Fie ft io, Bo

+, ee

al €
Fad mye

ai
et

4 ie
grkr
ns J

Batae nate
G Lo

Stet a
“Ap ot 7.
Pobre sf ie ~

Vivipary in Phormium

By H. H. ALLAN, Plant Research Bureau, Wellington, and
LUCY M. CRANWELL, Botanist, Auckland Museum.

INTRODUCTION.

Vivipary is rare in the New Zealand flora, the mangrove
providing the only example which comes within Goebel’s defini-
tion (1905) of “continuous development of the seed, without a
resting period.” The term is often used, however, for want of
a better, to cover the substitution of vegetative for sexual buds
giving rise to that curious condition, familiar in Agave, where
voung plantlets are seen to spring full-fledged from the flowering
panicle. In Agave americana substitution may be complete for the
whole panicle, and the sturdy plantlets, stored with food reserves,
are called bulbils. They are capable of independent growth after
a short time, and have in fact become the normal method of
reproduction for the species. In grasses, particularly those of
wet habitats (e.g., Yorkshire Fog and Poa bulbosa) the bulbils
may replace the whole, or part, of a spikelet. With regard to
such grasses, and many members of the rush family, the only
general conclusion seems to be that this vegetative switch-over
occurs most in high latitudes and at high altitudes, mainly out-
side the height of the flowering season.

The observations we have made on partial vivipary in a native
genus, Phormium, now advanced by Hutchinson (1934) from the
Lihaceae to the Agavaceae, do not solve what Goebel, Nannfelt and
others have left unexplained, but they seem worthy of setting
down as a record of as pretty a case of physiological disturbance
as any yet published.

Briefly, Phormium bulbils differ from those of Agave in that
they do not fall of their own “ripeness”; they have little or no
food reserve and yet may grow independently once aerial root-
rudiments appear; and if they remain attached to the scape they
may very soon have a sexual phase, thus short-circuiting the
four-year cycle which is about the minimum necessary to bring
seedlings into flower.

Early Records: Two examples of aberrant behaviour have
been described from coastal populations of colensoi and tenax, and
a third is reported below. Of the first two, both from the Tara-
naki coast, one was briefly noted by Walsh (1882, tenax) and
another by Williams (1904, colensoi). From seed of the latter
Wiiliams raised a plant that also developed “leafy bracts” over
several years. Cheeseman (1925) referring to this account states
that a plant growing in his garden (apparently obtained from
Bishop Williams) ‘produced these leafy bracts, many of which
were eighteen inches long, for four or five years in succession,
but in one year only did flowers appear as well.”

270 ALLAN AND CRANWELL.

Viviparous plants were next discovered by Mr. A. J. Healy
very near the sea at Wellington, and were examined by the senior
author on the 30th July, 1937. N ormal plants everywhere at that
date bore scapes, mainly with all capsules and bracts fallen. The
viviparous scapes were fresh and green, the lower branchlets
bearing the remains of abortive or unfertilised flowers, without
bracts. The upper branchlet sets were crowded together and
each densely clad in small fans of leaves, more or less enclosed
within green bracts (PI. 02, fig. 4). These fans (hereafter spoken
of as vivipars) averaged five leaves ranging from 1 to 7 dm. long.
Some had short stout aerial] rootlets, while some had short
Secondary scapes up to 3 dm. long, each bearing a few branchlets,
the lower with tiny vivipars, some dead, the upper with small
flowers, some at early anthesis, some with immature capsules,
and a few with well-developed but small capsules. Some capsules
had dehisced. Mature capsules reached up to 8 cm., were erect
and only slightly twisted, and were thus very distinct from those
of normal P. colensoi, though the vegetative parts were very
Similar.

Cultivated examples came to our notice in 1932, and as the
early records did not give a very clear picture of the phenomenon,
breeding tests were begun soon after in an attempt to clear up
the situation. However, changes of residence by both authors,
and damage by stock, prevented our carrying the investigations
as far as we might have wished.

THE PARENT PLANTS.

Our breeding work was done on two plants in Auckland, one
at the Diocesan High School (S) and the other in the garden of
the late Sir A. P. W. Thomas (T). As far as we can ascertain,
both of these are descendants of the plant cultivated by Bishop
Williams, T, at least, according to its grower, having been cut
from a scape over 30 years before. S, now destroyed because of
its “ugly” habit, grew in loose garden soil rich in humus, and
formed a large spreading bush (Pl. 52, fig. 3). In September,
1932, it carried about a dozen green scapes of different ages, each
with a bushy head from 2 to 4.5 dm. across, and from 2 to 9 dm.
long. The largest had weighed down its scape almost to the
ground, and some of the vivipars had developed roots, some of
which plunged deeply, while others had only loose contact with
the soil. Rhizome development had begun in some cases. Only
one secondary scape was seen (Text fig. 1) and from its one cap-
sule 6 out of 9 seeds were later germinated, but in November
and December other little scapes appeared on this and other
viviparous heads. These scapes resembled those noted above
for wild plants, normal flowers usually producing an abundance
of nectar and of apparently good pollen. Most of the flowers
dropped off, but a few developed capsules and good seed before
the scapes shrivelled. As time went on it was seen that the
appearance and flowering of these scapes was quite irregular:
although commonest in early December, they matured in August,

Vivipary in Phorimiurm. 27]

September; May and June, as well, often with abnormal flowers.
The more vigorous vivipars grew firm fans of leaves, not scapes.
If roots developed strongly, even in mid-air, these plantlets could
be removed and planted out successfully. No vivipar showed any
tendency to drop off.

stamens

Pistil

STRONG

cg ae

WEAK
A VIVIPARS

f f
f Ye ( dotted )-
B

Fig. 1. A: (1) foliaceous stamen; (2) doubled pistil with modified
stamen on left. B: rough sketch of branchlet cut from
scape, showing strong vivipar with root, failing vivipars
around it, and small vivipar bearing a single flower on a
secondary scape. Specimens from Diocesan parent plant.

New primary scapes developed each year in January and
February, the normal flowering time, their flowers maturing
more rapidly than those on the secondary scapes. Flowers, both
normal and abnormal, appeared on lower and vivipars on upper
parts of each scape. Long persistent bracts enclosed all sets, the
development of the flowers often being checked by them, many
rotting inside, or falling away when freed. Yet many capsules
set seed under open pollination.

Plant T, growing in the shade on a lateritic soil derived from
basalt, behaved in the same way, but the vivipars were less
strongly developed.

OW id ALLAN AND CRANWELL.

Flowering of Vivipar Transplants: In the following all obser-
vations refer to the plants grown at Palmerston North, unless
otherwise stated. Portions of the Diocesan parent plant grown
since 1932 at Henderson both on poor clay and on alluvial soil
were equally erratic in behaviour; small rooted vivipars secured
at the same time established slowly in the latter soil, and flowered
on lax scapes for the first time in 1940, while many of the seed-
lings planted out in 1933 and 1934 grew rapidly and came into

Fe ee
7
140 } re

|
130 / tora ‘
I20 | | \
pon \
ol ty

/ ‘
aie | ' \
j \ \

o : VIVIPARS \ *
® Sc
20 os \ \
- ae i patel ade ou e \
10 . gE Ya yet pes.) eros. ° \
ee ABNORMAL ai nd Nore \
0 . | ail oti rey Me

Pos RAS Oe eS a ote Bees

Fig. 2. Graph showing distribution of normal and abnormal flowers,
and otf vivipars, in each set up to the 12th bract.

flower within about four years of germination. Calves destroyed
or damaged so many of these young plants that it was thought
better to confine detailed observations to the Palmerston North

material.

THE PROGENY.

Artificial pollination was effected between 5/12/32 and
14/12/32. Certain plants received tenax pollen from Auckland
Domain, the rest pollen from the parent plant. Capsules from
open pollinated flowers were also gathered from T. From §
seven capsules were secured on 20/2/33, and the seed was sown
on 26/4/33. Germination was observed from 26/6/33. In some
capsules (e.g., No. 4) very few seeds were properly developed.

Vivipary in Phormium. LPO

Capsules. Pollen. Seeds. Seedlings. Planted out.
1 tenax 41 6 5
2 a 1* 1 LY
3 self 26 20 15
4 - 18§ 6 5
5 ie 12 . sf
6 Pe 60 30 20
7 eS 8 5 2
*Rest shed. rAccidentally destroyed. $40 Imperfect.

From T 175 seedlings were obtained. Planting out was done
on 18/4/34. On 4/6/34 there were transplanted to the Plant
Research Bureau grounds, Palmerston North, 12 plants from
capsule 6, two from capsule 4, together with 60 from T. The
plantlets remained almost at a standstill till the late spring, and
11 died. From then on there was a steady growth. Certain of
the plants sent up scapes in January, 1937, and the plot (Plate
o2, fig. 1) was studied from 7/2/37 to 10/2/37. For help in this
we are indebted to Mr. A. L. Poole, of the Botany Division of
the Bureau. The two plants from capsule 4 were still rather
weak, the one with leaves 6 dm. long and 9 small fans, the other
with leaves 5 dm. long and 5 small fans. Of the twelve plants

¢ from capsule 6, nine survived, two bearing scapes. Of the T
plants 51 survived, of which 11 bore one or more scapes. Details
are given in the following tables.

SCAPE-BEARING PLANTS.

Scapes
Length in Metres.
Dimensions of Dimensions of Leaves Inflor-

Series Plant in Metres. in Centimetres. Basal escence Angle of
Number. Height. Spread. Length. Width. Number. Part. Part. Hmergence.
10 1.6 2 114.5 7 2 2.2 1 80°

2 mY) 45°
it 1.4 1.9 142 7.6 1 1.8 12 45°
13 ae 1.4 9() 6.7 V 1.8 9 4°
16 1.6 t.2 120 6.4 2 2 1 4()°

2 a 4()°
18 L6G 1.8 112.5 et 2 2 1 45°

1.8 ia 40°
22 1.4 2 120 7.4 : 1 hy 1.1 45°
ASS 1.4 1.8 100.5 7.6 1 1.5 1 55°
25 1.8 2:5 124.5 8 4 1.9 FE 45°

1.6 9 45°

1.9 29 45°

1.8 sf 45°
27 1.6 2 128.5 7.9 2 1.5 nes 45°

2.2 3 45°
36 1.4 1.8 133 6.7 3 2 “ee a 45°

| Zu 1 a0°

2 1 1d°
37 1.8 2 4§ 3.8 1 aoa | | 60°
39 iF 2.29 114 8.1 3 2.0 LAN 50°

ay 8 60°

ys 9 45°

53 2.8 3D 189 8.8 3 2.3 Se 80°

4.25 1% 75°

2.2 1.9 80°

Average 1.6 2.1 118 1.2 2 2 1 oa°

bo
I
LS

ALLAN AND CRANWELL.

At the time of examination the tendency to an increase of
Vivipars among the upper sets was already noticeable, while in
the individual sets the tendency was for the lower flowers to be
replaced by vivipars. The bracts, more strongly developed than
on normal inflorescences, hindered, and in several cases com-
pletely prevented, the development of the flowers and even of the
Vivipars on the enclosed branchlets. This was especially striking
on plant 16. All plants on the plot were measured, and averaged:
height 1.4 m., spread 1.8 m., leaf-length 110 cm., leaf-breadth (at
widest part) 6.7 cm. The scape-bearing plants showed, there-
fore, rather greater vigour than the non-flowering plants. Accept
ing volume as a measure of vigour, it will be seen that in general
the plants more vigorous vegetatively were also more vigorous
sexually, e.g., plants 25, 39 as contrasted with 23, 18. Exceptions
are the vegetatively vigorous 37 with only one scape, and the
vegetatively weak 36, with three scapes.

901%

80

70

60

Lo

Graph showing per-
centage of vivipars in
each set up to the
12th bract.

80

20

ZO

Plant 53 (Plate 52, fig. 1), obtained under open pollination.
is remarkable for its great size and tall, well-developed, semi-erect
scapes bearing practically normal inflorescences. The leaves are
almost as erect as in P. tenax, with red margins and split tips. An
analysis of one scape showed at bract 1: bract dying, branchlets
with all fiowers fallen; at bract 2: bract fallen, branchlets carry-
ing 21 capsules and 51 flowers on bare pedicels; at bract 3: bract
fallen, 25 capsules, 29 fallen flowers; at bracts 4 to 11: bracts
fallen, branchlet numbers decreasing, all carrying one or more
flowers still at anthesis. The whole scape carried 163 maturing
capsules, which were about 10 cm. long, horizontal, slightly
curving upwards, bluntly trigonous and slightly twisted. The
capsules strongly resembled those borne on artificial colensoi x
tenax hybrids (Allan and Zotov, 1937). Capsules on the other
plants were also intermediate in appearance, though usually more
twisted (Plate 52, fig. 2).

Pruare 52.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE 52.

Fig. 1. General view of plot of viviparous offspring in first year of flowering.
Note range in size. The large scapes belong to No. 53, a vigor-
ous hybrid closest to tenar, which has shed most of its bracts
and has an almost normal inflorescence.

Fig. 2. Smaller plants, one with the drooping colensoi scape, another with
a congested scape bearing strong bracts and semi-trigonous,
slightly twisted capsules.

For these two photographs, taken on 8/2/37, we are indebted to
Mr. Harvey Drake.

Fig. 3. Habit of parent plant (S) at Diocesan School, 1932; three bushy
heads are shown on the left. Photo L.M.C.

Fig. 4. Primary scape of one of the wild plants found at Wellington by
A. J. Healy in 1937; vivipars probably more than one year old.
Photo H. Drake.

fie

aeah

+ pe

Vivipary in Phormium. 275
Hight scapes were analysed in detail :—

ANALYSIS OF SELECTED SCAPES.

N = Normal flowers or swelling capsules. |
A = Abnormal flowers.
V = Vivipars.
? = Material decomposed.
Grand
Plant 10A 10B 22 26 36A 36B 36C 389A Total. Total.
set N 1 20 3 13 20 15 14 0 S6
1 A 0 6 0 0 0) 0 0 0 6 92
V 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
N 28 19 4 7 21 ork es 0 123
2 A 0 6 4 0 0 0) 1 0) 11 141
V 0 0 2 3 1 0 si 0 |
N 16 1 6 Le ae 15 11 2 85
> A 4 9 1 0 0 0) 1 5 20 146
V 0 3 2 9 ze A 1 5 10 41
N ie 2 7 11 14 12 8 () 66
4 A 6 0) 1 0 2 2 1 2 14 130
V 1 3 1 4 10 0 19 12 50
N 9 0 3 9 12 8 14 0 55
5 A 5 1 a 4 2 1 0 5 19 117
V 0 5 6 4 7 0 11 10 43
N 4 1 2 1 5 7 13 0 33
6 A 4 6 0 4 0 3 gf 1 19 92
V 5 8 0) 6 2 0) 2 17 40)
N 6 0 z 3 3 6 2 0) 22
7 A 5 2 () 0 2 1 3 2 15 93
V 1 9 5 13 3 0 11 14 56
N 0 1 2 3 1 3 0 10
8 A 1 0 3 0 2 1 6 Lt 60
V 7 ve 9 5 3 8 7 39
N ? 0 0 Z 3 11 2 0 18
9 A ? 0 0) 1 0 ui 0 g 4 59
V ? 9 2 4 5 5 6 6 at
N 7 0) 0) 0 0 1 2 0 3
10 A ? 0) 0 3 0) 0 0 2 5 31
Vv ? 4 2 0 1 5 5 6 3
N ? ? 0 Z ? 12 0) 0 13
11 A ? 0 1 1 0 0 2 27
V ? 1 3 G 3 5 12
N ? ? 0 0) ? ? ? 0 0
12 A ? t 0 1 ? ? 8 0 1 7
V ? ? t 3 5 2 6
Totals—
N 76 43 28 61 103 109 92 2 514
A 2 31 . 15 6 11 8 25 127 995
V 7 48 24 58 43 14 ra 89 354

107 122 59 134 152 134 La 8 116 995

Bract

aS +
Total

276 ALLAN AND CRANWELL.

Thus of a total of 995 units counted from 8 scapes, 514 were
apparently normal, 127 had modified stamens, pistils or both, and
304 had become fully vegetative. |

The nature and distribution of the abnormal flowers is shown
in the table below :—

1 2 3 7 5 6 : 8 RG © Mes 5 a 2
£8 a! ae 3 8 3 6 7 1 2 —
Q 4 6 ee 4G nea = 8 3 1 2 2 1
Oo 0 1 1 1 4 4 1 1 2 jee eer

6 air BR et Fh ee Eg aS 4 5 2 i

Thus 64 were affected in the androecium and 79 in the
gynaecium, with the greatest development of abnormality in the

mid sets. As these sets contain the greater number of flowers —

in general, there does not appear to be any significant relation
between abnormality and position in the scape. Nor does there
appear to be any particular trend towards a special form of
abnormality either in general or according to position in the
scape. Abnormal flowers are very occasional in wild plants,
mainly in the terminal florets of a set, and the aberrant features
are those shown by the viviparous plants. In the latter, how-

ever, they are much more frequent and show more extreme de- .

velopment. The perianth parts may be increased or decreased in
numbers, and show different degrees of concrescence, sometimes
becoming almost free (Text fig. 1). The stamens may be more
or fewer than six, and shew a range of tepaloid forms, from a
simple expansion of the filament with a normal anther to a com-
pletely tepaloid structure lacking any sign of an anther. The

gynaecium shows a distinct tendency to doubling, the two pistils

being completely separated or joined to different degrees, while

they may be of equal or of very different size.

While the strong tendency to abnormality in the flowers ap-

pears to be associated in its causes with that to vivipary, we
have seen no indication that an abnormal flower is in any way
tending towards becoming a vivipar. The vivipars appear to
develop from vegetative buds that have entirely replaced flower-
buds. The capsule characters are such as are found in hybrids
(diversity in the progeny suggesting that the colensoi parents,
like Healy’s, may not be pure), but it has to be remembered that
the young ovary of colensoi is definitely trigonous, and in view of
the flower abnormalities shown by the viviparous plants, it is
possible that the semi-trigonous and less twisted capsules formed
by them are not always due to hybridism.

Some inflorescences carried more than twelve bracts and sets
of branchlets, but it was not found possible to analyse these satis-
factorily. The percentage of vivipars on the different scapes
works out at 39, 41, 48, 28, 11, 42, 77 (not including the rather
meagre analysis of scape 10A), with an average of 40 per cent.
With the growth of vivipars in succeeding years, without further

Vivipary in Phormium. 204

production of flowers except on the small secondary scapes, the
besom-like character is assumed, as noted in ‘wild plants. The
curves obtained by plotting the three elements according to their
position on the scape are shown in the graph (Text fig. 2). The
curves for the combined elements and for normal flowers approxi-
mate to that obtained from normal plants. In less close agree-
ment 1s the curve for abnormal flowers, while the vivipar curve
1s distinct. The percentage increase of vivipars according to
position on the scape is more strikingly shown in Text He a

100 |%

95

90 i

85 : t

*No.27 | ‘No. 39 Ne23

80
75
70
65

60

55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15

IO

BRACTS

ce & a re oe So ae ee ge eee ee

Fig. 4. Graph showing percentage of vivipars at each set up to the
15th bract on scapes from three plants. Note peaks and
troughs.

The differences shown by the three scapes of plant 36 are
noteworthy, 36B approaching normality. In scape 10A there
were at bract 11 a number of congested vivipars, forming a mass
that may have involved further bracts and sets. This scape,
therefore, showed at an early stage the massing of the vivipars
towards the summits of the scapes. We have found that the con-

278 ALLAN AND CRANWELL.

duction of water and solutes through the persistent scapes is
vigorous, and that the correlation between strong vivipars and
root-formation, as against weak vivipars and formation of
secondary scapes, is similar to that shown in the parent plants,
and in wild plants. It was found possible to grow a good per-
centage of these vivipars on their removal from the scapes.

. Williams (1904) failed to grow plantlets from his first scapes
either because they were all weak, or probably because he planted
them before aerial roots had had time to appear on any of them.

The percentage curves for individual scapes show noticeable
parallelism in their peaks and troughs (fig. 4), but as these occur
at different levels on the inflorescences, the percentage curve for
all bracts is evened out. The consistent appearances of peaks A
and B may be perhaps correlated with the weather conditions.
Temperatures fell from the 1st to the 18th December, rose again |
till 8rd January, decreased till 15th January, rose again till 25th
January, and decreased till 7th February. The temperatures
during the succeeding period also showed fluctuations. There
were thus two periods of warmer weather between three short
periods of colder weather. The rainfall was more irregularly dis-
tributed, but the periods of lowest temperatures were drier than
the others.

Correlation with weather seemed clear in the Henderson
plants in one year. All plants, whether from seed or from vivi-
pars, showed no sign of vegetative buds on scapes varying from
83 feet (colensoi type) to 9 feet in length (tenax type) on 8/1/41
at the end of a spell of very dry weather, but warm rains followed
soon after, and by May all except one which most nearly ap-
proached tenax carried vivipars in upper parts of the scapes.

Delay in the appearance of this paper enabled the junior
author to see the Henderson plants this year after a longer
drought, which, however, did not begin until January, the end
of December having been cold and wet. Scapes had flowered and
died on all the younger plants except one of colensoi type, which,
by July, bore a tuft of viviparous fans, still mixed with flowers,
indicating the late appearance of the scape. Old plants from
the original “S’” clump had not been checked in the production
of vivipars. It is clear, however, that local factors are respon-
sible to some extent for the yearly expression of vivipary in
Phormium, but they cannot be as important as Schultz suggests
for Deschampsia flexuosa. In an abstract which has just come to
hand, Krotkov (1942) reports that Schultz (1939) experimented
with a local form of this grass at the polar alpine Botanical
Garden (Kola Peninsula), subjecting it to the action of a 10-hour
day. Asa result, both normal and shortened viviparous spikelets
were induced. Schultz concludes that vivipary is apparently not

Viveipary in Phormiurn. “ey

congenital, “but a result of the interaction of the hereditary
material constitution of the organism with definite conditions of
existence.” This would agree with the varying expression of
vivipary we have observed in our plants, but it cannot be shown
that the same changes have influenced garden specimens of either
species, grown under the same conditions, or that comparable
changes have affected the wild populations throughout the
country: vivipary remains a very rare phenomenon in this
genus. Nor does it explain why production of vivipars and
abnormal flowers is so constant in the few wild examples dis-
covered, nor why it is less marked in the hybrids most closely
resembling Phormium tenax. Our observations show that the vivi-
parous habit is inherited in our Phormium series, environmental
conditions having only a secondary influence.

REFERENCES.

Attan, H. H., & Zorov, V. D. 1937. An artificial cross between Phormium
colensoi and P. tenax. N.Z. Jour. Sci. & Tech. XVIII., pp. 799-
804.

CHEESEMAN, T. F. 1925. Manual of the New Zealand Flora, Wellington.
GorBEL, K. 1905. Organography of Plants, Part II., p. 255. Oxford.

Hutcuinson, J. 1934. Families of Flowering Plants. II. Monocotyledons.
MacMillan & Co., London.

Scuuttz, G. E. 1939. Abstract by Krotkov in Biol. Abs. 16 (2) 1942. No. 371,
D. 020:

Watsu, P. 1882. On an abnormal growth of New Zealand Flax. Trans. N.Z.
Lust, XLV... p.. 374

Wittrams, W. 1904. Abnormal growth of a plant of Phormium colensoi, Tratis.
N.Z. Inst. XXXVI, pp. 333-334.

New Zealand Pollen Studies

1. KEY TO THE POLLEN GRAINS OF FAMILIES AND
GENERA IN THE NATIVE FLORA.
By LUCY M. CRANWELL, Botanist, Auckland Museum.
(Read before the Auckland Institute and Museum,
July 9th, 1941.)

CONTENTS.

Page

faasell

Introduction. Scope of key. Are pollen-grains distinc-
tive? .. no ve as ms vs 1288

2. Pollen Terminology 23 3 e bi oat Rees
3. Percentages for Furrow and Pore Distribution in the
Genera a Fe ~ at mS vat Beare
4, Main Divisions of Key Da a mi ed wooo
5. Master Key .. ee a AD 0} ae her ee
6. References .. =e oe te = a <> SOs

INTRODUCTION.

There is now little need to plead the value of pollen research.
During the last few years great impetus has been given through
the publication of Wodehouse’s splendid manual and many mono-
graphic papers dealing with morphology and the determination
of atmospheric pollen in hayfever studies. New workers have
taken up pollen-analytical investigations of bogs in many
countries outside Scandinavia, while among others Skottsberg
(1936, 1939, 1940) has consistently added pollen characters to
systematic descriptions of new species, and Armbruster and
Oenike (1929) have traced honey poisons or impurities through
surveys of the local and foreign pollen-grains in the German
market product. War has arrested the publication of Erdtman’s
“Pollen Analysis,’ which has been eagerly awaited for several
years.

Nearer home Mercer (1940) has made useful records of
seasonal flight of wind-borne pollen in and around the city of
Adelaide, and atmospheric slides have been exposed for some
time at the Medical School in Dunedin, and at this Museum.

Identification of pollen-grains had proceeded slowly here for
various reasons, chief being the lack of any general account of
the types to be met with among the native genera in particular.
A little has been published overseas by the authors already men-
tioned. Skottsberg (1936), for instance, has been able to remove
our Pisona to Heimerlia on the clear-cut evidence of the pollen

New Zealand Pollen Studies. 281

added to that of other floral characters; Armbruster and Oenike
have dealt briefly with a few genera, e.g., Olearia and Sophora,
and Wodehouse (1935, 1936) much more critically with about 32
genera represented in the New Zealand flora, while Auer (1933)
in his Tierra del Fuegian bog researches has figured a few types
common to the two countries. There are other scattered refer-
ences, of course, but these seem the most significant.

During the last few years I have been attempting to remedy
these deficiencies, and have so far published accounts of the
pollen-grains of our beeches and conifers (1938, 19389, 1940). I
began this at Professor L. von Post’s suggestion (1936), in order
to make more detailed analyses of peats than had been possible
in our joint preliminary effort, and although I have continued
field work on Te Moehau, in the Waikato, and in the South Island
and Stewart Island, I feel that the considerable task of describing
the pollen types of the flora as a whole has tended to by-pass my
real objective—the determination of the narrower range of
grains to be expected in quantity in recent deposits.

However, the collection of pollen-slides now available (over
1,200 numbers, with duplicates made by different methods) will
be invaluable as reference sets for other workers as well as for
myself, especially when the Atlas of figures and descriptions is
published. The prior appearance of the key is due to its com-
parative brevity and its value in identification pending the ap-
pearance of the Atlas, which may well be delayed in these times.
The main collection will be kept at Auckland Museum, and a
second set is being transferred to the Botany Section, Plant
Research Bureau, Wellington, in appreciation of assistance given
by Dr. H. H. Allan (and his staff) in his supervision of the grant
I received between 1937 and 1939. This grant, for which I again
express thanks to the Department of Scientific and Industrial
Research, covered most expenses and provided an excellent part-
time assistant in William F. Harris (now overseas with the 5th
Field Ambulance), who made practically all the preparations
during that time, exposed atmospheric slides almost daily for
18 months, and followed every stage of the work with care and
enthusiasm.

Most of the slides were made from fresh material: in some
few cases only dried flowers could be obtained, and for these I am
indebted to botanists in a number of herbaria.

SCOPE OF KEY.

The key is planned to enable anyone with elementary know-
ledge of the subject to track down at least the families of grains
investigated. For most applications a generic determination is
sufficient, and more is rarely made possible here, in order to save
space and possible confusion, unless there are significant breaks
within a genus, as between the Nothofagus fusca type and the
menziesii type (Cranwell 19389). In the Atlas a systematic
arrangement will allow of short keys to make identifications more
precise within many of the genera.

282 CRANWELL.

A family may be characterised by a single type of pollen-
grain, and where the genera are numerous striking uniformity
can usually be recognised. From the systematic viewpoint many
families are very weakly represented in New Zealand, and it
would naturally take a much wider range of genera to be con-
fident as to the basic form of pollen-grain for a family. In some
families more than one type will turn up; comparison has been
made with exotic material as far as possible, and this has helped
greatly in interpretation, e.g., Myosotidium pollen has been con-
trasted with that of Cynoglossum (Boraginaceae), Carpodetus with
that of the Lord Howe Colmeiroa (in the same section of the
Saxifragaceae), and so on.

Altogether 105 families are dealt with, 339 genera being
under survey, and Hutchinson (1934) has been followed in
separating the Agavaceae, Smilacaceae and Philesiaceae from the
Liliaceae and in removing Hypoxis from the Amaryllidaceae. Prac-
tically all the genera have been keyed. The Kermadecs Ageratum
and Canavalia (both three-furrow types), Ewartia, Scleranthus,
Logania (male flowers not available) and the elusive Phrygilanthus
are the exceptions among the dicotyledons. On the other hand,
poor material of a few genera was available, so that Korthalsella,
Spergularia and Tetrachondra are placed with some hesitation. In
the monocotyledons three were neglected of necessity, and a
number from choice (a) in the grasses, whose grains are so very
uniform, (b) in the orchids, where very few types occur; in both
these families detailed work seemed more suited for special study
in leisurely times. Zostera pollen is well known, but the Species
rarely flawer in this country; male flowers were collected by Miss
L. B. Moore and myself at Doubtful Sound in 1940, but were lost
on the same trip. Lemna pollen was not found; according to
Hegelmaier’s figure and note (1868) it belongs, as would be an-
ticipated, in Section I:A:; its exact position there will depend on
whether the intine is thin or thick and the exine continuous. Of
fydatella (Juncella) male flowers have never been found.

Whatever the shortcomings of the key, it should relieve much
tedious work in eliminating the host of ‘“possibles” that bewilder
the investigator of our peats, etc., in the beginning: and I trust
it will give an idea of how closely the pollen-grains reflect phylo-
geny, and of how much more attention they should receive in
systematics. Some evidence in the ever-fresh monocotyledon-
dicotyledon controversy is given here, but not reviewed. That
must wait, fascinating as it is.

Are Pollen Grains Distinctive?—It is worth stressing here
that pollen-grains should not readily be confused with other
bodies in mixed preparations. The following sketches (text
figs. 1 and 2) and key show how they differ from most pterido-
phyte spores :—

Grains with triradiate crests—Spores of ferns and fern allies.

Grains without triradiate crests—Pollen Grains of flowering
plants. :

New Zealand Pollen Studies. 283

vanes:

. \y
N Za
& CT elate \
hase» TRS 9 N val

YL, Gale: CO

‘Mh Ps 1g oe i

fC alt ir aieccaran Pe &(\
AH (hth

Ci CANT a '
<A gh MU A

Text figs. 1 & 2: Spores of Flowerless Plants, showing the triradiate crest.

1. Lycopodium varium spore (444 in diameter; Factor 2; see p. 285);
crest almost symmetrical.

2. Tmesipteris tannensis spore (724 in diameter; Factor 1; see p. 284);
crest strikingly asymmetrical. The short arms of the crest may
be more reduced in Tmesipteris and Psilotum.

Reference to a case of superficial similarity was made as
follows (Cranwell 1940): “In peats, etc., the most reduced
forms of rimu pollen might be confused with Lycopodium spores.
The author has found the two together in surface peats from Te
Moehau. The spores were larger, however, and were charac-
terised by coarser sculpture, a clear golden colour, and their
more or less strongly developed triradiate crests along whose lines
rupturing occurs.” Wodehouse (1935) points out that Abies
and some genera of the Magnoliaceae possess signs of a crest
whose arms he considers to be ‘‘homologous with the radii of the
triradiate crest of fern spores.”

Teleutospores of fungi are, of course, easily recognised; other
types of spores can be eliminated by reference to the very small
Acolpate section in the master key.

POLLEN TERMINOLOGY.

Few definitions are really necessary, as it is taken for granted
that readers will have access to Engler’s account of the angio-
sperms (1926) and especially to Wodehouse’s “Pollen Grains”
(1935).

ACOLPATE: Lacking furrows and pores.

ASPIDATE: With a shield-shaped thickening around a germ-pore, associated
with the exine or more often below it; e.g., Nothofagus (fusca type),

Haloragis, Coriaria (Pl. 55, fig. 17) and causing the “pouting”? charac-
teristic of these pores: associated with anemophily.

CELL CONTENTS, likewise, are not stressed, unless they have striking
hyaline bodies assisting in the rupturing of the walls, e.g., in the
Juncaceae, and below the pore-membrane in some of the Papilionaceae.

284. CRANWELL.

COLPATE: Possessing furrows and/or pores.

CROSS (or transverse) FURROW: An elongate gap, usually in the inner
wall of the exine, crossing furrow at 90° on equator; e.g., Araliaceae;
sometimes confluent, e.g., Exocarpus.

DORSAL (proximal): Referring to the side of the grain originally facing
inward in tetrad formation.

EXINE: The cuticularised outer coat of the grain, very resistant, and cthere-
fore very important in fossil studies. Its texture may be rough, or
smooth; its pattern (including sculpture and structure sensu Erdtman
1936) may be lacking, but is generally flecked-granular; warty-papil-
late; truly pitted (a cycad character, according to Wodehouse (1935),
seen in Agathis also); reticulate-pitted or reticulate (the lacunae or
pits rather small), lophate (pits very large, e.g., Taraxacum); spiny or
spinulose or echinolophate). See Plates 53-55. Thickness may be very
useful in identification. The following grading has been used through-
out, and will be found useful, but it must be remembered that the layers
of the exine swell differently in preparation. Erdtman’s method (1936)
causes considerable swelling, and is preferred for fossil grains.

Measurements of Exine.

ie She aE: eg Oe EP OREN eee a 1u or less
2B a a Maes UL ee ok OE oO Oe se a. FeO, Faris about 1.5u
Pra el untae |g Laer thc da. yao Serled Bene 8 about 2u
PSE oh tok ad ceo et Tee gate WEE Gate tk aah, 2-30
re hy Ea Pat sy free i iy Semin hee over 3u

Exine may be lacking in some water-plants, e.g., Zostera.

FURROW CONFIGURATION: For descriptions see Wodehouse (1935, Chap-
ter VII.).

FURROW RIM; PORE RIM: Lips of the furrow and pore respectively.

GERMINAL FURROW: A groove or opening in the exine which provides
for (a) volume-change, permitting the intake rapid of moisture, and
(b) the passage of the pollen-tube, either through a pore or through a
break in a poreless (e.g. Ranunculus) or weakly pored furrow membrane
(e.g., Cruciferae).

GERM PORE: The papilla-like place from which the pollen-tube emerges;
enclosed by the furrow membrane, as in Celmisia (Pl. 54, fig. 13) or
penetrating the exine through loss of the furrow, as in Paratrophis (Pl.
55, fig. 16): sometimes with a vestibule, e.g., Fuchsia, Coprosma, Cory-
nocarpus (PI. 55, fig. 15) between the aperture and th einner wall of the
exine flooring the pore or modified furrow.

INTERCOLPAR: Referring to surface areas lying between the furrows.

INTINE: The essential coat, normally thin, perhaps thickened below furrow
or pore, often increasing greatly in thickness when the exine and its
organs are reduced. As the intine is destroyed by many methods of
preparation, and as it is not preserved in peats (though often reported
from fossil material), it is not given much emphasis in this key, unless
its fresh condition is especially striking, as in the following examples:—
(a) Furrow weakly defined: intine locally thickened—Laurelia novae-

zelandiae and Collospermum hastatum (syn. Astelia solandri).

(b) Furrow eliminated: intine enormously thickened “over circuit of
grain” (Smith and Wodehouse, 1938)—Agathis and members of the
Lauraceae (Beilschmiedia, Pl. 53, fig. 1).

VENTRAL (distal): Referring to the side originally facing outward in the
tetrad, very clearly recognisable in Podocarpus (PI, 53, fig. 6).

New Zealand Pollen Siudies. 285

PERCENTAGES FOR FURROW AND PORE DISTRIBUTION
IN THE GENERA.

About 95% of the grains are simple; in something less than
5% 1s retention in tetrads obligate. Drimys and Drosera are
characterised by such tetrads, while in certain species of
Epilobium and in many of the orchids, grains may occur either
closely or loosely united, or they may even be quite free. Because
of this diversity the percentages are based on the nature of the
single unit, even where tetrads may occur.

PRR UD ROT ETE Lhe 2 8 eer sa hele I Bi gd te eee gh ee ad 10.5%
SPCC IPN ANE cae tb loth, ACA. Uk Big » Le oo A at A eee 89.5%
Sr ER ee. oo kg AR) Sco eis 4 11.5%

COTE? SOS, a Nice ro a WER ee WANS Ae a 10%
eer ree oc bg oh dk aoe a sia arabes Lee ee 1.5%

More than two pores ............. 11.5%

More than one furrow (typically
with 3 furrows and pores) .... 55%

Plates 53-55. Figs. 1-25. Illustrating exine patterns, furrow configurations,
behaviour of furrows and pores, etc. All grains are greatly
enlarged, having been drawn 1,000 (Factor 1), 2,000 (F.2), or
4,000 (F.4) times natural size, and reduced one-third in repro-
duction for this paper.

Plate 53. Figs. 1-6.

1. Taraire (Beilschmiedia taraire : Lauraceae); Acolpate: exine spiny,
intine very thick; size 324 (Factor 2).

2. Tutu (Coriaria arborea : Coriariaceae). Reduced Tricolpate, showing
internal thickening around pores; size 22u (F.2).

8 Candlenut (Aleurites moluccana : Euphorbiaceae). Acolpate: exine
spiny; size 38% (F.1).

4. Horopito (Drimys axillaris : Magnoliaceae). Tetrahedral Tetrad, the
components Monocolpate. Exine open-reticulate; size of com-
ponents 23u (F.2).

5. Hutu (Ascarina lucida : Chloranthaceae). Monocolpate: furrow unex-
panded (type rare in dicotyledons). Exine pitted; size 23u (F.2).

6. Miro (Podocarpus ferrugineus : Podocarpaceae). Monocolpate, bearing
bladders or air-sacs. Size of grain 60u (F.1). (a) furrow open;
(b) furrow closed and bladders drawn together.

286

CRANWELL.

Plate 54. Figs. 7-14. Tricolpate Types, mainly polar views.

1

10.

a

£2.

13.
14.

Mitrasacme novaezelandiae : Loganiaceae. Exine pebbled; furrows
unexpanded; size 19u (F.2).

Piripiri (Acaena sanguisorbae : Rosaceae). Grain angled, with smalle1
pDapilla-like pores between angles; furrows obsolescent. Exine
faintly reticulate or granular; size 24u (F.2).

Whau (Entelea aborescens : Tiliaceae). Equatorial view with one
furrow showing; note 2 pores. Exine reticulate-pitted; size 264
(F".2). ~

Kowhai (Sophora microphylla : Papilionaceae); grain over-expanded,
rupturing the weak furrows. Exine patternless; size 24u (F.2).

Iceplant (Mesembryanthemum australe : Aizoaceae). Exine granular-
papillate; size 23u (F.2).

Taraxacum magellanicum (Compositae). Exine echinolophate; i.ee.,
armed on ridges of lacunae. Note that furrow consists of 3
linked lacunae. Size 1l6u (F.4).

Celmisia coriacea (Compositae). Exine spiny; size 20u (F.2).

Pachystegia insignis (Compositae). Surface granular, with massive
spines; size 20u (F.2).

Plate 55. Figs. 15-25.

15.

16.

17.

18.

ies

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

Karaka (Corynocarpus laevigatus : Corynocarpaceae). Dicolpate, pat-
ternless; size 22u (F.2).

Milktree (Paratrophis opaca : Moraceae). Dicolpate, patternless; size
Pee CR).

Tutu (Coriaria arborea : Coriariaceae); see 2. Furrows almost elimin-
ated; exine flecked; size 20u (F.2).

Rata (Metrosideros robusta : Myrtaceae). Furrows linked; size 1l6u
G2):

Toru (Persoonia toru : Proteaceae). Three-pored; furrows lost; exine
papillate-granular; size 42u (F.1).

Parapara (Heimerlia brunoniana : Nyctaginaceae). Fifteen-furrowed
(furrows coinciding with pores); exine flecked. Reduced type.
Size 48u (F.1).

Alternanthera sessilis (Amaranthaceae). Twelve-pored; lophate; size
15y (F.2).

Kohekohe (Dysoxylum spectabile : Meliaceae). Furrows 4, vestigial;
exine flecked; size 36u (F.1).

Glasswort (Salicornia australis : Chenopodiaceae). Many-pored; exine
flecked; size 238u (F.2).

Hibiscus trionum (Malvaceae). Many-pored; surface pitted, bearing
long spines; size 130u (F.1).

Kaiku (Parsonsia heterophylla : Apocynaceae).- Furrows lost; pores
with ornamented collars; exine patternless; size 26u (F.2).

New Zealand Pollen Studies.

\oP

FURROW

287

oS)

PLATE 5

CRANWELL.

PratTe 54,

289
5

New Zealand Pollen Studies.

290 CRANWELL.

PAGE INDEX TO MAIN DIVISIONS OF THE KEY.

I. GRAINS SIMPLE, p. 290.

(A) Grains Acolpate, p. 290.
(6) Grains Colpate, p. 291.

1. Monocolpate, p. 291.
2. Typically Tricolpate, p. 294.
(a) Furrows strongly defined: Furrowed Grains, p. 294.
Eixine (1) spiny, (2) reticulate, (3) reticulate-striate,
(4) pitted, (5) papillate-granular, (6) finely granular,
(7) patternless.
(b) Furrows almost eliminated: Intermediate, p. 303.
(c) Furrows eliminated: pores present. Pored Grains, p. 304.

II. GRAINS COMPOUND, in TETRADS, p. 307.
(A) Grains Colpate, p. 307.
(B) Grains Acolpate, p. 307.

MASTER KEY.

(*Signifies treated under more than one heading, owing to the diversity in
exine pattern, or to behaviour of the furrow.)
Measurements are in microns: unless otherwise stated they always
refer to size of the grains, which range from 6u (Myosotidium) to
130u (Hibiscus).
ma = 0.001 mm.

I. GRAINS SIMPLE.

(A) GRAINS ACOLPATE, i.e., without furrows and pores, or recognisable
vestige of them. Exine almost invariably very thin and collapsible;
intine often very thick, swelling greatly when moist. Reduced forms.
1. Exine lacking over all or part of grain; intine not thick.

(a) Grain elongate.
Grain threadlike, up to 2,500u long; exine lost or sug-

Sested* by oad 2ranilees oy pyle ben eeu NAIADACEAE
Zosteray

Grain arcuate, 50 to 70u long; exine reticulate except
over ends and on convex side ......c.5-e4%5 NAIADACEA®
Ruppia
(b) Grain spheroidal, 25 to 35u, reduced reticulate ... NAIADACEAE
SEZs ON ME OT Soe, ee, caine ta th ai CTU (hes etc R Bed The fs Lepilaena
aCe eee PAY OO a tes, Wools Ms bal irr iy Clea, yn a Ta Zannichellia
()-Giain spherical. epinnloge: i pad elo wpe oe LEMNACEAE
Lemnaz

2. Exine continuous; intine typically very thick.
(a) Exine spinulose.

mpines crowded, Dlint} Se. 6.4 Joe ee oad EUPHORBIACEAE

Aleurites

SPRINGS CCOTCSTOU. “STALN “../ 2 Stok. Pye ake, dom ee LAURACEAE
Spines conspicuous, up to 2u long.

mize oo 102267 intine 4 to Galnta.. «peu hele oun Beilschmiedia

SIZE Ara OVegks INL Ted Nes et end So eee te Litsaea

ppines weak, rather warty3, 240. od, Seed en analy ds on Cassytha

nd

*Pollen not examined by author.
Tentative position.

New Zealand Pollen Studies. 291

(b) Exine not spinulose.
Grains spherical, or almost so.

Exine pitted or flecked, intine swelling enormously.

CONIFERAFE
size 40. to/504ssexine ‘truly pitted: po es Agathis
size 244: exine flecked: 7.4 )20.. Sl heed een Libocedrus

Exine reticulate-pitted, collapsing ......... CYPERACEAES
Exine reticulate, firmer.

Size SF todd GRine weg oul oo wen serule. PIPERACEAE

Peperomia

size 264; exine weak ..........600066. NAIADACEAE

Potamogeton

Grains not spherical.

Grain ellipsoidal; reticulate-pitted; 36 to 46u
| MONIMIACEAE
Laurelia**

Grain “oblong,” strongly reticulate, 28u .... ORCHIDACEAE
Orthoceras type

Grain “humped” on one side, flat on the other;
SOE thle ECO PETLORe, «een oS, ae BAGNISIACEAE
Bagnisia

(B) GRAINS COLPATE, i.e., with furrows and/or pores.

1. GRAINS MONOCOLPATE, i.e., with a single furrow or pore, some-
times vestigal.

(a) Bladders present. Grain with a dorsal “cap,” and a dis-
tensible membrane flooring furrow on ventral side.
Bladders 2, rarely 3, sometimes fused .. PODOCARPACEAE

(Pl. 53, figs. 6a, 6b).

(1) Bladders 2; furrow elongate.
Bladder thickenings radial, coarse; cap not strongly
pitted; grains 33 to 50u; and 52 to 74 overall
Dacrydium kirkii
D. biforme
D. bidwillii
Bladder thickenings reticulate, delicate; cap pitted:
furrow more active; grains mainly over 45u; and
BO UO SOON LCE 4, deck ne she oak Meee Lea Podocarpus
(excl. P. dacrydioides)

(2) Bladders 3, fused, enclosing a triangular or almost
circular furrow; cap thick, usually pitted.

Membrane triangular; bladders 3, large, delicate,

with reticulate thickenings; cap very thick,
srains 42 to 52u; size overall about 75yu..... Podocarpus
dacrydioides

Membrane not angular.

Bladders fused or almost so ............ P. dacrydioides
(about 5%)

Bladders rudimentary, thickenings radial: size 38
CO ae ie week Any oi RASC An) Poe ieee, Dacrydium cupressinum
D. kirkii group (atypical)

§For Cyperaceae sometimes involved, refer to section I. (B) (b) (2), giving
the typical (i.e., less reduced) forms.

** Not typical.

29? CRANWELL.

(3) Bladders rudimentary, forming frills projecting little
beyond the body of the grain; thickening radial,
coarse; furrow shallow.

Size about 454; cap coarsely granular to reticulate;
CRIM OMeTy EMIGK Waray we at eet occa dich Dacrydium
cupressinum

Size 21 to 30u; cap flecked: exine thin; bladders
WAG ORO ache erie yaks Bk DBR Selle each tg Riles epee ee ual Phyllocladus

(b) Bladders absent; furrow either strongly functional, and
then deeply invaginated when unexpanded,
becoming very conspicuous when expanded; or
much reduced, the intine. generally being enor-
mously thickened below furrow or now more pore-

EL te Nees en Pe em A most MONOCOTYLEDONS

. few DICOTYLEDONS

(1) Furrow very well defined.

a. Grain angular, flattened; furrow sharply 3-armed
when unexpanded, crestlike.

Exine strongly reticulate, mesh weaker over

IGM ERTOT) BOGOR) io. as askew. w beenap ite wes AGAVACEAEB
Phormium

Pus tite ety “pete Bie ios. al pas whoa tel LILIACEAE
Herpolirion

PIAS PAMePniens | 38 by cel es dy ane etod so duce LILIACEAE
Dianella

b. Grain elongate; furrow very long.

i. Furrow wide, rims typically thickened; chan-
nelled when unexpanded, membrane bulging
when expanded.

Exxine rather thick.
Size 50u, membrane patternless.

RU PATE EMI a et td ae earl nage Kp PALMAE
Rhopalostylis

Ewine erantilar-Ditted sso. s ec can loca LILIACHKAE
Bulbinella

Size 30u or less.
Size 30u; reticulate to pitted; smoother on

POSING Aa Te eee AGAVACEKAE
Cordyline indivisa
Size 24u; pitted all over .... CHLORANTHACEAE
Ascarina

Size 10 to 164; exine pitted, warty on mem-
FPO Sere eal Nia oe Te PIPERACEAE

Macropiper
FEixine thin, pitted all over.

Pige 28 py Log, pitd faint .a..% 4 ome LILIACEAE
Iphigenia
Wize Bose Pits StLOnBer » to fue. 4. HY POXIDACEAEB
Hypoxis

Exine exceedingly thin, patternless; 30 by 22
IRIDACEAE
Libertia

ii. Furrow narrow, sometimes riftlike; rims un-
thickened.

Exine reticulate or pitted; furrow usually clear.

New Zealand Pollen Studies. 2923

Furrow almost encircling grain; mesh graded;
Cp DOE Sg ec eats Rae tt UE) SEM ge ei MONIMIACEAE
Laurelia*
Furrow much shorter.
Size 28u; grain flattened; mesh _ bold
OUPOSIbS: Tierney te hh de AGAVACEA
Cordyline banksii, australis
Size 44 by 304; mesh reduced against
PUTIN Sr ine EE ly eee ke LILIACEAE
Arthropodium
Exine granular; furrow weaker.
DRG 2a OOS: fl ween) ee LILIACEAE
Astelia trinervia®
A. cunninghamii*

Size 33u; exine flecked ......... SMILACACEAR*
Ripogonum

Size 40u; exine flecked ......... PHILESIACEARB*
Luzuriaga

(2) Furrow vestigial, reduced to a rounded porelike area,
or indicated only by a rift in the exine. Exine
very thin, pattern reduced; intine typically very
thick, swelling to rupture weak area.

Grains spheroidal; more ellipsoidal when unexpanded.

Furrow rift crescentic; exine reticulate; 24yu

NAIADACEAE
Triglochin
Furrow barely indicated; broad or striplike.

RAPE DER gp od aang oe oxy Se StL ae LILIACEAE
Size 234; papillae sharp .......... Astelia trinervia*
A. cunninghamii*
Size 35u; granules of 2 sizes ............ A. nervosa

Size 40u; exine with surface and embedded
Sratinted” 76. e000 Say! Collospermum hastatum

Exine flecked.

PE Ak AE et on RS, cee oy ae SMILACACKARE*
Ripogonum
eA AOE set, hears he ook ee Om PHILESIACEAER*
Luzuriaga
Size 50u; finely pitted’............ RESTIONACKAE
Leptocarpus
Eixine pitted-reticulate; 30% ........2.. CYPERACEAE
Fimbristylis

Exine pitted with shining granules; 24 to 34u
CENTROLEPIDACEAE
Hydatella (Juncella) ?+
mize S44; oxine Sranular’ )...ois..k4 ik wes Gaimardia
Size 24u; exine fragmented ............ Centrolepis

Grains typically pouch- -Shaped, the ‘pores’ con-
stricted by coarsely granular collars; exine
characterised by brilliant embedded and ad-

ditional surface granules ........... RESTIONACEAE
uxine very thick; 40u .......... Calorophus (Hypolaena)
Hxine thin.

Pattern bold, continuous: 32 to Lees Oe etig o Lepyrodia

PAILOTT BAER ORFs hadyn os hala py ol eek Lepyrodia

7Male flowers of the native species so far unknown.

294 CRANWELL.

Grains ovoid, wedge or gourd-shaped. Furrow-pore
at broad end; mesh usually obscure ... CYPERACEAE

Pore smooth; exine flecked-pitted.

yO ae flakes Nuc oli ane ela ateee eat etn she ead te lates Mariscus*
TFS te fees Babe yee eh DRM Bb SUS a, A, hn ye es MENS at Schoenus
oth, AULT TREE ustacey ate Gos caes pers Senor ene? ates Carex spp.
PREZ GN Mee BEE IE ncaa nls Aaah Ole tetep heated: Kurhge wadiees Eleocharis*
Pore TOURH? STAannles Tew ssa ak. ei Cee ees Uncinia

Pore granules numerous.
Exine mainly pitted; grains angular.

a EUS Ve ik NEE ena hy a CER Sie ere Scirpus nodosus
Size 40u; intine very thick at 3 angles ... Oreobolus*
Ca ye COnE 2s ln 4y 8 gal ae gah, Sey eee sa Welenin Aan em Desmoschoenus
A Ma ERE CES 7 ee ON Aa RR Aer Ae Ne Eleocharis*

Exine mainly flecked; 46 to 56u.
Exine meshed; grain curved at narrow

et LS PO Meth nee AEF Bin Pace ON BRT othe eg AR Carpha
EXxine pitted; grain ovoid .......... Eleocharis*
Grains almost spherical; “furrow” obscure; exine
flecked.
PREG LOR OCH AIIT. -CENE G5 eves Mh oee Bie oko eed elles Cladium sinclairti
BREN SUE EM SHEEN esyigo ow iig. ce Made ee cal oeet aba ee OG) Mee Oreobolus*

Mariscus*
Lepidosperma

(3) Furrow completely lost: pore small, sharply defined.
Grains ovoid or spherical; exine very thin.

Pore not striking; intine thick under pore.
Exine pitted.

PIES POLS 2G es ee a SPARGANIACEAE
Sparganium

Pris wea Y “BOs aia ae oe Birla saree TYPHACEAE
Typha

Exine patternless; pore lateral if grain ovoid; 16
SD 5 a ney CRN) ite Me ON cn A Tie BT eed A ee PANDANACEHKAE
Freycinetia

Pore striking, brilliantly rimmed, with central oper-
culum or cover; exine flecked; intine fairly

EERO Tt oa A UGA cae Te clete le ere oes GRAMINEAE
SAO EID he yes 5 OAs tare ct alis te KEES bbe DC an Soe Fite e.g. Danthonia
Arundo

See well Wer Bowe. = re Lat See ee e.g. Festuca
Poa

2. GRAINS NOT MONOCOLPATE: typically tricolpate, very
rarely dicolpate, sometimes hexacolpate (or tetracolpate
by reduction), or polycolpate.

(a) FURROWS STRONGLY DEFINED; typically 3, meridi-
onal (tricolpate), each with a nequatorial pore: 6 or 4
furrows not uncommon; never 2 in normal grains.
Furrowed grains.

(1) EXINE SPINY.

Furrows 5-8, meridional; spines short, blunt; 55
. CUCURBITACEAE*
Sicyos
Furrews and pores 3.or occasionally 6 or 4.

Surface patternless or granular; grains usually
oblately flattened; size 14 to 34u ... COMPOSITAE

New Zealand Pollen Studies. 295

Surface flecked at most; furrows typically
short; pores compensatingly large.

spines small.
Size typically less than 20u; pores very
ORES 55 50 PS i gs aes RL Ee toe Wy os AE ke (Inuleae)
ies TS tO. Ub 4.0 Se ei Gnaphalium: Raoulia
Leucogenes: Cassinia
Helichrysum

Size 30u; spines widely spaced ...... Craspedia

Size typically 20 to 2hm 2.24% 6. wedws (Senecioneae)
Furrows long and well-defined; spines

ROU GG, OMe Cy ten Aa ae ee Brachyglottis

Furrows much weaker.

Spines less than 3.54, crowded ...... Traversia

| | Erechtites

Spines 3.54; widely spaced (6m) ...... Senecio

Spines large; up to 64 long; 20u ...... (Heliantheae)

Spines very long, curved ............. Bidens

Spines much shorter, bases broader
Siegesbeckia

Surface granular; furrows’ stronger; pores
often large; spines typically rather short,
broad-based, conical, Lexagonally grouped.

Surface rather coarsely granular; spines

sharply pointed; 17 to 34u ...... (Anthemideae)
Granulation heavy; furrows strong; over
GREE PS lig cd! ety te ee Crees hed hres taste Fist Cotula
Granulation and furrows weaker; less than
20.
Pores very large; spines 3.5u; 18u .. Abrotanella
Pores and spines smaller; l6mu ....... Centipeda

surface weakly granular; furrows tapering
SLPOURTY 7 20) BOR on: Ua ee ees (Astereae)

Spines massive, over 4u, striate except for
YOR Sac, eee eee eh ee ate Pachystegia

Spines not massive, very short, or up to 4.5u.
Furrows tending to rupture.

Spines: 3 to 4.54; 20 to-30es ~. i205... Celmisia
pines SHOTS Bee at. ee be ee Brachycome
Spines very short; 20 to 27u .......... Olearia

Furrows not rupturing; spines short.

Furrows short; size 254. ....6... Lagenophora

Furrows long; spines crowded; 20 to
TE slg er NOSE eecnt os 1 eek mete Tae, Pleurophyllum
Vittadinia

Surface echinolophate, lacunae polygonal. Grains
tricolpate, or tetracolpate (the furrows then
modified ).

Lacunae few (15 or 20), functionally differenti-
ated, 3 or 4 alternate on equator occupied
by conspicuous pores; polar plates pre-
sent; furrows modified; spines long,
EAT | 3 SER ee co Gee COMPOSITAE (Cichorieae)

296 CRANWELL.

Furrows typically 3; (lacunae 15).
Size 16 to 26u; ridges high, spines long;

(CLE: da cesta ty Cc ae AN i hc d ey Taraxacum

Size 26 to 36u, plates mainly 3- or 6-armed.
Ft baS BOLI opis cs abo ty Sn eas Crepis, Picris
Plates broad; spines longer .......... Microseris
Furrows typically 4; (lacunae 20), 26-334 ... Sonchus

Lacunae many, functionally undifferentiated;
furrows long, tapering, membrane smooth,
pore or whole membrane bulging.

hesh 4enitoerm.: 2G. J. oe STACKHOUSIACEA®H
Stackhousia*™

Mesh larger in intercolpar areas; 20 to 45u
GENTIANACEHA
Gentiana*

(2) EXINE RETICULATE (tending to grade into (4) see
p. 297); furrows tapering.

Furrows interrupted by 2 pores; 23 to 30u ..MYOPORACEA®)
Myoporum*

Furrows with a single equatorial pore.

Pattern unmodified, or almost so, over membrane;
furrows ill-defined.
Hxine thick, mesh bold; pores large.

Grains over 45u, uniform .......... GERANIACEAE
site DUA Mest PEAT ooo aka Ho ox Pelargonium
Size 45 to 80u; exine thicker, mesh more

ERE (iA ed Bey cee fe ee Ty: wired Penni yy Geranium

Grains less than 454; mesh smaller.
Furrows 3, 6, outlined. and membrane
transversed by coarse granules; 30 to

oT ee EL eR A pe ee, K OXALIDACHKAE
Oxalis

Furrows 4, 3, not defined by granules; 28u
STYLIDIACKAE
Donatia*

Exine thin; pores lacking or obscure.
Mesh very bold, strongest in intercolpar area

CRUCIFERAE

MESA -CONTIMUOHS: eM oh een te ele a Notothlaspi
Mesh irregular against membrane; 25u..Cardamine
Mesh reduced, rather granular; 184 .... OLEACEAE
Olea*

Pattern terminating (and reduced) at furrow mar-
gin; furrows diamond-shaped; pores cireu-
lar, conspicuous.
Exine thick.
Ridges and mesh rough; pores not large.
Size 25 to 45u; ridges subechinate
GENTIANACHAE
Gentiana*
Size 26u; ridges pebbled ... STACKHOUSIACEAE
Stackhousia*
Ridges of mesh smooth; pores large.
Cross-furrow present; exine very thick;
ORS petites Suhahy yea Deere) Sateen fe ARALIACHAH
Meryta
Cross-furrow lacking; exine thinner; 27
VERBENACEAS
Avicennia
Exine thin; membranes tending to rupture;
pores weakly defined ... SCROPHULARIACEAE

New Zealand Pollen Studies. 297

Size 254; furrows expanding to give angular

THEO AR OTT. Sedan) paw Ta cas pee a ee a NM eGhe Ss dure We, is oe Ourisia
Sy OOP “(on 2.0 theo yea rasa ee Bem Cate ele Siphonidium
Size 45u; furrows narrower and less vigor-

CUE TORN AMET. «, ¥ welsuAG eh aoe lance Euphrasia

(5) EXINE RETICULATE-STRIATE (“finger-print” pat-

tern).
Furrows diamond-shaped, not meeting; grains
spheroidal: Size 276. ~~. oh sy 4. CARYOPHYLLACEAE

Hectorella
Furrows very narrow, untapering, commonly 4, join-
ing to form angular “islands” at the flattened
RST Ue Be Pe anna 4 ead re, ud Ree GENTIANACHAE
Liparophyllum*

(4) EXINE PITTED (reduced reticulate), the lacunae
rounded or angular, mainly less than 2u across
(see also reticulate).

Exine boldly pitted, typically rather thick.

Furrows coinciding with elliptic pores, 3 or 6;
COUR. ATi aad ms ecb ae LN a en! HALORAGIDACHAE
Gunnera*
Furrows normally developed.
Furrows long and wide, tapering sharply.
Pore rims thickened. |
Exine thick; pores large, elongate, without

vestibules; 28 to 44u ..... GOODENIACHA'N

AVAL SE te eee A Se ee He cr ae ide BEY a. Scaevola

I Ea nce dl een Ser tinea in DES TENG oe ng ham ok aR er, Selliera
Exine thinner; pores small, circular, with

large vestibules; 254 .......... CORNACEAR

Griselinia

Pore rims unthickened, pores small or obscure.
Eixine thick; pores papillate; 20 to 45u

KUPHORBIACEAF:
IER) AU TLS ATES UG P os ssticsy, Ses, e haces Poranthera
Bizge"oom, THLS: POUNCE ons odie cares Euphorbia
DEzO OSU. Dits Ivregiwlar:. 4. fdas Homalanthus

Exine thin.
Surface smooth; furrows 3, 6 or 4.
size 23 to 30u; 2 pores often clear in

OAC TUTTO «5 ee. oe MYOPORACEAE
Myoporum*

SiZe Bates. DLs Itresitar- | sae eu TILIACEAE
Entelea

Surface corrugated; pits small, round;
exine thinner; 28 to 35u ... VERBENACHKAE
Vitex
Furrows long and narrow.
Pores sharply defined, underlain by cross-
furrows.
Exine thick; pores typically transverse.
Pitting bold; furrows very narrow; 30
SAPINDACEAE
Dodonaea
Pitting less bold; furrows wider.
Size 82u; pores long .... CONVOLVULACEAE
Dichondra*
Size 264; pores shorter; cross-furrows
almost encircling grain .... ARALIACHKAE
Pseudopanax

298 | CRANWELL.

(4) contd. Exine thin; furrows almost taperless.
RAC GAS Re 6) 07 oe eT Ree ARALIACEAH
Nothopanax arboreum type
Size 24u; pores sometimes circular
POLYGONACEAE
Muehlenbeckia*

Pores not sharply defined; furrows 3, 6 or 4.
Membrane patternless; furrows 3; 23
CRUCIFERAE
Lepidium
Membrane patterned except for narrow con-
fining strips, probably representing
furrows; exine thin.
Furrow-strips 6, in 3 pairs; 35u
PASSIFLORACEAE
Tetrapathaea*?+
Furrow-strips 3, or 4 (narrow only when
unexpanded); mechanism very vigor-
ERS rate. De 5 OR ee a he et ti VERBENACEAE
Teucridium*+

Exine not boldly pitted; texture smooth; furrows 3,
otherwise 6, 4, or rarely 5.

Pores lacking; furrows narrow; 324 .RANUNCULACEAE
Anemone

Pores present, but sometimes obscure.

Pores large, with very elastic membranes; fur-
rows spindle-shaped, often tearing

PAPILIONACEAD
Pores oblong.
Pores: Merigdional? QBs. oc aa qadvhs ad eu bn Clianthus
Pores transverse.
SSLAD: LAME ees onbe Co ata at LB ce ot youlin ok Corallospartium
No Ze C22 SD CA, Holanda ie Pash AC AUP A Swainsona
Pores not oblong.
Pores elliptical: 16 to 30m. 2... 445.. Carmichaeiia
Pores cirrewlar> 20. to: 23m 2.2. .4545 Chordospartium

Notospartium

Pores small, often forming bulges in furrow
membrane; furrows long, mainly nar-
row, tapering.

Pores sharply defined.
Furrows rather wide.

GAB ye Dc theres ee eee wR yet a Ne CUNONIACEAE
Weinmannia

NED Le 2) | Se Le Men Go Ma SEN ee ee CM RUTACEAE
Melicope

Furrows narrow.
Pores slitlike, with cross-furrows.

RMSE THICK SR ey CONVOLVULACEAE
Dichondra*
Pe kI ie CI Bee eo oe ns ets es ARALIACEAE

Nothopanax simplex type

+Quite aberrant types, impossible to understand without reference to related
forms in other floras. Tctrapathaea grains seem allied to those of Passiflora,
in which each pair of furrows is linked just short of the poles. In these
an area of the exine is isolated, whereas in Teucridium the whole mechanism
seems to act as a much modified single furrow enclosing an opercular
thickening equivalent to the middle of the pore, somewhat as in Nymphaea.

New Zealand Pollen Studies. 299

(4) coutd Pores circular.
Rims thickened; 18u.
Cross-furrows present ....... ARALIACEAE
Schefflera
Cross-furrows absent ...... SAPINDACEAE
Alectryon
Rims unthickened.
SR OA Ee mh ary eo, aig tg CAMPANULACEAE
Lobelia |
OLGA MaDe tetrery Sard a! ne WOE CALLITRICHACEAE
Callitriche
Size 385 furrows 5, 6. bee ne LABIATAE
Mentha

Pores weakly defined, membrane often bulging.

Furrows wide, short; 20 to 40u.

Grain flattened: 28>.) cselce.. STYLIDIACHKAE
Donatia*

VEIT CP OUMRET: byt) oa on CAMPANULACEAH
Size 36u; exine fairly thick ........ Colensoa
5ize- 20. to 30n: exine thifner 2... ...%! Pratia
Isotoma

Furrows narrow, long; exine thin...CRUCIFERAE
Pitting uniform.

PE itt eA We eh ee a en Ml gah Pachycladon

ERO be Oe ova Ot ian, tee ata Dae Ao, ot Sisymbrium
Pitting graded.

Pe OEE Noe te ke Seow er ae ee ema! Cheesemania

RELA Seni Ad a otieces os tag tian ee Nasturtium palustre

(5) EXINE PAPILLATE-GRANULAR.
Furrows 38, sometimes 6 or 4, distinct, functional.

Pores present; exine moderately thick to very thick.

Membrane unpatterned; furrows 4, or 3; 24u
LORANTHACEAE

Tupeia
Membrane patterned; granules of 2 sizes; 20u
LOGANIACEAE
Mitrasacme
Pores absent; membrane usually’ patterned,
bulging on expansion; grains spheroidal.
Size 60u; pores obsolescent?; granules’ sub-
BOTTA cise situ ee UL ee oes CONVOLVULACEAE
Convolvulus
Size less than 50u; no trace of pores; membrane
not smooth; furrows typically wide

RANUNCULACEAE

Mareins SNIOOtIS TS tO Shae ok oe Oe eo ont Caltha
Margins rough or jagged.

Furrows wide; size 20 to 40u ........ Ranunculus

M yosurus

Furrows narrow, often weak; 18 to 28u....Clematis

Furrows 4, 3, or up to 9, coinciding with pores or both
reduced and non-functional; grains strongly
flattened. (See p. for more logical position.)

Size 45 to 65u; furrows and pores 5 to 9, vestigial
FAGACEAE

Nothofagus menziesii*

Size 27 to 43u; furrows reduced, 4 or 3; pores
Sy SEE aS be SOE RiP SR ge ah Me Dae a ita STYLIDIACEAE*

300 CRANWELL.

(6) EXINE FINELY GRANULAR OR MERELY
FLECKED, occasionally with additional warty
granules, rarely striate; furrows typically 3;
exine mainly thin and smooth.

Sculpture continuous, or very nearly so; furrows wide.
Pattern embracing whole surface.
Furrow distinct, whole membrane bulging on

expansion.
Surface granular ....... AIOZACEAE (Ficoidaceae)
Granules uniform; furrows 6, rarely 3,
weridignal) 26° (tO. SOM ewe eae seed Tetragonia

Granules of 2 sizes; furrows 3; 26u
Mesembryanthemum
Furrow weak; pattern netted.
Pores protruding; grains angular between

pores, flattened; 20 to 26u ......... ROSACEAE
Acaena*

Pores lost; grains spheroidal; 18u...... OLEACHKAE
Olea*

Pattern lacking only on furrow “ring,’’ continuous
over large membrane; exine thick, flecked or
ONG LOs reS Ae le qed eS A oa ol eas VERBENACEAE
Teucridium*

Sculpture not continuous over furrow membrane.

Sculpture patchy, flecked; 20u.
Furrows narrow; 3, beaded on rims ...... LABIATAE
Scutellaria
Furrows wide, 4 or more, rarely 3 or 5; flecked
AYOUNG -HOTOR: 26g hls vo ek SCROPHULARIACEAE
Glossostigma
Sculpture even.
Furrows wide, meridional (unless hexacolpate).

Furrows 4, or 5, very wide, rounded at end;
pores large; exine very thick, granular;
Ae EE oP aera etn BA le eres SAXIFRAGACHAE
Ixerba
Furrows 4, or 3, tapering.

Pores fairly large.
Furrows short; 18-244 .. SCROPHULARIACEAT
Mimulus*
Mazus*
Furrows long.
Exine thick (2-34), granular or pitted;
vig AG) Sh cas 9A” Reece ORNL A PITTOSPORACEAE
Pittosporum*
Exine about 24; furrow rim thickened; |
RO late ai Pa Qrics ental Gian CORNACEAH
Corokia
Exine thin.
Size 20 to 40u; pores like papillae.
Pattern flecked.

NOY EA a bP eee ty Ad A Ta Ne OE De GUTTIFERA}H
Hypericum

a VOOR be pot) ae a ae PITTOSPORACEAH
Pittosporum*

Pathern "COgrTser Onaga eres ROSACEAH
Size 18u; rather striate .......... Rubus
rR, wat oe kg Hd ROT De ee ae EO LO Potentilla

Acaena*, Geum

Size 35 to 554; pores sharply defined;
more granular ..... CAPRIFOLIACEAE
: Alseuosmia

New Zealand Pollen Studies. 301

(6) contd. Pores small; exine thin.
Grains less than 30u; furrows tending to
split.
EXxine flecked; furrows sometimes 6
VIOLACEARK.
iZe ALS EO 2 Ss fille Sa el ee ee Melicytus
POE LOWE Oe Ma blot pec Nek ge un ta ee nis Viola
mxine Sanaa go ae elie. o RHAMNACEAE
SIZ a SOU Rete bccn a vices someon Pomaderris
Size 20u; exine thinner ..../.4.... Discaria
Exine pebbled; 27u ........ GENTIANACEAE
Sebaea
Grains 86u; furrows not rupturing
UMBELLIFERAE
Eryngium

Furrows narrow, typically 3, functioning little
or at most by “hinge” action; pores
equatorial, small. |

Grains flattened; furrow rims parallel.

Furrows meeting to enclose polar “islands.”

RISC OR GHS TUCK WE no, Sot digs | MYRTACEAE
Eugenia*
1G) 2S OLUPTOWS @) Pda GENTIANACEAE

Liparophyllum*
Furrows not meeting; angles of grain trun-

cate.
Size 18u; exine very thin ........ MYRTACEAE
Myrtus
Size 24u; exine thick ........ LORANTHACEAE
Loranthus
Grains not flattened; furrows long, usually
slightly tapering; pores commonly
prominent.
Grains spindle-shaped.
Ned VAM 2) one, SA REO, a] Upnent ieen L lai a> PRIMULACEAE
Samolus
net he ee ee ee ee eh aot HLATINACEAE
Elatine
Size 24u, pore comparatively large
TETRACHONDRACEAE
Tetrachondra*

Size 26u, pores minute .. SCROPHULARIACEAE
Hebe & Veronica

Grains more spheroidal, or ellipsoidal when
contracted; pores often wider than fur-
rows; exine flecked.

Furrowe: 4, or 200 en ys HPACRIDACEAE
Leucopogon fasciculatus

Furrows 3.
Size 16u; exine very thin ....... RUTACEAE
Phebalium
Size 20M; e@xine thin ........ GESNERACEKAE
Rhabdothamnus
Size 264; furrows narrower; exine
ROTC erty ois Cele ahts y POLYGONACEKA®

Muehlenbeckia*®

Size 30u; furrows riftlike; exine fairly
EERE 5a han eral oct Lent DAL ee ON SAPOTACEAE
Sideroxylon

302 CRANWELL.

Grains dumb-bell shaped unexpanded; pores
with cross-furrows; exine very thin,
mesh faint; about 20u
UMBELLIFERAE (most genera)
Apium; Anisotome; Aciphylla; Actinotus,
Daucus; LilaeopSis; Oreomyrrhis;
Schizeilema, etc.

(7) EXINE PATTERNLESS (or at most obscurely
flecked), very thin; surface perfectly smooth; fur-
rows typically meridional, with or without small
equatorial pores.

Grains typically tricolpate; 6 or 4 furrows occasional.

Grains strongly flattened, sharply triangular; fur-
rows narrow, linked by arci; 12 to 20u .MYRTACEKAE
Leptospermum
Metrosideros
Eugenia*
Grains ellipsoidal; furrows narrow.

Size 6 to 8u; furrows slitlike; pores obscure
BORAGINACEAE

Myosotidium
Size 20 to 30u; furrows long and narrow, often
vestigal; pores aspidate with cross-furrows.

Cross-furrows making equatorial circuit; size
vi AN SS lls Ce. ey ee CONOR ID Lede ak ee Ao SANTALACEKAE
Exocarpus
Cross-furrows not meeting (or rarely).
Furrows long; 20: to 30¢@ ......6.6.., ARALIACEAE
Stilbocarpa
Furrows shorter, weaker; size 20 to 25u
UMBELLIFERAE
Actinotus*
Coxella
Lilaeopsis*
Daucus*
Grains spheroidal or oblately flattened, sometimes
rounded-triangular in outline when expanded.

Size 20u or less; usually rather flattened.

Furrows wide and tapering; flattened.

Furrows defined; pores aspidate .... VIOLACEKAE
POLS ber tc een Cae Snes > “naa ot fe hope eee s Melicytus*
Size 19u; exine thicker ......... Hymenanthera

Furrows vaguely outlined; pores not aspi-

ri: ROC OY) Serene meen, SNP RelA as Soares BA ICACINACEAE
Pennantia
Furrows narrow, much longer; grains less
flattened.
Grains somewhat flattened.
Size 10n; furrows 3 or’6 ....,.4 CUNONIACEAE
Ackama
EOE by POE Gere aia east inns CRASSULACEAE
Tillaea

Grains not flattened.
Size 11 te 15u; unflecked

ELAEOCARPACEAE
aU TMA PAE TEED GFR Gere 2) ATF teh ae ee" Elaeocarpus
Bye hUlioee Cnn Skee GS tonic ia tea SA gies pee bh Set ay Aristotelia

Size 12u; flecked near pores
SCROPHULARIACEAK

Jovellana*

New Zealand Pollen Studies. 303

(7) contd. Size more than 20u; furrows weakly defined,
tapering.
Furrows typically 3.
Furrows wide, membranes bulging; 24u

PAPILIONACEAE
Sophora
Furrows narrow; 28u .... TETRACHONDRACEAE
Tetrachondra

Furrows 4, or 5, more rarely 3.
Size 24u; pores not aspidate ..... MYRSINACEAE
Suttonia
Size 21a; pores aspidate «4.65. -4: SOLANACEAE
Solanum

Grains not tricolpate, having 4, 5, or 6 long, narrow,
meridional (possibly oblique) furrows; pores
mainly very small, vigorous.

(irains ellipscidal, constricted at waist; 12 to 20u

BORAGINACEAE
M yosotis*

Grains spheroidal to discoid; exine thin.
Grains -4-angled; Zhe sa cccey as SCROPHULARIACEAE
Gratiola

Grains not angled.
Pores present.
Size 15u; furrows 5, or 4, tapering sharply

SAXIFRAGACEAE
Quintinia
Size 30u; furrows 5, or 6, blunt
LENTIBULARIACEAE
Utricularia
Size 34u; furrows 4, riftlike ........ MELIACEAE

Dysoxylum*
Pores absent; furrows 4, 5, or 3; 10 to 20u

RUBIACEAE
Size 13u; exine sometimes flecked ........ Galium
Size 20u; furrows longer, often curved .. Asperula

(b) FURROWS ALMOST ELIMINATED, coinciding with the
pores, or both vestigial. Transitional types, mainly
repeated in sections to which they most nearly
approach.

(1) Furrows not merely coinciding with pores, but ex-
tending beyond as rifts or lines of weakness.

Pores clear, wider than the 4 or 6 furrows.
Grains spheroidal.

REGO MERE © AIDA ce GD to iad Spake 238 tae A MELIACEAE
Dysoxylum*
SEA he hy ae teed in een seein Bea POU tine a ee EPACRIDACEAE

Leucopogon frazeri
Grains flattened; furrows vague; pore rim un-

thickened.
TOMAS” PAB IEATO Sy gee ier hk ie erated Sate STYLIDIACHKAE
Exine thin.
Pattern. Wartys “S00 o. on Bes Oot se so Oreostylidium
Peveern Aes Agee ssc its Seas Fees Phyllachne
Brine Tue 2b Fo a awh ee eS Forstera
Exine faintly flecked, very thin; 21lyu
SCROPHULARIACEAE
Limosella
Mimulus*

Mazus*

304 CRANWELL.

Pores obscure or lacking; furrows riftlike; exine
very thin.
Grains flattened; vestigial furrows and pores indi-
cated by 5-7-9 angles on the _ equator;
Pepilate: to! £0 Gbm ci. ince ces FAGACEAN
Nothofagus menziesii*
Grains spheroidal.

Furrow-lines 3; warty-flecked; 30u...... RUBIACEAE
Nertera
Purrowe-4; pitted: S40 2. ai, POLYGONACEKAE
Rumex*
Furrows 6-8; spiny; 554 ............ CUCUBITACEAE
Sicyos*

(2) Furrows coinciding with elongate pores (i.e., elimin-
ated, sensu stricto, but original orientation sug-
gested by the pores).

Slits meridional, mainly aspidate and pouting; grains
flattened.
Pores: 5-8; papillate? 22-40u ......0..00l ene FAGACEAR
Nothofagus (fusa type)
Pores 3 or 4 (rarely 6, then not meridional).
Membrane large, exposed; 35u ... HALORAGIDACEAR
Gunnera*
Membrane minute, sunken.
Pores pouting, forming angles.
Exxine reticulate-granular; 28yu
HALORAGIDACEAE
Myriophyllum
Exine flecked.

mize 2ou: Tursdws 3-55.03 25 CORIARIACEAE
Coriaria*
Size 32-484; furrows 4, or more
HALORAGIDACEAT
Haloragis
Slits not meridional, equidistant.
Furrows 6; pitted.
SUA Le 2)! Se ee re ee eee a CARYOPHYLLACEAE
Spergularia?
SISO wom te Se, or ne et a HALORAGIDACEAE
Gunnera*
Furrows 12 or 15, rarely more.
xine hecked $460 ool eet os ek NYCTAGINACEAE
Heimerlia*
Exine reticulate to pitted ....... PORTULACCACEAE
eG es TB CE ia pnd Sleek eho cle on Claytonia*
pize S64; mesh weaker «.....0..0.0cdvchen. Montia*

(c) FURROWS COMPLETELY ‘ELIMINATED; PORES
PRESENT, typically circular—not reminiscent of
furrows. PORED GRAINS (excluding monocolpate
forms).

(1) GRAINS SPINY.

Surface reticulate, pitted, or granular: spines scat-
tered.

Pores very numerous; exine reticulate or pitted,

thick.
Size 70u; reticulate: spines long. -CONVOLVULACEAE
Ipomoea
Size 100 to 130u; pitted, very thick; spines ex
COOULI RI y WOE IY nee te ed See MALVACEAE
Hibiscus

Pores few (4 to 6), rimmed; granular .... MALVACEAE

?

New Zealand Pollen Studies. 305

Size 304; pores rather large; spines short,

CEPI ALNOL tots ry eee) li ga nes. eA ace TA Plagianthus
Size 404; pores smaller; spines’ longer
COA, + LORS ORO WO IL he thas ikon lentats uae Oot ek Hoheria

Surface lophate with spines on ridges; pores 3 or 4,
BOO er tet eer STN 3 cpl Ste teed BURT Pesce CICHORIEAE*
(2) GRAINS NOT SPINY.

Pores equatorial, circular; usually with thickened
rims.
Grains dicolpate; pores opposed.

Grains elongate, over 224; exine firm.

Size 65u; pores very conspicuous; vestibules

TAHOE 49 js ss ae ie ce ee eee ONAGRACEAE
Fuchsia

Size 22 by 16u; pores inconspicuous; vesti-
PLO SBIR Aric. seis krone CORYNOCARPACEAE
Corynocarpus

Grains spherical, mainly less than 224; pores
inconspicuous; exine weak, patternless
URTICACEAE and MORACEAE*

PZ SO we ROG on) eh oe eh ect ts. 5 Australina
Elatostema
LCN § Ye RS aN ee gay Sit eee) Ae, PP OMmn emir cre hye Boehmeria
Parietaria
Net ED CF Oe it! ee AT ERE ot MR ery ree Lge arts! Urtica spp.

Paratrophis opaca

Grains typically tricolpate, occasionally tetracol-
pate (very rarely dicolpate).

Pores with ornamented collars; patternless; 28u
APOCYNACEAE
Parsonsia*
Pores without ornamented collars.

Grains flattened; angular; exine mainly
thick, patterned.
Pores very conspicuous; size 40 to 100u

ONAGRACEAE
Epilobium*
Pores inconspicuous.
Size 45 to 604; grains 3-armed

LORANTHACEAE
Elytranthe
Ba AT CEOS ORES 4. line ag ices Oa ee PROTEACEAE
FUKUI LIR TS le re A. oo Noe ee Persoonia
EPR Bu ky 0 1 egg See ee ge SP ey oe le Knightia

Size 25u. ; ,
Exine finely netted .......--- BATT ee ore
TExine PILTSAVS 6 oa aes tee LORANTHACEAE
Korthalsella
xine flecked <2 os. bares CORIARIACEAE*
Coriaria

Grains neither flattened nor angled; exine
very thin, petternless.
Grains spherical; pores 2-4
URTICACEAE and MORACEAE
Size 10 to 20u ....- eee ecerees Sa Urtica™
Size 14 to 23 \ 25 << eis s OR Paratrophis

ipsoidal; pores 3; 20u .
Grains ellipsoidal; p ‘i Geniostoma

306 CRANWELL.

(2) contd. Pores scattered, often equidistant; definite symmetry
indicated when _ pores elliptic; grains
Spheroidal or occasionally elongate.
Pores not exceeding 15.
Pores elliptic, typically 12.

Eixine very thick; mesh strongest in inter-

colpar Breas. ooo se, PORTULACCACEAE
Size. 4605 -miesh “polds 60 ey twa! er kce Claytonia*
LAG OO wc B OMI OR GI 1: 2. porte wu wen Montia*

Eixine less thick, flecked; furrows 12 to 15
(number rarely doubled); 48
NYCTAGINACEAR
Heimerlia*
Pores circular, clearly defined.

Exine thick, pores predominantly 12.
Pores large, membrane more or less pat-
terned.
Pores very large, rims weak: 55 to 75

LINACEA
Linum

Pores smaller, rims thickened; 36 to 46u
CAMPANULACEAER
Wahlenbergia

Pores small; membrane unpatterned; 20 to

al (2 GS 2 oot? bot AE: CARYOPHYLLACEAE
ex CTA Veo ae a i ee ati ee | le Colobanthus
AULD BDL! Be 5 Mer 51 SME ID ef Sa ee Oe Stellaria

Exine thin; pores 4 to 12.
Pores rather large.
Exxine lophate; ridge adorned, lacunae
| ipa ae Ay Fear ck Seay ge AMARANTHACEAE
Alternanthera*
Exine not lophate.
Pores 16, with collars; 38
| BALANOPHORACEAE
Dactylanthus
Pores 6, collarless; 46u ..... EPACRIDACEKAE
Leucopogon frazeri*
Pores small; 4 to 6.
Collar vertically thickened: 28 u
APOCYNACEAE
Parsonsia*
Collar. obscures 284. ......... PLANTAGINACEAR
Plantago

Pores exceeding 15 (not always distinct from
mesh in reticulate grains).

Pores large; exine thick, pebbled; membrane
DALEOPD CMa Ae me deh. Ao ae CONVOLVULACEAE
Calystegia
Pores small; membrane unpatterned.

Exine reticulate, very thick.
Size 50 to 70u; mesh very large
POLYGONACEAE
Polygonum
Size 30 to 48u; mesh small .. THYMELAEACHAE

Size 40u; pores clear ................ ..Pimelea
Size 30u; pores obscure; pitted ....... Drapetes
Exine pitted or reduced; 16 to 26u
/ CHENOPODIACEAE
}

Fé

New Zealand Pollen Studies. 307

Pores 40 to 50.

EXO NEDICh, PiLGE Gua ya away ae Atriplex
Exine thin.
SUSIE “DIL GOts cena, Jet eel eRe ey lee Salicornia
LEXIS TEC Ce DG Vaere fe is ee ene Suaeda
Pores 30 or fewer; pattern reduced.
ne eS SE ae OR Rare na i NUR Gat et ety Rhagodia
Size mainly less than 20u; surface more
WE TIEAS 4 Se ok et Rea ean ee Chenopodium

ll. GRAINS COMPOUND, arranged in tetrads (mainly tetrahedral).

(A) GRAINS COLPATE: components each with one or three (rarely
more) furrows and/or pores.

1. Furrows present, 3 per component; pores against contact
faces,

Furrows untapering: pores inconspicuous; exine patternless;
tetrads 384 in diameter ................... SAXIFRAGACEAE
Carpodetus
Furrows tapering; tetrads mainly less than 35uw.

Tetrads compact; pores sharp.

Exine flecked; rarely pitted; tetrad c..82u ...., ERICACKAE
Eixine very thin; furrows rather short; pores 5y
Gaultheria

Exine thicker; furrows longer; pores smaller ..Pernettya
Exine almost patternless: tetrads 25-38u .. EPACRIDACEAE
Exine thick; furrows long and narrow; up to 38 u

Epacris
Exine thin.

Furrows very short: 25-354 ..........-. Dracophyllum
EUPTOW Ss: SHOTS A AO: Bie + te ily aan, Pentachondra
Furrows long; quite patternless; 30u ...... Cyathodes*

Tetrads loose, variously arranged, 304; furrows weak;
POLES OREO . 72 Ptr say nee teeates eat ote ee Archeria

2. Furrows reduced to pores.
(a) Components with one furrow-pore area.
Tetrad square, 40u; faintly reticulate .......... MONIMIACEAE
Hedycarya**
Tetrad tetrahedral; “pore” large, circular.

Eixine strongly reticulate; “pore” sharp; tetrads 50u
MAGNOLIACEAE
Drimys

Exine almost or quite ‘patternless: “pore” vague but
vigorous, reinforced by hyaline bodies ... JUNCACEAE?+

POLES US UM Vey ali nee to. eet eh elt osm anda OPE UN Ay Juncus*

Organisation obscure.

AGE BOGS cme, wo channel ER NE iS Wty By el, Rostkovia*

ROU REPLY, mee Peele kt tied ene, VE Aw oot mene Da J. maritimus
Organisation clear.

Sg in |) ey Pe T ESCM Tae Oat arse ae Dd PRS tee et Rostkovia*

SLR SIO He Peal pelt «siecle hee Meee Dene Pune Neen eine eee Luzula

NE a rh isa ge ee ee Sh
*By extreme reduction grains of Hedycarya and Juncus may merge into the
Acolpate group [II. (B.)], but careful examination should reveal their
derivation.

308 CRANWELL.

(b) Components with 3 or more pores.

Pores 3, equatorial; tetrads variously arranged,
components mainly over 40u .............. ONAGRACEAE
Epilobium*

Pores 12-18, hidden in channels on dorsal side of

grains; ventral side widest, spiny; tetrads tetra-
hedral, components 30-44% .........0¢006- DROSERACEAE
Drosera

(B) GRAINS ACOLPATE; i.e., without either furrows or pores;
exine thin. Tetrad formation rarely obligate ... ORCHIDACEAE

Exine patternless; tetrads tetrahedral or square; components

BAG IPe coarse ek Rae tats chad nas eee ee ON te Phaaclaeabe md Shin der oet Earina type
Exine reticulate.
Tetrads compact; components 20u; mesh strong .... Pterostylis type
Tetrads loose; components 264; mesh weaker ..... Chiloglottis type
REFERENCES.

ARMBRUSTER, L., & OENIKE, G. 1929. Die Pollenformen als Mittel zur Honiger-
kunstbestimmung. Wachholtz; Neumunster in Holstein.

Aver, V. 1933. Verschiebungen der Wald-und Steppengebiete Feuerlands in Post-
glazialer Zeit. Acta Geogr. 5, 2, pp. 1-313.

CRANWELL, Lucy M. 1938. Fossil Pollens. N.Z. Journ. Sci. & Tech., 19, pp.
628-645.
1939. Southern-Beech Pollens. Rec. Akld. Inst. & Mus. 2, pp. 175-196.
1940. Pollen Grains of the New Zealand Conifers. N.Z. Journ. Sci. &
Tech.,. 22, No IB, pp. 1B-17B.
CRANWELL, Lucy M., & von Post, L. 1936. Post-Pleistocene Pollen Diagrams
from the Southern Hemisphere: I, New Zealand. Geografiska
Annaler, H. 3-4, pp. 308-347.

Encuer, A. 1926. Angiospermae. Die Nat. Pflanzenfamilien, Bd. 14a, Zweite
Auflage. Leipzig, pp. 1-167.

ErRDTMAN, GUNNAR. 1936. New Methods in Pollen Analysis. Svensk. Bot.
Tidskr. Bd. 30, H.2.

HecELMAIER, F. 1868. Die Lemnaceen: Eine Monographische Untersuchung.
Engelmann, Leipzig.
Hutcurinson, J. 1926. Families of Flowering Plants. I. Dicotyledons. Mac-
Millan & Co., London.
1934. II. Monocotyledons. Ibid. pp. 1-243.

Mercer, F. V. 1940. Atmospheric Pollen in the City of Adelaide and Environs.
Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 63.

SKOTTSBERG, C. 1936. Arboreous Nyctaginaceae of Hawaii. Svensk Bot. Tidskr.

Bd- 30; £.3.

1939. A hybrid violet from the Hawaiian Islands. Botan. Notiser.
Lund.

1940. Notas sobre el genero Arjona. Revista Universitaria. 25, 3, pp.
103-108.

SmituH & Wopenouse, R. P. 1938. American species of Myristicaceae. Brittonia,
Vol. 2, 5, pp. 397-402.

WopeEHouss, R. P. 1935. Pollen Grains. McGraw Hill. Book Co., N.Y. (pp.
1-574),

GENERAL INDEX

Adzes, greenstone, stone 15-21
A gathis australis on Poor Knights Is.
102-104, 110

recorded

“a ee SF 6.6 6 & 67s

Aleuterus cf. monoceros,

hear Parengarenga :.......022... 154
Allan, H. H., and Cranwell, Lucy M.
Vivipary in Phormium ........... 269

Allodiscus tessellata n. sp. .......... 262
Anopsobius neozelanicus
Anous stolidus pileatus
PAOPEONIIG Me ROT ie eyes ek ook eae hee 235
Archey, Gilbert.

Revision of the Chilopoda of New Zea

EES Sy cn Re Rae eee 43

MeO aa) Oise 4 yee 08 Me, txts, 71

Lau Rapa: The Maori Canoe Stern-

atl SMUT. US Sinan Re le 171

Argaltsta Ringi ni Spo . eee cn ava. 162

Arenaria interpres oahuensis ........ 6
Austronucula schencki n. gen. and n. Sp.

220

Austrosipho (Verconella) chathamensis

ORT Sane Meer US We eget re 167

Rallophilus hounselli n. sp. .......... 45

Betlschmiedia tawa ... 102, 103, 105, 110
Benthecardiella rakiura n. sp. ...... 222
Bowls, Maori, wooden, description and
manufacture of 198-210
Buceinulum (Euthrena) wairarapaensis

164

Sa? Ek SO? bE Se ty 8S Tee Bee

Buddle, Major G. A.
Notes on the Birds of Canton Island

125
Calidris canutus ......0.0005-. 3, 10-12
Calidris tenuirosiris ................ 19

Ceratosoma QMOCNA ......6. 0000050. 121
Chelmonops howensis ............. 152
Chilopoda; distribution and zoo-geoera-

Driical eMlationstar of. wy Se il fe 94.99
Chisels; Maori greenstone and stone

18-24

Chlamys campbellicus .............. Len

Cleidopus neogzelanicus n. sp. ........ 151

EMeMOee PROS. +80 55 ee ko 60

Coryphaenn hippurus .........0.04.. 155

Cranwell. Lucy M.

New Plant Records from the Poor
Knights Islands. With © special
reference to Todea barbara ... 11

Southern-Beech Pollens .......... dpe

New Zealand Pollen Studies.
1. Key to the Pollen Grains of
Families and Genera in the Native

SINS EUR ON Beles eB RAC Oe ee 280
Vivinarv in Phormium (see also Allan.
TARO Lt ae MeO Lie te 269
Craterostigmus tasmanianus ........ 7()
GC POCCEa WIRY | ate) Cot aly Rive Pe 10
RUPEE al sett tebe Wee fc lie 67-69
Dacryvdim cupressinum; Fossil Pollen-
Eg ST 1 at 2) Mae Acme A DREN ES a 194

fis mdotia Ne Sp. oe Le 121-123
FeO CEU SIA CEA. Ni ia. y Exes Rumale adi 9
agacear, Hollete O87 vs duce ok aedeacraes 179
Falla, R. A.
Arctic Birds as Migrants in New Zea-
ru le pe eae ee re Nd ec BY :
Irectola marsuptialis n. sp. .......... 260

Fectola (Subfectola) rakiura n. sp. .. 238
Fisher, V. F.
The Material Culture of Oruarangi,
Matatoki, Thames.

3. Stone Implements and Orna-
ROLES oo hv oa | een ce 15

4. Musical Instruments ....... 111
Flutes, nose, mouth ............ 111-115
PiBweotey votes © re tee ae ed LES
Fregeta magnificens magnificens 125, 129
Fregata minor palmerstom ......... 129
Créophilus Spencert eh W vdacd ene: 47
Geophilus xylophagus ..6...6ecascvee 50
Geophilus gygethus .........0.000- 48-50
GAUCHE BH GHEE. 60 tics hwy saz tae cies 124
Glycymeris (Grandaxinca) wairarapaensis

Certs 9 2 Pad ny ata Stakes Berm 158
Gr wots albt canadidd Bells wierd 131
Fraastella insularis ....cccuccea neve. 85
Haliotis virginea morioria n. subsp. .. 165
Helicarion (Peloparion) cumberi n.

EI ODN re AS Whee a foe Bd Ob 262
Helicarion (s.1.) oconnori n. sp. .... 263
Henicops miacwlatus® oy odie baccalei ves 75
Hermaea aoteana n. sp. ......... 122-124
Human figures, in wood-carving. 172-174
Hyprids, farvenoni os liege ela oe ws 32
Kerguelema maceuariensis n. sp. .... 238
Kerquelenia stewartiana n. sp. ...... 237
Kiddertaé rakiare nN. $dcqc ea eee. foo
Lamyctes emarginatus .......0..006. i?
Lienvctes obeus— i246 fidwer ogists 78
Legrandina turneri n. sp. ........... 221
Limosa lapponica baueri ............ 12
Limopsis marwickt n. sp. ........... 159
EAEOUTHS SEGUE anc, bah) Wendie? oe Fe
ECM BES TOVATHE | oo Fo 6) oe ek eee 13
Lyucopodium varium, spore of ...... 283
Mamainilla mammata ............06. 168
Manaia. in wood-carving ...... 72,0174
Maortella aucklandica .............. 59
Maortella australis 1 sp. s........06. 63
Maoriella macrostigma ............. 60
ALAOVIPLLA SOlRICUS ota Caen 61
Maorismsorpna TW. BEN, Sesser cle 285
Margarella puysequrensis n. sp. .... 228
Margarella turneri n. sp. ............ 227

Maurea (Mucrinops) punctulata ampla n.

SUAS og SN he Re RIate ee OE Aa eet ot 229
Mere, @reenstonme oo epc eal ba 19
Merelina, Key to N.Z. species ...... 232
Merelina harrisonae n. sp. .......... 231
Merelina maoriana n. sp. .......... 231

Merelina taupoensis n. sp. ........., 232

Murdochia ampla n. sp. ............ 260

WEOGUIELOUS Th peri Oo ls 8 236
PV OFBOPAGUE hae Ron a eis 175-179
Nothofagus pollen grains — alessandrit,

antarctica, cliffortioides, cunninghamit,
dombe\, fusca, moorei, oblijgua, pumilio,
solandri and truncata 180-190
Numenius phaeopus variegatus ...... 19
Numenius tahitiensis
Pagrosomus auratus

RR 36 6 (Oe ere

Pallium (Mesopeplum) convexum .. 160

Paralamyctes harrisi .............. SO
Paralamyctes validus .............. 79
Paryphanta,; distribution of ...... 37-39

Synopsis of N.Z. species ...... 140-141

RECT CAS MSH ey oe ek ee 30
jE he ahi bag | A RN ae 135
CSTs Sy NEG te a RR a la 136
oidiest series, Key tO. oc 6ce c.f. 32
guliest brunnea n. subsp. .......... 138
guliest kahurangica and montana na.
SASSER oa RON, rid fn ee 33
hochstetteri anatokiensis un. subsp... 133
hochstetteri consobrina n. subsp. .. 29
UR IPRUE Me SY eed let te A 35
lignaria oconnori n. subsp. ........ 134
FIGURE Ais: SP.) AGh tole te Oe Se oh 31
traverst tararuaensis n. subsp. .... 138
untcolorata rotella n. subsp. ...... 137
Pendant; Maori greenstone .......... 24
Phaeophanus turbotti n. sp. ......... 265
PEON. PURO FICOUE 4 ek 3-254 SP 128
PRataropus tulicarius $. oO es os 13
FRELUSSE OCOMNOLE D:-SDe oe Oo ced 261
dr TEP MGMT ESTO x) oe Oe ok ee. 168
Phrixgnathus oconnori n. sp. ........ 261
Phylhroe bucephala ............ iy Re
PP OSORI HA CUMUUIALE Vx. ve Ss ine ee 8
Pisobia maculata, ruficollis .......... 9
Placostylus; distribution of ........ 141
SVyHOpsis of INsZ. Species... ii lis.. 150
Placostylus—ambagiosus ........... 147
(CLASS a ly ear oo el ey ee 150
RED tase ee coho S Sal Sty Pt ten i 144
ambagiosus annectens n. subsp. .... 148
ambagiosus consobrinus n. subsp. .. 149
ambagiosus priscus n. subsp. ...... 149
Pleuromerts finlayi nosp: «2. -..66 65 161
Pleuromeris hectort n. Sp. i001 6040 160
Pleuromeris murdochi n. sp. ........ 161
Pluvialis dominica fulva ......... Pe aZ

Powell, A. W. B.
The Paryphantidae of New Zealand.
III. Further New Species of Pary-

Nhantacands Wainiig 2.2.4. 29
No. IV. and the genus Placostylus in
TOU LOGIAtIE ote s ea bo 133

New Species of Nudibranchiate Mol-
lusca from Auckland waters 119
A New Cleidopus and Four other
Fishes new to New Zealand . 151
A Pliocene Molluscan Faunule from
arabes ale UPLIT ED cy ete llth 3 157
Additicens to the Recent Molluscan
Fauna of New Zealand .... 165

The Mollusca of Stewart Island .. 211
Biological Primary Types in the Auck-

dati IViiSegr sc Neen oe eat 239

Seven New Species of New Zealand
‘and: Woolies.) te. Seer, 260
Procelsterna cerulea nebouxi ........ 131
Proxwber anteaustralis n. sp. ....... 162
fe EAT OUPH GIT ALONE mal 8 og ae ae da 188
Puffinus Iherminieri dichrous ...... 128
PU HUS “WATVOITOIS 7 ora be han a we bey
Puffinus pacificus chlororhynchus ... 127
PMU Ge RITE AOI Th oiker Bee aed inn eats Ps 225
Rochefortula decapitata n, sp. ...... 226
Rochefortula tateriensis n. sp. ...... 226
Schizoglossa major n. sp. ........4% 139
Schizoribautia brittini ....0. 6.6... 64
Scraee Ment i Sig ot ead Bee 233
Stuligerd. smith. oo eS. 90-93
SRE EDO Sr: ein Fae Pa nea le eee. 153

Spiller, D.
A Giant Weevil, Phaeophanus turbotti,
n. sp., from the Poor Knights

SLANE hee TUT Se ae eee yet 265
Sphaerostoma flemingi n. sp. .... 120, 122
Sphaerostoma tncerta ........ ce 0 eee 120
“Spool, Obtaments, igor... Glee 25
SBECOTAPIUS POYOSITIONS. Gene i when 4
Stercorvrarius POMAPINUS . 0... 66s ene es 4
Sterna anaethetus anaethetus ....... 130
Sterna fuscata oahuensts ........... 130
SECRETE cp en tei Be oes 130
SEPT SEPT Os eS Oe ea 4
Sterna sumatrana sumatrana ........ 130
Stern-post, Maori canoe ........ 171-175
Siruthiolaria papulosa gigas ........ 234
SUBOMIa LONG ANMSBNG bis vx « ie ae 231
Stevenson, A. G.

Maori Wooden Bowls ............ 197
Sula dactylatra personata .......... 128
Sula leucogaster plotus .........44. 128
SLO SUE FHDEIDES iu. spol are 129
Thalasseus bergu cristatus .......... 129
Tmesipteris tannensis; spore of .... 283

Todea barbara 102, 105-110
tf OWNG MOOI DSP. VG slew A 166

Trunipets,, Maort shell -i0. .reen 5s 116
Tugalt stewartiana n. sp. .......... 227
E pwkstitter- th PeMe ee GLAS ine ows 234
Wattamyctes halit.2.3 3 0 See ere. 84
Waitlamyctes Munroi ....... 00.0 ees 84
Wailamyctes tratllt .o.c. ce advent es 83
Watnuia—clarki n. spo... cece eee es 36
Walesobius sydnevensis .........45. 72
Weinmanma sylarcola ...... 102, 104, 110
Wood-carving: Maori ..... 171-175, 209
Xeronema callistemon ...... 101, 102, 110
Pats Terie re AY SW es She ee 230
elation Antipodus. 2 ks es 56
PAE LO. POE PEO RES RE A 55
Zelaniow MOrDOsus o0 5. ocean eke 57
Zelanophilus ferrugineus ........... 52
Zelanophilus provocator ............ 51
Zelaxttas rissoaformis n. sp. ........ 230
Lemysia. FARMTaN, ‘Sh. i. OS cas 224

RECORDS

OF THE

AUCKLAND INSTITUTE
AND MUSEUM

VoL. 2.

Published by Order of the Council:
A. W. B. Powell, Acting Director

Part I (pp. 1-70) 4 - - ~ issued 4th November, 1936,
Part 2 (pp. 71-124) “ issued 15th December, 1937.
Part 3 (pp. 125-175) issued 17th November, 1938.
Part 4 (pp. 175-238) issued 27th October, 1939,
Part 5 (pp. 239-264) - - - - issued 16th June, 1941.

Part 6 (pp. 265-308) - - - - issued 29th September, 1942.

!
1
i

{
i
!
i

AUCKLAND, N.Z.

The Unity Press Ltd., Printers.

CONTENTS.

SE

BOTANY.

New Plant Records from the Poor Knights Islands, with special
reference to Tcdea barbara. |

By Lucy M. Cranwell, M.A., Botanist.

Page 101
Southern-Beech Pollens.

By Lucy M. Cranwell, M.A., Botanist.
Page 175
Vivipary in Phormium.
By H. H. Allan, Plant Research Bureau, Wellington, and
Lucy M. Cranwell, Botanist.

Page 209
New Zealand Pollen Studies.

I, Key to the Pollen Grains of Families and Genera in the Native Flora.
By Lucy M.- Cranwell, M.A., Botanist.

Page 285i)

ETHNOLOGY.

The Material Culture of Oruarangi, Matatoki, Thames.
III. Stone Implements and Ornaments.

Page 15
IV. Musical Instruments.
By V. F. Fisher, Ethnologist.
| Page 111
Tau Rapa: The Maori Canoe Stern-post.
By Gilbert Archey, Director.
Page 171
Maor: Wooden Bowls.
By A. G. Stevenson, Assistant Ethnologist.
Page 197
PALAEONTOLOGY.
A Pliocene Molluscan Faunule from Castle Point.
By A. W. B. Powell, Assistant Director.
Page 157
ZOOLOGY.
Arctic Birds as Migrants in New Zealand.
By R. A. Falla, M.A., Assistant Director.
Page 3
The Paryphantidae of New Zealand.
III. Further New Species of Paryphanta and ,Wainuta.
By A. W. B. Powell, Conchologist and Paleontologist.
Page 2)
A Revision of the Chilopoda of New Zealand.
Part 1,
Page 45
Patt 2,
By Gilbert Archey, Director.
Page 71

New Species of Nudibranchiate Mollusca from Auckland Waters.
By A. W. B. Powell, Assistant Director.
Page 119

Notes on the Birds of Canton Island.
By Major G. A. Buddle, D.S.O.

Page
The Paryphantidae of New Zealand, No. IV., and the Genus Placostylus
in New Zealand.
By A. W. B. Powell, Assistant Director.
Page
A New Cleidopus, and Four Other Fishes New to New Zealand.
By A. W. B. Powell, Assistant Director.
Page
Additions to the Recent Molluscan Fauna of New Zealand.
By A. W. B. Powell, Assistant oreetar,
Page
The Mollusca of Stewart Island.
By A. W. B. Powell, Assistant Director.
Page
Biological Primary Types in the Auckland Museum.
By A. W. B. Powell, Assistant Director.
Page
Seven New Species of New Zealand Land Mollusca.
By A. W. B. Powell, Assistant Director.
Page

A Giant Weevil, Phaeophanus turbotti n. sp., from the Poor Knights Islands.
By D. Spiller, Assistant Entomologist, Plant Diseases Division:

Plant Research Bureau.
Page

a SSS Se

ED hn a LE ee — or}

as 2s are
EE 2 OD ee ee ee ee ee ea
is oe ae es Ge 9 8 Se Se 2 Wee ss 2 es A a = PE Bee ty